CENSUS OF PAKISTAN, 1951

VOLUME 1

PAKISTAN

REPORT & TABLES

BY

~ E. H. SLADE ) Fellow of the Royal Statistical Soci~ty,

fellow of the Association of Incorporated Statisticians (london),

Cem;us Commissioner, Pakistan.

Publi,h~d by the Manager of rubl~atitms, Government of Paki'Stan. Karachi

Price Rs. 6/-

FIRST CENSUS OF PAKISTAN. 19S1-CENSUS PUBLICATIONS

Bulletins

No. I-Provisional Tables of Population.

No.2-Population according to Religion.

No, 3-Urban and Rural Population and Area.

No.4-Population according to Economic Categories.

Village Lists

The Village list shows the name of every Village in Pakistan in its place in the administrative organisations of Tehslfs, Halquas. Talukas. Tapas, Sub­division's Thanas etc. The names are given in English and in the appropriate vernacular script. and against each is shown the area, population as enumerated in :;he Ce~sus, the num~r of houses, and local details such as the existence of Railway Stations, Post Offices, Schools. Hos'pitals etc. The Village list is Issued in separate booklets for each District or group of Districts.

Census Report Printed

Vol. I-General Report and Tables for Pakistan. shOWing Provincial Totals.

Vol. 2-Baluchistan and States Union Report and Tables,

Vol. 3-East Bengal and Report Tables.

Vol. 4-N.W.F.P. and Frontier Regions Report and Tables.

Vol. 5-Punjab and Bahawalpur State Report. Tables.

Vol. 6-Sind and Khairpur State Report and Tables.

Vol. 8-East Pakistan Tables of Economic Characteristics.

Census Report in Course of Preparation.

Vol. 7-West Pakistan Tables of Economic Characteristics.

PART I-CONTENTS OF CHAPTERS

CHAPTER No. AND TITI E ,

INTRODUCTION 0.1 Introduction-~.2 Urgency-0.3 Comparability-O.4 Accuracy 0.5 Scope-0.6 Census Organisation-O.7 House Listing-O.8-O.8 Enumeration Documents-0.9 Time of Entlmeration-O-IO Instruction of Enumeration-O.lI Enumeration-0.12 Publicity-O.13 Self-Enumeration forms-O.14 Questions and their interpreta­tion-O.15 The Frontier Regions 0.16 Abstraction -0.17 Local Data-O.18 Hand Sorting-O.19 Machin6 Sorting-O.20 Compilation-O.21 Analysis and Comparisons -0.22 Acknowledgements.

PAGE

I. GEOGRAPHY & HISTORY 20 1.1 Pakistan-1.2 Administrative Areas-1.3 Historical background-1.4 Pre-Muslim Period-l.S The coming of the Muslims-l.6 British Rule-I.7 The Idea of Pakistan-l.8 Pakistan-l.9 Boundaries-l.10 Refugees and Evacuees.

2. POPULA 1'ION .. 2.1 Growth of the Population-2.2-Decade 1941-1951 2.3 Comparative growth in East and West Pakistan-2.4 Punjab-2.5 Sind-2.6 N.W.F.P.-2.7 Baluchistan-2.S Federal Capital Area-2.9 The Muhajirs-2.10 General distribution and Density pattern of population-2.11 Over all density. -2.12 Density pattern-2.13 Density in relation to rivers and eanals-2.14 Population density in relation to cultivation-2.15 Rural and urban distribution-2.16 Cities-2.t7 Rural and Urban differentials -2.18 Place of Birth -2.19 Non-Pakistanis.

3. AGE, SEX AND MARITAL STATUS 47 3.1 Collection of the data-3.2 Classification 3.3 Accuracy of the Age data-3.4 Population in broad age-groups -3.5 Age distnbution in religious groups-3.6 Age structure in Towns-3.7 Orphans-3.S Centenarians -3.') Enumeration of females-3.10 Excess of Males-3.11 Sex Ratios in town and country -3.12 Sex Ratios in Age­Groups-3.13 Marital Status-3.14 Widowed and Divorce--3.15 Fertility-3.16 Need for further research.

4. LANGUAGE, LITERACY AND EDUCATION .. 66 4.1 Collection of the data-4.2 Abstraction-4.3 Mother Tongues-4.4 Multi­lingualism-4.5 Language of Literacy-4.6 Urdu-4.7 Bengali- 4.8 Punjabi-4.9 Sindhi-4.10 Pushtu-4.11 English-4.12 Ability to read the Holy Quran-4.13 Literacy-4.14 Students-4.15 Education-4.l6 Educational Levels

5. FEDERAL CAPITAL AREA KARACHI 5.1 The Federal Capital Area-S.2 Brief Historical note-5.3 Growth of Population-5.4 Census Organization-5.S Accuracy of the data-S.6 Composition of the population-S.7 Sex, Age and Marital Status-5.S Language and Literacy in the Federal Capital Area-5.9 Economic Activities

6. ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES .. 6.1 The conception of Occupation, Economic Groups and Industrial Status-6.2 Co~ction of the data·-6.3 Classification- 6.4 Classification by machine sorting-6.5 Population in economic categories-6.6 Geographical DistributIOn of the Labour Force-6.7 Changes in the Economic Distribution of the Labour Force-6.8 Indus­trial Status- -6.9 Agriculture and Pasture-6.10 Fishery- 6.11 Distribution of Occu­pations in Economic Groups-6.l2 Unskilled Labour-6.l3 Distribution of main Occupational classes-6.14 Education in the Labour Force-6.l5 Unemployed persons-6.16 Further research

98

( ii)

PART I-LIST OF STATEMENTS

PAGE No.

2-A-Percentage increase in population by decades, for India and Pakistan, 1901-1951

2-B-Percentage increase in population by main religious groups for East Bengal, by decades, 1921-51 ..

2-C-Percentage distribution of the population as between East and West Pakistan, 1901-1951

2-D-Percentage distribution of the population by religious groups for East Bengal

2-E-Muhajirs-Origins

2-F-Proportion of Muhajirs in Population

2-G-Population, Land Area and Average density of the ten most populous countries

2-H-Districts with higher than average population density, showing percentage of (a) total land area and (b) total Population, 1951.

2-I-Density in relation to Cultivation

2-J-Percentages rural and Urban, 1901-51

2-K-Percentages rural and urban, for provinces, 1951

2-L-Urban population by size groups, !akistan, 1951

2-M-Cities ranked in order of population, 1901-1951

2-N-Pakistanis born outside province of enumeration

3-A-Percentage age structures

3-B-Age structure in Towns-1951

3-C-Fatherless Children (under 12 years of age)

3-D-Centenarians

3-E-Sex Ratios, 1901-1951

3-F-Rural/Urban Sex Ratios for Provinces. L941~1951 .,

3-G-Sex Ratios in Cities 1941-1951 ;' . I

3-H-Sex Ratio in Towns, 1951

3-I-Sex Ratios by Age 1951

3-J-Changes in Sex Ratio of Muslims br Age

3-K-(l) Marital Status-1951

3-K-(2) Marital Status-1941

4-A-Persons speaking main LangJ.lages \ ..

4-B-Percentage distribut~on of Languages commonly SPd~en

4-C-Percentage distribution of Languages Read

4-D-Percentage distribution of Languages written

•• 1

25

26

27

27

31

31

33

37

39

40

41

41

44

45'

50

S3

53

54'

55

S7

S8

58

59

60

62

63

71

71

73

73

( iii) I

PART I-LIST OF STATEMENTS-(contd) Page No.

4.E-MusIims able to read fr4m the Holy Quran in Arabic 76

4.F-Progress in Literacy. 77

4.G-Literate persons per cept of'population . . 78

4.H-Students in officially R,6:0gnized ~chools 79

4II-Percentage of Educated Mu~lims a~d 10 or over 80

4.J-Pcrcentage of Educational bevels 81

5.A-Growth of Karachi City and Port 83

5.B-Change in Religious Composition 1941-51 84

5.C-Proportions of Muhajirs 87

5.D-Birth-place 87

5.E-Sex Ratio 1931-1951 88

5.F-Age Percentage & Sex Ratios, 1951. (All-Religions, Other Religions) 90

S.G-Marital Status-1951 91

5.H-Languages 92

5.I-Languages of Literacy 93

S.J-Scholars enrolled in reconized schools February-I 95 I 93

5.K-Educational Levels 94

S.L-Economic Categories 95

5.M-List of Factories in the Federal Area registered under Section 2-J of the Factories Act for the year 1950 96

5.N-Important occupational Groups 97

6.A-Proportions of Economic Categories-1n Total Population 102

6.B-proportions of Economic Categories among MUhajirs 103

6.C-Urban and Rural Proportions of Economic categories 105

6.D-Economic Categories as proportions of the Urban and Rural Totals 106

6.E-Geographical Distribution of Workers in important divisions 106

6.F-Percentage distribution of the Labour Force 1931-1951 107

6.G-Industrial Status-Percentages 109

6.H-Land Workers 110

6.I-Percentage distribution of main occupational Classes I J J

/

(iv)

LIST OF MAPS AND CHARTS

0.1 Enumeration Organization. 0.2 Facsimile of Census Poster 0.3 Post Enumeration Organization 0.4 Census Refinery

1.1 Pakistan in South Asia 1.2 Topographical features of West Pakistan 1.2 Topographical fatures of East Pakistan 2.1 Growth of population

2.2 Average anual rate of growth for East and West Pakistan 2.3 Percentage distribution of the population by provinces 2.4 Main steams of Muhajirs .. 2.5 Population of Provinces & of West Pakistan

2.6 Economic distribution of total population 2.7 Density-persons 'per square mile 2.8 Average number of person per square mile, East & West Pakistan 2.9 Land, Areas & Population Densities, East & West Pakistan ..

5 9

12 14-15

20 22 23 27

28 '"'8

9 2

~ )

5 7

2.10 Relationship of population density to rivers & irrigation system-West Pakistan 38 2.11 Cities & Towns of West Pakistan 42 2.11 Cities & Towns of East Pakistan 43 3.1 Age & Sex Pyramids 51

3.2 3.3 5.1 6.1 6.2

Percentage distribution in Age groups, 1951 Percentage of Muslims & Sex Ratio East Benga11901-51 Birth place of inhabitants of Karachi Federal Capital Area Distribution of Labour Force in West Pakistan Distribution of Labour Force in East Pakistan ,

52 55 89

104 105

(v)

LIST OF TABLES

Table No.

1. POPULATION .. I Geographical division by Provinces and States-Area in sq. miles-Density per sq. mile-l.{rban population by sex-Rural population by sex

I-A. CITIES OF PAKISTAN

List of provincial capitals and Cities of 1,00,000 and over in-habitents-Arae in sq. mile-Population ~y sex & Density

2. TOWNs AND CITIES

Sections I: Urban .localities grouped by provinces in population classes 1,00,000 and over in habitants, 25,000 to 1,00,000 10,000 to 25,000 & 5,000 to 10,000 by reIigion-Muhajirs Section 2: List of town with population of 1,00,000 and over-Religion­Muhajirs Section 3: List of town falling in population group 25,000 to 1,00,000 by Re­ligion-Muhajirs.

3. VARIATION

Geographical division by provinces and States-Population 1901,1911,1921, 1931,1941,1951-Decennial charges in actual numbers and as percentages of previous census populatlon

4. AGE AND MARITAL STATUS

Geographical division by Provinces-Broad age groups-M~in religions­Sex-marital status

4-A. ORPHANS

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Children under 12 years whose father had died-main religions-Sex Section 2: Orphans-by age groups-Religions.

5. BIRTHPLACE ..

Persons enumerated in each Province Persons born in Province of enumeration­in other Provinces or states of Pakistan-in Zones elsewhere in sub-continent­in other countries

6. RELIGION

Geographical division by Provinces and States: Muslim; Caste Hindus; Scheduled Castes. By Provinces Minor religion groups

PAGB

1-1

1-4

2-1

3-1

4-1

-4-18

5-1

6-1

( vi)

LIST OF TABLES-(contd)

7. MOTHER TONGUE

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Languages in main families and branches

7-A, SPEECH

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Persons commonly speaking the nine principal languages- -percentage of population.

8. LITERACY

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Persons over 12 years who can read-Children who can read-Percentage-Main religion-Sex

8-A. LANGUAGES OF LITERACY

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Persons able. to read only, and Persons able to read and write in the nine principle languages-Persons able to read Holy Quran in Arabic.

9. PUPILS AND STUDENTS ..

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Persons attending school or college by:-Educational age groups-Main religious groups-Percentage of total population in age group-sex .

• 9-A. YEARS OF EDUCATIO~

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Persons who have had:-Nil years of education, under 3 years, 5 to 6 years, 7 to 10 years, over 10 years­All religions, Main religions, Educational age groups-Sex.

9-B. EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Literate persons who have passed:- -Primary school, Middle School, Matriculation, degree, higher degree -those who have no formal attainment All religions and by Main religions.

10. NON-PAKISTA~S

Non-Pakistanis by Countries of Nationality.

lO-A. AFGHAN POWINDAHS

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Persons under 12 years­Persons 12 years and over by Occupations-TribeS-Sex.

lO-B. PAKISTANIS ABROAD

Geographical division by Provinces--Country of so joum-Field of Activity ..

7-1

7-5

8-1

5-8

9-1

9- -6

9-20

10-1

10-3

10-9

(vii)

LIST OF TABLES-( comd)

11 LABOUR FORCE

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Self-supporting persons: Agricultural Labour Force, Non-Agricultural Labour Force, Persons Not in Civilian Labour Force-Dependents:

II-A. OCCUPATIONS OF NON-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

Occupational groups-Industrial Status - -Age groups-Education-Sex.

11-B. 1 OCCUPATIONS OF THE AGRICULTU:RAL LABOUR FORCE

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Cultivators-Herdsmen, etc. Other agriculturists-Sex

11-1

11-1

11-10

ll-B. 2 SUBSIDIARY OCCUPATION OF AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE .. 11-13

12. ECONOMIC GROUPS AND INDUSTRIAL STATUS OF NON-AGRICUL· TURAL LABOUR FORCE 12-1

Economic groups,- Industrial Status---Sex.

13. ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE 13-1

Economic groups, Occupations -Sex.

14. AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE AND CULTIVATOR'S BY LAND TENURE STATUS 14-1

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Cultivators by Land Tenure Status-Herdsmen and Dairymen, other Agricultural workers-Sex.

15. LANDOWNERS .•

Geographical division by Provinces and States -Persons owing land-broad categories of economic activities.

19-A MUHAJIRS' ORIGIN

Geographical division by place of enumeration (provinces and States)-Previous residence of Muhajirs by Zones-Sex.

19-B. EDUCATIONAL LEVELS OF MUHAnRS

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Literates who passed: Pri­mary School, Middle School Matriculation, degree, higher degree-those with no formal attainment-Sex.

19--C. MUHAJIRS IN THE LABOUR FORCE

Geographical division by Provinces and States-Self-supporting persons; Agricultural Labour Force, Non-Agricultural Labour Force-Muhajirs-Not in Civilian Labour Force--Dependents:---Sex.

19-D. ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF MUHAJIRS

Geographical division by Provinces States-Labour Force by economic groups, Occupation-Sex.

15--1

19-1

19-4

19-6

19-10

NOTE: The contents and titles of the Tables for Karachi printed in Part III of thi' II "nnTt "T" the s~me llS rlet~ilerl in th" "hnvp. H~t

Please see the Corrigenda for Parts II & III a~ the

end of the report.

"U,OO,GGl} • rn,~ Crore. T eon Milli:..s to,OO,G~O· f'n J n;,h -One Milli:;­

~O,OOC.\!;J.cl~~.h-:OOn('n" ,

INTRODUCTION.

0.1 This volume brings together the figures given in the Census reports ~f each of the Pro­vinces of Pakistan and provides an over-all review of there results of the First Census of Pakistan taken' in February 1951. The book consists of three parts:-

Part I. explains the organisation and methods used in the collection and compilation of the data and provides certain comparisons with the past figures. A proper understanding of the Census results calls for some knowledge of the historical and geographical back-ground of the country but this volume does not attempt to do more than, touch upon these subjects. It is not only difficult but unwise to make generalizations in these matters applicable to the whole of Pakistan, Provinces differ from each other in many respects. Such information will be found in each of the Provincial Reports therefore, together with a considerable amount of the local detail required to appreciate the differences between the provinces and between the various parts of each province.

Part II. contains the statistical census tables applicable to the whole of Pakistan and giving total figures for each Province. For details of smaller geographical areas reference should be made to the Provincial volumes.

Part ill. contains the census tables for the Federal Capital Area of Karachi.

It is proposed to issue latter two further volumes one for East &ngal and ope for West Pakistan in which certain of the Economic tables will be presented in greater geographical detail.

O.2--Urgency. Underlying all the work and effort by which these figures have been produced was the overwhelming need for the rapid supply of information regarding the new nation. But

this sense of urgency has had to contend with the great difficulty of organizing the enumeration and the subsequent abstraction of the results at a time when the administrative structure of the Government was itself in the formative stages. Most strenuous efforts by devoted officers, how· ever, met the demand for data despite the slender resources, and the more essential figures were made available by the issue of four Interim bulletins, the first of which gave the provisional result of the Census within six weeks of the Enumeration. In addition a series of District Village Lists has been published by the Census organization giving the name, location, area, population and many local details of every village in Paksitan with the exception of parts of the Frontier Regions.

O.3--Comparability. The lack of statistical data regarding Pakistan, and especially for the Provinces of East Bengal and Punjab which have been divided at Paltition, made it imperative to adhere to the traditional Census date, in February 1951 despite the undesirability of organizing such an operation without long preparation. Existing information had been rendered absolete by the two-way flow or migration resulting from Parti­tion. In addition, the figures for the 1941 Census naturally did not apply to the new areas in the divided districts. Moreover, they had not been tabulated in full owing to the War, and their accuracy had been prejudiced by the efforts of the different communities to inflate their figures for political purposes. This applies particularly to the towns in the Punjab and to East Bengal. The figures for 1931 Census were more accurate but were badly out of date. These considera­tions were not only reasons for a speedy census but should be borne in mind when making eomparisions of 1951 data with previous i\gures and in particular with such 1941 figures as are available, which should be used with great caution.

2 INTRODUCTION

O.4-Accuracy.-As regards the accuracy of the Census, the Provincial Superintendents of Census all feel that the figures of the 1951 Census are reasonably accurate as regards the total population of the various areas. This opinion is fortified by the fact that the preliminary house listing enquiry, conducted three or four months before the Census itself, gives figures very close indeed to those which were attained by the final Enumeration.

There is reason to believe that the traditional tendency for women to be omitted in some places still persists, but the under-enumeration in this respect seems to be getting less. The troubles which had caused difficulties such as the attempted boycott of the 1931 Census and the deliberate inflation in 1941 did not arise in the new condi­tions in Pakistan. There was in fact a helpful attitude on the part of the public in many places due largely to the publicity given to the Census by the press and by Radio Pakistan. Many enumerators treated their work as a patriotic duty and the public often accepted the Census in the same spirit.

I must admit however, that the work met with a certain amount of apathy and frustration in the organizational stages in many of the large towns and there is in my mind a grave doubt as to whether such cities as Dacca, Lahore, Rawalpindi, Multan and especially Karachi were 100 per cent enumerated. But in the country districts which amount to over 80 per cent of West Pakistan and 95 per cent of East Bengal, the work was satisfactory. In West Pakistan, it chiefly fell on the .ever-faithful Patwaris and the other Officials of the Revenues staff. These.. men knew their areas and people intimately and there is no doubt that the work of enumeration in their rural areas was done with their usual efficiency. In East Bengal the Revenue system is different. Here the members and staft's of the Unions Boards provided many enumerators where almost as well acquanited with the places and people as the Patwaris were in West Pakistan. These were reinforced by a large number of volunteer workers from among the educated members of the population who also knew their local areas from life-long experience:

Accuracy in a Census, however is a relative matter and the same standard of accuracy ob-

viously cannot apply to all the detailed statistics. One must allow for doubts and uncertainties in the minds of the public and this is particularly true in the case of literate persons in regard to age and the exact description of occupations etc. The sorting and tabulation work, which was largely done by the traditional hand methods, was most carefully checked, but here again the possibility of mis-classification cannot be entirely ruled out. TheSe considerations have led to a departure from previous policy in the matter of presenting the Age data. In 1931 the age figures suffered from the usual trouble but the 5-year Age-groups were adjusted arithmetically in order to smooth out the worst inequalities. In 1951 this was con­sidered undesirable: the enumerators themselves had recorded most of the ages to the nearest 5 years, but an analysis disclosed that even then there was obvious heaping in ccrtain groups. Had the data been presented in this report in full detail, there would have been very grave danger in figures being used hurriedly to draw conclusions of administrative importance without giving due age figures are there-fore presented only in broad groups which appear to be reasonably reliable. The full tabulation in 5-years groups has been preserved and copies can be made available to students and statisticians on application to the Government of Pakistan but should only be used under expert advice and with caution.

O.5-Scope. The scope of the 1951 Census of Pakistan covered more or less the same ground as previous Censuses of India except that the detailed analysis by Castes and Race ceased to be necessary and tribes were not recorded except in special areas. The enquiries regarding language, literacy, education and economic activities were carried into greater detail. A translation of the ~numerators questionnaire and instruction­~~heet is\ inserted in the back-cover of this volume togethet with a copy of the Enumeration Slip on which the answers were recorded.' Some of t he enquiries included in the questiopnaire have proved uhsuccessful and in particular the data on Unemployment and Fortility. But these innovations were worth making and will probably result, provided the questions are re-designed in the light of our present experience, in the pro­duction of ~ore reliable data on these subjects at the next Census. In this Census no question was asked regarding physical or mental handicaps

\

INTRODUCTION 3

as experience had shown the practical im­possibility of applying definitions regarding the degree of infirmity. An enquiry into cattle resources and land utilization was originally suggested for inclusion in the population Census. There is a great deal to be said for co1lecting such information -while the enumerators are recording the other data of the rural population but, in view of the short time for organization an4 the complex nature of such an enquiry, wpich would necess ate far more elaborate ipstruction of enumeitators, nothing of this kind c:mJd be done in 1951. An enquiry into Cottage Industries was, however, included as a part of the house-listing survey. It was not completed fully everywhere but the results may be useful as far as they go.

All these gentlemen were senior and experienced administrative officers with an intimate knowledge of the areas in which they were to take the Census, except Mr. Jard who was a new comer to Karachi but had had some experience of Census work For the others the appointment was their first entry into this field of activity.

The organisation of the actual enumeration is a very large undertaking and in this case owing to the late start the work had to be forced through in a dangerously short time. Within a fortnight of the arrival of the Census Commissioner in the country a conference of the Provincial Superin­tendents of Census and the Census Commissioner was held to co-ordinate the division of the country into Census areas and the recruitment and ins­truction of the very large body of Census officers O.6-Census Organization. The Census work

was organised almost entirely on a Provincial basis and the first step was the appointment of the Provincial Superintendents of Census. The following appointments were made:-

t required to carry out the work. The arrangements made are summarized in Part I of the Code of

! Census Procedure.

(a) East Bengal

(b) Punjab and Bahawalpur State

(c) Sind and Khairpur State

(d) N. W.F.P. and Frontier Regions.

(e) Baluchistan and States Union.

(f) Karachi Federal Area.

Mr. Hamid Hasan Nomani, M.A. Provincial Civil Service (East Bengal).

Mr. Mian Hasan Mahmood, M.A. (Oxon), Bar­at-Law, Civil Service of Pakistan.

Mr. Muhammad Hashim H.R. Abbasi-Who organized and conducted the enumeration but owing to ill-health had to relinquish the Census duties at that point and was succeeded by Mr. Gul Hasan M.I. Abbasi, who conducted the abstraction and tabulation and wrote the Provincial Census Report. Both these gentlemen were from the Provincial Civil Service (Sind).

Khan Abdul Latif Khan-who made the pre­liminary arrangements for the enumeration but died suddenly in September 1950. His work was taken over by Shaikh Abdul Hamid. Both these gentlemen were of the Provincial Civil Service (N.W.F.P.).

Mr. Agha Mir Yaqub Shah, Provincial Civil Service (Baluchistan).

Mr. Ali Mohammad Jafri-Who was appointed as Chief Census Officer on 29th August 1950 and conducted the preliminary arrangements and enumera­tion and supervised a part of the sorting work.

4 INTRODUCTION

Each administrative district, or in some cases a part of a large district, was designated as a Census District for which a senior permanent official, generally the District Magistrate, was made responsible under the Census Act for the conduct of the Enumeration. Each Census district was divided into a number of Charges each under a permanent Civil or Municipal official as Charge Superintendent. Every large munici­pality was treated as a separate Charge. The Charges were divided into circles each under a Supervisor, and the Circles into the blocks which were to be the responsibility of the individual' enumerators. Blocks generally corresponded in the country to a village or a part of one. A summary of the enumeration organization is shown in Chart No. 0.1.

Following tradition the size of the block was limited to 150 households. It transpired later from the house listing that this figures resulted i n some of the blocks containing more persons than were likely to be efficiently enumerated by one man. Where necessary therefore blocks were subdivided, or Assistant Enumerators iappointed, in order to give each Enumerator the Iresponsibility for a maximum of about 500 persons.

The sub-divisions of the country and the re­cruitment of staff was the responsibility of the District Census Officers. Despite many difficul­ties the organization was reported as complete in September 1950 when House-listing was due to commence. In some of the large towns, however, great difficulties were experienced and the organiza­tion was not really finalized until very nearly the eve of the Enumeration period.

0.7 House Listing. As soon as the Censu's Officers have been appointed a series of ins­tructional meetings was conducted by the District Census Officers, Charge Superintendents and Circle Supervisors in which they explained the, arrangements for House-Listing. In this opera..' tion every enumerator '~ade a thorough recOI~­naisance of his block and prepared a list of all the dwelling places in it, painting a number, corres­ponding with the list, on every bulldillg capable of being used for dwelling purposes. Circle Supervisors checked that the blocks as listed covered the whole of their allotted areas without over-lapping or gaps. This house-list included a record of the number of normal residents in each

household and thus provided not only a basis for the enumeration but also an independent check on its completeness. During the house­listing enumerators were also required to fill up the Cottage Industry Returns by obtaining particulars of the house-holds in which any home manufacturing work was carried on. House­Listing was completed in most Districts by mid­December, but the disastrous floods in the Punjab during September delayed the house-listing of that province very considerably. However it was mostly done during December and fully completed in all areas by the middle of January.

O.8-Enumeration Documents: Enumeration slips and the questionnaire had been drafted during the first Conference in Karachi in June. The drafts were thoroughly discussed by an Inter-depart­mental Committee and a tentative set of outline Enumeration Instructions and Slips were sent to all districts for test in selected villages and urban areas. The experiences ertcountered in this test and suggestions by the Inter-depart­mental Committees were discussed at a second Conference of Provincial Superintendents of Census in Karachi in Septetnber as a result of which the instructions were expanded and the slip took its final form.

Supplies of the Enumeration slips printed either in Urdu, Bengali or Sindhi as was appropriate to the Province, together with a few in English, were distributed during December accompanied by the Enumerators Instructional Leaflets which every census taker was required to study and which were printed in the same languages.

~he slips were designed to serve both as an original record of enumeration and also as a sorting medium, avoiding the necessity for slip­copying. Many of the answers were p~-coded so that t~ enumerators only had to indicate by a ring or 'a tick mark which of the posfoible classes the respondent fell into. The slip rdicated by single w.,rds the subject of each questIon, but was not itsel~ the Questionnaire, which was set out in the InstrUction leaflet issued to each Enumerator who was 'required to learn it by heart.

0-9-Tim~ of Enumeration. It has been decided at the First Gonference that the de-jure system of enumeration introduced in the Census of 1941 would be co'ntinued; population thus being

17

INTRODUCTION

ENUME.RATION ORGANISA110N (RE.j:E.I\£HCErl .. RA"5·tt-PAG·E 29;)

0lJr. on Spc<;al out,

(Oepy. ::".y)

Polic.y, Ad ..... fI financ.c.

CENSUS

COMMISSIONER

STATISTICAL

COMMITTEE

(Inter D.pt~

, PROVINCIAL SUPERINTENDtrn~ Of CENSUS

CE "'SUS

arid 54 cp~ Sub di"'l Offi« .. CHAII~f. SUPERINTINDENTS

$$ (Illeu SUPIRVISORS

$$ (NUMERATORS

POPULATION - M'LLIONS

42·' 20·7 4'9 5'7 ,·2

ARlA _-SQ MILE·S

'~4,501 79,716 56,447 39-25 9 I 34;,OOZ

5

Fig. 0.1

STAFF

Oflitc.rs 5

Othc.r, 12 i5

Ogice ... 9

Oth~ri 90

69

oeo. . ...... 142

Ch S"'pl$ 1,710

TOTII.l '.90 .BM

,.,

BI2

counted on the basis, of normal residence and enumeration being spread over a period of 20 days from the 9th of february until dawn on the 1st of March 1951. In Baluchistan and sparsely populated parts of Sind enumeration was authorised to begin as soon as possible after the 1st of January 1951. In certain inaccessible parts of the North West Frontier enumeration was ordered to begin in November and to be completed before the winter snows set in.

O.10-Instruction of Enumeration. The detailed' arrangements for enumeration settled at the second conference and in subsequent meetings of the inter-Departmental Committee were set out in Part II of the Code of Census Procedure ample supplies of which were supplied to each District Census Officer during November/De­cember for issue to all Supervisors and other Census Officers who could understand English.

6 INTRODUCTION

Code of Procedure Part II formed the basis of the instruction given at the special training classes for the enumerators which were held throughout the country in January 1951. At these classes, by means of large wall diagrams of the Census slips, every enumerator learnt exactly how to ask the question and record the answers. Practice slip were provided and every enumerator carried out a number of test practice enumerations in the presence of his Supervisor. The local set of past events for use in estimating ages was discussed in these classes and the method of describing occupations and industries was explained. The classification codes of occupa· tions and Economic Groups which had been drawn up in Karachi were printed and circulated to all District Census Officers and Charge Superintendents in time to be used for reference in the instructional meetings.

I visited very many of the training classes myself and examined the men regarding their instruction. For the most part they had grasped the ideas very well and even the difficult questions on. occupation and industries were apparently understood. When we came however to examine the actual enumeration records it was obvious that many enumerators had not troubled to practice all they should have been taught. I hope in training enumerators for the next census even more emphasis will be placed on the correct recording of age and economic activities.

A definite instruction was given that no person who had failed to attend a class of instruction should be allowed to act as an Enumerator. I believe this was carried out but in some of the large cities where the enumeration staff was recruited late and hurridly I fear that some of the men received rather perfunctory training. It is useless to lay the blame for this defect on the ,hortness of time; instruction is obviously best given just before the enumeration period so that the men do not forget what they have learnt. A point to be remembered next time is that the courses of instruction for the enumerators must everywhere be well organized on an official basis and include even more practical work.

O.l1-Enumeration: In the event the enumera­tion arrangements can be said on the whole to have worked well. In no areas of the country

did enumeration appear to have failed, although there was great difficulty in part of Karachi Can­tonment but even there it was to a large extent rendered at the last minute. Every Supervisor carried out a constant inspection of the work of his enumerators and Progress reports were made every fourth day.

A final check of his block was made by every enumerator on census night, before dawn on 1 March 1951, and all homeless persons, travellers, etc., were questioned and enumerated unless they had already been dealt with. Immediately the enumerator was sure he had completed his work he was required to sign a formal certificate that he had taken the census in the whole of his block and to hand over his slips to his supervisor. The slips were handed in to Supervisors promptly after the first of March and then delivered by Charge Superintendents and District Census Officers to the Sorting Centres, with checks at every stage on the count of slips. The total figures of each enumerator's report were reported rapidly through Supervisors and Charge Superin­tendents to District Census Officers who tele­graphed them to the Provincial Superintendent of Census and to the Census Office in Karachi. From these preliminary reports Bulletin No. I was compiled and issued in April 1951. "The figure in the preliminary report differed from the final count by only about 0.2 per cent.

The subsequent sorting has naturally brought to light some cases of inadequate work by enumerators, particularly in the description of economic groups and occupations and an obvious failure in some places to include Europeans probably due to a misunderstanding. But considerink the speed with which the work was organised,' and the fact that enumerators worked without payment, the completness and quaIity of their effortS was as good as could be expected.

, I

0.12 Publ1city: Special attention was given to the formation of an instructed public opinion regatding the census. A simple explanation of the census in the form of a pamphlet entitled "The Census-How and Why'?" was distributed widely and in particular to journalists and all information services. The press in all the cities co-operated whole heartedly and published notes and articles which 'explained the reasons for taking a census and the value of the work. Radio

lNTRODUcrION 7

CENSUS 1951

Household Listing.

The Census Officers of your area will shortly begin the preparation of house listing. This list will be prepared for all the provinces and states and will contain fairly reliable data regarding the number of houses, number of rooms in every house and the number of persons residing therein, a~ also the number of pacca houses. The list shall also indicate the degree of COngestion in various areas, enabling an examination of the house building programme with a view to remove the acute shortage of houses. Besides, such information is also being furnished which Shall be conducive to the development of Cottage industry.

This great task of Census for its successful completion requires the cooperation and help of every Pakistani. This is the first phase of Census, and is a prelude to the full fledged enquiry about every individuaJ, scheduled for February 19.51.

IssuED BY THE GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN

8 TNTRODUCTlON

THE FIRST CENSUS OF PAKISTAN.

February 1951.

will require the foIJowing information of every person.

Mother tongue: Languages spoken, read and describe the business in which they work). written;

How employed in January 1951, and if un-Education; religion; employed, the occupation in which seeking work

and how long without work; Whether a Muhajir, and if so from whence;

Agricultural status-whether landowner, Whether self-supporting, or partly so, or seek- renter, etc;

ing work;

Occupation and the kind of business in which it is followed;

(Employers are requested to give to their employees a written note showing how to

Tndustrial status-whether employer, employee, etc;

About married women-how long married, total number of children born, and births and deaths of children under one year of age.

Census information is strictly confidential, Personal particulars will lIot be disclosed.

PAKISTAN ZINDABAD ISSUED HY THE GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN.

THE FIRST CENSUS OF PAKISTAN

February 1951

will be taken within definite period till 28th February 1951.

The recording of the settled population will begin in most places on the 9th February and the census will be completed on 28 February.

THE NATION expects every Pakistani to help by seeing that he and all his household are included properly and each not more than once.

ALL PERSONS wiII be enumerated at their regular lodging J?laces unless they wiII be a hsent for the Whole period from the 9th to the 28th February 1951. In that case they will be included in the census wher-ever they are found.

designed to show the facts upon which national development must be based. Every citizen will benefit by a successful and reliable census. We must not leave ourselves in the dark; light must be thrown on our problems; the direction of national local affairs urgently needs the census information.

CENSUS INFORMATION IS STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL It wiII not be used for any purpose except the compilation of statistics. Individual particulars will be not be disclosed '0 anyone.

Age and whether married: Birthplace and THE CENSUS QUESTIONS have been nationality:

Pakistan mllst know its people and their strength.

PAKISTAN ZINDABAD ISSUED BY THE GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN

I,"7JWDUCTION

10 INTRODUCTION

Pakistan co-operated most effectively; brodcasts by the Census Commissioner and the Provincial Superintendents were repeated in all the vema· culars. These not only helped to form a favour­able public opinion and remove suspicions of the purpose of the census, but also provided an opportunity of co-ordinating the instruction of enumerators. Two sets of vernaculars Posters were exhibited in every village and town, the first explained the houselisting and the second series in January 1951 summarized the enumeration questions and their reasons. An illustration of the Urdu Posters, with an English translation, is given in Figure 0.2. These publicity schemes were reinforced by many public meetings held by census officers at which questions were answered. In Karachi the Municipal Corporation made good use of their loud-speakers vans which were "manned" by a team of silver-tongued lady census workers. In future I suggest that more. use should be made of lady helpers. This would not only help to fill the dearth of enumerators in big cities, but will also make the census more complete.

It is too much to hope for that a census will ever be a subject of popular enthusiasm, but in places, due to these measures there was a definite spirit of public co-operation; enumerators were often received in a friendly manner and heads of households reported if they had been missed out. This was particularly the case in Karachi and did much to overcome the special difficulties of hasty organisation in that congested and rapidly increasing city.

O.l3-Self-Enumeration Forms: In Karachi, to meet the need for dealing urgently with house­holds who reported towards the end of the enumeration period that they had been missed by the enumerators., a self-enumeration form wis devised so that literate persons could quickly give the details required to be entered on their slips. The arrangep1ent worked very well and might be adopted on a wider scale in future censuses.

O.l4-Questions and their interpretation: The census questions from which the data in most of the Tables were obtained are discussed in the appropriate places in the Chapters of this report. Tables 1, lA, and 3 deal with the total numbers of normal residents. They are, so to speak the

quantitative side of the census, and except for sex are not based' on what was written on the slip but on the existence of a slip. The remaining tables are the qualitative side of the census, dealing with the different kinds of people and their characteristics. As has already been stated the same standards of accuracy cannot be applied to these two kinds of data.

The Tables are based on the conception of normal residence, in that persons were included in the count of the households of which they formed part provided they. were expected to be present with the household at some time during the enumeration period. Otherwise they are included in the population in the place at which they were present. If, however, the head of the household reported a person who, while normally a resident member of the household, was tem­porarily out of Pakistan and would therefore escape enumeration, the person was included in the count of the household and a slip was made out.

As a matter of definition attention is particularly drawn to the classification of the working population as shown in Table 11 and the tables which follow it dealing with Occupations and Economic Activities. The Agricultural and Non­Agricultural portions of the Labour Force are presented on somewhat different conceptions. All persons whose usual main occupation was reported as the cultivation of the soil are included in the Agricultural Labour Force whatever may have been their occupation in the month preceding the census. Only thus could the data regarding land tenure status have been obtained on any basis likely to be complete. In addition to the cultivators reported in that way, the Agricultural La~our Force includes all othed person who sta~d that ~uring the month preceping the census the)l had bee'} mainly engaged in work of an agri~ultural nature. The non-agricultural portion of t11,e Labour Force is based on the usual defini­tion qf that term, i.e. upon the actual occupations of peI;sons during a speci$~ period, which, in this case was the month preceding the census, viz., JanuaI1\ 1951. As exI5lained above, however, persons who are normally cultivators will have been ~xcl\ded from this class even if, in January 1951, they were follov'ing a non-agricultural occupatio~

INTRODUCTION 11

O.15---The Frontier Regions: In the Frontier Regions which lie beyond the settled districts of the North-West Frontier Province it is not possible to conduct a census by the same system as was used throughout the rest of Pftkistan. In 1931 and previous censuses nothing more than a rough estimate of the population of these areas was attempted. In 1941 several parts of these

,Regions saw the introduction of enumeration using a simplified "tribal" slip. In 1&51 we were able to extend both the area covered \,y simplified enumeration and the amount of data included on the slip. On the p,opulation of the Frontier Regions 8,87,226 persons were enumerated and 17,55,000 were included in the census totals on the basis of estimates made by the Political Agents with the assistance of tribal elders and village headmen.

O.l6-Abstraction: The work of abstracting the statistical data from the millions of slips has been a tremendous under taking which strained our resources in all directions. Traditional hand sorting methods were used for most of the work and the original enumeration slips were found quite suitable for this purpose. For the work of sorting the data on the occupations and economic activities of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force, and for the complete sarting of the data for Karachi, use was made of Powers-Samas punched card machinery.

The first step in the sorting work was a careful scrutiny of every slip. A certain number, varying with the efficiency and intelligence of the enumera­tor, but rarely amounting to a significant pro­portion of the slips in a block, needed correction, or the supply of missing data, to make them sort This it was generally possible to do on common­sense lines in the light of the other data on the slips or on slips of other members of the same househOld. I suspect, however, that it was at this stage that some sorting centres introduced what finally appeared as the worst inconsistency in the age structure, namely the inflation of the 10-11 age group. Children below 12 years of age were all to be treated as Dependents, according to the enumeration instructions, and I fear that some unwise scrutineers may have given that age to any slip in which the questions on economic activities were missing or defective. It is only a suspicion, but it would account for the impossibly large contingent of that age which showed up in the

final tabulation of the work of certain, but not all, sorting centres, and I mention it here as a guide to statisticians in the interpretation of the results and as a warning for the future.

The next step was the checking of the count of each block and the preliminary "block sort" which separated the sexes and the Muhajirs, after which the slips were dealt with circle-wise and the Religious groups were set up. In Balu­chistan and the Frontier Regions of the N.W.F. there was a special sort by Tribes.

The results of sorting were recorded on sorters' tickets which were verified by supervisors and inspectors and reconciled with the system of check figures which ensured, in total, the correctness of every count. The classification was also tested by the inspectors. These can be no complete or arithmetical proof of the correctness of classifi­cation in hand sorting, but as far as possible the work was kept under examination and every effort was made to ensure reliability.

The slips of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force were segregated at an appropriate point in the hand sorting procedure and passed to a team of coders who marked each slip with the numbers allotted for occupation and Economic Group in the Classification Codes. This work proved to be most difficult, requiring a high level of knowledge and intelligence to interpret the enumerators' records, often very sketchy and indefinite, into the classes of the codes. The slips were then sent to the machine sorting centres where. the coding was scrutinized before the slips were passed to the card punching section. Com­plaints have been made to me of the arduous and concentrated labour which this coding involved and the suggestion seems to be that it would have been simpler to sort the economic data by hand. The answer is of course that if the coding presented such problems, and needed careful thought and checking, to attempt direct classification by hand-sorting would have led to such inaccuracy as to be quite worthless.

The results of hand and machine sorting were passed to Provincial compilation offices, where the totals which appear in the Tables were assembled on working-sheets by teams of com­pilers with the help of adding and calculating machines.

12

J HAND

SO~TING CENT~ES

DAce"

INTRODUCTION

Fig. 0,3

POST - ENUMERATION ORGANISATION (REFERElica ,P"RA 5'04 - PAGE 50.-l

OFFICE OF THE ~ PAKIST"" CENSUS 1--------1 COMPILING

COMMISSIONER OFFICE

I . r A.

~~----~------r-----r-----~--~ I •....... .,.. ...... J .... l' .... )10-..... ···l····~ .. · .-... ,"0>-'-'" ··T·····-········~ PROVINCIAL SUPERINiENDENTS OF CENSUS

EAST 8EN<I"'-

J : OMPlLflIG

OFl'ICE DACC"-

I"':""'I~'~ • r ,....... ........ ......., PUNJ'(S SIND BALUCI+ FEDERAL

& I'<~ & h .ISTAN fo~ N W f P ~'":,:::!''' CAPITAL iBAW.WA1.PU5 i KHAIRPUR i: KARACHI

: .; ~ r-H ..... " .... ND--,: HAHD HAND: HAND 1

SORllNG 1 SQ~T\NG i SOI:rnN6 i SORTING f, CENi~ES : CENTRES : eENT~S : CENTRES

. I: I· I : L"-HORE: I' ~ t

~ I' I • R~WALPINDI I I I ALSO SORTj..:"~.f-.:I-'-';-,,..p:""f' __ "f'"''''''t I MA.C1-IINE

.for • I I CENTRE COHILL" MACHINE

NWF? ... ~ t KARACHI I' I: I : ..

i' L.. -i-... -,-... L-I!- ..l_+_ t .... """_~,' __ ..,J-

~_1~_~: : : COMPILING J COMPILING J CC»1P1Ut( J COMPILING _.: OFFICE OFFICE OrFle~ OFFICE

CENTs:{E RAJ!3AAHI DAcCA

'f[ 'L. .... -~

T 1

DIRt-C,ION Sf CON'TROL.

FLOW OF SORTERS TICKE'TS. -+-fLOWOF SLIPS Of N ~Lf & C.lT\ES.

fLOW Of DRI\FT TASLES. -~---+-

...·········oei· .. ··

The organisation of the post-enumeration census offices and the flow of work and data between them is shown in Chart No. 0.3

counting of slips in the Block sort and the infor· mation in the Household lists, the village list for every district was compiledr while the rest of the hand sorting was in progress. This list show the O.17-Local Data: Based on the check of the

INTRODUCTION 13

village areas in their administrative order in each tehsil, Taluka, Sub-division, etc., with the names written in Roman and vernacular script and giving the areas, population, and local detail such as the existence of railway, postal, educational and medical facilities. The local detail was supplied through the District officers. These lists will not only be of considerable administrative use but should be of great assistance in future statistical surveys and the organisation of the next census.

In East Bengal the village list were supplemented for representational purposes by a series of District pamphlets giving an analysis of the population of every Union Board area according to relighus communities. These pamphlets were prepared by the census organisation and published by the Provincial Government.

In a similar manner the Provincial authorities in Baluchistan have published the data on the tribal organisation which was specially prepared for them by the census organisation.

0.18 Hand Sorting. The Hand Sorting opera­tion was carried out in nine centres as follows:-

Province. Centre Total personnel.

EAST BENGAL Dacca 130

Comilla 130

Rajshahi 129

Barisal 128

PUNJAB & Lahore 195 \BAHAWALPUR STATE

Rawalpindi 118

SIND & Hyderabad 63 KHAIRPUR STATE

BALUCHISTAN & Quetta 33 STATES UNION

FRONTIER REGIONS (a) Peshawar 33

The recruitment and training of the large temporary staffs presented considerable problems. In all the provinces, owing to the departure of many Hindu, clerks, good clerical workers were at a premium and few persons of suitable ability were willing to take up this arduous temporary work. All the sorting centres met with great difficulty in keeping their teams upto strength

in the face of constant desertions and resignations. Every man so lost imvolved a serious loss of time in obtaining and training a replacement, and reasonable standards of skill and accuracy were only achieved after long and careful instruction and supervlslon. A "bonus---on-output" scheme helped to add interest and speed to the work but increased the vigilance required to secure honest classification. I feel the greatest credit is due to the officers and supervisors who con­trolled the Sorting Centres but it is of course impossible in the circumstances to claim complete accuracy.

The sorting work was organised in phases. The first step was to arrange the slips in batches by sex, religion and geographical regions, Muhajirs being kept separate. A general idea of the sorting procedure is given in Chart No. 004 in the form of an analogy to a refining process. Copies of this chart were exhibited in all Sorting Centres and enabled the whole staff to see at a gJance the complete scheme of work, which was explained in detail in Part III of the Code of Census Procedure.

Phase I of the Hand Sorting procedure dealt with the slips Circle-wise and sorted them for language, birth place and religion and completed all sorting of the slips of Children under 12 years old. Phase 2 handled the slips of literate persons only. All the slips went through phase 3 which analysed them by main economic categories and segragated those of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force. Phase 4 included the sort for Age of Persons over 12 and phase 5 sorted the slips of married women for fertility data. In phase 4 and 5 permission was given in places where the sex and religion batch for the broad age group 25-54 was very large (i.e. over 50,000) for it to be sorted into 5 year groups from a random sample of slips. This system is reported to have been used in a few districts of the Punjab only. The size of the sample varied with the population, but was never less than 20 per cent or 50 thousand slips.

Slips of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force left the hand-sorting centre after Phase 3 and the rest of the work on them was done by punched­card Mmachinery.

0.19 Machine Sorting: Machine sorting centres equipped with Power-Samas punched-card

14

1

INTRODUCTION

----

PHASE FERTILlfy

PHASE l-A BLOCK SORT

" rXAMS PASSED

UNCUAIIU RUD

~ U,NGIIAIIU .... 1Tf£N ,~

INTRODUCTION 15

CENSUS REFINERY AN AN'LnGY R£RRES£N1'ING THE nnw of iLiPS

THROUGH HAlOIl SORTiNg Cf"Taa

CREF1!:~"l4CE PARA 5-:1.1 0) - PAU '",.)

PIfASE: 1-C CHILDREN SoRT

16 INTRODUCTION

machines were set up in Karachi and Dacca. The Karachi centre handled the complete sorting job for the Federal Capital Area and also, for persons in the non-Agricultural Labour Force of West Pakistan, sorted the data for Phases 4 and 5, as well as Occupations, Economic Ac­tivities, Industrial Status, etc. The Dacca Centre handled the same duties for East Bengal and for certain also carried out Phases 4 and 5 for the whole population of 12 years of age and over. In addition, this Centre sorted the Cottage Industries Returns for all provinces.

The operation of the punching, verifying and sorting machines was completely strange to all hands. The work started with revision of the Coding -itself a big under taking, which however proved to be well worthwhile from the point of view of accuracy. The punching of cards was not completed until the end of September, 1952, speed being at first very slow but it gradually increased until, at the end of the job, many men were giving about the same output as is expected in Western countries.

Machine sorting was a complicated procedure requiring skill, concentration and a high degree of intelligence. The results of the sorting operation were shown on counters on the machines and were recorded on special, forms the data on which were posted to Compilation Working Sheets. A full explanation of the operation is given in Part III of the Code of Census Procedure and the whole machine sorting programme in set out in detail in an Annex.ure thereto containing working instructions, diagrams and the forms for the special machine sorters' tickets.

I must say that the operating staff of the Machine Centres proved very adaptable and in the end became quite expert at this new work. Punching was checked by repetition and verified by a special machine, but the accuracy of coding and sorting depended upon the vigilance of the supervisors and their knowledge of the classifications and procedures. In Karachi Centre there seem to have been lapses in this respect. This first attempt to modernise the abstraction stage of the Census is, however, an essential innovation and should lead to better results in the future. There was of course a feeling that methods of great precision were being used to deal with information which itself was often extremely indefinite, but the machine

system, with its preliminary coding, does tend to make the best of the descriptions given by the enumerator and at any rate certainly prevents the multiplication of errors.

0.20 Compilation: The results of the Hand and Machine sorting operations were transferred to compilation working-sheets by special teams of compilers in each Provincial office and in Karachi Machine Centre. The orders laid down that every figure on a compilation sheet should be checked by a second compiler and each sheet tested and verified by the Chief Compiler or an officer. This work was well and carefully done for the most part and the working-sheets should prove a fruitful mine of subsidiary infor­mation. The Karachi Machine Centre worked under very difficult conditions and 1 suspect from the working-sheets that towards the end of the operation compilation work was in some cases scamped. It has, however, been corrected as far as possible.

0.21 Analysis and Comparisons: The informa­tion in the census tables has been analysed to some extent in the Provincial Reports (volumes 2 to 6 inclusive). In this volume an attempt has been made in the Chapters of Part I to provide a basis of general comparison with the past and to focus attention upon the salient features of the present population of the Provinces.

In this we have had valuable assistance from Mr. Douglus L. Ralston of the Dominion Bureaus of Statistics of Canada, who came to Pakistan under the Technical Assistance scheme of the United Nations. He was hoping to have enriched this report with a study of the demographic data, but this project had unfortunately to be laid aside owing, in the first place to the Age data being found in sufficiently reliable in detail to serve as a basis for technical study, and also due to a deeply regretted collapse in Mr. Ralston's health. In the short time in which he was in Pakistan he devoted hinlself without remission to an inten­sive study of the data of this and past censuses. it is due to his expert advice that the Age Tables have been curtailed and confined to the broad groups whi~h may be regarded as reliable, but his researches were wide-spread and the unfinished notes which he left have been of much usefulness in the evaluation of accuracy (many of the cautions in the reports and in the title sheets of Tables against undue reliance on figures which

INTRODUCTION 17

seem doubtful are due to his investigations) and in preparing, much of the descriptive and com­parative matter which appears in this volume. While taking full responsibility for all I have written in this reports I gratefully acknowledge his assistance and advice.

A census report must always be produced with all possible speed. It is inevitable that the abs­traction work takes much time, but once it is done the results should be made available with the minimum of delay, and cannot be withheld while research and analysis, which should be thoughtful and fairly leisurely processes, distil the data. The figures are wanted urgently for daily reference and that is true particularly in this new state of Pakistan. Therefore, while I have made a few obvious comparisons and explanations to facilitate understanding of the census figures, I plead that this report shall not be the final study of the census, but together with the mass of Census documents, working sheets and unpublished tables should be used as a basis for continued research and the issue of supple­mentary studies.

0.22 Acknowledgements: I take this op­portunity of putting on record my appreciation and gratitude for the devoted manner in which the Census staff in all places and in all grades discharged this strange and onerous duty. There were very few indeed who failed to reach high standards of integrity and honest hard work. The Census staff contained no member who could claim any technical statistical training and very few of them had had any Census experience. It is indeed a matter for some wonder that they have succeeded in producing so much information capable of being classed as fairly reliable. I have already mentioned the names of the Provincial Superintendents of Census and to all of them I feel Pakistan is much indebited. They were all devoted and hard-working officers who bore their heavy loads of unfamiliar and respon­sible work with cheerful keenness and adminis­trative ability. I am deeply grateful for their unflagging support in this complicated and wearisome work, which has told on the health of all of us, and above all, for their never-failing kindness and personal friendship.

Each of these gentlemen was served by a fairly large staff, the efficiency of whose work depended

to a great extent on the Deputy Superintendents of Census. Mr. Nomani's deputy in East Bengal was Mr. Abul Khair Ahmed Khan who in the end when all other officers had played their parts and retired from the stage, saw the East Bengal reports and tables into final production. The Machine Sorting Centre at Dacca was ably managed by Mr. Bahauddin Ahmed, who became expert in this work and whose ability will, I hope, be used again. In East Bengal it was necessary to place the compilation work under a special officer, and Mr. Muhammad Badiul Alam, discharged this duty with gleat care and success. All these gentlemen are members of the Provincial Civil Service of East Bengal.

The Deputy Superintendents of Census of West Pakistan had wider individual responsibili­ties in their smaller fields. Shaikh Muhammad Sharif organized and controlled the very large Hand Sorting Centre at Lahore and then success­fully managed the whole compilation work for the Punjab and Bahawalpur State. For the last months of the preenumeration period Agha Ahmad Raza Khan ably assisted in the instruc­tional and inspection work in the districts. In Sind Mr. Mahboob Ali Khoja took charge of the Hand Sorting Centre at Hyderabad and of the compilation work of which he made a very good job. These were all officers of their provincial Civil Services.

Baluchistan made perhaps the heaviest demands on its Deputy Superintendent of Census who on account of the vast distances, was appointed at the very beginning of the Census work to organize and inspect the instruction of enumerators. Mr. Ghulam Hussain's vast bulk and cheerful coun­tenance appeared with abounding energy at every level in every State and district in Baluchistan, prior to enumeration, and afterwards he saw the sorting and compilation work through most efficiently successful conclusion. In Peshwar the sorting of the tribal slips and all the com­pilation work of the NWFP and Frontier Regions was under the capable control of Mr. Yusuf Ali.

Mr. Ali Muhammad Jafri in Karachi had no Deputy, but the post was created when he left the Census organization and Mr. Akbar Kabir, an officer on the East Bengal Provincial Civil Service, who had successfully managed the Hand Sorting Centre at Comilla, was brought over to

18 INTRODUCTION

take charge of the Machine Centre in Karachi. This was a heart-breaking job, carried out in an unsuitable hut in an out of the way locality, and it was very hard to get and keep an efficient staff. Nevertheless, he mastered the system and drove the job through to completion less although the difficulties, which would have broken a less cheerful spirit, rendered the results somewhat reliable than in Bengal.

As regards my own staff, I never expect to be more loyally served. The Government certainly did its best for me. In the first place I must thank the two gentlemen who served as officers on Special Duty in the Ministry of the Interior (Census Branch) Mr. Mizanur Rahman, M.A., Provincial Civil Service (E. Bengal) and his successor Mr. Abdur Rashid, C.S.P. These experienced secretariat officials removed from me the worst nightmares of administration and also made most valuable contributions in the organization of the Census work. Both these officers hailed from East Bengal and well under­stood the special problems of that province. Mr. Mizanur Rahman brought experience of Hand-Sorting work in the 1931 Census and Mr. Abdur Rashid came straight from a U.N. Fellowship in the U.S.A. where he had received most valuable instruction in Census work, I can only hope that the next Census Commissioner is equally fortunate.

Mr. N. Shamsi has been the officer incharge of the administrative statistical work of my office throughout the whole operation and in my long service I have never had a more loyal or more effective helper. He had been instructed iQ Census work at the U.N. Seminar held in Delhi and Calcutta in 1949/50. His friendly relations with all officers with whom he had to deal, and his habit of going to see people, instead, of merely vll"iting, facilitated all our activities. Besides handling the constant executive problems of the office he proved a most capable supervisor of the printing work.

A great burden of work and over-work fell on my faithful Personal Assistant, Qazi Mubarak Hasan whose cheerful smile often dispelled the inevitable discouragements of my job. He rose to every emergency and without his willing cooperation the voluminous codes and this report could never have been issued. I must also men­tion, gratefully team of computing and compling

Assistants which worked under the investigator, Mr. Ghulam Mustafa, and became expert in the detection of errors and defects.

Much valuable advice and help was accorded by the expert officers of the Central Statistical Office and especially by the Statistical Advisers from the U.S.A., Mr. A. Aidenoff and Mr. Thoma5 F. Corcoran. I regret that the rapidity of work, which was forced on me by the late start, often presented me with a dilemm a in giving full effect to their suggestions, but I am very sensible or the value of their criticisms by which I avoided many pit-falls and had we had more time, might have been saved from more. I also acknowledge thankfully the help given by the Survey of Pakistan, which never failed to respond promptly to our numerous appeals for information, and we are also grateful for similar assistance given by the Director of Land Records in East Bengal.

The Chief credit for conducting a reasonably successful enumeration, however, must go to the District Census Officers, and their Charge Superintendents and Supervisors, nearly aU of whom threw themselves with a certain amount of enthusiasm into an awkward job which had to be accepted as an unpaid addition to the duties of busy officials. Wherever I went in my numerous tours of inspection I was impressed by their whole­hearted cooperation and their desire to make a good job of the work, I have already mentioned the ready and effective contribution made by the Patwaris and other Revenue Officials in West Pakistan and also by the members of the Union Boards of East Bengal. Without their efforts as Enumerators and Supervisors the work could never have been done at all. The thanks of the country have already been expressed to them and to the numerous private citizens who volunteered to act as enumerators. None of these gentlemen received any reward except the satisfaction of giving an important service to their country. The qUe,'ltion of payment of enumerators is one that is raised at every Census, but having seen the many high-class men who did the work on this occasion I am inclined to think that the type of person which is necessary is more likely to be secured on an honourary basis than if the post of enumerator were to carry a small stipend-in view of the numbers required any payment could only be so insignificant as to be practically an insult.

INTRODUCTION 19

The whole Census organization finally depended upon the cooperation of the public and I must express my admiration for the helpful manner in which the enumerators were generally received. The Census was obviously accepted by many persons as an opportunity of showing their patriotic love for their new country. The Census Act provided penalties for obstruction to enu­merators or Jor failures to respond, but no serious instances of such conduct were reported and in fact they would obviously have been completely

opposed to public opmlOn. For myself, I am deeply grateful for the patience and kindness which have been extended to me everywhere both in Karachi and in my numerous tours of instruction and inspection.

E. H. SLADE. Fellow of the Royal Statisticai Society,

Fellow of the Association of Incorporated Statisticians (London)

Census Commissioner, Pakistan.

20

$$00 .. '.... J + ' .. '"

+" (>

~

6, FP.ONT'~P.. REGION'S

7. PUNJAB

I. B"'H"'W"'l~UR ~T"'TI

10 KH"I~PUJ\ STATE

"

I " 0 I "

18HARAl')

PAKISTAN 1M

SOtJTN ASIA

MAP I-I

MeA ENUMfMTED IN FIR5T~ CENSUS O' PAKISTAN ~

a A '( o ,

IIfJlO"l

CHAPTER I

PAKISTAN AND ITS PEOPLE

1.1 Pakistan: Geographically, Pakistan con-sists of two widely separated wings, as shown in Map No. 1.1 which indicates its position in South Asia and the location of its Provinces and States.

The greater part of the population is con­centrated in the relatively small area of East Pakistan, in the delta formed by the Ganges and Brahamputra rivers, which js one of the most densely populated parts of the world. It is intersected by a net-work of water-ways and is conspicuous for its high rainfall. The soil formed by the alluvial deposits of the rivers and watered lavishly by their inundations and by the heaavy rainfall, is extremely fertile. East Pakistan consists of the single province of East Bengal.

The western wing of Pakistan comprises the provinces of the Punjab. Sind, Baluchistan and the North-West Frontier Province, the States of Bahawalpur and Khairpur, the Baluchistan States Union and the Frontier Regions and States of the North-West. The Federal Capital, which is a centrally administered area, is located at Karachi on the borders of Sind and Baluchistan States Union.

Map No. 1.2 shows the chief topographical features of East and West Pakistan. In the case of East Pakistan, these consist chiefly of the delta with its many rivers, but western Pakistan has two distinct geographical regions. There are the mountain ranges running down its western borders and extending from the Himalayas to the sea, and there is the basin of the Indus, which stretches out in wide plains from the foot of the mountains in the north. The mountainous area iucludes the North-West Frontier and Baluchlstan and contains much desolate, water­less and sparsely populated country. The Punjab -the land of the Five Rivers-is a rich agricul­tura I province. The lower reaches of the Indus run through Sind, where irrigation is steadily

spreading its benefits into the once barren loil. However, the eastern portion of Sind and much of Baluchistan still consist of wide stretches of sandy desert.

Much geographical information is given in the Provincial Census Reports and the reader is referred to them for details of the topography, resources and organisation of the Provinces and States.

1.2 Administrative Areas: Pakistan consists of:

(a) The five provinces, viz. East Bengal, Punjab, N.W.F.P., Sind and Baluchistan.

(b) The Federal Capital Area of Karachi.

lc) The States which have acceded to Pakistan viz. Bahawalpur State, Khairpur State, the States (Kalal, Kharan. Mekran and Las­Bela) of the Baluchistan States Union, and the States in the Frontier Regions (Dir, Swat and Chitral).

(d) The Tribal Areas of the Frontier Regions.

The locations of these areas are shown in Map No. 1.1 and in more detail in Map No. 2.8 which also shows the districts into which each province is sub-divided. In East Bengal and the Punjab, the districts are grouped in Divisions and some of the Provincial Census tables are on a Divisional basis.

Within the Districts the administrative sub­areas are called Sub-Divisions in East Bengal, Talukas in Sind and Tehsils in all other Provinces. Maps showing the locations of these smaller Areas and the tables showing census figures for them will be found in the Provincial Census Reports.

REFERENCE _) PAKISTAN BOUNDARY -)

PROVINCIAL BOUNDARY....,I

CAPITAL CITIES

OTHER CITIES

RIVERS

MOUNTAINS

MARSHES

•• AM.

\ ,

• • 11: #,./..) (pt.'<;

MAP No. 1.2

WEST PAKISTAN

100 MIL"

...

o

-

\

MAP No. 1.2

EAST BENGAL

In East Bengal the Sub-Divisions are often as populous as Districts are in West Pakistan, and except in Sylhet and the Chittagong Hill Tracts, they are divided into Police areas, known as "Thanas" (police Stations).

1.3 Historical background: Although a Census Report is not intended to be a detailed history of the country, it is useful in considering the results of the Census of population to have in mind the sequence of events .which lies behind the present composition of the people. Each of the Provincial Superintendents has written in his own report a short statement in some detail of the background of the people of his census area. For purposes of this general report, however, the s!JJi.ent features of the history of Pakistan may briefly summed up in the following 'paragraphs.

1.4 Pre-Muslim Period: As early as 3,000 B.C. and probably before that, a highly developed civillz!ttion, of which remains have been found at Mohenjo-Daro in Sind and Harappa in the Punjab, existed in what is now West Pakistan. A great historic city has been excavated at Moh~njo-Daro and evidence has been discovered of an advanced Chalcohlithic culture extending from Harappa along the Indus basin. This civilization appears ,to have been over-whelmed by tribal inroads followed by AryaI} penetration from the North-West somewhere about 2,000 B.C. The Aryans were chiefly agriculturists but they brought with them the rudiments of a technical civilization. The Brahamanic and Buddhist writings indicate a steady advancement of crafts and commerce and speak of the founda-

tion of many towns, some of which were in existence at the time of Alexander's invasion in 326 B.C. Under Hindu and Buddhist dynasties, the Aryan settlements of the Ganges and Indus Valleys made progress but the increase in the population· cannot have been rapid. The Aryans inrush was followed in the next few centuries by the influence of the Sakas, the Kushanas and the White Huns from Central Asia.

1.5 The coming of the Muslims: The first arrival of the Muslims into what is now Pakistan dates from the conquest of Sind in 712 A.D. by Muhammad bin Qasim, an Arab general who penetrated up the Indus valley as far as Multan. Towards the end of the tenth century the intrusion began of the Muslim conquerors into India through the north western passes. In 986-7 A.D. Subuk­tagin, the Turkish Sultan of a Muslim princi­pality with its headquarters in Ghazni moved down through the Khyber Pass, crossed the Indus and overthrew the Rajput ruler of Lahore. Mahmood Ghazni, his son, made a series of inroads into India between 997 A.D. and 1030 A.D. and exercised more or less continuous control over the northern Punjab. Thereafter, wave upon wave of Muslim invaders occupied northern India in tum-the Turks, the Afghans, the Mongols (who were, however, non-Muslims) and finally the MoghulS under Babar who laid the foundations of the great Moghal Empire. Babar was the first of a line of Moghal Emperors whose rule descended from father to son, through Humayun, Akbar, Jehangir, Shahjehan and Aurangzeb, until the eighteenth century. Their administration, when it reached its highest water­mark, covered practically the whole of what is now India, Pakistan and Afghanistan. After the Moghal Emperors had assimilated the Bengal sultanates, Muslims infiltrated in all parts of that country and especially the area which is now East Bengal.

In literature, art and architecture, the Moghul period was an age of enlightenment and great progress. It was a period of Muslim renaissance, there was during this period much fruitful develop­ment of those tendencies and traditions that had their beginnings in the Turko-Afghan period. The art and architecture of the Moghul period, especially as they blossomed forth after the accession of Akbar in 1556 present a happy

24

mingling of the past and contemporary traditions and ideals.

1.6 British Rule: It was in Bengal that the battle of Plassey in 1757 enabled the East India Company to establish its ascendency and facilitated the advent of the British rule in India which finally extended over the whole sub-con­tinent. Under the Company's regime the Muslims, specially in Bengal, suffered a great decline in their position in administrative services as well as in trade and commerce over which activities the Hindus established a virtual mono­poly. With the transfer of Indian administration in 1858 to the Crown from the East India Company, direct control by Biritish administrators was established in those parts of India which were not ruled by their hereditary Princes in treaty with the British Government. With this new regime the Muslims on the whole found them­selves able to co-operate with comparatively greater r~adiness, and made rapid progress in industry and trade and, with the spread of education, many of them reached high adminis­trative positions.

1.7 The Idea of Pakistan: Muslim nationalism, as distinct from the Hindu nationalist movement, found its first expression in 19;)6 when the AIl­India Muslim League was formed. In 1930 Dr. Muhammad Iqbal, poet and philosopher, propounded the idea of a separate homeland for Muslims in India. This demand gained ground steadily and, in 1940, the All-India Muslim

League, under the presidentship of Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah, the founder and architect of Pakistan, adopted the demand as its firm political goal.

1.8 Pakistan: On the 3rd June 1947, the British Government announced its decision to transfer power to Indian hands, and, at the same timt(, conceded the Muslim demand for Pakistan. The new sovereign State of Pakistan came into being on the 14th August, 1947.

1.9 Boundaries: The boundaries of the new State involved the partition of the Punjab and also of Bengal, and. the inclusion in Pakistan of the Sylhet district of Assam. Explanations of the changes in area, in so far as they affect the Census figures, are given in the appropriate Provincial reports.

1.10 Refugees and Evacuees: As an after­math of partition a terrible campaign of massacre and pillage drove vast numbers of Muslims living in India, and especially in the eastern Punjab, to seek refuge in Pakistan, result­ing inevitably in a similar exodus of Sikhs and Hindus from Pakistan to India. This trem~ndous movement of population has involved several million people of both sides and created appalling ftardship as well as great administrative and economic problems. The Muslim refugees who enter~ Pakistan, known as "Muhajirs", are the subjeCt of frequent references in the Census report and tables.

CHAPTER 2

POPULATION ~ROWTH AND DISTRIBUTION.

REFP:RENCE TO STATISTICS Table 1 urban and Rutal Population and Area.

I-A Population of urban Areas. 2 Cities and Towns. 3 Variations. 1901-1951 5 Birthplace.

10 Non Pakistanis. 19A Mubajirs by places of origin.

Statement 2-A

25

2.1 Growth of the Population.-The popula­tion of the area which now forms Pakistan has seen a steady rise during the last 50 years. The 1951 Census of Pakistan shows an increase over the Census of 1901 for the same areas of approxi­mately 66.7 per cent or an average of 1.03 per cent per annum. The rate of increase has been greater during the last 20 years and the average rate per annum since 1931 is 1.25 per cent. If this rate were to continue steadily the population would reach 90 millions by 1965 and amount to 100 millions by about 1971. This rate of growth is about double the rate at which the population of the United Kingdom has been increasing during the same period.

Percentage increase in population by decade1. for India and Pakistan, 1901-51.

The increase in popu~ation in what is now Pakistan, bas been due to several causes in addition to the natural increase by the excess of births ~ver deaths. In particular there has been consideratle immigration due to the great irriga­tion schemes which have been introduced during the last 50 years in the Punjab and Sind.

A comparison of the rate of growth during the past 5 decades involves the consideration of the data given in the pas~ Censuses of India. In Statement 2-A the increases shown at each Census

( Reference paragraph 2.1 )

Decade Pakistan India I India &

Pakistan

1901-11 .. 11.9 5.7 6.7

1911-21 .. 6.7 0.4 0.9

1921-31 .. S.S 11.0 10.6

1931-41 .. IS.S 13.5 15.0

1941-51 .. 7.9 14.1 12.9

is analyzed according to the geographical areas which now form Pakistan and India respectively. Compared with Pakistan's increase of 67 per cent ill the last 50 years, India has shown an increase in the same period of about 50 per cent.

Note: 1 this chapter is based very largely on the discussions I had with Mr. Douglas. L. Ralston, who came to assist me under the United Nations Technical Assistance Scheme is the research and analytical ",ork of the census. I have made much use of his notes and drafts, and am deeply grateful for his help, but he had to return to Canada before this report was written and I take the responsibility for the whole chapter and for the accuracy and validity of the data given and the conclusions drawn.

E. H. Slade.

16.

The figures in the Statement for the period 1901 to 1921 are much higher for Pakistan than for India. Actually, according to the calcula­tions, the 1911-1921 decade saw a net reduction in the population of India ascribed to the disas­trous influenza epidemic of 1918. The popula­tion of the Pakistan areas was greatly affected bv the same cause but nevertheless made a con­siderable gain during the decade.

It is difficult to explain the figures for the decade 1931-41 which are very high for both Pakistan and India, but it is relevant that the census figures may have been somewhat under-stated in 1931 and overstated in 1941. There was an attempted boycott of the Census in 1931 as part of the policy of Non-Cooperation with the British Govern­ment. However, the Census authorities reported that on the whole this movement either failed or proper compensations were made for it and in fact in some provinces there were reports of an attempt to inflate the figures for political purposes. On the whole the 1931 Census is regarded as fairly accurate. The more probable cause for the high rate of increase shown between 1931 and 1941 is the inflation of the latter census. In East Bengal and the Punjab, and specially in the regions which are now in Pakistan, political tension was acute at the time of the 1941 Census and both Muslim and Hindu communities\ endeavoured to cause an artificial increase in their reported strength. The exact extent of this inflation cannot be assessed. The Census authorities did their best to defeat the efforts of over·zealous partisans and to remove any remain­ing effects from the published results. In many places in this Census Report, however, it will be apparent that the figures of the 1941 Census for East Bengal are out of line both with previous trends and with the results of the 1951 census and should be treated with caution. Neverthe­less whatever may be the situation as regards accuracy of the reports, tlle fact remains that in the Punjab and Sind dl,lring the 1931-1941 period the wave of immigration continued into the newly irrigated areas which- are now in Pakistan, and much of the large incrt:ase shown must be trea!ed as true.

2.2. Decade 1941-1951.-Coming to the decade ending with the 1951 census, it is obvious that these years of war, partition and fa)nme were less favourable to population growth in Pakistan. In India these factors did not apply so intensely and may have been outweighed in the much

\ ,

larger total population. Since the population of West Pakistan increased by about 19.4 per cent in the decade, however, it is in East Bengal that the reason must be found for the low increase of 8 per cent shown by Pakistan as a whole.

The difference between the 1941 census figure for what is now East Bengal and the 1951 census in that Province is only an increase of one tenth of one per cent. The Muslims in East Bengal have been increasing many decades past at a much higher rate than the Hindus. The migrations which reached such proportions after partition may well have had their beginnings much earlier. Statement 2-B shows the comparative rates of growth of the two main communities since 1921. Inflation of 1941 would tend to exaggerate the increases in the 1931-41 decade and the decline of the Hindus in the 1941-5-l.; while minimising the Muslim increase in the latter decade.

Statement loB.

Percentage increases in population by main religious groups for East Bengal, by decades,

1921·51. (Reference paragraph 2.1)

Decade I Total I Muslims Hindus

192i-31 7.0 9.9 S.4

1931-41 17.9 18.8 11.3

1941-51 0.1 9.0 -22,

The low figure of overall increase in the reported population of Pakistan during the last decade may 'theretpre be attributed mainly to the con­diti,pns in. East Bengal including the doubtfulness of the 1941 census there. There is nothing to indicate that the 1951 census was not reasonably complete, on at least as much so as is usu~ in this part of the \VorId. Statements of all the Provin· cial Census 'Superintendents are unanimous in this view and it is their belief that the absence of communal tension provided a basis for a more rational census than the previous one.

2.3. Compar~ive growth in East and West Pakistan.-The chart in Figure 2.1 shows the rise in popula\ion of J;>akistan and its two wings since 1901. East Pakistan has a density of poputlation of 7.77 persons per square mile which is seven times'that of the average density

f!'IG. 21

GROWTH OF POPULATION

laO

700

lOa

.00

III 1: lC « 400

..J

10.

root--------___ --!

l'Or Iii' 19Z1 1931 1941 1951

CENSUS YEARS

of West Pakistan. It can be imagined therefore that the pressure on agricultural resources has been great and that this is a vital factor in the rate of population growth in East Bengal. What can happen when crops are poor was demonstra­ted in the most severe manner by the famine of 1943. It is to be expected therefore that the population of East Bengal will have grown at a slower pace than that of the provinces of West Pakistan with their greater land po,entials, important industrial developments and steadily growing irrigation facilities. Statement 2-C shows that since 1901 the proportion which the population of "What is now East Pakistan bears to population of what is now West Pakistan has steadily dropped. .

The composition of the population of East Bengal has also been changing steadily and statement 2-D indicates that the Muslims have formed an increasing proportion in each succeed­ing Census. The drop in the Hindu population is particularly sharp in the 1951 Census owing to the exodus of Hindus to which reference has been made above.

While therefore the densely populated province of East Bengal has increased its population from

27

Statement 2-C.

( Reference paragraph 2.3 )

Percentage distribution of the population as between East and West Pakistan, 1901·51.

Year Total East West Bengal Pakistan

1,901 " 100 63.6 36.4

1911 " 100 61.9 38.1

1921 .. 100 61.2 38.8

1931 " 100 60.2 39.8

1941 " 100 59.8 40.2

1951 .. 100 55.5 44.5

289 lakhs in 1901 to 421 lakhs in 1951-a rise of 45.7% equal to an average rate of 0.75 per cent per annum-the population of West Pakistan. with its vide spaces and developing industries, has risen far more rapidly. From 166 lakhs in 1901 it has reached 338 lakhs in 1951-a rise of 103.6% equal to an average rate of 1.45 per cent per annum. That average conceals however the

Statement 2-D.

( Reference paragraph 2.3 )

Percentage distribution of the population by

religious groups for East Bengal.

Year I Muslims \ Hindus Othtfs

1901 66.1 33.0 0.9

1911 67.2 31.5 1.3

1921 68.1 30.6 1.3

1931 69.5 29.4 1.2

1941 70.3 28.0 1.8

1951 76.9 22.0 1.1

28

acceleration which has occurred since the irriga­tion works began in the Punjab and Sind and the average rate of increase in West Pakistan since 1931 works out at 1.82 per cent per annum. The difference in the annual rates of growth is brought out very clearly in the chart at Fig. 2.2. It also illustrates the higher rate of growth which has been observed since 1931.

-,-------~

AVERAGE ANNvA~ RATE OF GROWTH

FQR

EI'.ST I'.NO 'liES, 1'1'.\<'\~i"N

1901-,1 ANO 1931_51

.·s I·' ~ ..

WUT~ 'Io"t$TAN

CJ - 1901-#1

The chart at Fig. 2.3 contrasts the percentage distribution of the population by provinces during the last 5 decades. The falling proportion of the total population of the area which now form East Bengal is noticeable, as is the increasing proportions formed by the Punjab and by the other provinces of West Pakistan. The respective provincial reports discuss the growth of popula­tion in their provinces and in the various dis­tricts. Only a brief outline of the more salient features of the Provincial patterns in West Pakistan is attempted here in order to show the various influences which contributed to the general trend disclosed in Census Table No.3. Movements of population between various regions of the sub-continent are an important element in the growth of the provincial populations of West Pakistan during the last half of the century and this point is discussed in the following paragraphs.

'0'51 It,., lfl.ll

t~2'

Ul "" , .. , a: < w >- '." ... ,

IIll Ul I'IiIll

:::l ItO

Ul '10' :I!! lit U It!!'1 ft.,

".JI ,.,, '.0 ' .. ,

"10. z ... !

PERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF THE POPULATION BY PROVICES

1901-195' I H.W.F.P. & I t:ZJ ~ . ~ . fR,OH11L"R REO,O"'

(12221 51HD ,.. :. 'c'V/~ .' . .... I t<MA1RPUII Sl"TII.

...... Z '/fff { 8"lUCISTAtI Ii( . ST"TE U,UOIt

I CII FEDtRA.l..c:.o.PrrALAAI~ KAMC~I

-PUH~~ -ff IlAH~""lPUR ST.Ii1i.

I I "EMIT B1?l'IGlIl

I. .. .. .0 el ' .. PERCj;NT

2.4. Punjab.-The fastest growing region of Pakistan has been the fertile areas in the Punjab province and Bahawalpur State. Rapid growth commenced in the 1921-31 decade with the extension of the irrigation on a large scale in the Punjab and the construction of the Sutlej Valley Project in Bahawalpur State. Migration from many other regions was an important element in this growth. Over the 50 years period from 1901 to 1951 the rate of growth averaged 1.4 per cent per annum. But this rate rose to two percent per annum during the final twenty years, the largest element in the growth of the last decade being of course the movement of refugees into tne Punjab following partition. The rate there­fore for the last decade is 110t likely to persist, but it seems evident that the population of the Punjab will continue to show a steady growth.

2.5. Sind.-With the exception of 1911-21 decade, in v:.hich the influenza epidemic of 1918-19 caused heavy mortality in Sind, this province has shown a fairly steady rate of growth during the last 50 years. After the loss of 9 per, cent in population of 1911-21 Sind recorded a great in­crease in the following decade when it gained 18 per cent. This steep rise is believed to have been mainly due to the influx of labour employed in the construction of the Sukkur barrage most of the people having come from outside the Province. In the 1931 decade, Sind increased its population by 14 per cent anti in 1941·51 by 12 per cent. The irrigation projects can be expected to cause growth of this order to be maintained and pro­bably in the coming decade.

MA\N SiRE AMS OF MUHAJIRS (FIGURES 1M THOUSANOS) MAPN-p' 2·4

FROM ~ORTf{£RN

ZOtH:

fROM HORlHWE.SiERM

20HE

FROM WESTERN

1.01ti..

fROM SOUTHERN

ZONE

FROM CENTRAl..

ZOHE.

fROe.t EASTERN

lOME

2'6. N.W.F.P.-The N.W.F.P. proper I.e. excluding the Frontier Regions, has grown at a rate which coincides fairly closely with the pattern of iOcrease throughout the rest of West Pakistan. As in other provinces the period of least growth was the 1911-21 decade which, in the NWFP, was a time of successive poor harvests and epidemics of Malaria and Influenza. Also during this period there was a trend of emigration of agriculturists towards Afghanistan, many of whom returned in great poverty. The greatest growth is shown in the 1931-41 decade· when the Census figures show an increase of 25 per cent. The Census Superintendent of N-WFP reports that some of this high figure may be due to inflated returns in the 1941 Census when "the PI()vincia~ legislature had Iecently been constituted on communal basis and with a view to secure maximum political advantages, members of each community reported exaggerated figures for their families."

The Frontier Regions which comprise territories equal to about four-fifths of the size of the province itself, has in all Censuses been included in the population figures mainly by estimation. The conditions of life and the nature of the country make it impossible to carry out a normal enumera­tion. The degree of accuracy for some of the earlier Censuses is rather doubtful as they produced wide fluctuations in the population, such as a 74 percent rise in the disturbed 1911-21 decade and a 20 per cent drop in the following decade. At the 1951 Census the 'full enumeration of the Frontier regions was extended and covered about a third of the total population of 26 lakhs in the Frontier regions. The estimates of the remain" ing two-thirds were made by the local Political Officers who checked the ,figures by enquiries from tribal chiefs and village headmen. It is hoped that on this occasion the estimates will prove rather more reliable. At any rate the more recent estimates show a more uniform rate of growth; between 1931 and 1941 the population is shown as increasing by 5 per cent and in 1941-51 by 11 percent. •

2'7. Baluchistan.-The Province of Baluchis­tan together the Baluchistan States Union re­presents less than two percent of the population of Pakistan and the States acco,unt for approxi­mately about half of the figure. The growth of Baluchistan population conformed with the general pattern from 1901 to 1931 but after that

it showed a surpnsmg reversal of the general trend. Between 1931-41 the Census shows an increase of only 8 percent compared with 20 percent for the rest of West Pakistan. In the last decade 1941-51 the population has increased by 24 percent compared with the average increase of West Pakistan of 19 percent. De­vastation and loss of life in the earthquack of 1935 no doubt had its effect in the lower birthrate for 1931-41 decade. But the Provincial Superin­tendent of Census for 1951 is inclined to suspect that a certain amount of reluctance to report full numbers in 1941. He claims that in 1951 a far better coverage was achieved than had been possible in previous Censuses. The high rate of growth shown for the last decade therefore may not all be strictly applicable to that period.

2'8. Federal Capital Area.-From a popula­tion of 1.4 lakhs in 1901 the Federal Capital Area rose to over 4.4 lakhs in 1941, but has increased tremendously since it became the national Capital . The enumerators reported over 11 lakhs of population in 1951, and even this is believed to be a slight under-statement. The population of Karachi no\',{ consists of refugees to the extent of more than 50 percent and the rehabilitation of this element, their welfare and housing, will have a most important bearing on the future rate of growth. The city however is developing very rapidly and although it cannot expect to continue to increase at the rate of the past decade there would appear to be very prospect of l\I continuing rise in population.

2'9. The Mubajirs.-Census table No. 19A shows the number of refugees from India and contiguous Lands shown in the enumeration repoqs of the Provinces. Similar tables in the Provincial Census Reports give the figures by Distr~cts and Towns of enumeration. Map

'No. 2\4 show~ the general direction of the streams of the:movement of these people while the figures

'are summarized in statement 2.B.! In general it will be seen that the Punjab, which has found houses for 53 lakhs of Muhajirs out of the all Pakisucl total of 72 lakhs has received them mostly from the contiguous areas of North West India and Kashmir, while persons from West Indi~ and Rajasthan have come to Sind and Karachi: The sources of the Muhajirs enumera­ted in the la\ter city are shown in Map No. 5.1. The number '.of Muhajirs enumerated in urban areas is shown in Census table No.2, which

STATEMENT 2-E

( Reference paragraph 2.9 )

MUHAJIRS.-ORIGINS.

31

Thousands.

,Total Muhajirs

Chief Zone of previous residence Province where Enumerated 1 I

(a) North

I Centrru I I I West North West East ,

Pakistan .• ' 72,26.6 57,85.1 95.2 4.64.2 1,60.4 7,01.3 1

Baluchistan & States Union .. 28.0 16.5 3.0 6.3 1.5 0.3

East Bengal .. 6,99.1 2.0 2.7 20.8 1.9 6,70.7

Karachi .. 6,16.9 2,17.6 49.6 1,97.6 1,19.2 19.9

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions .. 51.1 31.4 1.7 17.1 0.4 0.5

Punjab & Bahawalpur State .. 52,81.2 51,46.7 17.2 1,05.5 5.4 5.6

Sind & Khairpur State .. 5,50.3 3,70.9 21.0 1,16.9 32.1 4.3

(a) Persons claiming to be Muhajirs-many ilnigrants did not make that claim, particularly those who were returning to their province of birth, or whose move was not connected with partition.

STATEMENT 2-F.

(Reference paragraph 2.9)

Proportion of M~jirs in Population

I. Population l;~ Percentage

Province and State of (1000)s 000)8 Muhajirs

Pakistan .. 7,38,80 72,26 9.8

Baluchistan and States Union .. 11,54 28 2.4 Districts .. 6,02 28 4.7 , States Union 5,51 \ .. - -

East Bengal .. 4,19,32 6,99 1.7

Federal Capital Area Karachi .. 11,22 6,17 55.0

N.W.F.P. .. 32,22 51 1.6

Punjab and Bahawalpur State .. 2,06,36 52,81 25.6 Districts .. 1,88,14 49,08 26.1 Bahawalpur State .. 18,22 3,72 20.4

Sind and Khairpur State .. 49,25 5,50 11.2 Districts .. 46,65 5,40 11.7 Khairpur State .. 3;19 10 3.1

Males per 1,000 Femrues

Total I Muhajirs

1,127 1,187

1,215 1,800 1,239 1,300 1,139 -1,097 1,205

1,342 1,320

1,117 1,429

1,152 1,167 1,149 1,164 1,189 1,207

1,220 1,165 1,218 1,169 1.246 1,133

32

400

300

r/) I x: 4: ...J

200

10.0

East Bengal

POPUI.ATION OF PllOVIN'E~1

AND OF WEST PAKISTAN

West PaJ(lStan

Puniab .\ Bahawalpur State

N.·W.F.P. & Frontler Regions

Sind & Khairpur

State

Total population ..

indicates that, in all, 28 lakhs out of the 72 lakhs of Muhajirs were found in towns, i.e. 39 % of them. The proportion of Muhajirs in the total population is shown in statement 2.F.

2'10. General distribution and Density of Population.-The distribution of the population of Pakistan is shown in Census taIJ]e No. 1. It gives the figures of total population, by sexes, of the Provinces and States together witil the area in square miles and the number of persons per square mile. Out of the total population of 758 lakhs nearly 421 lakhs i.e. about 55 percent are in East Pakistan. The charts in Fig. No. 2.5 shows graphically the relative sizes of the popula­tion of the different parts of Pakistan. From this chart the vide differences between the provinces of Pakistan are easily apparent.

2'11. Over-all density.-Among the countries of the world Pakistan stands seventh in size of the population. Based on the total land area amounts to 365 thousand square miles and the average

33

population density works out to 208 persons per square mile. Pakistan has the;:efore the fifth highest density among the ten most populous countries of th:: world, the data for which are listed in statement 2-0. The figure of over-all density of population can, however, be some­what misleading and in the case of Pakistan it hides the differences in widely varying provinces. The figures need to be applied on a regional basis in order to take into account the differences in conditions and land uses. East Bengal contains the majority of the population and has a very high rate of density. West Pakistan contains more land and considerably fewer people. A further outstanding point is the fact that despite the high pressure upon the land in East Pakistan industrial activities are less highly developed. These facts and contrasts are manifest in Chart No. 2.6 which illustrates by means of a small maps drawn to the same scale, the relative areas of the two wings of Pakistan, and shows against each by means of a circular chart the size and composition of the population.

Statement loG

( Reference paragraph 2.11 )

Population, land area and average density of the ten most-populous countries.

Country ,

Date of Census

China .. .. .. (3) India .. .. . . 1951 U.S.S.R. .. .. .. (4) U.S.A. .. .. .. 1950 Japan .. .. .. 1950 Indonesia .. .. .. (5) Pakistan .. .. .. 1951 Germany .. .. .. (6) Brazil .. .. .. 1950 United Kingdom .. .. 1951

(1) Source-Population and Vital Statistics Report (U.N.) Series A, Volume V, No.1, January, 1953.

(2) Source-Except for Pakistan, U.N. Demographic Year Book, 1952 (Areas in Sq. Kilometers converted to sq. miles)

I Area I Population (Thousand Persons per

(Millions) sq. miles) (2) sq. mile

463 3759 123 357 1269 281 193 8599 22 151 3022 51

83 142 492 77 576 133 76 365 208 69 136 512 53 3288 16 50 94 533

(3) Official estimate as of July 1, 1948.

(4) Official estimate as of 1946.

(S) Official estimate as of July 1, 1951.

(6) Midyear estimate, 1951.

34 Fig. 2-6 ECONOMIC DISTRIBUTION OF TOTAL POPULATION.

West Pakistan. Total Population 3.37,03.000

Total Male. Female:

100 30.7 20.1 10.6 6.9

68.4 3S.8 32.6

53.9 29.7 19.4 10.3 0.9

23.3 18.6 4.7

46.1 1.0 0.7 0.3

45.1 17.2 27.9

Ch ilian Labour Force

POPULATION Civilian Labour Force

Agricultural Non-Agricultural ..

Self Supporting persons not in Civilian Labour Force

Dependents Children under 12 years Persons aged 12 years and over

I ] 1\\\\\\\1} PZZI]

Self Supporting Person. Not in Civilian lahour Force

'(wi .... tmmm1 Dependent Males

East Bengal.

ThtalPopulation 4,19,32;000 Total Male. Female.

100 30.7 25.6

5.1 0.3

69.0 36.3 32.7

52.3 28.3 23.6 4.7 0.2

23.8 18.7 5.1

Dependent Females

47.7 2.4 2.0 0.4 0.1

45.2 17.6 27.6

Females in Civilian Labour Foru

Estimated Population 01 FronUer Regions

FIG. 2.7

DENSlTY

ElL!! i: 8e.gat 777

PERSONS PER SQ. MILE

PUY>j'b 25'

NWFP 1;0

Shul '7

Baluehr. &.8

The area of each square is proportion~te to the number of persons per square mile

Oltic:e 01 the C,n~US: Commi6;cn.er. Ksraohi

The Chart in Fig. No.2. 7 illustrates the difference in density of the population of the five provinces. The areas of the squares in this chart arc in proportion to the density, and onc can see what vast empty areas there would be, for instance in Baluthistan, of the few people there were crowded together as they are in East Bengal. But these average figures again obscure significant local variations as can be observed from Map No. 2.8 which shows the average densities in each districts of East and West Pakistan of even greater interest are the figures shown in Table 1 of each of the Provincial Census Report which provide a more detailed classification of the density of po­pulation according to Sub-divisions, Tehsils and Talukas.

2-12. Density pattern.- The foregoing con­siderations demonstrate that the bulk of Pakistan's population is concentrated in a relatively small portion of the total land area. Taking only the districts with a higher density than the national average (i.e. those having more than 200 persons per square mile) all the districts of East Bengal with the exception of' Chittagong Hill Tracts will be included in this group, whereas in West Pakistan such a group would only include the

Federal Capital Area, the 12 central and eastern districts of the Punjab and three districts of NWFP namely, Hazara, Mardan and Peshawar. Although varying considerably from each other the map shows that these districts represent a solid block of high density areas in the north­eastern section of West Pakistan, approaching in one or two districts, the density rates of some of the districts of East Bengal.

These 31 districts of East Bengal and the nearly easterly portion of West Pakistan together com­prise nearly 80 percent of the total population vide Statement 2.H. Adding the Federal Capital Area to this group the figure will be raised to over 81 percent. Since 16 out of the 17 districts of East Bengal are high density areas, percentages for the whole province are not greatly different than those shown in the statement. Actually East Bengal comprises 14.8 percent of Pakistan's total land area 55.5 perce~ of her total popula­tion. On the other hand, West Pakistan includes 85.2 percent of the land area and only 45.5 percent of the population. This leads by far the larger portion of Western Pakistan with lower than average densities, see the Chart in Fig. No. 2.9 Almost half of West Pakistan is represented by

35

> .... '1

Do ... I'J1

"' li i!)

g n

tsj

'Z:

!e tJI""O ld» !il~ ..,,_ ~ ~-i "0> ~Z til .g

;>;: ~ :s:

;eo <..., .....

til ;.. ~ ::t:~~

;:;:: ~ .... c::

~

V1

8 s .•. .... g i

"1

~ qo'

~ r- Oo I'll '0 tTl "i g Cl

~ N 00 '" '" ... "' N :; r r en tTl 0 0 0 0 '" 0 -!' S 8 <? <;:> 0 ? r 0 r .!.. :s: -t ~ ~ .I> tv ~ '" ~ ~ '" '" '" '" ....

'" '" '" '" '" '" '" .0-rA '"

~ DI~li~~:i::: DO

37

Statement 2-H

(Re/erenceparagraph 2.12)

Districts with higher than average population density, showing percentage of (a) total land area and (b) total population, 1951.

Item

Number of districts .. .. Percentage of total land area of Pakistan ..

Percentage of total population of Pakistan

the large areas of Baluchistan province and States Union with an average density of 9 persons per square mile and in fact largely consisting of desert.

FIG Z-9

LAND AREA Be POPULATION

DENSITIES. EAST Be WEST PAKISTAN-19S1

DITRICTS WITII DISTRICTS WItIl F"771DEliSITIES ~ OV~ I.'!Im:I tlE.MSli\E.S lESS k::L.a 2.00 PERSOKS I':illIIII!a TIWI200 PERSONS

PER SQ' MILE. PER SQ: MILE.

PERCENT OF PAKISTAN TOTAL

2'13. Density in relation to rivers and canals.­The population of West Pakistan is primarily agricultural and the influence of its extremely dry climate on the distribution of its people is

I \ Districts with population density

I of over 200 persons per sq.

, mile.

I \ I Pakistan East West

I Bengal Pakistan , --.. 31 16 15

.. 25.4 13.5 11.9

.. 79.5 55.1 24.4

clearly evident from the map in Fig. 2.10. Dependent to such a marked extant upon irriga­tion schemes to render the land capable of cul­tivation, the population flow has naturally been towards those areas able to fulfil this urgent need for water. Thus it is that more than half of West Pakistan'S population, as noted earlier, is concentrated in the 15 districts of the fertile Punjab region through which the waters of four rivers are spread in an extensive canal system. This map also indicates a second group of districts, not so densely populated as the fore-going group but not as sparsely populated as the districts to the West. The second group of districts runs from the north to the south of West Pakistan following the basin of the Indus and includes districts with average densities between 100 and 200 persons per square mile. It may be expected that with a further development of irrigation project in the lower Indus basin, population densities in the districts in this group which lie in Sind will tend t:, approach more closely to those of the Punjab.

2'14. Population density in relation to culti­vation.-Of considerable significance in view of Pakistan's agricultural economy is the relation­ship between the population dependent upon agriculture and the amount of land under culti­vation. For purposes of comparison, the rural population roughly represents the persons depending upon cultivation although in fact there is always a proportion of cultivators living in the small towns, and therefore the agricultural

38

RELATIONSHIP OF POPULATION DENSITY

TO RIVERS AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS

WEST PAKISTAN, 1951 I£lASEO ON AVERAGE DISTRICT DENSITIES PER SQ, MIl-E)

\

\ I

MAP 2-10

'9 Statement 2-1

( Reference parl2{Jraph 2.14 )

Density in relation to Cultivation

. Average population density '1 Agricultural density

Province Cultivated Rural popula-Total land area Population land area (1) tion per sq.

(ijoo sq: mi.) (per sq. mi.) (000 sq. mi.) mi. of culti-\ vated land area

I ,-

I Baluchistan (3) .. .. 54.5 11 1.8 277

East Bengal .. .. 54.5 777(2) 34.5 1,1666

N.W.F.P. (3) .. .. 13.6 240 4.4 624

Punjab (3) .. .. 62.2 302 30.4 507

Sind (3) .. .. 50.4 91 16.8 234

(1) Includes net area sown aM fallow land. Latest year figures available as follows: Punjab, 1950-51; East Bengal and N-W.F.P., 1949-50; Baluchistan, 1947-4tl~ Sind, 1945-46 (Source; Ministry of Agriculture)

(2) The density 777 is calculoted excluding large river areas amounting 360 sq. miles.

(3) Excluding States, Districts only.

densities shown in Statement 2.1 are possibly slightly understated. However, the pressure on Pakistan's cultivated land can be easily seen from this statement. The figures relate to provincial areas only, excluding States as the data regarding land under cultivation in the latter are net always available. Although the data does not all relate to the same year, it provides a general picture of the relative crowding of the rural population in relation to cultivated land. East Bengal's rural density of over 1100 persons per square mile of cultivated area is most indicative of the conditions which prevail amongst the almost wholly agricultutal population of this province. Sind has the least agricultural density of 234 persons per square mile and in view of the important irrigation projects under way seems to be the roost promising area for supporting additional agricultural population. In the Punjab there would appear to be a danger of the onset of severe land crowding, and the consequent lowering of living standards, sucll as have occurred in East Bengal. The final solution of this prob­lem of ever increasing densities in the richer

agricultural areas will no doubt require long­term planning of an well-balanced economy with an increased industrialization to provide additional means of livelihood.

2'15. Rura\ and urban distribution.-Based on the definition of an urban area used in the 1~51 Census, about 10 per cent of the total population of Pakistan, can be classed as urban dwellers. In 1901 the proportion in the areas which are now Pakistan was only 5 per cent.

As in previous Censuses of India, a city or town is regarded as an urban area if it has a minimum of 5,000 inhabitants, and, in accordance with the recommendations in the Census Report for 1941, this minimum has been more strictly enforced on this occasion. All Incorporated Municipalities and the towns managed by Noti­fied Area Committees have however still been treated as urban for Census proposes even if they have fewer than 5,000 in habitants. The method of setting a population level to distinguish rural from urban areas is a somewhat arbitrary

40

Statement J...J

(Reference Paragarph 2.15)

Percentages rural and urban, 1901-51.

Percentage distribution Percentage increase by decades rural and urban

Year Total Rural

1901 100.0 94.9

1911 100.0 95.1

1921 100.0 94.6

1931 100.0 93.5

1941 100.0 92.1

1951 100.0 89.6

basis of separation.' However, the definition follows the widely used practice of defining this concept in terms of "size of agglomeration". Despite any disadvantages it may have, it pro­vides a useful, if imperfect, yardstick for the measurement of the numbers and characteristics of the two population groups. In fact it coincides largely with reality since in Pakistan most of the people who live in towns of less than 5,000 in­habitants are generally engaged in agricultural pursuits, and there is little of the urban way of life such as is found in the large centres.

Since the early years of this century the population living in urban centres although relatively small in numbers has been increasing at a faster rate than that of the rural localities. Hence the urban segment of the population of Pakistan is an increasing proportion of the total population in each Census since 1911, as is shown in Statement 2.J Except for the most recent decade, however, the rate of urbanization has not been large. The more marked gain of the urban element over the rural in the 1941-51 decade is largely due to the refugee movements. Many urban areas gained in popula­tion through the influx of refugees despite the fact that the departing Hindus mostly came from the towns. However, in East Bengal where the

Urban !

Rural Urban

5.1

4.9 +8.8 +8.5

5.4 +6.2 +16.1

6.5 +7.5 +32.1

7.9 +17.0 +44.1

10.4 +5.0 +41.9

small (5 %) urban population increased by 33 per cent the huge rural population declined by one per cent below the 1941 figure. Some of the reasons behind these changes are discussed in the Provincial Report for East Bengal.

The relative size of the urban element in the population varies considerably between provinces. The Federal Capital Area is naturally almost entirely urban, but there is a striking difference between the town population of the Punjab which amounts to over 17 % of the total population of the province and that of East Pakistan which is only 4.4 %, vide Statement 2.K.

An analysis of urban areas by size is given in Census table No. 2 and the classification is summarized in Statement 2.L. Pakistan in 1951 census contained 242 cities and towns of Over 5,000 inhabitants. Almost half of

\these were in the 5000-10,000 class and nearly one third of them in the 10,000-25,000 class. The maps in Figures 2.11 shows the distribution of the towns of 10,000 and more inhabitants.

2·16. Cities.-Two cities, Karachi and Lahore, had over 5 lakhs of population and nine others were over the one lakh mark. These eleven cities comprised one half of the total urban

41

Statement looK

( Reference paragraph 2.15)

Percentages rural and urban, for provinces, 1951.

(Total population of each province-tOO)

Province and State Total Rural Urban

Pakistan 100 89.6 10.4

Baluchistan & States Union 100 87.6 12.4

East Bengal 100 95.6 4.4

Federal Capital Area. Karachi 100 5.1 94.9

N.-W.F.P., and Frontier Regions 100 91.4 8.6

Punjab and Bahawalpur State .. 100 82.6 17.4

Sind and Kbairpur State 100 85.8 14.2

Statement l-L

( Reference paragraph 2.15 )

Urban population by size groups, Pakistan, 1951.

Number ofl Percentage Percentage Urban size groups cities and I Population of urban of total

towns 1951 population population

Urban total (1) 242 78,63,320 100.0 10.4

5,00,000 & over 2 19,17,935 24.4 2.5

1,00,000- 4,99,999 9 19,93,790 25.4 2.6

50,000- 99,999 9 6,34,216 8.1 0.8

25,000- 49,999 36 12,85,334 16.3 1.7

10,000- 24,499 77 11,54,395 14.7 1.5

5,000- 9,999 109 7,56,339 9.6 1.0

(1) Groups do not add to totals' due to inches in as urban of places under 5,000 inhabitant amounting to approximately 2 lakhs population.

population of Pakistan and with Quetta, the capital city of Baluchistan with 84 thousand population, accounted together for four million souls or 5 per cent of Pakistan's total population.

At the turn of the century in 1901 these cities had a combined total of one million or 2 per cent of the total population of what is now Pakistan.

42

Fig. 211

Cities and Towns Population.

1,00,000 and over 50,000 and over 25,000 and over 10,000 and over

CITIES & TOWNS OF WEST PAKISTAN

.' ........

:I •••• . ' ....... IS /--:

:. : . . .:. :

." . .// ....

" ..... "

PUHAWER

KEY TO DISTRICTS AND STATES.

BALUCHISTAN PUNJAB.

1. Quetta-Pishln 2. Laralai 3. Cbagai 4. Sibi S. Zhao

BALUCHISTAN STATE UNION.

1. Lahore 2. Sheikhupura 3. Gujranwala 4. Smot 5. Jhang 6. Montgomery 1. Multan 8. Muzaffargarh 9. Dera Ghazi Khan ••

6. Kbaran . • 10. Lyallpur .. 7. Kalat .. 11. Gujrat 8. Mekran • • 12. lhelum 9. Las Bela ..~. 1. Rawalpindi

14': Campbellpll! ' :;EDERAL CAPITAL • 15. Shabpur ..

KARACHI. 16. Mianwali .•

il.-W.F.P.

1. Hazara 2. Mardan 3. Peshawar 4. Kohat 5. Bannu 6. Dera Ismail Khan 7. FRONTIER REGIONS

SIND.

1. Upper Sind Frontier 2. Sukkur 3. Nawabshah .• 4. J9.arparkar •. 5. Hyderabad 6. Tatta 7. Dadu 8. Larbna 9. KHAIRPUR STATE

EAST BENGAL.

1. Dinajpur 2. Rangpur 3. Bogra 4. Rajshahi 5. Pabna 6. Kushtia 7. Jessore

17. BAHAWALPUR STATE.

Cities and Towns Population

1,00,000 and over 50,000 and over 25,000 and over 10,000 and over

43

Fig. 2-11

Cities and Towns of East Bengal.

e • • •

8. Khulna 9. Bakerganj

10. Faridpur 11. Dacca 12. Mymensingh 13. Sylhet 14. Tippera 15. Noakbali 16. Chittagong .. 17. Chittagong Hill Tracts

44

Statement 20M

(Reference paragraph 2.16)

Cities ranked in order of population, 1901-51.

City ( including Cantt. )

Karachi

Lahore

Dacca

Chittagong

Hyderabad

Rawalpindi

Multan

Lyallpur

Sialkot

Peshawar

Gujranwala

Quetta

Until recently Lahore was the largest city, in this area but l{:arachi with over half a miJlion refugees has now become by far the largest city in Pakistan with Lahore in the second place. Statement 2.M shows the changes in relative size of the 12 cities since·1901 Census.

1.17. Rural and urban differentials.-The contrast between town and country dwellers can be studied from the,1951 Census results in regard to many variables such as Sex, religion and certain economic I characteristics. For further examination of these subjects reference should be made to the other chapters of this report and to the Provincial Reports. In general the male excess, over females is more marked in the urban areas\ Another fact to be born in mind

Numerical rank at each Censu~

1901 1911 ~~! 1941 ~

3 3 2 2 2

2

2 2 3 3 3 3

4 4 4 4 4 4

8 8 8 8 9 s

6 7 6 7 s 6

7 5 7 6 7 7

12 12 12 12' 11' 8

9 9 9 9 9

S 6 S S 6 10

10 11 11 11 10 11

11 10 10 10 12 12

lis that the occupations adopted by. caste Hindus have always led to a tendency for them to pongregate in the towns. Als4) Muhajirs have ~ended to settle in urban areas '0 a greater extent than in the country districts.: The movement of 1fugees therefore has had a !p'eater effect on the , ban areas.

1.18. Place of Birth.-Census table No. 5 analyses the population enumerated in each pro'Xince according to the Birthplaces reported. In the Px;ovincial Reports this information is given \ in detail for each districts and certain inlportant towns. It is not necessarily true that the statistics of birthplaces indicate the extent of migratidn but in a general sense they can be taken as giving an indication} of its trends and extent. Statement 2.N summarizes the Birthplace statisti~

45

Statement2-N

( Reference paragraph 2.18 )

Pakistanis bom outside province of enumeration. Thousands.

I Enumerated in:-Places in' which bom outside Province of East N.W.F.P. Punjab & Sind & Ba1·"'"1 enumeration Pakistan & Stales Bengal Karachi & Frontier Bhawalpur Khairpur

Vnion', Region State States

- I 78.3 Total for all places 80,71.0 8~66.5 8,15.6 1,40.3 54,89.3 6,80.4 outside Province of enumeration.

Total for all parts of 4,65.1 38.1 9.3 1,53.4 71.9 86.2 1,05.6 Pakistan outside pro-'vince of enumeration.

Baluchistan & States 81.9 - 0.07 33.7 2.2 4.6 41.2 Union

East Bengal 5.9 0.5 - 2.8 1.0 1.4 0.3

Karachi 12.2 0.3 0.4 - 0.2 2.3 9.1

N.W.F.P. & Frontier 1,42.0 12.4 1.8 48.0 - 70.6 9.3 Regions

Punjab & Bahawalpur 1,97.1 22.7 7.0 54.3 67.6 - 45.7 State

Sind & Khairpur State 25.2 2.3 0.2 14.6 1.0 7.3 -Other parts of Pak/ 75,55.2 28.8 8,48.5 6,55.8 57.6 53,93.3 5,71.1 Indo Sub-continent

r

~where 50.7 11.4 8.6 6.4 10.9 9.8 3.8

Baluchistan & States Union N.W.F.P. Frontier Regions Punjab & Bahawalpur State Sin~ & Khairpur State

given in Census Table No. 5 by picking out the persons who are reported as having been born outside the grovince in which they were enumera­ted. It is natural in the circumstances obtaining in Pakistan at the Census time that the largest figures in the state~ent relate to the persons who reported themselves to have been born in India and other parts of the Indo-Pakistan sub-continent. The figures for this category exceed the number of persons (shown in Statement 2.E) was claimed to be Muhajirs-another indication that Birthplace and Migration statistics are not necessarily the

same. As regards the persons who have been enumerated in one province of Pakistan but were reported as born in another, a figure which may perhaps indicate the extent of internal migration within what is now Pakistan, it will be seen that the largest elements are an inter-change of nearly 70 thousand persons in both direction between North-West Frontier and the Punjab. The figures for persons born in the Punjab and enumera­ted in other provinces are generally the highest in the statement, which would seem to indicate a tendency for the Punjabi to emigrate. A good

46

deal of this may possibly be connected with their service in the Armed Forces and other Govern­ment organizations. It must be remembered, however, that next to Bengal, the Punjab and Bahawalpur contain a much larger population than the other provinces and on a proportional basis these figures would not look so large. Next to NWFP the largest number of persons born in the Punjab and enumerated elsewhere are found in the province of Sind which has also received a substantial contigent from Baluchistan.

2.19. Non-Pakistanis.-The figures for Birth­place do not include persons who claimed a nationality other than Pakistani. In West Pakistan the largest proportion of these consists of Mghan Powindahs-seasonal nomads who

come across the border during the winter chiefly in search of fodder and remunerative labour. These are analyzed in Census table No. 10-A which gives an indication of the composition of these contingents and the occupations which they follow. The next largest number of non­Pakistanis enumerated in the Census were the 1.26 lakhs of persons in East Bengal who claimed Indian Nationality. Table 10 gives an analysis of the foreigners enumerated in the Census other than Mghan Powindahs. Frankly, I am not satisfied that these figures are complete. They are probably fairly near the truth for persons of Asiatic origin but I an inclined to think that many Europeans and Americans were missed out of enumeration altogether and the figures for them should not be regarded as having any reliability.

CHAPTER 3

AGE, SEX & MARITAL STATUS.

(See foot note).

"

JFERENCE TO STATISTICS

Table Age, Sex ~nd Marital Status showing broad age groups.

Table 4A-Orphans, showing Fatherless children by sex and religion.

Table 19A-Muhajirs, showing sex.

3.1 Collection of the data.-The data on Age, Sex and Marital Status was recorded on the enumeration slips from the responses given to Census questions Nos. 1 and 2. Question No. 1 asked the person's name, relationship to the head of household, and sex. The name and relation­ship were not required for tabulation but as a check and guarantee of good faith. The sex was recorded by placing a ring round one of the two symbols-M or F-printed in the corner of the slip.

Question 2 was in three parts; the first asked "Age in years?" The enumeration slip contained two spaces headed respectively "Years" and "Months". The enumerators instructional leaflet explained that the "Months" place was to be used for infants under one year, whose age was to be recorded in months. All older persons' ages were to be recorded in complete years at the last birthday. For respondents who did not know their ages in years, the enumerators were ins­tructed to estimate it in single years upto 25 and to the nearest 5 years above that date. A list of well known local happenings was ordered to be agreed in discussion at the local enumerators'· classes and to be used in estimating the age of any person who might say that they did not know how

old they were. The second part of Question 2 applied only to children reported as under 12 years of age who were to be asked "Is Father living?". If the answer was "No", the enumerator was required to put a ring round the age figure; otherwise to place a tick-mark against it. The third part of Question 2 applied to all persons and asked whether they were "Married?, Single?, Widowed?, Divorced 7". Symbols were pro­vided on the slip for these four classes and the enumerator was instructed that in every case one of these symbols must be ringed round. In the enumerators' leaflet it was explained that "Single" meant "a person who has never been married at aU". All other persons must either be "married (M) or the husband/wife must have died f.W'J, or else the marriage must have been legally dis­solved (D)".

Only in an insignificant number of slips was any of the above information omitted. The question of Age, however, presented all the usual difficulties and is discussed separately. Marital status and sex were easily recorded and very few of the slips appeared to be defective in these respects. Whether all females were reported is also discussed in a subsequent paragraph.

Nete:-l. As was the case in Chapter 2, much of what I have written in Chapter 3 also reflects the influence of Mr. Doslas L Ralston's short period of research and advice, and his notes on the sex·ratios have been drawn upon extensively. But while gratefully acknowledging his guidance and help, I take the full responsibility for the data and explanations here presented.

B. H. Siado. 47

48

3.2 Classification:-The first step was a careful scrutiny of all slips in order to remedy any obvious mistakes or omissions. This was done before the slips were separated from the pads so that all the slips of a household were available for reference in the case of errors or contradictions. The scrutineers were ordered to be on their guard against any tendency to alter data merely because it looked improbable. From an examination of slips at various sorting centres a list of instructions was drawn up for the guidance of scrutineers.With regard to Questions 1 and 2, it was suggested that if sex or marital status were omitted it was to be supplied with reference to the name, relation­ship to the head of the household, and the answers given to the questions on occupation and fertility. If age was omitted a reasonable figure was to be inserted in the light of relstionship to the head of the household, marital status, education and duration of marriage. If the tick mark against children, indicating that the father was living was omitted, it was to be supplied unless the house­hold did not contain a father and another child in the same household had been marked as an orphan. There were practically no cases where sex, age or marital status was omitted and very few cases where the information about orphans had to be supplied.

The slips then passed through the Hand Sortini Procedure. The first step was to separate the sexes. At an early stage the slips of all children under 12 were segregated. It had been agreed that these would all be treated as "Dependents" and the sorting procedure for them was simple and included all the few census characteristics applicable to children, thus eliminating these slips from all further work. I have wondered since whether the fact that a lot of time and trouble was saved by this procedure led to doubtful slips being wrongly placed in the "under 12" category. This might account for the very large numbers shown in the children's age groups by certain sorting centres.

The slips of persons aged 12 and over continued through the full sorting procedure and were classified for Age towards the end of the opera­tion. Slips of persons in the Non-Agricultural Labour Force, however, were eliminated before the Age sort and passed to Machine Centres, the programme in which included sorting for Age and Marital Status. The data for the Age table therefore comes from three different parts of the

sorting procedure. First, there are the children, whose figures were obtained quickly. Then the rest of tha dependents and agricultural workers, whose figures were obtained at the conclusion of the Hand Sorting. Lastly, the figures for the Non-Agricultural workers come from the punched card machines. This procedure simplified the work of the sorters and cut down costs, but I would not recommend its repetition. It would have been better had we obtained the whole of the age data at a very early stage, when there would have been time to check and investigate anomalies.

In the Hand Sorting of the age data the slips were classed in the following groups:-

Children's slips Other slips

under 1 year 12- -14, 25-29, 45-49,

1-4 15- --16 30-34 50-54

5-9 17-19 35-39 55-59

10--11 20-24 40--44 60-69

70 and over.

The sorters' tickets give the figures for all the above classes but the sub-division of the 15-19 age-group into 15-16 and 17-19, which was originally intended for use in the educational tables, was dropped at the compilation stage on account of the obvious heaping of ages at 15 and 20. With this exception, the age tables were compiled from the sorters' tickets in the above groups, For those parts of the population for which Machine Sorting was used the sorters' tickets showed both the individual years of age and the above grouping (omitting the division of the 15-19 group). It is apparent from the records of the Machine sort by single years that even in Karachi,. where the standard of literacy is high and age reporting seems fairly reasonable, over half the slips showed an age figure ending in 5 or O.

3.3 Accuracy of the Age data:-The inaccuracy of the age returns has been discussed at length in many past Census reports of India. The basic difficulty is that most of the people have no clear ideas at all about their ages and enumerators are faced in nearly every case with the necessity of making a rough guess from the appearance of the

persons. It can be imagined how unreliable the information becomes when it is a matter, as it is regarding most women and many other members of a family, of making an estimate by cross-exa­mining the head of the family without seeing the persons at all. A learned judge recounted to me in instance where an intelligent middle-aged man who was in his court as a witness gave his age as 8, and on being told "No, you must be older than that", he amended his guess to 10! This is perhaps a far-fetched case, true though it be, but it gives an indication of the difficulty of obtaining data which can be safely presented as statistics.

Dr. H.T. Sorley, I.C.S., who wrote the Pro­vincial Census Report for the 1931 Census of the Bombay Presidency says "the crude inaccuracy of the age figures was very clearly brought out by Mr. Jacob in Delhi Census Reports for 1921 .. the figures for the Bombay Presidency in the present Census show the same absurdity." He stated that "10-year age groups might be considered fairly reliable, except at the beginning and end of the scale; that is to say the number of childern below 10 is probably far from the truth, and the number of persons over 60 is probably very inaccurate(1)". The most reliable grouping in his opinion would have been in three groups 0-20, 20-50 and 50 and over. Sir Ambrose Dundas, I.C.S., who wrote the 1931 Provincial Report for the North-West Frontier Province, states "in practice the ignorance of the mass of the popula­tion of anything approaching .... their correct age is so complete that the instructions given can make little difference .... In addition to deliberate mis-statements, misstatement from ignorance is almost universal. ... Figures for certain broader groupings such as under 15, under 10, over 53, between 14 and 43, which referred to periods of life not too difficult to estimate may be taken as sufficiently accurate to warrant the drawing of conclusions(2)."

In 1931 the system of sorting was arranged in such a way as to facilitate a method of arithmeti­cal smoothing which was applied to the published data. On this occasion, since the enumerators had already been instructed to estimate the age to the nearest 5 years, such artificial adjustment was considered inadvisable, particularly as it was intended to cross-tabulate a certain amount of other data by age, for which work arithmetical adjustment is impossible.

(1) Census of India 1931, Vol. VIII. Page 81

49

It was also hoped th at, with the increase in literac} and the replacement of public apathy by a spirit of national enthusiasm, the record might probably be found to have been improved. In fact to some small extent such hopes were proved not to be entirely baseless as is evident from the somewl;)at better figures obtained in Baluchistan and Sind, and in the Federal Capital Area.

The 1951 data on age was thoroughly examined after tabulation and it became obvious that the 5-year grouping was in some places, particularly in East Bengal, Punjab and "!\I-W.F.P., completely unrealistic. It was felt that if the data was published in this form, the hurried use of the published figures for administrative purposes might lead to dangerous mistake and the drawing of erroneous conclusions. It was therefore decided that in the main volumes of the Census reports the age tables would show only such groupings as would be considered to be fairly reliable. In the three provinces mentioned above, the only groupings which appeared to be reasonably consistent were the four broad classes 0-9, 10-39, 40-59 and 60 and over. These age groups appear in the Provincial Reports of East Bengal, Punjab and N-W.F.P. and the tables in this Pakistan Volume therefore are prepared on that basis. In Baluchistan the data looks sufficiently consistent to be published in 10-year age-groupsupto age 60, and the same is true of Sind except that 10-19 and 20-29 age groups have had to be amalgamated owing to "heaping" in the former group. In the Karachi Federal Area only it has been found possible to give figures in 5 year age-grouping. The tables in the Provincial volumes are therefore on these differing basis.

The original compilation in smaller age groups has, however, been preserved for the use of students and statisticians, and copies can be had by experts on application to the Government of Pakistan but the data in them must be treated with great caution.

3.4 Population in broad age-groups: -The Census table No. 4 shows the population of Provinces in each of the four broad age-groups and analyses them by sex and by marital status. In the Pro­vincial reports this table gives the same informa­tion in respect of smaller geographical areas and in some provinces it has been possible to present the information in smaller age groups.

(2) Census of India 1931, Vol. XV. Page 64

so

A summary of the age struct1,lfe is given in Statement 3-A which shows the percentage of each sex, falling in each of the age groups. The statcmont has been arranged in order to facilitate comparison of the Muslim figures for each Pro­vince and also with those for the other communi­ties, as well as with similar percentages from the 1931 Census. Comparative information is provided in this statement for the Caste Hindu and Scheduled Castes communities in Bengal and Sind. In other Provinces these communities are small. For comparison with the Muslim figures for the Federal Capital, however, the statement shows the classification which was

sorted as "Other Religions" in Karachi and which represents 20,400 Christians, 5,000 Parsees and 1,200 persons of unclassified religions.

Statement 3-A contains much information of general interest and a study of the figures dis­closes many interesting points. On the whole possibly the chief general feature is the larger proportion of persons over 60 years of age com­pared with the same group in 1931. In every province and in every community this tendency is apparent and would seem to indicate an im­provement in health and longevity.

STATEMENT 3-A

PERCENTAGE AGE STRUCTURES

Total all Males, or all Femalcs= 100

1951 1931

Population Sex 0-9 I 10-39 I 40-59 I 60 &. 0-9/ 10-39 )

40-59

I 60&.

Over Over

Pakistan .. M 27.30 52.35 15.24 5.11 29.50 52.58 14.08 3.83 F 29.53 52.11 13.50 4.80 30.95 53.41 12.23 3.42

East Bengal-Muslims .. M 29.0 51.24 15.36 4.4 31.4 52.4 13.0 3.1 F 31.47 51.78 12.93 3.82 32.0 54.7 10.7 2.6

East Bengal Caste Hindus M 25.62 51.49 17.02 5.87 27.32 52.92 15.72 4.04 F 27.73 51.33 15.43 5.50 27.9 54.2 13.9 4.0

East Bengal Sch. Castcs M 26.47 51.50 16.58 5.45 F 28.35 51.32 14.93 5.41 (d)

Punjab(a)-Muslims .. M 25.08 54.48 14.5'>' 5.85 29.27 51.29 14.35 S.09 F 26.45 53.93 13.66 5.95 31.61 50.50 13.37 4.51

N.W.F.P.-Muslims .. M 28.76 53.62 12.52 5.10 29.53 52.30 13.88 4.29 F 30.39 52.32 12.09 .. 5.19 30.82 52.65 13.08 3.45

Baluchistan{a) Muslims M 29.43 50.42 (5.24 4.91 F 34.09 48.79 13.18 4.04 (d)

Sind(a)-Muslims .. M 26.90 50.48 1654 1 (6.07 27.49 54.63 1454 3.34 F 30.61 49.59 14.21 5.59 29.97 53.25 13.33 3.45

Sind Caste Hindu. .. M 25.41 50.77 g:~~ \ 6.27 26.30 57.4 13.76 2.54 F 30.05 48.18 6.38 30.48 54.05 /2.57 2.90

I 4.45 Sind Sch. Castes .. M 31.69 50.97/ 12.90

F 35.60 47.96 12.32 4.12

Karachi(b) Muslims .. M 23.86 58.48 13.77 \ 3.89 (d) F 30.59 52.70 12.10 4.60

\ Karachi Christians, .. M 22.23 55.20 17.22 \ 5.35 (d)

Parsees etc. F 24.43 55,53 14.41 \ 5.63

(a) Including Punjab-Bahawalpur State, Baluchistan-statcs Union, S~-Khairpur State

(b) Federal Capital Area "

(e) The 1931 percentages for East B~at and Punjab are for those districts 01; the un-divided provinces of Bengd and Punjab which are now entirely or nialnly in PakiStan. ,

d) Data not available.

20

.... G. I.!

AGE & SEX PYRAMIDS r ' HORILONTAL SCALE REPRESENT PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL POPULATION

E"~T f>EN6Al PIJN)A& £: ~'WA1 PUR Sl41 f.

60 fI OVER

MALE: 5Z·3

F(MALE MALE ~

20

-;;:;::T '\ 40 - 59

10 0 10 PERCENT

~:W .r.p. (DISTRICTS)

10 0 10 PERc;EKT

KA.RACIU

10 0 '0 ,PERCENT

10 - '9

0-9

zo 20 10 0' 10 20 PERCENT

SIMDffkHAIRP\JR STAn

6,0 U?VER 606'OVE.lt

20

50· 59 ~ FEMALE

40-'59' '5-0 +S·o

40-49

30-39

10-39 10 -29

0-9 0-9

zo 10 0 10 20 PlRCE,.T

&.\lUCHISTAM eSTATES UNIO"

60 ff d"tR

40 - 49

50 - ~9

20 - 29

10 - 19

0-9

20

MALE. ~

20 '10 0 10 PERCENT

20

51

Thr ougbout, slightly more than half' the pOpula· tion is represented by the age-group 10-39, but it is noticeable tliat ui East Bengal this percentage bas dropped significantly since 1931 and it is the prop ortion of the older groups that has risen in consequence. In Sind the same change is apparent,;but in the Punjab, and to a lesser extent in N-W.F.P., the 10-39 group has increased its proportion and it is, the childfen's group which has dropped. In Karachi the 10-39 group is very large 01\ tjle male side, a' feature 'which is common in most cities and is no doubt the effect of the inwat migration Of men, o! ,workin& age.

A comparison of t!Jb figure~ for tbe two :Sexes shows a general tendency for 'the older age-groups tq contain a noticeably smaller proportion of the total population of females than they do ~f the Ojales. This seems'f(:{~dicate a higJreI; mortality among women of child-bearing ages, and lias its bearing on the excess of males in the total popula­tion. A corollary of this is the larger proportiop generally shown for girls than for boys in the Children's age-group. Cbarts in Figures 3-1 and 3-2 iIlustra,te the Age Structure in 1951.

FI1:;;: 3.2

!>ERCENTAGE DISTRIr!UTION IN GROUP~. 1951,

eA$T 8ENGAL

.u.ilACHI

j

No Vi ~ ~.

PU"2AB

a.l.HAWAlPUR

SIND &

KHAlRPUIl

?ERCEN.T i OF TOThL POPULATION

o

I

mWj@'D co -., 10 -$' 4"" <r, GO ltovl,

3.5 Age distribution in reHgfous grollps:-The non-M1,1S1im communities are of relatively small

size except in East Bengal and Sind and Statement 3-A therefore shows figures for Caste Hindus and Scheduled Castes for those Provinces only.

In East Bengal larger proportions of both men and women are found ill age-groups over 40 among the Caste Hindus than among the Muslims Figures for persons in the iO-39 group are IlO~ seriously different for the two communities and'it is the Children'S proportion which is less in the case ot' Hindus. The Provincial Superintendent 0;'" CepSU& feels that this is partly due to the de­parture of H~du families, but that it is also partly connected With the better financial position of many Caste Hindus which leads to improve medical attention and therefore longer life. The figures for the Scheduled Castes follow the same tendency to sqzhe extent; their pattern lies between that of the Caste Hindus and Musli,ms.

Separate figures [Of <?aste Hindus and Schedul. ed Castes are not easily calculable from the 1931 Census and the E~t Bengal figures shown' in Statement 3-A are for these two communities combined. It will be noticed that these combined figures co~pared :with the Musliln figures for the same Census show somewhat larger prbportions in tl)e :1-0-59 age-groups in the same way as in 19~1 and ,there is the same tendency foy the Children's age-group to be smaller.

. \ Th~ age structure in Karachi for Christians ~d

Parsees. incluges considerably more persons oyer 4Q than ampng the Muslims. They f re­presents 22.6 per cent of thy males among the Christians and Parsecs and dnly 17.7 per cent oC the males \among the Muslims. Similar figUres for females ~re 20 per cent for the Cnristians and Parsecs. and ,6.7 per cent fot the Muslims.

3.Ci Age structure in Towns.""':" The age data 1taving been sorted for each District as a whole, the Census tables do not show separately the age structure of the urban population. In the sorting procedure, however, four to'Yns of Bast Bengal-Dacca, Narayanganj, Chittagong and Barisal-were sorted for age on the punched card m~c~es, a~d ,so, we~e Hyde~~bad' «ity ,and Karachi ill West Pakistan. From 1the machine reco~ds bT tnese places it has th'i/refore 'beCn posSIble to extract the data given in Statement 3-B and thus obtain ah idea of the

r

dilreren& between the age structure of these urban areas

'Snd tHe ovef-iur pattern of the general popula-I ton, at shown in the right hand column of the Statement.

The female side of the population in these towns does not seem to differ very greatly from the general female pattern, but the male side shaWl very'large proportions. in the age group 10-39. This' is no doubt a result of the gravitation of working men to the towns, leaving their families in their villageS, which has already been noticed in the case of Karachi. '

3.7 Orphans:-A spocia1 request was made. in the planning stage of the Census that data should be collected regarding the number of fathel:lesl children. It was decided to include in this group all children reported as "Under 12 years" of age whose fathers were not living at the time of· the Census. The results are shown in Census table No. 4-A and are summarized in the form 'of percentages in Statement 3-C. It transpired in

STATEMENT 3-C FATHERLESS CHILDREN

Total children reported as under 12 years = 100

East Bengal Per cent 9.18

Punjab and Bahawalpur .. 2.69

Sind and Kbairpur .. 6.21

N.W.F.P. (Districts) .. 5.97

Baluchistan and States Union 7.69

Karachi .. 3.06

STATEMENT 3-8

Age Groups

,- -. ,.

A1l Ages

, ,0-9

1<>--;39

40-59

60 & Over

AGE STRUCTURE IN TOWN8-1951.

URBAN I &.,"-' (.)~ Hyderabad (b) \ Karachi (C)

Towns City

---I F I-Y° I F. , : M. M. M.

~'-:---

100 100 100 100

16.6 30.3 25.3 27.6 23.9 30.6

6,5.7 53.7 54.8 54.8 58.5 52.7

14.3 11.6 14.8 12.9 13.8 12.1

3.4 4.4 5 4.7 3.9 4.6

(a) Combined figures of Dacca, Narayanganj, Chittagong and Barisa!. (b) Excluding Military Cantonment. (c) Federal Capital Area. (d) Whole of Pakistan includins Rural and Urban Areas,

All Pakistan (d) Average

M. J F,

100 100

27.3 29.5 I

52.4 52.2

15.2 13.5

5.11 . 4.8

54

the tabulating Stage that the Age group "Under 12" tended to show inflated figures particularly for the sub-group 10-11 and possibly the figures for fatherless children of these ages may also suffer from the same defect. It is, however, more probable that the children marked as "Orphans" were fairly accurately reported as regards Age. While their percentages, therefore, may perhaps be rather on the low side due to any over-statement there may be in the age-group as a whole, the difference is not likely to be large.

Fatherless children are reported in higher pro­portions from East Bengal than from any other Province. The low proportion shown for \ the Punjab in Statement 3-C may be due to some extent to the suspected over-statement of the size of the total 0-11 age-group in that Province, but also it may be supposed that where there is a large immigrant element in the population, that element is unlikely to contain the usual pro­portions of orphans, since generally it is the father who brings the immigrant family. Such an assumption would also explain the low pro­portion of orphans shown in Karachi.

3.8 Centenarians:- -People who reported their age as being 100 years or over are included in the Age tables as part of the oldest age-group but as a matter of interest they were separately sorted in some Provinces and Statement 3-D shows the results. There is the usual tendency, however,

for these old people to exaggerate their age, which in most cases they do not actually know, and the figures cannot be treated as having much reliability. They may, however, be useful as an indictltion of the approximate upper limits of the oldest age-group.

3.9 Enumeration of fe.maIes :~An excess of ~ales over fetnales has been a featux:e of all the Censuses of the Indian sub-continent. The results of the 1951 Census of Pakistan are no exception to this and 113 males have been reported for every 100 females. This disparity between the se"tes !las given, rise to much ,speculation and enquiry in the past and has undoubtedly many causes.

The main quest,ion has always been the doubt as to whether females have been fully enumerated. All the Provincial Superintendents of the 1951 Census have considered this point and there is a general concensus of opinion that, while under­enumeration of females is undoubtedly a danger which has not been entirely overcome, it cannot have taken place on such a scale as to account for the whole difference between the sexes.

The Provincial Superintendent of Baluchistan feels that he cannot dismiss the possibility of failures to report young and marriageable girls and women in the early ages of married life in view of the bridal customs which he mentions and

STATEMENT 3-D

-

CENTENATJANS (a)

Persons reported as aged 100 years or more

. I

Percent of

I population

Number aged 60 years & Province and State

I over (b)

I Males Females Males I Females , --- -- - --

East Bengal .. .. .. ., '8249 6086 0.81 0.73

Sind & Khairpur .. .. . . .' '662 514 0.41 0.42

Baluchistan & States Union .. .. ., 275 174 0.88 0.82

(a) Figures for Punjab and N.W.F.P. Provinces and for Federal Capital Area Karachi are not available

(b) Total Males and total Females in age group 60 and over-l 00 % respectively.

which include the payment of a substantial "bride-price" as part of the marriage contract. It is natural that where this is the custom there would be a desire to avoid pUblicity during financial negotiations between families.(l)

But such considerations are not widespread. The protective tradition which results in the "Purdah" system of keeping all females from infancy to old age concealed from male persons outside the prohibited degree of consanguinity, is more general and naturally results in an attitude of secrecy regarding them. However, this prac­tice is confined to certain grades of society and localities and the number of females who observe strict Purdah is in fact quite limited. (2) The Provincial Census Seperintendent for East Bengal also mentions the difficulty of full enumeration of women and girls in view of the Purdah system, but he feels that the heads of families should have had no real motive for omitting to report females. Special enquiries were made on this point by the Provincial and District census stat! during the enumeration itself and no definite case of under- enumeration of females was brought to light_(3)

However, this tendency on the part of Muslims to be reticent regarding their women folk and therefore to omit to report them to the enumera­tor, cannot be left out of account. It is notice­able that there is excess of males in other Muslim countries, notably in Jordan with 1154 per thousand females, Algeria with 1018, Turkey with 1011. An interesting comparison in this r,egard is the proportion of Muslims in East Bengal at each Census since 1901 shown in Statement 3-4 of East Bengal Census Report Page 33, and the ratio of the sexes for the same years in Statement 3-E. These figures are shown in graphical form on the Chart in Fig. 3.3, where parallel riSing trends in the proportion of Muslim to the total population and in the excess of males over females can be noted. It is noteworthy that the increase in the sex ratio during the 1941-51 period was accentuated, but did not rise as sharply as the Muslim proportion of the total population.

55

FIG.].]

PERCENTAGE OF MUSLIMS & SEX RATIO

EAST BF.NGAL 1901-51

PERCENTAGE OF MUSLIMS

TOTAL POPULA no'" 1,)(\

"0.4----

1OO"---+---:--'~-~~---40~--·-41 1901 1911 1921 1~31 1941 1~51

A significant reversal of this parallel rise noted for East Bengal is the fact that while sex ratios also advanced with increasing proportions of Muslims in West Pakistan from 1901 until 1931, since then the sex ratio has dropped at both censuses, even though Muslims continued to increase relatively to the total population. Particularly was this so in the 1941-51 period, when the proportion of Muslims rose from 70

Year --

1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951

STATEMENT 3.-E SEX RATIOS, 1901-51.

Males per 100 Females.

I pakistan!

East

! Bengal

108.3 103.1 110.3 104.3 111.3 105.3 111.8 105.8 112.0 107.3 112.8 110.1

I West I Pakistan

117.4 120.8 121.5 121.5 119.1 116.4

(1) See Provincial Census Report for Baluchiston 1951, Vol. 2, Paras. 5.41 and 6.2. (2) See Provinciol Census Report for Sind 1951, Vol. 6 Para. 8.2. (3) See Provincial Census Roport for East Bengal 1951, Vol, 3. Para. 6.9.

I

56

per cent of West Pakistan's population in 1941 to 97 per cent in 1951, through the exchange of refugees. Yet in this latter decade the sex ratio declined from 119 to 116. A part of this drop in the sex ratio can no doubt be attributed to smaller troop concentrations in West Paklstan in 1951 than during the war period. Lacking any evidence to the contrary, however, it seems reasonable to assume that females in West Pakistan have been more fully reported in the last two censuses, and that the tendency toward non-reporting of women in West Pakistan may be diminishing. It is notable that there is now less disparity between the lower sex ratio for East Bengal and the higher one for West Pakistan that any previous decade.

The persistence of this disproportion in all censuses and in all localities suggests that the excess is indeed a reality. On the whole it would appear therefore that there is a tendency to under­enumerate females, but it does not account for the whole disparity and is probably less in this 1951 Census than it has been before. One may use the sex ratio figures as a safe basis for the comparison with the past, when the same tenden­cies were undoubtedly present and perhaps on a higher scale, and one must look to other reasons for the main cause of the disparity.

3.10 Excess of Males:-As pointed out above the excess of males over females is characteristic. Apart from the question of under-enumeration of women which has been discussed in the pre­vious paragraph, a number of factors probably contribute to the disparity. Immigration on a scale which has produced a similar excess of males in some other countries during the early­stages of their development cannot be the under­lying factor, although it undoubtedly contributes to regional variations. One cause of the lack of balance between the sexes might be that more male births than female are occurring over the years. This is difficult to confirm in the absence of complete and reltable information on births classified as to sex. Although birth registration figures of the sub-continent in past years have generally shown an excess of male births, it is believed that the proportion of female births which were not registered may have been somewhat higher than for male births, the births of daughters being more likely to be ignored in this respect. It is of interest that in the 1951 Census of Pakistan

(I) Census of India, 1931, Vol. XVII, Page 16.

male infants reported under one year of age numbered 104 for every 100 females of the same age.

The marital status statistics of this Census show that, as in the past, men tend to marry at a much later age in life than females. While part of this may be due to the marriage customs of the coun­try, it may also be caused in part by a shortage of single females of marriageable ages. Mortality of females during the child-bearing ages of life contribute to this shortage through the re­marriage of widowers. Whether the custom of Purdah has any harmful effect on the mortality rates of women can only be suspected. Also, as noted later, the sex ratio seems to rise in periods of epidemic and famine, which would indicate that females are harder hit by such adversities.

The sex ratio has shown a steady increse in the excess of males at every Census since 1901. Statement 3-E indicates that it is the figures for East Bengal which produced the rise in the overall average. In West Pakistan, with minor varia­tions, there was a rising trend until 1931 but since then the excess of males has grown less. One fact which stands out in the ratios for several of the Provinces is that during decades of epidemics or famine the proportion of males to females at the next Census has shown a decided increase.

The first instance of this may be cited in 1901-11 period, in which the sharpest rise for West Pakistan of any decade was due principally to an increase in the proportion of males to females in the Punjab Province from 116 to 122. The Census Seperintendent of undivided Punjab at the 1931 Census reported that "An epidemic of plague of great virulence coupled with fever of a specially fatal type contributed to the death rate .• The loss of female lives was appalling and the female population for the Province was consider­ably in defect at the Census of 1911(1)." In the 1911-21 period, marked by the influenza empide­mic of 1918, the two Provinces of Pakistan with the lowest growth rate of the decade, (Baluchistan and Sind), both of which suffered heavy losses in the epidemic, had the highest increases in sex ratios for the lO-year period. Since these are small provinces, they did not cause a substantial rise in the ratios for West Pakistan in 1921. A notable exception to the increases in the sex ratios for all Provinces in this decade was the

Punjab. Although the increase in population of the Punjab was the highest of any Province by almost 8 per cent between 1911 and 1921. it also suffered from the epidemic, though it would seem to a lesser relative extent, and the sex ratio declined slightly from 122 to 120. Further evidence. however, of the possibility that such catastrophes may have a more marked effect on th~ female population is provided by the East '~engal ratios for 1941-51. In this period. marked by the widespread Bengal famine of 1943-44, the sex ratio advanced from 107 to 110, the largest rise in the 50-year period for the Province.

At this point it is speculation. of course, to say that if these correlations to exist, what is true of severe setbacks may apply in lesser degree to adverse economic conditions generally, and that possibly East Bengal's gradual but continuous rise in the excess of males over females reflects to some extent the ever-increaseasing pressure on its land resources and the accompanying decline in living standards.

Whatever the influence of the foregoing as a contributing factor to the excess of males, the main cause of the variations in the sex ratios between East and West Pakistan seems to lie in a

57

different direction. The f'lct that the Provinces of West Pakistan have sh)wn greater excc~ses of males over fem.iles lhan East Bengal can pro­bably be attributed in part to larger migrations of males from other parts of India to new lands opened up to agriculture. It is doubtful, however, if differences in the excess of males arising from such movements could have accounted for more than a small part of the variations in the sex ratios between the two regions. By far the most influential cause might well have been the greater tendencies of the more predominately Muslim population of West Pakistan to fail to report their womenfold (see the previous para­graph).

It has been mentioned in the previous paragraph that there is now less difference between rates for East Bengal and West Pakistan. It may be reasonable to expect a gradualleveUing in the sex ratios of East Bengal and a further decline in the Western Provinces. The ratios in the future may be even more closely corresponding than at present.

3.11 Sex Ratios in town and country:-Rural and urban differentials in the sex ratio of Pakistan are extremely marked. As is shown in Statement 3-F the large rural population at the 1951 Census

STATEMENT 3-F

RURAL/URBAN SEX RATIOS FOR PROVINCES, 1941 AND 1951.

Males per 100 Females

1951 1941 Provinces ------ ---_- -- _- --- -- -

I I I Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban I ,

- ----I

I Pakistan .. .. .. 112.8 110.7 133.4 112.0 I 109.7 I 143.8

Baluchistan & States Union .. 121.3 116.3 i 168.5 113.0 I 119.5 256.3 ,

I I I ,

East Bengal .. .. ., 110.1 108.5 150.7 107.5 106.3 150.1 ,

135.2 133.2 I 113.0 I

136.0 Karachi .. .. .. 134.5 123.1 \ I I I

N.W.F.P. (Districts) 111.8 107.4 I

139.9 119.1 112.5 i 152.1 .. ., , I

Punjab & Bahawalpur .. 115.3 113.~

I 124.6 118.6 I 115.0 I 142.0

1 Sind & Khairpur .. 122.1 121.8 123.7 121.0 121.1 I 120.5 .. ,

58

consisted of 111 males for every 100 females, as compared with 133 in the case of the much smaller urban segment, which as noted earlier, represented only one-tenth of Pakistan's population. The reasons for this difference arc not hard to find. The migration of men from the rural areas in search of employment, particularly to the most populous cities, which often necessitated leaving their families in the villages from which they had come, is a well-known feature of Pakistan's economic life.

The differences in the rural-urban sex ratios are especially large in the Provinces of East Bengal, Baluchistan and N-W.F.P. While the variation between the rural and urban ratio for East Bengal typifies what might almost be termed a forced movement of the male population toward the cities, the sex ratios of the small urban popula­tions of Baluchistan and N-W.F.P. are influenced as well by the large male concentrations in the military cantonments at Quetta in Baluchistan, and at Peshawar, Abbottabad, Kohat and other areas in ;-..r-W.F.P. This same factor applies to the urban sex-ratio of the Punjab as evidenced by the high proportion of males for Rawalpindi, Lahore and Sialkot Cantonments, although their effect is not so great because of the larger urban populatiJn of this province. The pronounced drop in the urban sex ratios since 1941 in these provinces is probably due primarily to the reduced numbers of troops now stationed in these areas. Statement 3-G gives the Comparative figuers for the sex ratio in main cities of Pakistan.

Since the larger cities offer greater employment opportunities, a higher ratio of males to females would be expected in them as a result. The number of males per 100 females for the various urban size-groups as shown in Statemet 3-H indicates that this is true, except, strangely enough, in the case of the largest group of cities of 5,00,000 inhabitants and over, which comprises Karachi and Lahore only, with sex ratios of 134.6 and 129 respectively. The answer to this apparent paradOXIcal situation is to be found in the groups of cities in the two next lower size-ranges-the classes of "1,00,000 and over" and "50,000 and over". Dacca and Chittagong are the only two cities of isolated East Bengal in the former range. Men from all over the heavily-populated rural areas of this Province come to these two cities in search of employment and their ratios of 165 and 182 males per 100 females, respectively, bear testimony to

STATEMENT 3-G

SEX RATIOS IN

CITIES, 1941 AND 1951.

City (a)

Karachi Lahore Dacca .. Chittagong Hyderabad Rawalpindi Multan Lyallpur Sialkot Peshawar Gujranwala Quetta (b)

(a) Including cantonments.

•

Males per 100 Females

----1951 1941

134.5 136.0 129.0 167.8 165.0 136.7 181.5 194.9 121.2 123.5 155.2 179.2 122.0 125.0 123.8 158.0 131.0 135.4 143.6 141.1 116.8 126.3 190.6 302.0

(b) Under 100,000 inhabitant, but classed as a "City" became it is the capital of the Pro­vince of Baluchistan.

this fact. The cities of Rawalpindi and Peshawar in West Pakistan are also in the 1,00,OO\) and over SIze range, but their high sex ratios of 155 and 145 are caused more by the military units stationed in their cantonments, than by over-crowded rural conditions as in the case of East Bengal.

STATEMENT 3-H

SEX RATlO IN TOW.1llS, 1951.

Urban size groups

5,00,000 and over 1,00,000- 4,99,999

50,000- 99,999 25,000- 49,999 5,000- 24,999

Males per 100 females

132.5 143.7 143.3 13D.4 123.6

These four cities represent well over one-half of the population of the urban centres in this size group, and the factors causing their high sex ratios are sufficient to raise this group above the levels of Karachi and Lahore. It is of interest that the sex ratios of Rawalpindi and Peshawar excluding the cantonments, would be 133 and 126 respectively-lower than those of the two largest cities.

In the size range between 50,000 and 1,00,000 there is the important town of Barisal in East Bengal for which rice and jute from areas East of the Brahamputra River are transhipped to the ports. It is a fast-growing municipality, and results of male in-migration, similar to those in Dacca and Chittagong, would be largely responsi­ble for its very high sex ratio of 237 males per

S9

100 females. In West Pakistan, the city of Quetta is the other urban centre which raises the 50,000-100,000 group to high sex-ratio levels. Here again the proportion of 91 males to 100 females is mainly due to the military personnel in the contonment. The exclusion of this canton­ment lowers the sex-ratio of Quetta city to 144 males per 100 females. This is higher than some of the larger cities of West Pakistan, but is pro­bably due to the fact that Quetta is more isolated from other large centres, and may therefore tend to attract migrants from a very wide area, while distance and poor communications discourage them from bringing their families.

3.12 Sex Ratios in Age-Groups:-The sex-ratios vary sharply between the four age groups. Statement 3-1 gives the figures for Muslims in

STATEMENT 3-1

SEX RATIOS BY AGE 1951

Males per 100 Females

Age Groups Province (inclnding states) and Religion

I All

I 0-9 1~39 40-59 60&

Ages Over

West Pakistan Muslims " ., 117 108 119 126 117

East Bengal Muslims .. " .. 110 102 109 131 127

East Bengal Caste Hindu " .. 109 101 109 120 116

East Bengal Sch, Caste .. .. 108 101 108 120 109

Punjab-Muslims .. " .. 115 109 116 124 114

N.W:F.P. Muslims .. .. .. 112 106 114 116 UO

Baluchistan .. " .. 122 105 126 140 148

Sind .. .. .. 122 108 12S 142 133

Sind Caste Hindus .. .. .. 127 107 133 144 124

Sind Sch. Castes .. .. .. 116 103 123 122 125

Karachi Muslims " .. 135 105 149 153 114

Karachi Christians Parsis &c. " .. 126 115 125 150 120

60

each Province and for the minor communities in East Bengal, Sind and Karachi. In all Pro­vinces and all communities the excess of males is small among children, varying between 101 and 108 boys per 100 girls. From thence the general pattern is a sharp rise to age 59 and a reduction in the old people's group. The exceptions to this pattern are very high figures for the 60 and over group in Baluchistan and the relatively low one for the 40-59 group for Scheduled Castes in Sind. The obvious conclusion is that as age advances the women die off much earlier than the men, although, once past child-bearing they have better chances of survival. Thus the age analysis bears out the suggestions in paragraph 3.10 regarding the higher mortality of women.

In comparing the figures for the Provinces one finds that the disparity between the boys and girls in the 0-9 age-group is much smaller in East Bengal, for all communities, than in West Pakistan. It is the high figures for the 40-59 groups which bring the East Bengal average up to 110 males per 100 females. In West Pakistan, Baluchistan and Sind have very high figures of males excess in all age groups. Punjab and N-W.F.P. have a smaller excess in the 40-59

group than East Bengal. There would not appear to be quite the same heavy female mor­tality. It is in the "under 40's" that their higher excess of males is chiefly found.

A point to be borne in mind in considering the sex ratio figures for the Punjab is the fact that about 25 per cent of the population there were reported as Muhajirs, who have a slightly larger excess of males than the average for the Province, and also have a smaller proportion of children­vide the statements Nos.6-A and 6-B. in Chapter6.

Statement 3-J shows the changes in the sex­ratio of Muslims shown in the last 3 Censuses. In East Bengal the disparity in the children has been growing less while all older age-groups show it increasing. In Punjab, which is taken as representing the Muslims of West Pakistan, the children have a constant excess of males, i.e., 109 per 100 females, but the disparity in the other age-groups is steadily reduCing.

Incidentally in calculating the figures for the Punjab for 1941 and 1931 it has been assumed that, as far as the Muslims are concerned, per­centages of the population in that community in

STATEMENT 3--J

CHANGES IN SEX RATIO OF MUSLIMS BY AGE.

East Bengal Punjab (a)

Age Groups I --1- - - I _----1 __________ ---Ir--1-95-1-.;1 __ 1_94_1_I_l_93_1 __ r-_1_95_1_1-__ 1_94,_I __ !1931

I 109 I 107 115 I 117 I 119

I 104 104 109 II 109 II 109

107 j 104 116 117 121

I 128 124 \ 122 ' 128

123 114 160 136

109

All Ages 110

0--9 102

10--39

40--59 131

127 124 60 & Over

129

• Note (a) These figure do not include Bahawalpur State, and for 1941 and 1931 they are

however in the Muslim population of the un-divided Punjab province as it then existed.

undivided Punjab are fairly comparable with 1951 percentages for Muslims in the Punjab province.

3.13 Marital Status.--Census Table No. 4 shows the number of persons Married, Single (i.e., never married), Widowed, and Divorced in each of the four broad age groups. This information is condensed in the form of percent­ages for ease of comparison in Statement 3. K.l.

The higher age of marriage among men than among women is noticeable. In West Pakistan only 44 per cent of the men in the 10-39 age group are shown as having been married against 55 per cent at the women. In East Bengal the contrast is even more striking--47 per cent of the men and 74 per cent of the women aged 10-39 have been married.

The figures for Caste Hindus in East Bengal indicate a higher age of marriage than the Muslim community there. Among the Scheduled Caste communities the figures approach more nearly, although they are still less than, those of the Muslims. The figures for the Scheduled Caste community in Sind are much the same as those for them in East Bengal on the male side, but the women of this community marry later in Sind, which is surprising seeing that the shortage of women is more acute in Sind.

The statement also shows the pattern for the "other religions" group in the Punjab and in Karachi, in both of which this group is chiefly composed of Christians, but includes the Parsees to Karachi. In these communities the proportion of the 10-39 age group which has been married is distinctly lower, especially on the female side.

Throughout the whole statement the proportion of people aged 40 and over who have not been married is smaIl, although it is larger in West Pakistan than in East Bengal. The exception is the Christian and Parsee communities in Karachi, among whom bachelors are fairly frequent and spinsters not rare.

Comparing these figures with similar data from the 1941 Census shown in Statement 3-K.2 it will be seen that in every case the proportion of

persons in the 10-39 age-group who have married was then higher than it is in People of both sexes and communities marrying at older ages.

61

been 1951.

are

This is particularly true of child marriages. In East Bengal in 1931, nearly four per cent of the girls under 10 years old and one-and-a-half per cent of the boys had been married. In West Pakistan in 1931 the children under 10 who had been married amounted to about two in a thousand. In 1951 even this small amount of child marriage in West Pakistan has practically disappeared, while in East B:ngal it is now negligible and the highest proportion, which is found among is SCheduled Caste girls, is only one per cent of the 0-9 age group.

In East Bengal the number of married women exceed the number of married men. The Pro­vincial Superintendent of Census points out that under Muslim law a man may have more than one wife and many in fact do. This is, however, by no means a widespread custom and he is inclined to think that the disparity is contributed to by widows in some cases reporting themselves as Married and by the non-enumeration of absentee husbands.

In West Pakistan, however, there are more married men than married women and this is true of every province. Polygamy in West Pakistan is therefore probably very rare, as has been pointed out by the Provincial Superinten­dents. They feel that the disparity between Married men and Married women in the pro­vinces of West Pakistan may be connected with immigration, which view appears to be sup­ported by the larger excess of males among the Muhajirs than among the population in general. The Provincial Superintendents also think that some widowed men may have classed themselves as Married. These opinions, however, do not seem to account for the whole amount of the difference and the real reasons for this disparity seem rather obscure. It may well be that it is associated with the under-enumeration of women that has always been suspected in the Censuses in these Provinces.

3.14 Widowed and Divorce:-As will be seen from Census table No.4, widowed persons are numerous in the older age-groups but divorced

'{\

S'tATE~'-3K-l

MARITAL STATUS-1951.

Total of each Age and Sex Group=lOO.

;: .. -

Males Females

"0 I "0 "0 '1:i

., "0 "0 I "0 • ·S Province Religion and Age "0 ., ·S ., "01 .... 1l .!l ~

., .... ., .~ I ~ .... § .... ~ CIS

., .~ CIS

., .~ .... 0 ;> .... ~ ~ .... ~ <I) .... .... ~ CIS "0 o 0 ;Z;~

CIS "0 0 0

~ '~ .i:: .... ~ I"""" > .... ;Z;~ Q ~ I~ AI ~

_-----_ _i:Q_-' West Pakistan Muslims

0-9 0.04 0.04 99.96 0.09 0.09 99.91 10-39 .. 44.31 1.84 46.15 53.85 55.39 1.87 57.26 42.74 40-59 83.80 11.85 95.65 4.34 79.45 18.52 97.97 2.03 60 & Over 65.88 32.38 98.26 1.74 52.33 46.72 99.05 0.95

East Bengal Muslims 0-9 0.17 0.17 99.83 0.87 0.02 0.89 99.11

10-39 47.74 1.73 49.47 50.53 75.40 5.70 81.10 18.90 40-59 92.51 6.36 98.87 1.13 55.42 44.43 99.85 0.15 60 & Over .. 79.43 20.08 99.51 0.49 20.02 79.87 99.89 0.11

East Bengal C/Hindus 0-9 0.06 0.06 99.94 0.26 0.01 0.27 99.73

10-39 .. 40.31 1.67 41.98 58.01 65.12 7.46 72.58 27.47 40-59 89.19 8.67 97.86 2.14 54.61 45.11 99.72 0.28 60 & Over " 74.18 24.44 98.62 1.37 23.19 76.46 99.65 0.35

East Bengal Sch. Caste 0-9 0.12 0.01 0.13 99.87 99 0.02 1.01 98.99

10-39 45.94 2.01 47.95 52.05 72.08 9.96 82.4 17.96 40-59 86.72 11.03 97.75 2.25 46.98 52.65 99.63 0.37 60 & Over .. 72.09 26.51 98.60 1.39 18.02 80.49 99.51 0.49

Sind Sch. Caste 99.781 0-9 0.11 0.11 99.89 0.22 0.22

10-39 45.80 2.71 48.51 51.49 70.38 4.51 74.89 25.11 ' 40-59 85.42 11.12 96.54 3.46 64.90 34.75 99.65 0.35 60 & Over 71.32 26.28 97.60 2.40 27.68 72.14 99.82 0.18

Punjab O/Religions 0-9 0.01 0.01 99.99 0.03 0.03 99.97

10-39 42.66 1.32 43.98 56.02 40.79 0.87 41.66 58.34 40-59 86.23 11.17 97.40 2.60 83.83 12.83 96.66 3.34 60 & Over .. 68.0 31.76 99.76 0.24 58.32 40.78 99.10 0.90

Karachi O/Religions 0-9 :; 100 100 ...

10-39. 36.40 1.44 37.84 62.16 44.29 2.26 46.55 53.45 40-59 79.12 9.46 88.58 11.42 74.43 17.46 91.89 8.11 60 & Over .. 69.18 23.40 92.58 7.42 55.87 40.06 95.93 4.07

persons are very few. All the Superintendents of Census explain that, despite the theoretical case of divorce under Shariat (Muslim Law), public opinion is very much against it in practice and to be divorced is often regarded as rather scandalous. Not only are there in fact very few divorced persons but also in a public census some of these few may not have reported them­selves as such.

&3

In Statement 3-K the figures for Marital Status are presented in the form of percentages of each Age and Sex group and are rearranged to show the incidence of marriage. The percentages for persons widowed and divorced have been ex­pressed in one figure but in view of the above remarks regarding the smallness of the divorced element, the percentage would be very little different if the divorces were excluded and it

STATEMENT 3-K. 2

MARITAL STATUS-1941.

Province Religion and Age

Total of each Age and Sex Group = 100.

Males

"0 •

'~ ] ~~CS I~ ~

-- -- - ------'----'-

West Pakistan Muslims

0-9 0.14 0.02 0.16 99.84 0.20

10-39 46.78 3.24 50.02 49.98 69.51

40-59 79.93 15.15 95.08 4.92 65.78

60 & Over .. 67.46 29.33 96.79 3,21 32.37

East Benga I Muslims

0-9 0.55 0.97 1.52 98.48 2.79

10-39 53.80 2.92 56.72 43.28 77.01

,40-59 92.54 6.73 99.28 0.72 44.58

60 & Over .. 82.15 17.07 99.22 0.78 13.01

East Bengal Caste Hindus

0-9 0.47 1.11 1.58 98.42 2.53

10-39 50.30 3.55 53.85 46.15 70.33

40-59 84.38 13.33 97.72 2.28 37.63

60 & Over .• 68.88 29.77 98.65 1.35 10.44

Females

0.01 0.21 99.79

3.90 73.41 26.58

32.83 98.61 1.39

66.18 98.55 1.45

1.08 3.87 96.13

7.83 84.84 15.16

54.77 99.35 0.65

85.99 99.01 0.99

1.21 3.74 96.26

14.12 84.45 15.55

61.46 99.09 0.91

88.91 99.36 0.64

can be treated as chiefly indicating the incidence of widow-hood.

The chief features of the figures in this column of Statement 3-K. 1 is the wide difference between the percentages of male and female widowed or divorced persons. This difference is found both in East and West Pakistan and among all communities, and is no doubt largely due to the fact that female widows do not usually re-marry. In fact among the Hindus their re-marriage is prohibited by their religion. The difference, however, is also partly due to the higher age of marriage among men which would, if other influence did not affect it, naturally lead to the earlier demise of husbands.

This difference between tho sexes is more marked in East Bengal than in West Pakistan. Taking the age group 60 and over as an example, and examining the Muslim figures, in West Pakistan nearly 32 per cent of the males in this age-group are widowed while in the females the percentage is about 46. In East Bengal, however, the com­parable figures are 19 per cent for males and nearly 79 per cent for females, and the figures for Hindus and Scheduled Castes are of much the same order. It would appear that re-marriage may be more common in West Pakistan and the greater shortage of females there may have some bearing on this.

Comparable figures in the 1941 Census are shown in Statement 3-K.2 which indicates that the incidence of widow-hood among females was then greater, and particularly so in West Pakistan. The figures for male widow-hood, however, among Muslims both in East and West Pakistan are higher in 1951 Census than they were in 1941.

The reasons for these various differences and changes in the incidence of widow-hood are obscure and, together with the whole question of the age structure of the population, might well form a subject for research which would probably be best based not only upon the Census figures but on careful inter-censal field enquiries. The result of such a study might produce useful conclusions in welfare, sociological and medical fields.

3.15 Fertility:-Census Table No. 4 indicates that among Muslims in East Bengalthereareabout

115 Children under 10 years of age per 100 "ever married" women under 60 years of age. A similar figure for the Punjab is 132 and for Sind 123. These ratios appear to indicate a progressive population but the age groups are really too wide to justify any detailed conclusions on this subject. It is noticeable, however, that among Caste Hindus a similar ratio for East Bengal is 106 and in Sind 119 which would confirm the opinion expressed in previous Census reports that the Muslims in these areas are developing at a more rapid rate than the other communities.

3.16 Need for further research:-The data on Age and Sex are basic elements in the analysis of the human resources of the country and of estimates regarding the trend of development of the population. Based on this Census it was hoped that a certain amount of demographic research would have been possible and that this report would have included the first-fruits of such work. Mr. Douglas L. Ralston came to Pakistan with this end in view. He found that the difficul­ties regarding age gave little basis for serious research, and as he had most unfortunately to cut short his stay for reasons of health. he was unable to complete his investigations. It is to be hoped, however, that this will be a subject in which researches may be pursued during the period before the next Census.

In order to facilitate research work on this important subject I would make four recommenda­tions: First, that as soon as possible there should be careful field enquiries, either on a scientific sampling basis or in carefnlly selected areas, into the actual age and sex distribution of the popula­tion with a view to providing better data at an early date. Until this is done there may be little scope for analytical demographic study. Secondly, it is urged that questions of age and sex should receive special attention in the next decennial census and particularly that preparatory q>ntrols should be operated' for the previous year in a properly selected series of sample lo­calities, with a view to recording the births and deaths during that year and enquiring carefully into the ages of the members of each household. When the Census is taken, the respondents, in those areas at least, may then be able to give a properll considered, and if possible authenticated, reply to the age question. 'Thirdly, the suggestion is made, with a view to remedying the almost

universal ignorance regarding age, that the year of the HiJri in which they were born should be learnt by children as part of theirfirst early religious instructions in the home or mosque and be firmly implanted in each little one's mind. r suggest using th~ Hifrl year for Muslims because I feel that if this suggestion is to be given wide and practical effect, the information must be a step in Islamic instruction in which it would be a

natural link with the life of the Holy Prophet. Although the difference between the length of the Hijri year and the ofli:ial year might throw the ages out slightly there would be nothing approach­ing the choatic answers caused by the present ignorance. The fourth suggestion r have already mentioned, namely that the sorting of the ago data should be done early and checked before the sorting centres are closed.

CHAPTER-4.

LANGUAGE, LITERACY AND EDUCATION

Table 7- Mother Tongues: showing for each language and important dialect used in Pakistan, the number of persons who have spoken it from infancy.

Table 7-A Speech: showing the number of persons who commonly use each of the 9 main languages of Pakistan.

Table 8- Literacy: showing the numbers of persons who can, and who cannot, read.

Table 8-A Languages of Literacy: showing the number of persons who can read and write, and read only, each of the 9 main languages of Pakistan.

Table 9- Pupil and Students: showing the persons who were attending full-time education at the time of the Census.

Table 9-A Years of Education: showing the number of persons who have received or are receiving formal education and analysing them by length of time so spent.

Table 9-B Educational Levels: showing the mumber of persons who have attained certain definite standards of education.

Table 19·C Educational Levels of Muhajirs: showing the same information as in table 9-B but in respect of Muhajirs only.

4.1 Collection of the data:-The information recorded in the above tables was obtained in reply to Census questions as follows:-

Question 6. asked each respondent what was his Mother-tongue. Ten columns were provided on the Enumeration slip. Nine of them were headed with the 9 main languages of Pakistan, the tenth column was left blank so that the enumerator might write the name of any other language. He was required to place a tick-mark under the language claimed by the respondent as his Mother-tongue. Mother-tongue was defined as the language "spoken from the cradle" or chiefly used in the home.

Question 7. asked th~ r.!sp.mdent to state "Any other language you commonly speak?" Further spaces were provided under the sam::: 9 columns and the enum!rator placed ticks in one or more of them in accordance with the respon­dent's claims. It was explained in the Enumera-

66

tor's instructions that the respondent should not claim to speak languages in which he could not easily converse and if the enumerator could test him he should do so.

Question 8. asked "Can you read? Write? A further set of spaces was provide:! under the same language columns, and if the respondent replied "No" to the question a cross was put over aU of them, if the answere was "Yes", he was asked "In what Languages?" and the enumera­tor placed the letter "P" for reading or OIL" for writing each of the languages claimed. (These letters are the initials of the verbs "to read" and "to write" in all the vernacular languages). If a respondent claimed to read Arabic but only in the Holy Quran the letter "Q" was placed under that language. The enumerators' instructions stated that "ability to read means that the person could be able to read clear print while ability to write means that he could write a simple letter" Persons claiming to read the language in which the enumerator's leatlet was priJ.ted were to b~ asked to read some simple part of it.

Qaesti()n to-A. asked "Are you regularly attending school or college?". A symbol was provided to be rinzed round if the answer was "Yes". The enum.::rators' instructions stated that a perSJn was to be recorded as regularly attending school or college regardless of any temp::>rary break such as illlless or holidays.

Question 10-B. asked "For how many years have you attended school or college?". A space was provided he.lded with the words "Years" and the enJmerators were required to write the number. The enJmcrators' instructions stated that this question applied to those persons who had left school or college as well as to those still attending. T.'le figure was to be the nearest whole number of years; as a result persons who had attended school for less than six months were marked "0" and are not included in these statistics.

Question 10-C. asked "How for your education has progressed 7". Five symbols were provided on the enumerators' slip meaning respectIveJy cJmpleted primary school-passed middle school examination­passed matriculation (Entrance) examination­obtained University Degree-obtained Higher (Post Graduate) Degree. The enumerator was required to place a ring round the highest of these levels reported by the respondent. The instruc­tions explained the exact meaning of the various standards as follows: "Completed primary school" meant that the persons had reached the top primary standard; "passed Middle School Examination" included Middle English and Middle Varnacular school, Junior Madrassah,

\ etc; "Matriculation" meant the last High School or Madrassah examination prior to joining college or university. "Umversity Degree" meant the first Degree, such as B.A., B. Sc., M.B.B.S, awarded by a recognized university (The Inter­mediate examination was not to be counted as a Degree); "Higher (post Graduate) Degree" meant M.A., M.Sc, M.D., etc.

Questions were raised in the instructional classes for Enumerators as to what action to be taken in respect of persons who claimed to hold diplomas in oriental classics and languages such as Maulvi Fazil, Munshi Fazil and Adib Fazil. An eleventh­hour attempt was made to show such qualifications separately, but in the short time left for enumera­tion it was found impossible to circulate the necessary instructions efficiently and as a result

67

the persons reporting these diplomas have been included in whichever of the categories printed on the slip was appropriate.

4.2 Abstraction:-In the scrutiny stage it was found that the enumerators had very little difficulty with these questions. The system of language columns and tick-marks and the scheme of symbols apparently with success. The Procedure code gave guidance for remedying such defects as were discovered. Where the Mother tongue was omitted, the slip was to be given the -arne marking as the other slips of the household, or failing that the common Mother-tongue of the district. If the Mother-tongue was also claimed as th~ additional language spoken, the latter tick­mark was to be deleted.

Sorting for Mother-tongues was done as the part of the first phase of the Hand sorting opera­tion, and included all the tongues written in the last column of the 3lip without any attempt to confine the analysis to the 9 main languages, A "Miscellaneous" category was allowed but it was to contain only languages not indigenous or in common use in the Indo-Pakistan sub-continent; even these were to be counted separately if the sorting process disclosed the existence in a district of a significant number of people claiming an unusual Mother-tongue. Sorting for languages spoken in addition to the Mother-tongue was done for each language separately but was confined to the nine languages printed on the slip, plus Gujrati in the Federal Capital Area.

The languages read and written were sorted in a similar manner, separating for each language the slips which were marked with a "P" from those marked "L". The persons who could read the Holy Quran were sorted as part of the classifica­tion of Arabic. It is suggested that in future this sort should be proceded by a special one to determine the number of persons who can read and write, those who can read but not write, those who can only read the Holy Quran. This was not done on the present occasion as it would have taken a lot of time and it was expected that the figures for "read only" and "read the Holy Quran only" would be very small. However, in some places they turn out to be quite significant And it is a pity that they were not specially sorted.

The sort for "educational levels" was also a part of the Hand sorting operation and was quite

68

simple. The system of precoding by placing rings round symbols worked very well. The sort for persons now at school' and 'time spent at school' was done in phase 4 after the first part of the age sort. It was therefore done by Hand for majority of the population but as part of the Machine sort for the Non-Agricultural Labour Force and for certain cities.

4.3 Mother-tongues.-One of the great problems of Pakistan is that there is no one language which can be said to b~ common to the whole population and no fewer than 32 distinct languages (or groups of languages) are reported in Census Table No.7 as Mother-tongues of citizens of Pakistan. In addition there are many dialects which are often not capable of being understood by persons who speak the main language to which the dialect belongs.

However, many of the languages and dialects are spoken by relatively small numbers of persons. 95 per cent of the inhabitants of Pakistan have claimed one or other of the following 5 chief languages as their Mother-tongue, namely Bengali, Punjabi, Pushtu, Sindhi and Urdu. 98 percent of the inhabitants of East Bengal have Bengali as their Mother-tongue and they represent 55 percent of the total population of Pakistan. Punjabi is the Mother-tongue of 28 percent of the total inhabi­tants of Pakistan, Sindhi 5.3 per cent, Pushtu 6/j and Urdu 3.3 percent. Outside Bengal persons who claim Bengali as their Mother-tongue are extremely few but the other four languages are found to a greater or less extent as Mother-tongues in all the provinces of Western Pakistan.

The mother-tongues of the other 5 percent of the population are often of importance within their province. For instance, Baluchi is the mother-tongue of 34 percent of the people of Baluchistan, and is spoken there by more persons than speak any other language. It is also widely spoken in Sind. Gujrati is the mother-tongue of 11 percent of the inhabitants of Karachi. Khowar and Kohistani are the mother-tongues of sub­stantial minorities in the Malakand Agency of the North-West Frontier Regions. Assam-Burman tongues are found in the Chittagong Hill Tracts. Sylhet and Mymensingh Districts of East Bengal and Santhali and Khasi in the Dinajpur, Rajshahi and Rangpur Districts of the same province. Considerable numbers of people in the Tharparkar

District of Sind reported their mother-tongues as Gujrati or as the Marwari dialect of Ra;asthani. The distribution of these minor but extremely interesting languages is discussed in the reports of the Provincial Superintendents of Census to which the reader is referred for further details including the district-wise analysis of the localities in which the various tongues were reported.

Census Table No. 7 shows the numbers of persons claiming as their Mother-tongue each of the languages of Pakistan. For purpose of tabulation. the various languages have been classified in a simple list. For the convenience of students. and for comparison with past statistics. the list is arranged in sections which correspond roughly with the philological divisions of Sir George Grierson's "Linguistic Survey of India", but in Census Table No. 7 the divisions are arranged in alphabetical order and the same principle is applied in listing branches and languages.

The table therefore shows the languages in the following manner:

(a) Austric (Pro-Dravidian) Languages.-Of these the only tongues occurring in Pakistan are Santhali and Khasi spoken in the hills bordering on the north of East Bengal.

(b) The Dravidian Family of Languages.­containing Brahui (spoken in parts of Baluchistan) certain tribal tongues of East Bengal, and the languages of Southern India.

(c) The Indo-European family of Languages.­(Aryan sub-family).

(i) The Dardic Branch.-of languages spoken in Kashmir and the north of West Pakistan.

(ii) European Branch.-of which the only language of importance occuring in Pakistan is English.

(iii) The Indo-Aryan Branch.-Divided into the inner sub-branch which includes Urdu (Hindustani). Punjabi and Rajasthani; and the outer sub-branch, the north-west

part of which contains Sindhi; the southern part contains Marathi and the eastern part contains Bengali, Assamese and Oriya.

(iv) The Iranian Branch.-which includes Persian, Baluchi and Pushtu.

(d) Central Asian tongues.-The tongues of a few communities on the extreme northern borders.

(e) The Tibeto-Chinese families of Languages.­Tongues of the Assam-Burman branch of which occur in the eastern portions of East Bengal.

(f) Other Languages.-unclassified.

All these philological groups contain in fact many more languages than are shown in Census table No.7 which is confined to those claimed on a significant scale as Mother-tongues by citizens in Pakistan. The title-sheet of Census Table gives a list of the actual tongues and dialects reported on the Enumeration slips showing which of them have been included under each main heading in the table. Where these dialects have been considered of sufficient importance by the Provincial Superintendent of Census they have been counted separately and the figures are given in footnotes to the table.

In subsequent paragraphs, of this chapter the statistics obtained in the Census regarding some of the chief languages are discussed,but the following brief notes are given regarding the nature and lopalities of the various languages and the methods used in classifying the data.

Urdu is a language of comparatively recent growth which came into use as the lingua franca developed by the Moghul soldiery in contact with the Hindu inhabitants. The word "Urdu" (derived from the same root as the English "horde") means "camp" and Urdu was originally the language of the army camps. In time it spread widely as the general second tongue throughout India (Hindustan). The Linguistic Survey of India classes Urdu and Western Hindu as "the two literary forms of Hindustani". Urdu is written in Persian style script and Hindi in a form of the Sanskrit script. Persons claiming

Hindustani as their mother-tongue have been counted under Urdu if they areMuslims and under Hindi if they are Hindus. Bihari has been dealt with similarly it is classed in the Linguistic Survey of India, along with Bengali, Assamese and Oriya, in the Eastern part of the "Outer Group". In practice however it dppears that persons io Pakistan who claim Bihari as their Mother­tongue have a speech which is similar to Hindus­tani and, if literate, write it in Urdu script if they are Muslims and in Nagari (Sanskrit style) characters if Hindus. (It may be added that the number of persons in what is now Pakistan, who are shown in the 1931 Census as having Bihari as their Mother-tongue was less than a thousand.)

The dialects which have been included in the figures for Punjabi are Derawali, Jafirki, Khetrani, Dogra, Pohari. Lahanda, Multani and Bahawal­puri Philologists group together Hindki, Lahanda or Western PUlljabi dialects as alternative names and include them in the North-Western group of the Outer sub-branch. In this Census it has not been possible to make any distinction between the Eastern and Western Punjabi. Pahari is strictly sepeaking a separate group of the 'Inner sub-branch" of Indo-Aryan languages. But the few persons in Pakistan who claim to speak a Pahari dialect mostly use a tongue akin to Urdu or Hindi.

The figures for Rajasthani include the following dialects and associated tongues; Maiwati, Marwari, Jaipuri, Ajmeri, Bikaneri, Rajputani, etc. and the Bhili speeches. GJjrati (including Kathiwari) is separately tabulated in this census. The 1931 Census of India puts Rajshthani along with Western Hindi, Gujrati, Bhili and Punjabi in the Central group of the "Inner Sub-Branch" of the Aryan sub-family.

The figures for Sindhi include Jattki, Seraiki and Lassi as dialects. In the Linguistic Survey of India, Sindhi is grouped with Lahanda or Punjabi forming the North-Western group of the "Outer Sub-Branch". Thakri has been classed as a dialect of Marathi.

Bengali is the chief language, as far as Pakistan is concerned, of the Eastern portion of the "outer sub-branch" of the Indo-Aryan languages. It is spoken throughout Bengal by all communities., although there are certain number of specific local mother-tongues. The Chittagonian, Sylhetta

70

Chakma and Hajong dialects of Bengal have been included in the figures for Bengah.

The Dardic Branch includes Kashmiri, with which in this census Shina, the other language of Kashmir, has been grouped; Kohistani. with Gujrati, Ajari, Torwati, Kalarni as its dialects; Khowar. with dialects Chitrali Arandri, Dandarik. Dameli, Jadri, Biyar, Maiolo, Gididi, Kashkari; and the tongues of the Kafir Tribes. Kalash of the Black Kafirs and Bashgali of the Red Kafirs.

The languages of the Iranian Branch spoken in Pakistan are Pushtu, Baluchi and Persian. The dialects included with Pushtu are Pathani, Afghani and Kabuli. It has been suggested that the two last and also Kandhari and Yusufzi, if claimed in Pakistan, should be classified with Persian, but the grouping suggested by the Government of N.W.F.P. has been retained in the Table. The dialects included in Baluchi are Makrani, and Makrani-Kechi and those included in Persian are Dehwani, Yorgha, Badakshani and Lorichini. Lorichini, which is spoken by a very small community, was included in the 1931 Census as unclassified, but it appears to be a low form of Persian.

The omnibus classification "Central Asian Tongues" has been used to tabulate the tongue of certain small groups of tribes and states in the extreme North of West Pakistan i.e. Wakik, Qazik, Turkey, Kirghiz and Hunzik. No attempt has been made to group them Philologically. Most of the people who report these tongueslin the census of Pakistan will in fact be migrants from beyond the Pakistan border.

The Dravidian tongues include Brahui, which is a "remnant of what was one of the great Western Dravidian block of India" which now survives chiefly as the main mother-tongue of Kalat State in Baluchistan. The South-Indian Languages were rarely reported and only 37 persons claimed Draon and Maltho which were classed as tribal Dravidian tongues of East Bengal.

Santhali and Khasi, the only survivals of the Austric tongues which existed before the Dravidians came (3,500 B.C.) are chiefly found in Sylhet.

The Assam Burman Languages form a branch of the Tibeto-Chinese speech-family, and include

Burmese and Arakanese which are both in the Burmese Group. The dialects of Maghi and Marang have been included in the figures for Arakanese. Other Tibeto-Chinese tongues include Manipuri (or Meithei) and Lushai of the Kuki-Chin Group and Garo and Tripuri of the Bara or Bodo Group. Marang, classified as a dialect of Arkanese, is also closely akin to Tripuri.

4.4 Multi-lingualism. -In the circumstances described above, it stands to reason that the people of Pakistan, to communicate with one another on a wider basis than their immedIate locality and community must learn additional languages. Census Table No. 7A shows the extent to which this has in fact happened. This Table is derived from the Census question which enquired what languages were spoken III addition to the res­pondents' mother-tongue. Statement 4-A summarizes the results of this enquiry.

It is perhaps doubtful whether the languages spoken in addition to a person's mother-tongue were fully reported in all cases. The Provincial Superintendent of Census of East Bengal men­tions that at the time of the Census there was a great deal of agitation a foot in connection with the State language question and that possibly the Census record of the number of persons in East Bengal who can speak Urdu is an understand statement. There may be a similar tendencies in other places. The number of Urdu speakers in the Punjab for mstance seems very low when it is considered that, at least in the towns, most persons whose Mother-tongue is Punjabi can speak and understand Urdu. The figures in Table 7-A may therefore err on the low side and this would also apply to the data derived from them and show in Statements 4-A and 4-B. Low figures for subsidiary languages were, however, also shown in the 1931 Census. In Bengal, of the persons whose mother-tongue was Bengali were only 0.2 per cent then claimed to speak Urdu. The figure in the 1951 Census is about 1 per cent. Similarly, in the Plmjab in 1931, of the persons in Lahore, Rawalpindi and Multan Divisions who claimed Western Punjabi (then classified as Lahanda) as their Mother-tongue only 2.3 per­cent claimed also to speak Hindustani, which for this purpose may be considered equivalent to Urdu. In 1951 Census the comparable figure is about 15 percent.

The tendency not to report additional languages

seems therefore to be deep-seated and long standing. Perhaps we are a little nearer the truth in 1951 Census but there is every indication that under reporting of acquired languages still persists.

Taking the figures as reported, however, Statement 4-A gives an indication of the extent to which citizens of Pakistan have learned each other's languages. It can be seen that about

Statement 4-A.

Persons Speaking Main Languages

Total As As additional Languages Speakers Mother language

(lakhs) tongue (Iakhs) Lakhs Ratio (a)

Urdu 54.2 24.6 29.6 4.0

Bengali 412.9 411.7 1.2 0.3

Punjabi 214.7 208.4 6.3 1.1

Pushtu (b) 53.5 50.0 3.5 0.5

Sindhi 43.6 39.9 3.7 0.5

English 13.8 0.1 13.7 1.8

(a) Total number of persons in all Pakistan to whom the particular language is NOT their Mother Tongue-tOO.

(b) Total estimated population of the Frontier Regions of N.-W.F.P. (1755 thousand) is considered to be having pushtu as their mother tongue.

Languages

Total Population (in lakhs)

Speakers of:-

Urdu (c)

Benga1i

Punjabi

Pushtu

Sindhl

Baluchi

English

I Pakistan

756.4 100

7.2

54.6

28.4

7.1

5.8

1.4

1.8

Statement 4-B.

Percentage distribution of Languages commonly spoken (a)

West Pakistan

337.1 100

14.7

63.7

15.9

12.9

3.2

2.5

East Bengal

419.3 100

1.1

98.0

1.3

I Baluchistan I

& , State

I Union

11.5 100

7.3

7.3

25.0

20.0

41.0

1.1

Karachi

11.2 100

68.0

0.5

9.5

3.7

17.0

9.2

8'7

I I N.W.F.P.I

58.7 100

3.4

23.0

84.3

0.5

Punjab &

Bahawal­pur

206.4 100

16.0

96.0

0.3

0.1

3.0

I ~ind : Khairpur

49.3 100

14.0

3.S

0.4

80.0

10.0

1.5

Noles: (a) Includes persons speaking each language as tbeir Mother Tongue. and also those who speak it as an additional language.

(b) Includes tbe enumerated and estimated parts of tbe Frontier Regions.

(c) Includes a small number of persons who reported tbeir Motber Tongue as Hindi.

(d) Sindhi as spoken in Baluchistan is mostly in its LASSI and JATTKI fonn..

72

4 percent of the people to whom Urdu is not their Mother-tongue have claimed to be able to speak it. Looked at in this way, therefore, Urdu is the language which is most commonly learnt and the next is English, which is the mother-tongue of very few people indeed, but which can be spoken by nearly 2 percent of the population. Bengali as may be expected is at the bottom of the list in such a classification since very few people outside Bengal learn to speak that language.

Statement 4-B is not based on Mother-tongues but on languages commonly spoken and it there­fore includes both the people to whom each language is the mother-tongue and the persons to whom it is an acquired language. The state­ment shows, as one would expect, that most provinces have their own major language under­stood by nearly everybody. In East Bengal that language is Bengali, in the Punjab it is punjabi. in Sind it is Sindhi, and in N-W.F.P. it is generally Pushtu but in Hazara and Dera Ismail Khan districts most people speak Punjabi.

In Baluchistan, however, the language pattern is complicated. _Brahui, an ancient tongue of Dravidian origin, is the chief language of Kalat State although many people there speak nothing but either Baluchi or the Jhattki form of Sindhi. Lassi, another form of Sindhi, is the chief language of Lasbella state, but Baluchi is also widely spoken there and it is the chief language of Kharan and Makran States and of Sibi district. Pushtu, Punjabi and Sindhi are widely spoken in different parts of the Baluchistan districts. Urdu is spoken very iittle in Baluchistan except in Quetta city.

The columns in Statement 4-B therefore illdicate, high figures for the languages mentioned above. But an interesting point of the statement is the indication it gives of the provinces in which certain languages are spoken by very few people. While Bengali is hardly spoken at all ill West Palcistan, Urdu, as we have seen, is little spoken in East Bengal. It is spoken, however, by a large pro­portion of the population of Karachi and is obviously the language with which one can go farthest in Pakistan as a whole. All other languages, except English, would fail one entirely in at least one province. A few English speaking persons can be found everywhere and according to the enumeration reports English is slightly more useful than Urdu in East Bengal but the

figures for Urdu as an acquired language are very doubtful and are not borne out by my own personal experience. As Census Commissioner I have visited many districts and I found every­where, even in East Bengal, that many people who did not know English, managed to get along with my rather poor Urdu. I feel that it must be much more widely used than the reports indicate.

4.5 Languages of Literacy.-In this census a separate count has been made of the persons who can read and write, and of those who can read ooly, in each of the nine main languages of Pakistan. Persons classed as able to read are supposed to be able to read clear print, such as a newspaper, and this data is therefore some measure of the extent to which the Press, and printed matter generally, can reach the public and in what languages.

Table g'A in Part II of this volume shows the above information for each Province and the similar table in the Provincial volumes of the Census Report give the data for each district and for each of the more important towns. This census Table also shows the number of persons who are fully literate and can read and write, in each of the selccted languages. It is noticeable that there is a afairly large number of persons who claimed to be able to read but not to write. The figure for both forms of literacy are summaiz­ed in Statements Nos. 4-C and 4-D. Except in Bengal, and Sind, Urdu is by far the most widely read and written language, and the next is English. In East Bengal the two main languages of literacy are Bengali and English, and in Sind they are Silldhi and Urdu with English a bad third.

It appears from these data that a newspaper printed in Bengali can be read by about 18 per cent of the population of East Bengal while in Urdu it could be read by about 7 percent of the population of West Pakistan. A paper in English could be read by 3 per cent of the total population of Pakistan, including 4 per cent of the pepple in East Bengal and 2 per cent of those in West Pakistan.

4.6 Urdu.-Although as yet Urdu is reported as the Mother-tongue by only a small proportion of the people of Pakistan, amounting to 2S lakhs nearly all of whom are in West Pakistan, it is reported to be spoken as an additional languaae

73

Statement 4-C

Percentage distribution of language Read

Pakistan Baluchis­

tan & States Union

I Federal East ,Capital

N.W.F·P. &

Frontier

Punjab &

Bahawal­pur

State

I Sind &

'Khairpur State

Languages

Total PopUlation (n lakes)

Of whom able to read in:-

Urdu

Bengali ..

Punjabi

Pushtu ..

Sindhi .. English ..

Bengal I Area ; Karachi

_______ 1 ____ _

738.8 100

3.8

10.4

0.1

0.0

0.5

3.2

11.5 100

4.3

0.0

0.3

0.2

0.2

1.2

419.3 100

1.1

18.3

0.0

0.0

0.0

4.1

11.2 100

19.6

0.3

0.5

0.1

1.5

8.8

(a) Includes enumerated parts of Frontier Regions

Statement 4-D.

, Regions

41.1 100

4.6

0.0

0.3

0.6

0.0

1.3

206.4 100

8.4

0.0

0.3

0.0

0.0

2.3

49.3 100

2.4

0.0

0.0

0.0

6.9

1.0

Percentage distribution of Languages written.

I Baluchis-I Federal I N.W.F.P.! Punjab I Sind I East I Capital I & & I & i Palcistan

tan & I Languages I States I Bengal Area Frontier I Bahawal- Khirpur

: Union I Karachi Region I pur ' State State

I ------ - ------

Total Population 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 .:

Of whom able to read and write In:-

Urdu 3.2 3.9 0.7 18.4 4.3 7.3 l.2

Bengali .. 8.1 0.0 14.2 0.2 6.0 0.0 n.o

PUllJabi 0.1 0.3 0.0 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.0

Pushtu 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.4 0.0 0.0

Sindhi 0.4 0.1 0.0 1.4 0.0 0.0 6.1

English .. 2.6 1.2 3.2 8.5 1.2 2.1 0.9

(a) Includes Enumerated parts of the Frontier Regions.

74

by another 30 lakhs, and is in fact used by many more who did not report it in the Census. The right hand colum of the following statement shows the percentages of persons who speak urdu as an additional language.

seem that the only persons who were recorded by the enumerators as speaking Urdu were those who claimed to be able to read it. These amo­unted to about one percent of the population and most of them could also write in Urdu.

PERSONS SPEAKERS URDU

Mother Tongue I I Persons , \ Speaking

Total (in lakhs) Urdu Urdu as I Speakers Additional Province Population Ratio (a)

(in lakhs) Urdu Other (in lakes) I language J (in lakhs)

Baluchistan 11.5 0.2 11.3 0.8 0.6 5.3

East Bengal 419.3 2.7 416.6 4.6 1.9 O.S

Karachi 11.2 5.7 5.5 7.6 1.9 34.S

N.-W.F.P. 41.1 0.5 40.6 2.0 1.5 3.7

Punjab 206.4 10.7 195.7 32.3 21.6 11.0

Sind 49.3 4.8 44.5 6.8 2.0 4.5

Total 738.8 24.6 714 .. 2 54.2 29.5 4.1

(al Percent of persons who do not claim under to be their Mother Tongue

Urdu is the normal medium of instruction in primary and middle schools in West Pakistan, except where instruction is given in Sindhi, Pushtu or English and even there Urdu is taught as the second language. In West Pakistan therefore as a general rule most people who can write at all, write Urdu.

The exception is Sind where the chief language of literacy is Sindhi; but even here literacy in Urdu is growing. In the matter of speech there are 11 Sindhi-speaking people for every two who speak Urdu but in the matter of literacy the proportion is smaller and there are only 5 persons who write Sindhi for every two who write Urdu.

A factor which has contributed to the size of the Urdu speaking population is the influx of Muhajirs, a large number of whom are from the Central and Northern zones of India where Hindustani (which for Muslims can be regarded as equivalent to Urdu) is the main spoken language.

As already pointed out, however, Urdu is little used in East Bengal, although the Census figures are perhaps unreliable in this respect as it would

Once Urdu is learnt as an additional language by more people than learn any other language, and as it is a medium of instruction or is taught as a second language very widely, the use of Urdu can be expected to spread as education and literacy extend.

4.7 Bengali:-In Bengal the almost universal

language is Bengali which is spoken by 413 lakhs

of persons, amounting to 98 per cent of the

population, and it is written by 14 per cent of the

people of that Province. This language is thus

seen to be used by more persons than any other

language in Pakistan. 56 per cent of all Pakistanis

speak it and 8 per cent write it, which is more than

twice as many as write in any other language.

Its use, however, is confined to this one Province

snd Statement 4-A indicates that very few people

to whom it is not their mother tongue learn to

apeak Bengali.

4.8 Punjabi:-After Bengali the language

reported as spoken by the largest number of Pakistanis is Punjabi. In one of other of its forms, for it has many diale;;ts, it is the mother­tongue of 195 lakhs of persons enumerated in the Punjab and Bahawalpur State out of their total population of 206 lakhs. Punjabi is also the chief mother tongue in 2 districts of the North 'fest Frontier Province-Hazara and Dera Ismail Khan--and is spoken by a larg~ number Of persons in other parts of ~-W.F.P. Sind, Baluchistan and Karachi. Altogether Punjabi is spoken by 215 lakhs of persons; its use is, however, almost entirely confined to Western Pakistan. Punjabi, moreover, is not normally a written language. It can, be written in cither the script used for Urdu or in the Gurmukhi script used by Sikhs, but Punjabi-speaking persons who learn to read and write generally do so in U rda.

4.9 Sindhi:-Sindhi is the chief language of the Province of Sind. It is the mother tongue of 40 lakhs of Pakistanis of whom 36 lakhs are found in Sind, which is 74 per cent of the population of that Province. A further 1.9 lakhs of persons enumerated in Baluchistan stated Sindhi as their mother tongue and 1.6 lakhs of the inhabitants of the Federal Capital Area.

These figures include nearly 80,000 persons in Baluchistan mostly in Kalat State, to whom the Jattki (form of Sindhi) is their mother tongue, and the figures also include more than 60,000 persons in Lasbela State whose mother tongue is the Lassi (form of Sindhi). A dialect known as Seraiki is largely spoken in Tharparkar and Nawabshah Distncts of Sind and is also found in Larkana. Dadu and Sukkur Districts.

In the 1931 Census Sindhi was reported as the mother tongue of 80 'per cent of the population of Sind: the reduction in this proportion is largely due to the influx of agriculturists from the Punjab and of Urdu-speaking Muhajirs from India, as well as the departure of many Sindhi-speaking Hindus.

As a written language Sindhi uses a script which is slightly different from that used for Urdu. It is the chief language of literacy in Sind where it is written by 3 lakhs of persons and can be read by 3.4lakhs. It was found necessary in the Cen3us to print the enumeration documents for Sind in Sindhi; an enquiry established that Urdu slips would not only be unpopular but impractical.

75

4.10 Pushtu.-As a mother tongue Pushtu is found in all areas of Western Pakistan. It is the chief language of North-West Frontier Province and the second most widely used language in Baluchistan. In all it is spoken by 46 lakhs of persons. This figure inclJdes both the enumerated and the estimated population of the North West Frontier Regions. ~o enquiry was possible regarding mother-tongues in the non-enumerated parts of the Frontier Regions but they Cdll be assumed for all practical purposes to have Pushtu as their universal mother tongue. This language, therefore, is the mother tongue of 15 per cent of the population of West Pakistan. But, like Bengali, its use is mJre or less confined to certain g'.lographical areas, although some 3.5 lakhs of persons to whom it is not their mother tongue claimed to be able to speak. it,

Like Punjabi, Pushtu is not normally a written language and Pushtu speaking persons who learn to read and write. generally, do so in Urdu. There is, however, a recent tendency for Pushto to be used as a m:!dium of education and some newspapers in Frontier Province are including items of news and articles in Pushtu. It may possibly. therefore, become more wide-spread as a language of literacy in the future. In the present Census some 15 thousand persons in settled districts of N-W.F.P. claimed to read and write Pushtu as against 168 thousand and 46 thousand who claimed to read and write Urdu and English respectively.

4.11 English: -As a mother-tongue English is claim~d by very few p~rsons indeed in Pakistan. Census Table No.7, like most of the Census table, does not indude foreigners residing in Pakistan and therefore the figures in that Table for persons who claimed English as their Mother-tongue only apply to people who reported their nationality as Pakistani. The total number of them is about 12 thousand of whom nearly 8 thousand are found in Karachi. They represent the Anglo­Pakistani and domiciled European communities and some of the persons of Goanese descent.

English IS, however, very widely spoken and i, an important language of literacy. It is in fact the language of well educated men and women throughout Pakistan, the language of business, and at present the language of the Government English is taught as a subject in all Middle SC:1oo1s. In High Schools and Universities it is largely the

76

medium of instruction. As a result of this position as a language of study, the Census figures show that English, although claimed as a spoken language by only about 14 lakhs of persons, is written by nearly 20 lakhs and can be read by over 24 lakhs of people. It is noticeabO that in East Bengal, Baluchistan and N-WFP, the number of people who can write English is greater than those who can speak it while in the Punjab, Sind and Karach~ the number of persons who speak English exceed the number who can write it. In these parts English would appear to be in wider current use.

As Statement 4-B shows, nearly 2 per cent of the population of Pakistan have claimed English as an additional spoken language and in State­ment 4-A it comes second only to Urdu as a language which is learnt by persons to whom it is not the mother-tongue. As far as numbers go more persons who use English are found in East Pakistan, but this is chiefly due to the larger size of its total population. Expressed in percentages the English speakers are 1.3 percent

of the population of East Bengal whereas they amount to 3 percent of the population of the Punjab.

4.12 Ability to read the- Holy Quran :-A feature of this first census of Pakistan is the provision on the census questionnaire of an enquiry on the subject of ability to read the Holy Quran. This was part of the series of questions on languages. Persons who stated that they could read Arabic were recorded by a special symbol if their ability to read that language was confined to reading from the Holy Quran. The number of persons so recorded, as well as the numbers able to read Arabic generally, is shown in Census table No. 8A and the data has been summarized in State­ment 4-E. In this statement the persons who claimed to be able to read Arabic generally or from the Holy Quran have been related to the Muslim population. The percentage of Muslims thus shown as able to read their sacred scrip­tures is highest in Karachi and next highest in the Punjab. There would appear to be a correlation between the ability to read the Arabic of the

Statement 4-E.

Muslims able to read from the Holy Quran in Arabic

I I

Person claiming to read Total Holy Quran

Provinces Muslims ,

(Lakhs) Lakhs

! Percentage

(a) ,

Pakistan .. .. . . .. 623.2 65.7 10.5

Baluchistan & States Union .. · . .. 11.4 0.9 7.9

East Bengal .. .. · . .. 322.3 32.8 10.2

Federal Capital Area, Karachi · . .. 10.8 2.5 23.1

N.W.F.P. (b) .. .. .. . . 32.2 2.4 7.5

Punjab & Bahawalpur State .. .. .. 202.0 23.0 11.4

Sind & KhairpuriState .. .. . . 44.6 4.2 9.4

(a) Total Muslims = 100 (b) Excludes Frontier Regions.

Holy Quran and ability to read Urdu or Sindhi which have somewhat similar scripts. The claim of 10 per cent of the Muslims in East Bengal therefore to be able to read the Holy Quran in Arabic rather tempts one to doubt the report that only one per cent of them can, read Urdu.

The percentages in Statement 4-E for Muslims able to read the Holy Quran are not high and are I ' In fact less than the General Literacy percentages shown in Census Table No.8, but it appears from a study of Literacy in the various languages shown in Table SA. that some persons who can read the Holy Quran in Arabic cannot read anything else. It is probable that some of them do not really read the scriptures, but recite them by heart.

4.13 Literacy:-Census Tables No. S shows the numbers of persons who reported that they were able to read clear print and who are therefore classed as being literate. As mentioned above a certain number of persons classed as literate ~ay not be able to read other than from the Holy Quran.

77

This definition of literacy differs from that used in previous censuses when people were classed as literate if they could read and write a simple letter in any language. Information in similar basis has also been collected in the 1951 census but has been sorted according to the language which the respondents claimed to be able to write. Comparison with the past figures for literacy is therefore made in Statement 4-F on the basis of the figures for 1951 for ability to write the chief language of literacy in each Pro­vince as against the figures for 1931 for general ability to read and write. The 1931 percentages for Punjab and East Bengal relate to the Muslim population of the whole of the undivided provinces -there is no reliable basis for calculating the 1931 literacy percentages of the present areas of those provinces, but the overall figures for Muslims when expressed as percentages should be fairly comparable.

The figures for the census of 1931 shown in Statement 4-F are therefore those for Muslims only and the 1951 figure for East Bengal is also given

Statement 4-F.

Progress in Literacy

1931 1951

Province I Per-ce-n-t-ag-e-(b-)- -,-Chief Language I Perce~~~ge (~) I literate of Literacy able to write

1---------------- ------------,--- _-----------Baluchistan & States UI bn 1.6 Urdu 3.9

East Bengal 5.7(d) Bengali 13.4(c)

Federal Capital Area, Karachi (e) Urdu 18.4

N.W.F.P. Districts 2.2 Urdu 5.2

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 2.8(d) Urdu 7.3

Sind & Khairpur State .. 2.0 Sindhi 6.1

(a) Persons able to read and write in the chief language of literacy. Except for East Bengal, Total Population = 100

(b) Muslims able to read and write in any language. Total Muslims ~ 100. (c) Total Muslims =100. (d) This percentage for 1931 applies to the Muslims in the whole undivided Province. (e) 1931 figures for Karachi City not available. The percentage for Karachi District was 3.8.

78

for Muslims only. In other Provinces the 1951 figures are for the whole population but in view of the small size of the non-muslim communities they may be regarded as comparable to the 1931 figure for Muslims. This method of comparison has been chosen because the 1931 overall literacy percentages would include a large number of Caste Hindus who were mostly literate and many of whom have now left Pakistan.

This comparison shows a general rise in Muslim literacy during the last 20 years in all the provinces which now form Pakistan. The progress is of course greater in fact than would appear from these percentages, since the 1951 figures take account only of literacy in particular languages. The comparable data for 1941 is not available and it is therefore not possible to see how much of the progress is applicable to the last decade.

The Provincial Superintendents of Census have shown in their reports that since Partition great efforts have been made to combat illiteracy and educational facilities have greatly increased in recent years.

The literacy percentages on the 1951 basis of ability to read are summarized in Statement 4-G. The Federal Capital Area has the highest per­centage, but this should be compared with other urban areas rather than with Provincial averages, and Karachi with 31.6 per cent is then seen to be below the general level ofliteracy in cities: Lahore has 36.3 per cent and Dacca 51 per cent. Among the Provinces, East Bengal with 21 p~r cent has the best literacy figures. The overall average in West Pakistan is about 16%, the Provincial figures varying between 18% in the Punjab and 9% in the NWFP.

Statement 4-G.

Literate persons per cent of Population.

Literates percent of:- I Literates aged '-.------.------ 12 years & Over

Provinces

Pakistan

Baluchistan & States Union

East Bengal

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

N.W.F.P.

Punjab & Bahawalpur State

Sind & Khairpur State

Total Population

18.9

10.3

21.1

31.4

9.2

17.8

13.~

Population aged 5 years and Over (b)

22.0

12.0

24.7

36.7

10.8

20.5

15.4

, as percentage of

I Population

aged 12 years and over (c)

23.2

14.3

26.4

30.5

10.3

21.6

15.0

(a) This is based on the detailed age tabulation and awing to "heaping" at age 5 is probably a slight under statement of the literacy percentage for persons actually of that age or more.

(b) The "Under 12" age group is belived to have been over-stated and thereFore these pescental6S may be.a.little too high.

These percentages, however are based on the whole population including the young cMdren below school-going age. For comparison pur­poses therefore the literacy data is also summarized in statement 4-G in two other methods: the centre column shows the literate persons, ah of whom can be assumed to be at least 5 years of age, as a percentage of the total population over'that age; the right-hand column deals with the population of 12 years of age and over only, ~nd expresses the literate part of that population as a percentage of the whole.

Census Table No. 8 gives separate figures for die literacy of males and females. In every case the figures for females are much smaller than those for males-25 per cent of the male popula­tion of Pakistan is able to read but only 11.4 per ceIit of females.

iilstitutions since tlie Census figures are based entirely upon the reports made by households and include students attending numerious un­recognized educational enterprises. Probably they exclude students who had ceased regular attendance but were still on the school registers. The following figures supplied by the Education Division of the Government of Pakistan are therefore given regarding the number of scholars attending primary schools on the 1st of January 1952.

STATEMENT 4-H.

Students in officially recognized primary

School on 1st January 1952.

Province & State Boys Girls Total

I (1000's) (1000's) (looo's) 4.14 Students:-Census Table No.9 shows the number of persons who reported themselves as regularly attending school or college at the time of the Census and indicates the percentage they Pakistan 29,03" 2,99 32,02 represent of the total population. The table shows separate figures for persons younger and Baluchistan 14 3 17 older than their 10th birthday.

The percentages for children under 10 years should be viewed in the light of the fact that very few children go to schopl before they are 5 and the percentages of the 5-9 age-group which is at sch~ol is probably about double the figure shown in the table for the 0-9 gtoup. Even then the figures are hot \a,tge irlti there are considerable differences between the pro~inces. In Ea~t, :eeI)g!l1 22 percent of the boys under 10 are at school and 12 percent of the girls. The comparable figure for the Punjab is 18 and 10 percents. In Sind, Baluchistan and N.W.F.P. provinces proportions are much lower. In the Federal Capital Area, Karacifi, comparable figures are 17 percent boys and 12 percent girls. However, in Karachi a more detailed calculation is possible owing to the more accurate reporting of age and it is seen that larger figures for students are found in the 10-11 age­group, namely 47 percent of boys and 32 percent of girls. Naturally the figures are lower again in the 12-19 age group.

These figures given in Table 9 in respect of pupils artd Students can not .agree with the official records for Government-sponsored educational

East-Bengal

Federal Capital Area Karachi

N.W.F.P. and Tribal Area

Punjab

Bahawalpur

Sind

Khairpur

21,78

28

1,05

3,71

21

1,69

17

1,44 23,23

18 46

13 118

1,11 4,81

2 23

7 1,76

18

Source: Education Division; Govern­ment o'f Pakistan.

4.15 Education.-The total number of persons who have received full-time education, or were receiving it at the time of the Census is shown in Census Table No. 9A. The figures are given for the total populaJion, and for all relIgi6ns sepflrately and are analysed into groups according to the

80

time spent in education, separating the children from the rest of the population. Persons were not included in the Table unless they have been to school for at least 6 months. These figures have been collected for the first time and should prove a useful basis of comparison with futurll Censuses.

Statement No. 4-1 summarizes these figures on duration of education in respect of Muslims in each province. In this Statement the percentage of the population represented by all persons who have had at least 6 months schooling is everywhere much larger than the percentage representina those who have had 5 years or more at school. The percentages in the statement apply only to persons aged 10 years or over and would appear to indicate that quite an appreciable proportion of them were either still undergoing the primary course at the time" of the Census or had left school without finishing that course, (it being assumed to require about 5 years). The figures for Karachi stand out above the others in statement 4-1 pro­bably on accoun~ of its special position as the Capital City but also because it is a? almost entirely urban area, and, as the literacy percentages in Census Table No. 8 show, educated persons

are found in greater numbers in the towns. Of the provinces, East Bengal has the highest fiaures for educated Muslims with the Punjab closely second. Baluchistan is the lowest. It is notice­able that very much lower percentage are every­where shown for females but the difference between the male and female proportions is not as great in the Punjab as in other places.

4.16 Educational levels.-The numbers of persons who have attained various standards of education are shown in Census Table No. 9B. The literate persons, i.e. those able to read, amount to 140 lakhs in the whole of Pakistan and of these about 74lakhs, or 53 per cent, have no formal educational standing, not having passed primary school or any more advanced standard. Of the remainin& 47 per cent of the literate persons, 30.5" percent have passed primary school, 12.2 per cent have passed middle school, nearly 3.75 per cent have passed the Matriculation examination and the remaining .8 per cent have a University Degree. The foregoing percenta~es apply 'to the whole enumerated population or Pakistan, exluding the estimated areas of the Frontier Regions for which no such data is available, but where in fact education is very slight.

Statement 4-{.

Percentage of edogtted Muslims Aged 10 or Over

(Total Muslims aged 10 or oyer of the sex = 100 percent)

~ Muslims at or who have Muslims who have had

been to"School 5 years of more at Provinces School

Males /' Fem~les Males I Females I ,

PaJd~ .. 21.4 s.6 11.5 3.7 \ I

Baluchistan & I States Union

\

8.0 1.5\ 5.3 I 0.8

East Bengal .. 25.7 8.4 \ 13.1 3.0 \

Federal Capital Area, . \

Karachi .. 36.0 17.1 \ 23.S 7.3

N.W.F.P District 13.7 2.2 \ 9.1 1.2

Punjab & Bahawal- \

pur State .. / 17.8 11.0 \ 10.1 5.7 \

Sind & Khairpur \ State .. 14.2' 2.6 6.8 0.8

\

81

Among women the standards are much lower. 46 per cent of the male literates have! no formal attainments but 69 per cent of the fenple literates tnat are class. 33 per cent of male l,terates have passed primary school but only 24 p~ cent of the females. The proportions for more advanced standards show still larger disparities.,

are slightly higher than those for the general population. Evidently the refugees have on the whole tended to raise the average level of education and thus make up to some extent for the loss of educated Hindus.

Statement 4-J summarizes the d~ta in CensJ!s Table 9B in percentages and compates them with the similar data for Muhajirs shown in Census\ Table No. 19.B. The figures fOf the Muhajirs

It is suggested that these tables on education might well form a useful subject of more exhaus­tive research than has been possible in the time available for writing this'report or which can be done by persons without a specialist education'at background.

Statement 4-J.

Percentage of Educational levels

Total Total Population Muhajirs

All Li-terates -100 Literate Muhajir-":"'100 -100 No More No' More

LiteratI'! Literate Provinces formal- primaryrducated formal- Primary educa Muhajirs attainment attainment ted

19.2 24.3 Pakistan .. ; 52.8 30.5 16.7 53.7 25.8 20.5

14.8 58.6 Baluchistan (a) 61.8 19.8 18.5 40.5 25.8 33.7

21.1 25.5 East Bengal " 49.4 33.9 16.7 41.8 31.3 26.9

31.4 38.7 Federal Capital, J<arachi " 45.1 27.7 27.3 39.4 33.1 27.5

9.2 35.5 N.-W.F.P. (b) " 36.0 38.9 25.1 24.5 29.3 46.1

17.8 32.2 Punjab & Bahawal-pur State "

f 57.6 25.6 16.8 ~7.4 24.5 1~.2

13.2 23.~ Sind & Khairpur -Stat~ .. 82.1 11.9 6.0 68.8 16.4 14.8

(Ii) Excl!-\des States Union. (1) &cludes Frontier Regions.

CHAPTER 5

KARACHI

S.l The Federal Capital Area:-The area assigned to the Capital of Pakistan is not dealt with in the Provincial volum~s of the Census Report; this chapter of the Pakistan Report therefore provides the sam~ kind of explanatory and analytical comm~nts on the Census statistics of Karachi as is given for other parts of Pakistan in the reports of the Provincial Superintendents of Census.

The Pakistan (Establishment of the Federal Capital) Order issued by the Governor-General on the 23rd of July 1948 demarcated the area of the Capital of the Federation from the province of Sind and form~d it into a centrally administered unit to be called "KARACHI". The area comprised Karachi city and cantonments, the Islands in the harbour of Karachi and 54 of the "Dehs" (the small rural administrative areas) which had previously formed part of the Karachi district of the province of Sind.

The effect of the creation of the Federal Capital Area therefore was to divide the old Karachi district into two parts as follows:--

Census of 1941

KARACHI DISTRICT (SIND)

Karachi Taluka;- -

(a) Karachi Municipal Corporation. (b) Karachi Cantonment Civil. (c) Manora Cantonment Civil. (d) Drigh Road Cantonment Civil. (e) Cantonments Military.

(I) Rest of Karachi Taluka (93 Dehs)

Tatta Taluka (60 Dehs).

Six other Talukas.

5.2 Brief Historical note.-Karachi has grown to its present position as the Capital city of one of the largest nations of the world within a com­paratively short time. When the British under Sir Charles Napier annexed Sind 1843 they found here "only a fishing village, with a small fort and

a ditch called 'Kalachi-jo-Kun' with two gates one called the Kharadar (the salt Witter gate) facing the sea and the other called Mithadar (the sweet water gate) facing the Lyari river"! The population was then about 14,000 persons. The remparts have now gone but the nam~s still exist as quarters of the city. The house where the Quaid-i-Azam (Mr. Muhammad Ali Jinnah, the founder of Pakistan) was born in Kharadar.

Since those early days Karachi has made constant progress both as a port and as a commercial centre serving the rich hinterland of Sind and the Punjab and even beyond into Afghanistan. The agricultural development of Sind and the Punjab, due to the success of the irrigation schemes, is chiefly responsible for the great growth of trade and the rise in importance of Karachi port and city.

The Municipality was constituted in 1852 to replace the Board of Conservancy which had existed since 1846. The membership of the Municipal Commission was expanded at various tim::s until it was replaced by a separate Act for

Census of 1951

KARACHI FEDERAL CAPITAL AREA

(a) Karachi Municipal Corporation. (b) Karachi Civil Cantonment. (c) Other Cantonments. (d) Rest of Karachi Taluka (54 Dehs)

TATTA DISTRICT (SIND)

Tatta Taluka (96 Dehs) of which 37 from old Karachi Taluka (N.B. Some Dehs have been revised) \

Six other Talukas.

the Municipal Government of the City in 1933. The accounts for the Municipality's first year of existence showed an income ofRs. 13,514/-. This had risen to 10 times the amount by 1914; by 1939 it was Rs. 40,10,250/-; in 1946/7 the year before partition, the city's income was Rs. 76,45,150/-

Note ;-1. This quotation and much of the information in this paragraph is from "Introduction to Karachi" by Dr. Maneck B. Pithawala, D. Sc., F.G.S.

82

and in 1949-50 it hat! nseli to RS. 95;65;1'001-Karachi Chamber of Commerce was founded in 1860. In 1878 the Railway from Karachi had been pushed forward as far as Khanpur.

t

The Karachi Port Trust which replaced the previous Harbour Board was constituted by an Act of the Bombay Lagislature in 1886 and had constructed 13 berths for ocean-going ships by 1910. Between 1914 and 1918 the port showed a great increase in activity due to its use for military purposes. After the War the trade of the port continued to increase and, realizing the importance

of tne citY as a collurterdial centre on the cotrlpletft5ii of the Lloyed Barrage at Sukkltr ih 1932, many business men from the West of India took up their permanent residence in Karachi. During the second World War 1939-45 Karachi became of great strategic value and a main centre of naval operations. The port was called upon to handle an enormously increased volume of imports including vast quantities of military stores. Now it has 21 berths for ocean-going vessels, 18 sets of moorings, and wharfage facilities for some 5 million tons per annum. A dry dock is under construction. In Statement 5-A. the rise in the

STATEMENT 5-A

GROWTH OF KARACHI CITY AND PORT

I Population (a) Port Traffic (d) I I ----

I Increase Vessels Entered Census Year

Total Persons I Percent Number [ Net Regd.

I I I

1881 68;332 29,863

-1891 98,195 43.7 1901 1,98,644 10,449 JO.6 1911 1,40,511 31,867 29.3 1921 2,01,691 61,180 43.5 1931 2,47,791 4y,l00 22.9 1941 3,59,492 1,1 ,701 45.1 1951 9,05,781 5,46,289 152.0

~.,.. " ..- "t ~ .. ~ '!tI_ h ...- ~> ... t

(a) Popuiation figures are for the Municipal corporaiion Area. (b) Data not available. (c) The pori tmffic figures for other retent years are:

Vessels No Regd. Year Entered tons

i (1000's) ----

1'946/47 816 2,293

1947/48 1,041 3,499

1948/49 985 3,076

1949/50 1,160 3,681

(d) The source of the Port Traffic data is Port Trust.

I Tons I (1000's)

~~ (b) (b)

570 800 914 1,800 906 2,226 912 2,278 775 2,084

1,179 4,053

Tonnage' handled (1000's) !

2,739

2,184

2,543

2,841

Karachi

Tonnage handled (1000's)

I

(b) (b) (b) (b)

1,131 1,626 2,176 3,473(c)

trade of the port is sh9wn in its relation to the ~owth of population in the city.

The geographical situation of Karachi has located it in a central position from the point of view of world-wide air transport, for which it supplies excellent facilities. The great Karachi Airport at Drigh Road, which possesses the finest radar-aided landing-grounds between Singapore and Suez, is used by almost all the world famous airlines and handles a monthly average of about one thousand aircraft movements.

With the great advantages offered to both sea and air transport, with the trade of fertile and prosperous lands passing through it, and with its status as the Capital city of a great nation, the future continued growth of Karachi in population

trade and prestige can safely be expected.

5.3 Growth of Population.-Statement 5-A shows the progressive rise in the population of Karachi city including its Cantonments since the Census of 1881. The rise during the last decade is phenomenal and is particularly impressive when one realises that previous to partition the majority of the population of the city consisted of Hindus, Sikhs, etc. as shown in Statement 5-B, most of whom have migrated to India. This serious loss of population was however, far more than replaced by the vast stream of incoming Muslims who in the 1951 Census have classed themselves as Muhajirs (Refugees from India).

This tremendous and rapid development-it nearly all occurred since 1947-is not only due

STATEMENT 5-6

Total

Community

Muslims

Caste Hindu

Scheduled Castes

Christian

Parsi

CHANGE IN REUGIOUS COMPOSITION

Karachi Corporation Area and Civil Cantonments

Persons I (1000's)

1941

365,3

153.3

173.9

11.9

1O.0(b)

3.7

Percent

100

42.0

47.6

3.3

2.7

1.0

1951

Persons I POOO's) (a)1 Percent --_--_.

1,006.4 100

967.5 96.1

4.4 0.4

11.8 1'2

16.7 1.7

5.0 0.5

Jain 3.2 09} Sikhs 4.8 1.3 1.0 0.1

Others 4.6 1.2

(a) Pakistanis only. (b) Indian Christians

to the unique status Karachi has acquired as the capital city of the new State but also to its position as the great port of West Pakistan and the Principal centre of commerce. Karachi now is in the same rank as far as numbers of inhabitents are concerned as Athens, Birmingham, Glasgow, Milan, Melbourne and Montreal. Muhajirs from India now account for more than half the total population of the Federal Capital Area but its growth is not alone due to their arrival. Government servants, business men and skilled workers from all parts of Pakistan have been drawn to the Capital.

5.4 Census Organization.-To conduct the Census operation in the Federal Capital Area the office of the Chief Census Officer Karachi was created with similar duties and responsibilities to those of the Provincial Superintendents of Census. Mr. A.M. Jafri took over the duties of this post on the 29th of August 1950. A certain amount of preparatory work had been done by Mr. Muhammad Hashim Abbasi who was Provincial Superintendent of Census for the Province of Sind, but the many problems which the Census faced on account of the huge and continuing stream of new arrivals mostly living in overcrowded and often temporary housing conditions, presented Mr. Jafri with a series of organizational problems all of which had to be tlolved within the short space of five months. The responsibility of the Municipa.lity had not been made clear and little work had been one. Mr. R.A.F. Howroyd, the Municipal Commissioner, gave the necessary priority to the Census work however, and appointed Mr. M. Sharif, Assistant Engineer (Roads) of the Karachi Municipal Corporation to deal with Census matters within the municipal limits.

The Federal Capital Area was organized into two Census districts. One comprised the Taluka and the Cantonments and was divided into 17 Census Charges, one of which contained the whole Civil Cantonment. The other district comprised the Municipality, Port Trust, Railway and Customs Areas and the Mauripur Salt Area and was split eventually into 44 charges.'

The recruitment of Charges Superintendents was a matter which gave great anxiety and in fact the last of them was not appointed until January 1951. In the meantime Mr. A.M. Jafd -had done a great deal of work in all the charge

areas. He, and the Charge Superintendents as they were secured, cr~ted 324 Circles and 2,202 blocks each with the necessary Circle Supervisors and Block Enumerators.

The required House-listing operation which should have begun in September 1950 prove an almost an impossible task in the conditions pre­vailing in the City and Civil cantonment. This work was taken over by the Municipality and eventually the house-nwnbering was done as far as was possible in the circumstances but no complete house-list was forthcoming. In the end every enumerator was however provided with a list of the numbered houses in his block and was made responsible for enumerating any intervening houses that might be discovered. The numbering and listing of the temporary huts in refugee camps and colonies presented the greatest difficulty and special concentrated efforts had to be made. This part of the work received much attention and was probably better done than in some less difficult parts of the city.

Much energy and drive were evinced during December and January and eventually the Federal Capital Area succeeded in creating a Census organization and in carrying out the planned instruction of enumerators in time for the official opening of the enumeration period. But it was a dreadful scramble and success was largely due to the energetic support given to Mr. lafri by Mr. Sharif in the Municipal area and to the personal interest taken by the Karachi Ad­ministrator, Syed Hashim Raza, and the Municipal Commissioner, Mr. R.A.F. Howroyd. A great deal of public interest was aroused by the very helpful attitude of the press and Radio Pakistan, and the use of the Municipal loudspeaker vans. In the event, enumeration was smoothly and efficiently carried out in the Municipal Corpora­tion area and in the Taluka, but the work in the Civil Cantonment proved difficult and the enumeration there was only completed by great efforts by the Cantonment Executive Officer with the assistance of a number of self-sacrificing enumerators from the Municipal Area who came over to work in the Civil Cantonment after the completion of their regular blocks.

Arrangements were made for the whole of the sorting operation for the Federal Area to be carried out by Powers-Samas Punched card machinery and th!s system proved its worth and

suitability for deliIing ~Ith th~ data for this densfly p~pulateci area. It necessitated the pnncning of the whole bf the data tin special cards, an operation which ocCupied very nearly a year. In the meantime the preliminary figures which were urgently requirea were obtained by Hand sorting in respect of sex, religion, Muhajirs and children.

5.5 Accuracy of the data.-In view of the diffi­culties of the Enumeration I would hesitate to claim great accuracy for the 1951 Census of Karachi. Owing to the incompleteness of the house-hold lists we calliiot use them, as was intended, as a check on the completeness of the final enumeration. The Enumeration was however, kept under constant inspection during the whole period both by the Charge Superin­tendents and the Chief Census Officer and also by the Municipal authorities and the office of the Census Commissioner. Public interest in the Census was considerable and arrangements were made through announcements in the press and radio for reports to be made regarding any house­'holds which had not been enumerated. These reports were most helpful, they were immediately investigated and enabled the Census officers to discover the areas in which the work was meeting with difficulty. Reports from all Supervisors and the inspecting staff, including those of independent journalists who were invited to take part in the tours of the inspection, show that in tlie Municipal Corporation Area the work was donp fairly thoroughly, and so was it as far as I could see in the refugee colonies encampments. In the Civil Cantonment from whence numerous reports were received of pockets of un-enumeratoo buildings, it transpired that a number of students who had vo'iunteered as Enumerators found that the Census coincided with their examinations and either failed to turn out or scamped tIieir work. Enumerators w.ere switched from other area and all the blocks in wh~ch there was any report of failure were checked.

,My own personal opinion, ~or which ~owever l,haye no statistical bl\~is, is that Karachi a~ a whole was about 90 to 9S percent enumerated i.e. some 85,000 persons may have been omltted­the bulk of them probably in the Civil Cantonment area, I realize that tl,lis is a serious admission l?ll.t it is wise to face. W~!!t are p~obabl~ th~ r~F,ts. All the big cities, of Pakistan had serious dilll­cUlties in organizing the enumeration but I thl.nk

Karaclii had by rat the IHtrttest tMk as thl: housihg conditions throughout the \'(Thole Peder!!l Capital were in a chaotic state at the time of the Census.

The above deals with the quantitative side of the Enumeration. Quality was perhaps better than in many other towns of Pakistan. The training of Enumerators had been dealt with thoroughly and energetically by most of the Charge Superintendents within a few days of the Enumeration period which was probably an advantage. A fair part of the Karachi popula­tion is sufficiently well educated and literate to be able to answer the Census questions clearly. On the whole the recording was good although the 'Occupation' questions and particularly that on 'Employment' proved difficult in the Clse of Muhajirs many of whom relied up an casual work. The fact that the Age table stands up to investiga­tion much better in the Federal Capital Area than in other parts bf Pakistan is itself an indication that the quality of the enumeration was not toa bad.

5.6 Composition of the population.-The rapid increase in the number of inhabitants of Karachi city is shown by the figures in Statement 5-A. That statement relates the increases in population with the increases in trade and brings out clearly the big jumps in the size of the city which occurred during each of the two World Wars. The greatest increase, however is shown, in the last decade and is not only due to the increases in the commercial importance of the city but to an even greater degree to its status as the Federal Capital of Pakistan.

Comparing the figures for the communal composition of the popuiation of Karachi as shown jn the 1941 Census and in the Census of 1951, Statement :SoB clearly indicates the great upheaval which has occurred. In 1941 the Muslim com­munity represented only 42 per cent of the population of the Corporation and Civil ¢antonment Areas. The 1951 Census shows the Muslim community at more than 96 percent of the popuiation of the same areas. The Caste Hindus, Sikhs, lains, etc., nave practically dis­appeared. The small communities of Parsecs, ChristIans and Scheduled-Castes have increas~d their numbers but they form a much sma11er p~oPoFti9l} or' the ~o>~~l Popul~ti~n .• ~he ,fl?ures ~!yen, in Stat~me~t 5-l} ~nd in most of t~e <.?en~~s tables exclude the foreigners resident in the

STATEMENT 5-C.

PROPORTIONS OF MUHAJIRS

Karachi Corporation Area and Civil Cantonment

Economic Status

All Persons

Males

Self-supporting persons ..

Children (a)

Other Dependents

Females

Self-supporting persons ..

Children (a)

Other Dependents

(a) Under 12 years of Age.

Total Muhajirs

-----10,06,416 5,90,753

5,70,397 3,33,242

3,40,580 2,07,640

1,62,048 76,695

67,769 48,907

4,36,019 2,57,511

10,331 3,676

1,53,781 72,871

2,71,907 1,80,964

STATEMENT 5-D.

BIRTHPLACE

I

Federal Capital. Their numbers as enumerated amounted to 4,011 but there is no doubt that the under-enumeration in the Cantonment area affec­ted this particular figure very seriously and it is quite unreliable. Persons enumerated in Federal Capital

A very large proportion of the increase in the population of Karachi is due to the tremendous influx of Muhajirs. Statement 5-C, which is based on Census Tables Nos. 11 and 19C, com­pares the total population of the City and the Civil Cantonment with the Muhajirs enumerated in those areas, who amounted to nearly 58 percent of the total population. Children, as the State­ment shows, represent a smaller proportion of the Muhajirs than they do of the general population of the city.

In the circumstances of the last few years there­fore it is obvious that most of the popUlation of Karachi must consist of immigrants, and this is confirmed by Statement 5-D (based on Census Table No. 5) which summarizes the population according to Birthplace. It will be seen that only a little over 27 percent of the inhabitants of Karachi stated they were born in what is now the Federal Capital Area. Even this is probably

Born , Persons

All Places .. 11,22,406

Karachi 3,06,856

West Pakistan 1,50,537

East Pakistan 2,844

Rest of Indo/Pak sub-continent 6,55,811

North-West Zone 2,26,029 Northern Zone 2,00,861 Western Zone 1,51,887 Central Zone 51,065 Eastern Zone 13,755 Southern Zone 11,829

Other Places 6,358

(a) Excluding persons not of Pakistani ship.

87"

Percent

58.7

58.4

61.0

47.3

72.2

59.1

35.6

47.4

66.6

Area(a)

Percent

100

27.3

13.4

0.3

58.4

20.1 17.9 13.5 4.5 1.2 1.1

0.6

Citizen-

88

an overstatement since persons born anywhere in the old undivided Karachi District have pro­bably given 'Karachi' as their birthplace. aver 58 percent of the population of the Federal Capital Area gave a birthplace somewhere in the Indo-/ Pakistan sub-continent beyond the Census limits of Pakistan. It is interesting to note that these include a large number of persons (about 40,000) who did not claim to be Muhajirs. (Incidentally, in comparing Statement SoC with Statement 5-D it should be noted that the latter applies to the whole Federal Capital Area.)

Another point which is brought out by State­ment 5-D is the large number of persons (nearly 1,50,500) enumerated in the Federal Capital Area who were born in other partsof West Pakistan. They amount altogether to over 13 percent of the population of the Federal Area, but it is noticeable how few of the inhabitants of Karachi stated that they were born in East Pakistan. The figures in Statement 5-D are illustrated gra­phically in the map at Fig. 5. 1. As regards the "zones" of the sub-continent it should be noted that they contain some disputed areas, namely Jammu and Kashmir in the North-West zone, Junagadh and Manavadar in the Western zone and Hyderabad State in the Central zone.

5.7 Sex, Age and Marital Stafus:-(a) The preponderance of males which is shown all over Pakistan is accentuated in the cities, and Karachi

is no exception. For comparison the sex ratios of the capital cities are set out below:_

Municipality and Males per thousand Cantonment females

Karachi 1345

Lahore (Punjab) 1290

Dacca (East Bengal) 1650

Hyderabad (Sind) 1212

Peshawar (NWFP) 1436

Quetta (Baluchistan) 1906

The average for Pakistan as a whole including both Urban and Rural areas is 1,128, and for West Pakistan 1,164, males per thousand females. Statement S-E, which compares the sex ratios for past censuses, indicates a fall in the excess of males in most parts of the Federal Capital Area. The Muhajirs seem to have brought a slightly larger proportion of women with them and helped to reduce the sex ratio, except in the Taluka where they have had the opposite effect. The high sex ratio in the military cantonments in 1941 is a reflection of the large numbers of troops then quartered in the area, most of whom were at war establishmeJlt and had no families with them.

STATEMENT 5-E.

S~X RATIO

Male per 100 Females

Federal Capital Area 1931 1941 1951 I Muhajir's

1951

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 141 133 134 132

Karachi Municipal Corporation 141 128 131 130

Civil Cantonment 146 127 129 128

Other Cantonments 339 473 253 200

Rest of Karachi Taluka 116 115 119 180

MAP 1'10.5.1

flGUSSMOW TII~SAlIosor

ptRSONS

ItIRTHPLACE OF THE INH"SITANTS

OF

89

KARACHI FEDERAL CAPITAL AREA

(b) As regards Age, we appear to have rather more reliable information regarding the Federal Capital Area than for other parts of Pakistan. There is some heaping at the tens, especially at 50, but it was felt possible to allow the age- groups to be published in full, vide Census Table No.4. The data.is S);lOwn diagrammatically in Fig. 3.1 (Chapter 3) and a summary giving the figures in percentages by sex for 10 year Age-groups is shown in statement 5-F. The "All-religion" section of this statement can be regarded as applying chiefly to the Muslim community which represents 96 percent of the population. The figure in the age-groups from 20 to 39 are very big, especially on the male side and account for much of the disproportion of the sexes. No doubt

STATEMENT 5-F.

AGE PERCENTAGE

AND SEX RATIOS, 1951

, ,

Age Groups Males FemaleS (years)

t----.

All Religions

All Ages ., 100 100

0- 9 23.9 30.5 10-19 20.2 23.2 20-29 23.6 18.8 30-39 14.6 10.8

40-49 8.9 7.3 50-59 5.0 4.9 60-69 2.6 3.0 70 & Over. 1.3 1.7

Christians, Parsis etc.

All Ages 100 100

0-9 22.2 24.4 1O~19 18.9 22.6 20-29 22.2 20.6 30-39 14.1 12.4

40-49 10.4 8.8 50-59 6.8 5.6 60-69 3.8 3.0 70 & Over 1.5 2.7

- II"' ...

I Males per

I 100 I_Females

l~

los 1.17 168 182

164 131 120 104

126

115 105 136 143

149 153 162 13

many of the immigrants are in these age-groups. A feature of the age structure is the disparity of the sexes in the figures fot the younger age-groups; 53.7 percent of the females are under 20, but only 44 percent of the males.

For comparison the second part of Statement 5-F gives the figures applicable to the "Other religion" class, which consists of less than 27,000 pers::ms of whom over 20,000 are Christians and about 5,000 are Parsees. These are perhaps rather small numbers from which to draw con­clusions, but they represent on the whole a section of Karachi society which has not been so seriously affecte,d by the mov~ments of population and their age-pat_tern is more regular, yet even in these communities the age-group 20-29 is large on the male side, and although the excess of males is less than among the Muslims it is quite a large and the disproportion of the sexes is shown to exist eved among the children under 10 in fact it is quite well marked in the age-group 0-4 years.

A comparison of the figures for Muhajirs given in Table 19-C shows that this element of the Karachi population includes a smaller pro­portion of children under 12 years of age than is shown Dy the Federal Capital Area as a whole. The 'figures fot that age group (0-12) are 25 % for Muhajirs against 31 % for the total population.

(c) Marital status dafa for the Federal Capi Area. are also shown in Census table No.4 and are summarized in Statement 5-G. The difference between the mare and female pattern is striking. In the age groups over 20 years about 78 per cent of the Muslim women have been married, but for men that is not the case until the groups over the age of 25 years. As is usual. widows form a much bigger element among the older women than widowers do amongst older men. The figures for marriage and for widowhood are both much lower among the Christian and Parsee communities who also show substantial percent­ages of persons remaining unmarried.

There are no comparable figures for age or marital status available from past Censuses as Karachi was tabulated as a complete District, in which the city was a very small proportion. However, the size and composition of the popula­tion of the Federal Area has seen such a complete change that comparison would perhaps be fmitless.

Age Group years

AU Ages

0-- 9 lo. 14 15-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 & Over

All Ages

0- 9 10--14 15- -19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 & Over

All Ages

0- 9 10-14 15-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 & Over

AU Ages

0- 9 10-14 15-19 20-29 30-39 40-59 60 & Over

STATEMENT 5-G.

MARITAL STATUS-1951

Karachi, Federal Capital Area

I Married Widowed

I or Divorced

Muslims Males

0.0 1.5 0.1

10.6 0.4 54.2 2.7 82.7 5.S 85.3 11.4 73.4 25.5

Muslims Females

0.0 0.0 8.3 1.5

65'2 1.0 92.0 2.8 89.5 9.3 65.4 33.7 25.1 73.7

Christian, Parsi, & c Males

0.8 0.1 8.3 0.5

38.2 1.1 76.9 3.5 79.1 9.5 69.2 23.4

Christian, Parsi, & c Females

2.4 0.1 25.5 0.6 59.6 1.6 77.3 6.9 74.4 17.5 55.9 40.1

Total "Ever"

Married

0.0 1.6

11.0 56.8 88.2 96.6 98.9

0.0 9.8

66.2 94.8 98.8 99.1 98.8

0.9 8.8

39.3 SO.4 88.6 92.6

2.4 26.1 61.2 84.2 91.9 95.9

91

Total "Never" Married

100 98.4 89.0 43.2 11.8 3.4 1.1

100 90.2 33.8 5.2 1.2 0.9 1.2

100 99.1 91.2 60.7 19.6 11.4 7.4

100 97.6 73.9 38.8 15.8 S.l 4.1

5.8 Language and Literacy in the Federal Capital Area ;--(a) Urdu has been reported as the Mother­tongue of 50 percent of inhabitants of Karachi Federal Area. Sindhi is claimed by 14 per cent,

which would include most of the population of the rural Taluka. There is also quite a large number of people in Karachi, 11.4 percent of the total population, who claim Gujrati as their

92

Mother-tongue. These would mostly belong to the business community and especially the Parsees. The detailed statistics on Mother Tongues are shown in Census Table No.7 and are summarized in Statement 5-H.

There is a considerable amount of multi­lingualism in Karachi. Urdu is understood by nearly 68 percent of the population i.e. by some 18 percent more than the numbers of persons who claim it as their Mother-tongue. 8 per cent of the population, apart from foreigners, claim English as an additional tongue which they commonly speak. A large proportion of the persons to whom Sindhi, Punjabi and Baluchi and possibly Gujrati are mother-tongue would appear to be unable to speak Urdu. No doubt this element is largely represented by women and children, the labouring classes amI fisherfolk.

(b) Statement S-H also shows the numbers of persons who claim to be able to read and write the various languages. A certain number of persons can read without being able to write. These are shown separately in Census table No. 8-A which also indicates the numbu of persons who can read the Holy Quran. The Figures for literacy in Census Table 8 include all

persons who Can read. In table 8-A however we have the numbers of persons able to read, or to read and write, the various main languages of Pakistan and this indicates that a certain number of persons claimed "literacy" on the sole, ground of being able to read the Holy Quran. In Karachi, however, these will not be a large number as most of the persons who can read the Holy Quran can read either Urdu or Sindhi.

The total number of literate Pakistanis in the Federal Capital according to Table 8 is about 3,53,000. Using the figures in Table 8-A these can be estimated to comprise the persons who can read and write Urdu (nearly 2,07,00a) and about two-thirds of the persons who can read and write Sindhi or Gujrati (including among others the whole of Parsi community) as it is likely that the other third of them can also read and write Urdu. The persons who gave their Mother tongues as Bengali or English amounting together to some 11,OaO thus giving an estimated number of people able to read and write of about 2t lakhs. Thts is about 23 percent of the total population of the Federal Capital Area and 26 percent of the population over 5 years of Age. The other 100,000 persons classed as "literate" would apre:lr to be able to read only, and they probably include a large proportion of females.

STATEMENT 5-H.

LANGUAGES

Karachi, Federal Capital Area

I

Languages

: Speaking as Able to Able to 1 ___ Mothe~_on_g_u_e___ Understand Write

--------- -------I 1000's % 1000's % 1000's I % f---------\ -------------- --

Total Population

Urdu Sindhi Gujrati Punjabi Baluchi

Pushtu English Bengali Persian Arabic

11,22.4

5,65.8 1,57.5 127.6 99.5 97.5

37.3 8.0 3.2 2.5 0.8

100

50.4 14.0 11.4 8.9 8.7

3.3 0.7 0.3 0.2 0.1

11,22.4 100

7,61.4 67.8 1,86.7 16.6

not available 1,07.0 9.5 1,03.2 9.2

41.3 3.7 97.5 8.7 5.1 0.5

22.4 2.0 2.4 0.2

11,22.4

2,06.8 15.2 31.3 5.1 1.5

1.3 95.8 2.4

17.2 0.8

100

18.4 1.4 2.8 0.5 0.1

0.1 !I.S 0.2 1.S 0.1

Sta1e;ne~i 5-I s~mmarisfs fl~ nfiffi6ers 6f p~~lfns able to read and write ana tor comparative purposes shows the percentage they bear to the tdt~l b~pulation over school age (5 years).

StAi1:MENT 5-1.

LANGUAGES OF LITERACY

Persons able to read and Write

Languages Number

Urdu 2,06,827

Sindhi 15,236

English 95,833

Gujrati 31,302

, Percent of population 5 Years &

Over

21.5

1.6

10.0

3.3

(q) Tabl~ 9 shows the number of pupils and students who were reported in the Census by their ho.usehoids as normally attending school or C91~ge. Ihe t~bl~ ,~,~~~s t~~ percentages of such persons in each age and sex group of each

comlhunity !ilia it ihdic<1t6S that 41 percent bf Muslims ·ooys and 32 percent of Muslim gitls aged 10-11 are receiving some kind of regular education. The figures for the Caste Hindus are much higher and for Scheduled- Castes they are lower, but the Christians and Parsees show rather better percentages. These figures include children attending many unrecognized and pri­vately organized educational enterprises and are much less than the figures given for attendance at educational establishments recognized by the Government educational authorities whose figures are shown in Statement 5-J.

(d) As regards the total amount of full time spent in education and the levels of attainment, reference shou~d be made to Census tables Nos. 9-A and 9-B. Census Table 9-A shows the number of persons who have received or are receiving education. The figures for the school­going ages in Table 9-A are rather fewer than the number of those ages at school according to Table 9 since Table 9-A exclude persons with less than six months schooling. The Total number of person~ in the Federal Capital Area who claimed to have been to school or college for more ~han 6 montl).s is nearly 277,000 i.e. 28.8 percent of the total population of 5 years of age and over.

STATEMENT 5-.1.

SCHOLARS ENROLLED ~ RECOCNIzkn SCHOOLS FEBRUARY 1951

Karachi Federal Capital Area

NOTE: The pppular demand for eg.u,cation has caused many schools to spring up which claim to give some kind of teaching; but which are not officially recognized

'. Recognized Primary Schools

Recognized Secondary Schools

Total Primary & Secondary School students

Total Students Male & Female

All religions

__ '1 ~ ... l

44,318

19,621

63,939

94

Statement 5-K (based on Census Table No. 9B,) shows the various educational levels reported by persons claiming to be literate. Of them 14.5 percent were shown as having been educated upto Matriculation standard or higher and a further 40.4 percent of the literates were reported as having passed primary or middle school but not attained Matriculation standard and the rest 45 % have no formal educational attainments. Table 19.B gives the comparable figures for Muhajir element in the population, and among them the figures are higher, 15.3 percent of literate Muhajirs claimed to have passed Matriculation and a further 45.3 percent have passed a primary or middle but not matriculated, and the rest have not claimed any formal attainments. The influx of Muhajirs therefore would appear to have raised the average level of education in Karachi by on appreciable amount.

5.9 Economic Activities. -The Census figures regarding the Economic activities of the Federal Capital Area are set out in the following tables which appear in Part III of this volume:-

Table 11 Labour Force: An analysis of the whole population according to main Economic categories. Table 19-B gives the same data for Muhajirs separately.

Table II-A Occupations of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force.

12 Economic groups and Industrial status.

13 Economic groups and O.:cupations. Table 19-C gives the same informa­tion for Muhajirs separately.

14 The Agricultural Labour Force.

15 Land-owners.

(a) That data for Karachi was collected by the standard procedure used throughout the whole of Pakistan and the definitions and census methods applicable to the Economic characteristics are those explained in Chapter 6. On the whole the enumerators in Karachi presented the economic information with more definiteness than in most other areas, but nevertheless the coding of occupations and Economic groups presented difficult problems of classification especially in the case of unskilled and casual labour, and a great many borderline cases had to be interpreted liberally on commonsense lines or, if that were impossible, put in the 'Unclassified' categories. The difficulty of allocating workers to economic groups was much greater than that of determining

STATEMENT 5--K.

EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Karachi, Federal Capital Area

Number of Persons I Percent Educational Level

\ Male I Female I Male Female

Total Literates (a) .. .. .. 2,22,815 1,29,959 100 100

Without formal educational attainments .. 85,674 73,389 38.5 56.5

Passed Primary School .. .. 49,705 47,853 22.3 36.8

Passed Middle School .. .. 38,939 6,042 17.5 4.6

Matriculated .. .. .. 35,910 2,050 16.1 1.6

Obtained Degree .. .. . . 12,587 625 5.6 0.5

(a) These represent % of all Male and Female persons of 5 years age and over.

their occupations. All these tables should, on account of these uncertainties, be regarded as reflecting a general picture rather than as being accurate in detail.

(b) Tables 11 for the Total Population, and Table 19-C for the Muhajirs, show the population of the Federal Capital Area in broad economic categories. The figures in Table 19-C for the Muhajirs are of course included in those given in Table 11 for the total population. State­m~nt 5-L presents the data in these tables in the form of percentages of the whole population of the Federal Capital Area. The agricultural element of the population is very small indeed and is naturally mostly found in the rural portion of the area i.e. Karachi Taluka. The number of female earners in the Labour Force is extremely small but this is general throughout Pakistan.

(c) In Table 13 all the Civilan Labour Force is analysed in the various main classes of economic activity and cross-tabulated by types of occupa­tions. A large number of persons had to be placed in the 'Unclassified' category and it will be noticed that this consists almost entirely of unskilled labourers and persons claiming occupa­tions which were described as "service". In fact the 'Unclassified' class probably represents the casual workers who were not able to give any clear indication of their actual employment during January 1951. The existence of this large class of 'Unclassified' workers should, however, be borne in mind in considering the other figures.

The economic divisions with larger numbers of workers are;-

Trade and Commerce 89,000 workers

Domestic and Personal ser-vice, which include the Hotel and catering industry 47,000

Governmental and Municipal Administrative workers, including Police, Fire, etc. Services 66,000

Manufacturing Industries 54,000

"

..

.. The figures for Governmental, etc, service

were not intended to include persons engaged in the Railway, Port, Posts & Telegraphs, Education or Medical Services all of which are tabulated separately, but it is probable that a certain number of persons employed by the Government in these speCialized activities, particularly persons in junior grades, "may have given their Economic group as Governmental service.

As regards the manufacturing industries, a list of the establishments registered under the Factories Act in the year previous to the Census is given in Statement 5-M.

The numbers shown as engaged in building, construction and utilities-which latter includes

STATEMENT 5-L.

ECONOMIC CATEGORIES

Karachi, Federal Capital Area

All Persons I Muhajirs Economic Categories I ---

Total I

Male Female I Total Male I Female I ---,

Population .. 100 57.3 42.7 100 56.8 43.2

Civilian Labour Force .. 33.7 32.8 1.0 35.6 35.0 0.6

Agricultural .. 0.4 0.4 0.0 0.3 0.3 0.0 Non-Agricultural .. 33.3 32.4 0.9 35.3 34.7 0.6

Self-supporting persons not in civilian Labour Force .. 1.4 1.4 0.0 0.9 0.9 0.0

Dependents .. 64.8 23.1 41.7 63.5 21.0 42.5

Children Under 12 Years .. 31.3 16.1 15.2 25.1 12.9 12.2 Persons aged 12 years & Over .. 33.5 7.0 26.5 38.5 8.1 30.4

96

quota of the "Unskilled Labourers" and the supply of water, electricity, etc., would have been much greater had they contained their true "service Workers" who for want of information have had to be left unclassified.

(d) Table 12 analyses the Non-Agricultural portion of the Civilian Labour Force in respect of the status of persons within the industries i.e. as employers, employees and as independent workers. Very few persons reported themselves

STATEMENT S.M.

List of Factories in the Federal Capital Area registered under Section 2-J of the

Factories Act for the year 1950.

Type of establishment Number of I Type of establishment Number of or product establishments or product establishments

Wheat flourmiIIs .. ., 10 Aircraft servicing .. .. 3 Biscuit etc. bakeries ., 4 Tinned container factories .. 6 Bone crushing Mills .. ., 3 Salt works ., ., 4 I Electric lamp factory .. 1 Ice Factories .. .' 3 Leather boot and shoe Vegetable oil and Soap mills ., 20 manufacturing .. .. 2 Tobacco Processing ., 14 Rubber goods manufacturing .. 1

Cotton spinning and weaving ., 3 Reinforced concrete pine Wool weaving .. ., 1 making .. . . 4 Lace making ., ., 1 Brick and tile manufacturing .. 4 Hosiery and Knitted goods Coat briquetting .. .. 1

manufacturing .. ., 3 T:read-ball making .. 1 Saw-milling .. . . 3 Cotton ginning and pressing ., 3 I Wood-wrking and furniture Silk weaving and printing .. 2 manufacturing .. . . 4

Industrial chemicals ., J Printing and book binding .. 24 Carbonic and Acetyline gas .. Printing block making .. 2

works ., ., 2 Phamaceutical products ., 1 ,

Total Manufacturing and Aluminium etc. sheet metal ! repairing establishments

works ., ., 3 (including food processing). .. 176 Item smelting and repolling

works ., .. 7 General engineering works;

machinery, automobile and Electric generating and cycle repair shops; General transforming .. .. S metal works .. .. 36 Petrol and Kerosine storage .. 5

Water supply and drainage .. 6 Ship repairing .. .. 6 Railway workshops .. 2 Total "Utilities" installations .. 16

" V~

(Source: Office of the Labour Commissioner, Federal Capital Area, Karachi.)

as "Unpaid Family Helpers" although many persons listed as 'Dependents' in Table 11 undoubtedly assist in the occupations of other members of their families especially in the un­skilled classes.

It will be noticed that employees form by far the largest group in the Federal Capital Area but that "Independent workers" are very numerous­nearly 81 thousand about a quarter of the total workers in the Non-Agricultural field. This proportion is however, much less than is generally found in the rest of the country, due no doubt to industry, commerce and service work all being far more organized in the Federal Capital than elsewhere, thus making the number of persons operating one man enterprises or doing casual work on a temporary basis (which is what is often meant by the term 'Independent worker') smaller in proportion. Nearly all the females are em­ployees and a little over i of them are in domestic and personal service.

(e) Table ll-A classified Non-Agricultural Labour Force according to Occupations. The more important figures are summarized in Statement 5-N. The upper part of the table !l-A includes nearly all the educated persons the descriptions of whose occupations were fairly clear, but the categories towards the bottom of the table are not as reliable since the information given by the respondents was in many cases indefinite.

97

The table gives an analysis by Age and also by education. These are innovations in the Census which were made possible by the introduction of machine sorting. The figures for Age-groups throw light on the rate at which new recruits are coming into the professional and skilled occupa­tions, but in drawing any such deductions from this first census on these lines it should be remem­bered that the Labour Force in Karachi has been very largely built up by recent immigrants and it would be unwise to assume that there is yet a coherent Age pattern in the occupational structure.

The figures for education show the clear division that exist between the professional classes and the rest of the working population. The number of matriculates in the classes below serial No. 16 in Table Il-A is very small. Primary and higher edu­cation appears to have been received by about half the sales workers; most of the other half are pro­bably hawkers and small peddlers. Only about one in three of the skilled manufacturing workers appear to have passed primary school or higher; the figures for education are better among domestic and other service workers.

The 'Unclassified' category in Tables 12 & 13 contains 7,760 persons who reported themselves as 'Unemployed seeking work'. This figure is, how­ever, regarded as unrealistic; there was great reluc­tance to admit unemployment and in any event, by definition, the figures for the unemployed only include persons who did no work whatever during the whole of the month of January 1951.

STATEMENT 5-N.

IMPORTANT OCCUPATIONAL GROUPS

Class of Worke!

Total Non-Agricultural Labour Force

Professional & Technical Administrative & Office Sales Workers & Shopkeepers Transport Manufacturing Domestic Servants

Karachi, Federal Capital Area

Other Service Worker including Police etc Un8killed Labourers

I Workers ! (1000's) Percent

373.8 100

10.4 2.8 75.3 20.1 70.8 18.9 16.2 4.3 58.0 15.5 30.4 8.1 29.4 7.9 70.6 18.9

CHAPTER 6.

ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

Reference to statistics

Table ll-Labour Force.-showing the whole population according to economic categories.

Table ll-A. Occupations.-showing the non-agricultural portion of the Civilian Labour Force by occupational groups cross-tabulated with Industrial status, Age and Education.

For East BengaI.-A separate section of this table analyses the occupational groups according to main religious groups.

Table ll-B. Occupations of Agricultural Labour Force:

Section t.-analyses the Agricultural portion of the Labour Force by their main occupa­tions; and

Section 2.-gives details of subsidiary occupations reported by agriculturists.

Table 12. Economic groups.-showing the main economic divisions analyzed by Industrial status of the workers.

Table 13. Economic groups and occupations.-showing the workers engaged in each economic division and their main occupational groups.

Table 14. The Agricultural Labour Force.-showing Land Tenure status of cultivators.

Table 15. Land owners.-showing their economic activities.

Table 19-C. Muhajirs in the Labour Force.-showing the same data as table 11 but for Muhajirs only.

Table 19-D. Muhajirs' economic groups and occupations.--showing the same data as table 13, but in respect of Muhajirs only.

6.1. The conception of Occupation, Economic Group and Industrial Status :--In previous Censuses of India, the Economic activities of the working population were dealt with it one table which analyzed "Earners" according to "Means of livelihood". The classification was largely based upon the Industry, Service or other economic activity from which persons derived their income or means of sustenance, although to some extent the classes were sub-divided according to the kind of work which the persons performed. In this first Census of Pakistan the recommendations of the United Nations have been taken into account as far as possible and we have classified the work-

98

ing members of the population according to the three conceptions of Occupation, Industry and Status.

The "occupation" of any person is the kind of work performed. The nature of the business or service in which the work is done is treated separately under the classification of "industry". A clerk, for example, may be employed in a Government office, a mercantile office, a Bank, a retail shop, or in any of- the different branches of the country's economy, but his occupation is still that of a clerk. In view of the rather narrow 'meaning which the word "Industry"

has acquired in this country, however, the classi­fication system uses the word "Economic Group"; associated groups being built up into "Economic Divisions" such as Agriculture, Manufacturing, Domestic service, etc. "Industrial Status" of a person denotes his relationship to other workers in the same organization according to whether he is an Employer, one of the Employees or a man working alone on his own account. A further status classification kno\\n as "Unpaid Family Help" is used to describe persons who contribute to their support by assisting in the work of the family without receiving independent renumeration in cash or kind. This class in previous Censuses was known as "Working Dependents" .

Occupations were classified according to the detailed list given in the Pakistan Classification Code of Occupations which was circulated among the Supervisory Census staff shortly before Enumeration and was used for the instructional classes of Enumerators. The idea of the Econo­mic Groups was explained in the Enumerators' Leaflet which listed the main divisions and gave an indication of the kind of description which was required to enable the records to be classified in accordance with the Standard Industrial Classi­fication Code. Both the occupation and industries Codes were based on the skeleton lists issued by the United Nations but they were amplified so as to conform to the conditions in this country.

6.2 Collection of the data.-The data presented in the series of tables on Economic activities was obtained in answer to the following Census ques­tions:

(a) All persons aged 12 years or over were asked in Question 11 "Are you usually self­supporting or partly self-supporting or are you seeking work". If the answers to all the three parts of this question were "No", the respondent was classed as "Dependent", and the subsequent questions were omitted.

(b) Persons who answered "Yes" to anyone of the three parts of the above question, were asked in Question II·A "What is your usual main occupation (kind of work)". A symbol was provided to be ringed round whenever the person claimed to be a "cultivator" which was defined as a person who himself tilled the soil or who employed others to do so under his direct personal

99

supervision. In the case of Muhajirs, this question was used to record their main occupation before coming to Pakistan.

(c) Question ll-B asked "Have you any sub­sidiary means of livelihood, if so, what?". The answer was written in words. As a result of experience in the test enumeration it was arranged that after the qCJestion on subsidiary means of livelihood the enquiry should be made' "Do you receive rent in cash or kind for land which you own, but which is tilled by others?" and a special symbol was provided along with those applicable to Question 14 to be ringed round if the answer was "Yes".

(d) Question 12 asked "What was your actual occupation in January 1951 ?" Persons who replied that they were unemployed throughout that month were asked: "Were you seeking employ­ment and in what occupation 7". The respondent's own words were used to record the kind of work which he claimed to have been doing or seeking in the month previous to the Census.

(e) Question 13 asked: "In what kind of industry, business or service did you work in January?". The answer was required to indicate the Economic Group in which the respondent had exercised the occupation which he reported in answer to question 12. The Enumerators' Instructions gave examples.

(f) Question 14 was addressed only to people who claimed to be cultivators in reply to Question ll-A. They were asked: "Do you own all or part of the land you tiIl? Do you pay rent in cash or kind for land you till? Do you work as a labourer for another person who tills land?". Symbols were provided on the Enumeration Slip to be ringed round in respect of each element of this question to which the respondent answered 'Yes'. In many cases, the respondents answered 'Yes' to more than one part of the question; for example, some cultivators claimed to own part and rent part of the land they tilled.

(g) Question 15 was addressed to all persons who reported an occupation other than cultiva­tion. These were asked: "In your main occupation do you employ others? Or are you an employee? Or are you an independent worker? Or 'an unpaid family helper?". Four symbols were provided on the form, one of which

100

had to be ringed round. Enumerators' Instruc­tions made it clear that employers would not be classed as such merely: by virtue of their employing domestic servants but only if they employed others in their professional business. An indepen­dent worker was defined as a person who is his own master in his trade or business but employs no paid help. An un'paid family helper was defined as a member of the family who assisted in the business or trade of the other members but received no separate payment in cash or kind. Persons were only classed as such if they claimed to be self-supporting or partly so in answer to question 11.

6.3 Classification.-The original enumeration slips were sorted by hand in accordance with the Ilbove responses as follows:-

(a) The first step was to separate the slips into three main categories:-

(1) Dependents, (2) Cultivators, and (3) Self-supporting persons other than culti­

vators.

Persons who had replied 'No' to all the three parts of question II, i.e., those who were neither self-supporting, partly so nor seeking work, had been marked with a large cross over the whole space occupied by questions 11-15 and were placed in the "Dependents" category. All persons whose slips were marked in question ll-A as being "tillers of the soil" were placed in the 'cultivators' category. All others formed the third class.

(b) The two latter classes were then sorted separately. Cultivators were divided according to land tenure status and non-cultivators s,orted into four categories: first, those who had an agricultural occupation such as Herdsmen, Dairy farmers, etc., and were therefore part of the Agricultural Labour Force; secondly members of the Defence Forces; thirdly persons of no Economic activity whose slips indicated that they were retired persons, students, hospital patients, prisoners, beggars, etc. who had no occupation in January 1951; and fourthly, the remaining slips were classed as belonging to the Non-Agricultural Labour Force. It should be remembered that this sorting of, non-cultivators was confined to slips of persons who had reported that they were

wholly or partly self-supporting or were seeking wOj;k. Persons who reported that in January 1951 they had followed any occupation which ~nabled them to be classed in the Labour Force were classed as such and were not included in the third category as 'Economically Inactive'.

(c) The slips for persons in the Agricultural Labour Force other than cultivators were then sorted by hand according to their actual detailed occupations, and subsidiary occupations. The slips of persons classed as "Economically Inactive" were also sorted by hand into various categories.

(d) The slips of persons in the Non-Agricultural Labour Force were scrutinized in detail, marked with code numbers for Industry, Occupation, Status, Education, etc., and they were then transferred to the machine sorting centres for processing by punched-card methods.

6.4 Classification by machine sorting.-The chief object in introducing punched-card machinery into the abstraction stage of the Census work was to analyse the Non-Agricultural Labour Force into 1ts various occupational and economic groups and to cross-classify these by other characteristics. Such cross tabulations and detailed sub-division would have been almost impossible to do at all, or at least with any accuracy, by hand. The accuracy of punched-card sorting is almost perfect from the mechanical point of view, but cannot in fact be any greater than the accuracy of the information given by the public and recorded by the enumerators.

In Machine-sorting, however, the classification of this information is done by tr,anslating it into terms of numerical codes for punching on the cards. Coding can therefore be consideresl carefully and checked, but it proved to be a mo~t difficult operation. Some enumerators, despite the full instructions given both in writing and in training classes, did not in fact make a proper record of the exact occupations and many failed to comprehend the idea of "Industry", Business or Service". On the whole the reporting of occupations was better than the description of the economic groups (Industries). But both were frequently covered by indefinite words sqch as "Naukri" (Service), "Mazdoor" (Labourer). or "Mulazmat" (employment).

Every effort \V~ made_ by th~ coders to inferpret the returns intelligently anq bring them intQ the appropriate classes in the light of ~ll the infor­mation on the slip. The coding work was done in the first place in the Provincial offices. The Manual of Census Procedure Part ur 90ntained instructions i;:l considerable detail as to how the work was to be done and explained lJ1e use of the various codes which covered occupations, economic groups, locations, etc. The manual included a list of typical instances of inadequate responses and indicated code numbers that could be considered appropriate. The list was not exhaustive but together with the general instruc­tions it enabled the staff to understand the work. A conference of Deputy Superintendents of €ensus and their Chief Compilers was held in Karachi and another in Dacca at which the whole work of coding was thoroughly explained, dis­cussed and practised.

When the slips, with the code numbers marked on them in the special places provided, were received in the Machine Centres, they were care­fully scrutinized before punching. Much of the coding was reasonably good but there were indications that some coders had scamped their work or had not thoroughly understood it. Such slips were carefully examined by the trained men of the central compiling offices and obvious cases of mis-classification corrected.

Accuracy in the punching operation was capable of more exact control, the data on every slip being generally punched twice, and this was done invariably for the first three months. A second operator carried .out the check punching inde­pendently and special machines detected cards on whiCh the two sets of punching were not identi~al. It took much time to establish a high standard of accuracy, but in the latter half of the punching operation it was found possible to reduce the percentage of check-punching and verification for operators whose errors in the previous week proved to be very few. Full <:hecking and verifying procedure continued till thy end on work of all operators who did not achieve the requisite standard, and even for those who had few errors or none at least 10 per cent ()f the work was checked every week.

The machine sorting programme included 1;),

<:omplete system of checks which ensured the <:om~leteness and accuracy of the registered mechanical counting. The procedure required

tOI

intelligent operatQl'S to deal with its compJica­tions but it was followed through under constant supendsion and all readings were required to be verified. The fact that all the operativ.es were temporary hands and cleating with work which was entirely new to them led to delays and difficulties but the work was apparently completed sucxssfully. The compilation of the machine records into the final tables proved to be an immense task most of which fell naturally to be done at the end of the sanctioned period and had to be completed in a short time. In­consistencies mostJy due to poor coding came to light and had to be resolved on commonsense lines but the cross-tabulation system itself provided certain internal checks which in many cases gave a basis for adjustment.

On the whole the results of the machine tabula­tion would appear to give a fair general pictl,Jre of the composition of the working popUlation but in detail there are evidences of incorrect classification. The professions and skilled occupations are probably reliable although one must allow for their including difficult borderline cases, but the data for unskilled workers and persons in casual jobs are more doubtful. Speak­ing generally, the data on occupations are better than the figures for economic groups.

The above may appear somewhat pessimistic but there is no doubt that the time had come when machine sorting had to be introduced into Census work in Pakistan. All the classification difficulties that were met with in machine sorting would have inevitably occurred in hand sorting also, but the possibilities of detection would have been less. A start has been made in introducing modern methods, a good deal of new and detailed information of fair reliability has thereby been obtained, and the ground has been prepared for better results in the future.

6.5 Population in economic categories.-The results of the first Hand-sorting into broad cate­gories is summarized in Census Tijble No. 11 in which the whole population is classified into persons in the Agricultqral and Non-agricultural portions of the Civilian ~bour Force, those not in the Civilian Labour Force, and pependents. The proportions of the total population of each part of Pakistan falling into these various categories are shown in Section 2 of Table 11 in the form of percentages and these are

102

summarized in statement 6-A, which compares the percentage distribution of the economic categories for West Pakistan and East Bengal.

The explanation of the sorting procedure in paragraph 6.3 will have made it clear, that the figures given for the Agricultural Labour Force represent all persons whose usual main occupation was cultivation, plus aU other persons who in January 1951 were engaged in one of the Economic groups classed as Agricultural in the Industrial Classification Code. It was in order to link the reports regarding cultivators to their standing as regards Land-tenure, that their slips were thus classified according to their usual main occupa­tion. All the other Self-supporting persons were classified according to their current activity, with a view to adopting the Labour Force con­ception of the working population. The Non­Agricultural Labour Force, as listed in Table 11, represents therefore all economically active persons who were engaged in January 1951 in work other than Agricultural activities or in the Defence Services.

The accuracy of this classification into broad economic categories is probably fairly reliable

except in the following respects. In the first place very few women reported themselves as being engaged in the work of their families as unpaid help. In fact however, it is known that many women, especially those whose families are engaged in agricultural activities, make a valuable contribution to the work of their house­holds apart from their actual house-wifely tasks. Their classification of dependents must not therefore be taken too strictly. Secondly, all children under 12 years of age were classed as "Dependents". Reporting of age is one of the weak points of the Census owing to the general uncertainly on this matter in the minds of the public, and the age-group 10-11 appears to be over stated, especially in the lower Punjab and in East Bengal. The probability is therefore that a proportion of the persons included in Table 11 as "Dependents" by virtue of their being reported as under 12 years of age may in fact be older. The figures for towns appear to be less inconsistent but caution should be exercised in drawing conclusions regarding the rural areas of East Bengal, Bahawalpur State, and Lahore and Multan division of the Punjab, This point is referred to in the title-sheet of the table.

STATEMENT 6--A

Proportions of Economic Categories in Total Population (Total.Population=l00)

West Pakistan East:Bengal Economic Categories

Male I Female I I Total Total Male Female

Population .. 100 53.9 46.1 100 52.3 47.7

Civilian Labour Force 30.7 29.7 1.0 30.7 28.3 2.4

Agricultural 20.1 19.4 0.7 25.6 23.6 2.0

Non-Agricultural 10.6 10.3 0.3 5.1 4.7 0.4

Self Supporting persons not in Civilian Labour Force 0.9 0.9 0.3 0.2 0.1

Dependents 68.4 23.3 45.1 69.0 23.8 45.2

Children under 12 years 35.8 18.6 17.2 36.3 18.7 17.6

Persons aged 12 years and over 32.6 4.7 27.9 32.7 5.1 27.6

The title-sheet of the table also states the definitions of the various categories and these should be borne in mind carefully when inter­preting these statistics.

The figures in Table 11 indicate that in Pakistan as a whole there are approximately 2.2 dependents for every-self-supporting person, but this figure is orle that is particularly affected by the above­mentioned doubtfulness of the 10-11 age group. Making a reasonable allowance for this the number of dependents per self-supporting person would be about 2.1. The ratio does not vary seriously between provinces.

The data in Statement 6-A has already been discussed in Chapter 2 in which Fig. No. 2.6 gives a striking illustration of the contrasts between the small size of East Bengal and the vast areas of West Pakistan and also between the two populations, the figures for which are slightly larger in the smaller Eastern wing than they are in the spacious West. The chart in Fig. 2.6 shows the composition of the population accord­ing to economic categories and illustrates the percentages shown in Statement 6-A. The outstanding fact is the larger proportion of the Agriciltural Labour Force in East Bengal, where

103

25.6 percent of the population is represented by agriculturists and only 5 % by the rest of the Labour Force. The comparable figures for West Pakistan are 20 percent agricultural and as much as 10.6 percent Non-Agricultural. The female figures are small in both cases although in East Bengal the proportion of the population represented by working women is more than double that of West Pakistan.

Table 19-C gives the same data as Table 11 but in respect of the persons who reported them­selves as Muhajirs. These are of course included in Table 11 as part of the population but the differences in their proportions in the economic categories are interesting. These are summarized in Statement 6-B. In West Pakistan the Muhajirs have a smaller proportion of dependents and a larger proportion of workers than the average of the whole population and more than the usual proportion of the workers are engaged in the Non-Agricultural activities. In East Bengal the proportion of the dependents is much the same among Muhajirs as among the rest of the popUlation but there again the proportion of Muhajir workers engaged in Non-Agricultural activities is much above the average.

STATEMENT 6-B

Proportions of Economic Categories among Muhajirs (Total Muhajirs=100)

West Pakistan East Bengal r Economic Categories ----, Total Male Female I Total ; Male I Female

Population 100 54.2 45.8 -:--' 54.6 45.4 I Civilian Labour Force 33.7 33.0 0.7 30.1 29.2 0.9 I

Ilgricultural 18.3 17.8 0.5 15.7 15.2 0.5 I Non-Agricul tural 15.4 15.2 0.2 14.4 14.0 0.4

Self Supporting persons not in Civilian Labour Force 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.4 0.1

Dependents 65.4 20.3 45.1 69.4 25.0 44.4

Children under 12 years of age 29.0 15.2 13.8 32.2 16.7 15.5

Persons Aged 12 years and over 36.4 5.1 31.3 37.2 8.3 28.9

104

DISTRIBUTION OF LABOUR FORCE IN WEST PAKISTAN FIa, 6-1

Each dot represents 50,000 persoos

Agricultural Labour Force.

Non-Agricultural Lobour Force •

.-..... e,

"

" "

,

.... ' . -; ....

• ! .

.. ,' .... " ..

. . '.~

100 miles

o

6.6 Geographical Distribution of the Labour Force.-The strength of the Agricultural and Non-Agricultural portions of the Labour Force in each District is illustrated by the maps in Fig. 6.1 for West Pakistan and 6.2 for East Bengal. In these maps a hollow circle represents 50,000 members of the Agricultural Labour Force and a black dot indicates the same number of persons in the Non-Agricultural Labour Force. As will be expected, the more densely populated districts of the country show high~r concentra­tions of Non-Agricultural workers. This is of course associated with the fact that the Non­Agricultural activities are carried on more fre­quently in towns. Statement 6-C shows the distribution of the total populations of West Pakistan and East Bengal classified according to Economic categories in urban and rural areas. In West Pakistan 40 percent of the Non-Agricul­tural Labour Force is found in the urban areas, which contain in all 18 per cent of the total population. In East Bengal although the towns contain only 4.3 percent of the population 25 per cent of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force is found in them. The same figures are re-arranged in Statement 6-D showing the percentage dis­tribution of the economic categories in the urban and rural areas respectively. This brings out even more clearly that in East Bengal the Labour Force represents a higher proportion of the urban inhabitants, and the Dependents a much smaller element, than in West Pakistan.

105

Fig. 6-2

DISTRIBUTION OF LABOUR FORCE

IN EAST BENGAL

100 miles

. i

STATEMENT 6-C

Urban and Rural Proportions of Economic Categories

West Pakistan I East Bengal Economic Categories

I I Total I Urban Rural I Total Urban r Rural

Population .. .. \00 18.2 81.8 100 4.3 95.7

Civil Labour Force .. .. 30.7 5.6 25.1 30.7 1.6 29.1

Agricultural .. .. 20.1 1.2 18.9 25.6 0.3 25.3

Non-Agricultural " .. 10.6 4.4 6.2 5.1 1.3 3.8

Self Supporting persons Not in Civilian Labour Force .. 0.9 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.04 0.26

Dependents .. .. 68.4 12.1 56.~ 69.0 2.7 66.3

Children under 12 years of Age .. 35.8 5.9 29.9 36.3 1.3 35.0

Persons Aged 12 years and Over .. 32.6 6.2 26.4 32.7 1.4 31.3

106

STATEMENT 6-D

Economic Categories as Proportions of the Urban and Rural Totals

West Pakistan El Economic Categories

Urban Rural Urb.

Population " 100 100 10

Civil Labour Force 30.6 30.7 37.

Agricultural 6.3 23.1 6.

Non-Agricultural 24.3 7.6 30.

Self Supporting persons not in Civilian Labour Force 2.8 0.5 [1.

Dependents 66.6 68.8 61. 1lI. ...

Children under 12 years 32.7 [36.9 {30.

Persons Aged 12 years and over 33.9 ~. ;

31.9 31.

Statement 6-E shows the total strength of the Labour Force engaged in the main economic divisions in each province. Except for the Federal Capital Area of Karachi, which is not

comparable with the provinces sir almost entirely of the Capital City, urban-type distribution of the L the figures in the Statement show the

STATEMENT 6-E

Geographical Distribution of workers in important Divisions. f}

I Province of West Pakisu

Economic Divisions Total East Total Baluchis- , Karachi N.W.F. I~~ , Pakistan Bengal West tan P. (a) Pakistan & wal. , States

Union

Total Civilian Labour Force 223.9 128.9 95 3.5 3.8 9.7

Agriculture & Fasture 169 106 63 2.6 O.OS 6.6

Forestry .2 0.1 .1 0.0 0.0 0.0

Fishery) 2.1 1.9 .2- 0.04 0.04 0.0

Mining .1 0.02 .09 0.04 0.0 0.01

Manufacturer Building & Utilities 16.2 6.4 9.8 0.4 0.7 0.6

Trade 11.5 S.O 6.S 0.2 0.9 0.4

Transport 3.0 2.0 1.1 O.OS 0.2 0.09

Public Service (b) 6.0 2.7 3.3 0.1 0.7 0.3

Personal Service 6.6 2.0 4.6 0.09 O.S 0.4

Other Activities (c) 9.3 1.6 7.6 0.06 0.7 1.3

(a) Excludes Frontier Regions.

(b) Includes Education, Medical and Post 8< Telegraph Workers as well aa other Government and Muni,

(c) Includes RelIgion, Information, Laws Science, Art, and Forestry Workers.

preponderance of agricultural workers in the economy of Pakistan. 169lakhs out of the total Civilian Labour Force of 224 lakhs in the whole of Pakistan excluding Frontier Regions of N.W.F.P. is engaged in agriculture and pasture. 107 lakhs of these agricultural worker are in East Bengal and nearly 62 lakhs in West Pakistan. The Manufacturing, Building and "Utilities" (Supply of water, electricity, etc.) division has the next largest figures everywhere except in Karachi and Sind. The number of persons employed in Manufacture, etc., is, however, much greater in West Paki.stan than in East Pakistan. The chief concentration is in the Punjab where twice as many persons are employed in Manufacture ctc. as are engaged in Trade. In the Federal Capital area and in Sind there is a definite

107

concentration of workers in trade and commerce while the manufacturing industries afford relatively less employment.

The chief point to be noted from Statement 6-E would, however, appear to be the paucity of labour devoted to manufacturing industries in East Bengal compared with the very large agricultural labour force which, as we have seen already, tends to out-strip its resources in cul­tivated land. There would appear to be a grave need to divert farm workers there to industrial production.

6.7 Changes in the Economic Distribution of the Labour Force.-Statcment 6-F shows the per­centage of the civilian Labour Force engaged

STATEMENT 6-F

Percentage Dstribution of the Labour Force 1931-1951.

East Bengal I West Pakistan Economic Divisions I

1951 1931 I 1951 1931 --'-- --~

Total Civilian Labour Force Lakhs 129 78 95 71

(a) Percent 100 100 100 100

Agriculture (b) 82.6 77.8 66 59.7

Fishery 1.5 1.0 .2 0.3

Mining & Quarying 0.0 .1 0.0

Industry (c) 6.6 7.6 11.5 21.8

! Trade & Commerce 3.9 6.1 6.8 7.5

Public Administration Professions and Arts (d) 2.0 2.6 3.5 4.4

Domestic & Personal Service 1.5 3.5 4.9 3.0

Unclassified 0.8 2.2 7.7 3.6

Notes (a) The 1931 figures for "Lakhs" are the approximate totals of Earners and Working Depend­dents, less the Army and economically inactive persons. The figures for Punjab and East Bengal are included on an estimated basis to allow for Partition. The 1951 figures are from Table 12.

(b) Includes cultivation, Pasture and Forestry.

(c) Includes Manufacturing, Building and construction, Utilities (Electricity, Water supply, etc.) Transport (including Railways) and Post and Telecommunications Services.

(d) Includes Education, Medical, Police and Governmental & Municipal services, Religion, Law, Letters and other Professions and Arts.

108

iIJ .each of the main ecoJlOIll(C. divisioqs..\It "§a~ lnd West Pakistan a~p.. comp~~ theQl "Yith figures from the 1931 CeJ;l~us. This comparisC;m is not an easy matter as the classification in the two Censuses is not on quite the same lines but the figures in the statement have been brought on to a fairly comparable basis. There has been an increase in the Labour Force over the last 20 years in both East and West Pakistan but the rise is greatest in the former, and represents a much larger increase than the general growth of the population.

This would seem to indicate that a larger proportion of the population has come into the self-supporting category. In both East and West Pakistan the proportion of the Labour Force employed in agriculture has risen and judging by the changes in the proportion of the Labour Force employed in Non-AgricuJtural activities it would appear that practically the whole of the increase in the Labour Force has gone into agriculture. The proportion represented by the fishing industry in East Bengal has risen from 1 percent to 1.5 percent of the total Labour Force there, but all the other Non­agricultural segments of the economy in both wings of Pakistan provide work for sma\le.t; pro­portions of the Labour Force than in 1931.

Contrary to expectation this is also true of manufacture and industry generally. Expressed as a proportion of the total Labour Force the workers employed in this s~tor of the economy represent a smaller element in 1951 than they did in 1931. The shortage of the in'dustrial pJ:?portion is partjcularly striking in West Paltdstan. The difference there, however, may be partly due to the increase in the "unclassified" category. In 1951 this category, which includes nearly all the unskilled labourers, is more than twice as large a propo~tion of the total Labour Force than it was in 1931 Census. This may be caused by c,hangea in the, c!~sslfi'f1!.tion po!icll ,b1!.t it ~.l probable that .the same difficulties of classification exi~feJ R~ ,b~th. O~~ipnS a?fi t1i£t .itt: djff~re~ce really repr~sent~ ~ detini~Y,l.r~e. jii \y~~t ~akistall in the proportion of unskilled Labourers and other persons whom it was impossible to allocate to a definite economic division.

6.8 Ind~sirl~i St~~~:-n~t~ ~n inJustii~1 status Ifa~ tf~I1 c6t1ecte'd r'at the fltst titne a'itii is given both in table II-A, which analyses o&ii~a-

t,i~\1 by' statu~ .. and ~ tjotble 12 which analyses fhe economic activities in the same way.

Industrial status is a conception which in Pakistan r~lIy applies to the Non-Agrictiliur~l workers only and all the figures regarding this characteristic are based on that element of the Labour Force. The status of agricultural workers h,as be_en considered separately as a matter relating to their form of land tenure.

As already explained, industrial status refers to the position which the individual worker holds within the industry, business or service in which he works, i.e. the position of an employer, an employee, or a man working on his own without paid help. The persons who help in the support of their household but who receive no independent pay are classed, as regards industrial status, as unpaid family helpers.

Statement 6-G summarizes the total of each class of worker for each province. It will be seen that employers form a very small proportion of the total labour force. Thcy vary between 0.17 percent in the North-West Frontier Province districts to 1.69 percent in East Bengal. In view of the smaller relative size of the total non­Agricultural Labour Force in East Bengal and the fact tHat the employees form a smaller proportion than they do in West PakIstan, this q9mP,llJ;a~ively large proportion of employers would appear to indicate that businesses and industrial concerns generally arc on the average mu<;h smaller in their individual size in East Bengal and tii~t c6n~erris employing a large number of workers are not found frequently.

The class of unpaid family ~elp~r is". also extremely small although the figure for East. Bengal is again the highest i.e. 4 percent of the Non­Agricultural Labour Force. The statistics regarding this element of .the working (9.rc~ are l?~o~!l~lr.2.f less, r~liab.l}i!y than.~he othe!",cate&ories of iodustrial status because they depend in the g}]~ pl~.~e oh a s;qpceQtion 0'1" ~~i~k "partly self­~uppd'ffin!!" "{~icji, is und~l}.btect:ly a difficult question for uneduc~ted people .to answer. In futu,}~ ~nslwes it \TIi&hi ~e < ~qvi~able to have a clearer definition of this category.

109

STATEMENT 6-G

(Industrial Status Percentages)

Total Non-Agricultural Civilian Labour Force = 100

Province

PakistaJl

East Bengal

West Pakistan ..

Baluchistan

Karachi

N.W.F.P. Districts

Punjab & Bahawalpur

Sind & Khairpur

who claim to operate as "Independent- Workers". Nearly two workers out of every three come into that category except in Baluchistan and Karachi areas account for every small numbers of the labour force. The fact that such large proportions of the workers are dependent on casual employ­ment is a very serious matter, both for them and for the country. It means that in times of de­pression in business and industry large numbers of men are very vulnerable and immediately feel hardship and distress. It is particularly important therefore to note that in East Bengal 77.7 percent of the skilled craftsmen operating in industry are independent workers and 75.7 percent of the unskilled labourers are in the same position, while in the Punjab the proportions are 81.5 of the skilled and 88.1 percent of the unskilled respectively.

In Sind there is much smaller number of workers in the Non-Agricultural sector than in the foregoing provinces, but it will be noticed that the percentage of employers is higher and also the percentage of employees. The same is true in Baluchistan to an even greater extent although the figures involved are very small and the per­centages might be easily changed by fortuitous conditions. In Karachi as one would expect in view of its position as a large port, a great centre

Employers I Employees I Indepen- Unpaid

I dent Family Workers Helpers

.88 34.83 62.54 1.75

1.69 30.58 63.66 4.08

0.34 37.62 61.80 0.23

0.75 64.97 33.55 0.73

0.29 77.99 21.62 0.10

0.17 28.47 70.99 0.37

0.33 29.17 7Q.37 0.13

0.49 43.76 55.20 0.56

of Government and growing industrial area, labour is much more highly organized and the employees represent nearly 4j5th of the labour force and only a little over one-fifth of the workers reported themselves as independent.

This conception of "independent worker" is closely related to the mental conception of res­pondent who gave as their occupations "Maz­door", "Mulazmat" or, "Naukri", all of which were favourite descriptions meaning respectively labour, employment or service. It is quite obvious that these simple folk realize very strongly the difference in the status of "Mazdoor" (Labourer) compared with the more envied position of the person engaged in "Naukri" or "Mulazmat" (Service or Employment) who can relay on a regular wage.

6.9 Agriculture and Pasture.-Pakistan is predominantly an agricultural country and the agricultural section of the Labour Force of the country as a whole amounts to three quarters of the total Labour Force. Census Table No. ll-C analyses the agriculturists according to their detailed occupations, but in all provinces almost all the agricultural workers are reported as cultivators, i.e. as actual tillers of the soil.

110

The standard of living of the people of Pakistan as a whole is therefore very largely dependent upon the productivity of the land.

Statement No. 2-1 in chapter 2 shows the relationship which exists between the cultivated land and the density of the rural population. These comparisons are even more striking in Statement 6-H where the number of cultivators is compared with the number of acres of cul­tivated land in each province.

The size of the average holding in West Pakistan is obviously directly related to the extent of irrigation. In the area in which water is scarce, the population which the land can support is naturally smaller and the average area cultivated per cultivator is proportionately greater.

In East Bengal these considerations of irrigation do not apply and the densely packed population of cultivators have each desperately few acres of land from which to wring a livelihood. The average amount of land per cultivator in East Bengal is 2.0 acres as against an average of 5.4 acres in Western Pakistan. This average figure, however, conceals wide differences between the provinces. Punjab has an average of 5.7 acres per cultivator while Baluchistan has only 5.0 The average figure for Sind is 5.2 but in this province there is a big difference between the Indus valley and the desert portions of the province.

The land tenure status of cultivators is shown in Table 14. It shows the number of persons owning all or part of the land they till and also those who rent their land or work as agricultural labourers. It is noticeable that cultivation throughout Pakistan is largely carried out by peasant proprietors. Statement No. 6-H shows that the persons owning all or part of their land form the major proportion of the cultivators and this is overwhelmingly so in East Bengal. This system if !lnking cultivation with proprietorship, coupled with the traditional system of inheritance under Shariat Law, tends to keep the land in the family and the peasant on the land, but has resulted over the years in the sub-division of agricultural land iuto extremely small holdings as demons­trated by the averages in the last column of statement 6-H. It will be noticed that Sind is by way of bemg au exception to this general tendency. In that Province the bulk of the cultivators rent the land they till and the people who own land which they till themselves are relatively few.

An analysis of land-owners according to their economic activities is given in Census Table No. 15. This Table contains all the persons who reported themselves as cultivators and claimed to own all or part of the land they tilled, and it also contains the persons who reported that they received rent in cash or kind for land they owned which was tilled by others. It is noticeable from the table that the first category namely cultivating land-owners accounts for the vast majority. The

STATEMENT 6-H

LAND WORKERS

Total Percentage CultivatedL and Land

Provinces Workers Land I Landless ~ Total (1) Per (OOO's) Owners Tenants Labourers (1000 I Und % % % Acres) Worker

(Acres) ----

Pakistan 1,65,08 69.0 21.0 10.0 53,314 3.2

East Bengal 1,06,24 76.0 9.7 14.2 21,317 2.0 West Pakistan (2) .. 58,81 56.3 41.4 2.3 32,007 5.4

Baluchistan & States Union 2,29 66.1 21.5 12.4 1,144 5.0 N.-W.F.P. Districts 6,40 66.8 27.8 5.4 2,840 4.4 Punjab & Bahawalpur State 38,65 63.8 35.1 1.1 22,066 5.7 Sind & Khairpur State 11,48 23.5 73.8 2.7 5,957 5.2

(l)-Source:-For Provinces of East Bengal, Punjab & Sind their respective provincial Census Report of 1951-Census & for the figures of Baluchistan & N.W.F.P. the source is Munistry of Agriculture & the data for these two provinces respectively refers to the years 1947-48 & 1949-50.

(2)-Excluding Karachi.

non-cultivating land-owners are a relatively small element of the population and amount on the average to less than two percent of the land­owners. The table shows that most of the persons in this 2 percent are, however, fulfilling important economic functions in the country. This is to be expected since they are able to afford education and also probably provide the chief source of investment in the private sector of the economy. The table shows that they form a substantial element in the defence services amounting to some 26 thousand persons and that manufacturing, trade, commerce, Government service, and the professions are reported as their economic groups by no fewer than 130 thousand landowners. Those who did not claim to be following an active occupation amounted, in the whole of Pakistan, to only 55,000 persons which is less than one-half of one percent of the total number of land­owners and represents an extremely small minority of the self-supporting persons. It is noticeable that almost half of these inactive land­owners (24,600) are found in Sind in which Province, as has been noticed above, cultivation is largely carried out by tenant farmers.

The agriculturists who did not claim to be cultivators are nearly all engaged in pastoral activities and are included in the occupational class "Herdsmen and Animal breeders". This class represents a very small fraction of the agricultural labour force in East Bengal and only about 3 percent in the Punjab and Sind but in Baluchistan this class amounts to nearly 12 per cent of the Agriculturists. In N-W.F.P. the figure for Herdsmen is very small, probably because persons engaged in pastoral activities do so mainly as an adjunct to cultivation. The rest of the Agricultural Labour Force follow a number of minor occupations connected with husbandry. They include the tea plantation labourers in East Bengal and a number of orchard and nursary men, malis (gradeners), poultry keepers, bee­keepers, etc., in many provinces. These figures for minor agricultural workers are probably rather unreliable since the occupations to which they refer are largely followed by cultivators as an adjunct to their normal farm work and are not regarded as a main. or even a subsidiary. occupation.

A great many agriculturists, however, follow subsidiary occupations of a non-agricultural kind and often of a seasonal nature. This Census

111

asked a question on this subject and results are tabulated in Section 2 of Table lI-C. The largest number cf agriculturists who claim subsidiary occupations reported themselves as being, in addition to agriculturists, shop-keepers or general labourers. Quite a considerable number, however, reported manufacturing crafts as subsidiary work, chiefly in the form of weaving and spinning. It is probable that the subsidiary occupations reported by many cultivators are in fact their main occupations, but, as they own a little land, they have for reasons of prestige given cultivation as their usual main occupation.

6.10 Fishery.-Despite the fact that both the East and West Pakistan are maritime countries with considerable sea-coast and that both of them have large rivers well stocked with fish, the fislling industry cannot be said to be highly developed. The total number of persons engaged in it is 2,08,000 of which 1,89,000 are in East Bengal and 19,000 in West PakIstan, amounting to about 9 per cent and about 0.06 per cent res­pectively of the non-agricultural labour force in the two wings.

'The non-maritime provinces report very small numbers of persons engaged in river fishing as will be seen from Census table No. ll-A although the Provincial Superintendent of Census, Sind, in his report mentions that fish is an important item in the diet of the people of that province.

As will be seen, however, from the figures in the tables it is in East Bengal that the fishing industry engages a significant proportion of the working population and in that province it is undoubtedly a major factor in meeting the food requirements of the people. The next largest proportion of fisher folk is found in Mekran Swte which has an extensive coast-line on the Arabian Sea. There is, however, no indication in the Census reports of any organized industry for curing, canning or otherwise preserving fish products or for effecting any more than a purely local distribution. Census tables indicate that this is a field in which development might well be considered.

6.11 Distribution of occupations in Economic groups.-One of the objectives of the system used in this Census was the attempt to provide a cross-

112

tabulation of occupations with economic activities and thereby to disclose in some ,detail the dis­tribution pattern of the 'labour force. Table 13 summarizes the results of this endeavour, but this first attempt cannot be claimed to provide really exhaustive information, chiefly owing to the lack of understanding by both the public and the enumerators of the importance of gathering clear information on both occupation and economic activities. In many cases these were properly recorded and the deployment of the more educated part of the labour force is pro­bably fairly realistically portrayed in this table, but the very large element represented by un­skilled labour has had to be left in the "Un­classified" category whereas the object of the enquiry was to show the distribution of such workers among the economic divisions. In East Bengal, classification appears to have been rather more successful and the distribution of unskilled labour generally follows a clearer pattern than in the tables for West Pakistan.

However, Table 13 succeeds in indicating in most provinces the size of the technical and directing staff, and the number of workers em­ployed in offices, compared with the numbers of skilled operatives. The table should be studied carefully and reference should be made to the composition of the groups of occupations. These are shown in more detail in Table ll-A and listed completely in the numerical "Code of Occupations", copies of which are obtainable from the Government of Pakistan.

6.12 Unskilled \abour.-A feature of Table ll-A is the large number of persons in all the provinces who have been reported in the category of "Unskilled labourers". They amount to 12 lakhs of persons equal to 22.4 per cent of the non-agricultural labour force and together with the totals of landless agricultural labourers this class of workers represents 12.9 per cent of the whole labour force of Pakistan excluding Frontier Regions of N.W.F.P.

For the most part the Census information did not permit classification of this labour according to the economic activity in which It was engaged. This defect in definition of the true employ­ment of the unskilled labour force is no doubt connected with the fact that on the whole they are uneducated and are unable to describe the work which they were doing in the month

preceding the Census. Until it is possible to obtain more definite information on this subject,

. the figures for the economic activitles shown in Tables 12 and 13 are in some respects unrealistic, since nearly all sections of the economy of the

" country employ in addition to the persons shown against them in those tables a large number of unskilled labourers which has had to be included in the unclassified category.

Table ll-A shows that 77.9 per cent of the unskilled labourers have reported their industrial status as being that of independent workers. In other words they rely on casual jobs and have no regular employer. Hence they are wage earns and should have more appropriately been classed with employees. The proportion of female workers in the unskilled labour class is 5.7 per cent which is higher than among the skilled workers outside the textile occupations. This would seem to indicate that the men engaged in general casual labour are more often assisted by their women folk than is the case with men following most of the skilled occupations.

6.13 Distribution of main occupational classes.­The figures in Table ll-A have been summarised for comparison in the form of percentages in Statement 6-1. The technical, professional, and administrative workers form about the same proportion of the total Labour Force in all the provinces varying between a little over 9 per cent in the North-West Frontier Districts up to over 15 per cent. in East Bengal. In Karachi, however, as is natural in view of its governmental, com­mercial and industrial importance, this element represents a much larger segment and accounts for 22 per cent of the total workers.

Sales workers also form a high percentage of the population in Karachi but not as high as in Sind and East Bengal. [n the latter province nearly a quarter of the Labour Force reported occupations in this group. This may be due to more careful description of the occupations since it is coupled with a low figure for unskilled labourers.

Skilled craftsmen also form a larger section of the non-Agricultural workers in East Bengal than in West Pakistan but it must be remembered that the whole Non-Agricultural Labour Force represents a smaller proportion of the total number

113

STATEMENT 6-1

Percentage Distribution of main Occupational Oasses.

Total Non-Agricultural Civilian Labour Force = 100

I Technical I Sales Skilled Unskilled Service Others Forestry Pro- I Workers ' Craftmen Labou- Workers &

fessional ; I rers Fishery Provinces I Adminis- I

I I trative i & , !

Oerical I I Workers

----I

Pakistan 13.43 18.72 27.92 22.40 13.54 .05 3.93

East Bengal 15.18 23.14 28.09 14.17 10.31 .10 9.00

West Pakistan 12.28 15.83 27.80 27.78 15.65 .02 .62

Baluchistan & States Union 12.73 15.91 24.09 24.52 18.98 .02 3.76

Karachi. . 22.95 18.95 21.57 18.89 15.99 .07 1.59

N.W.F.P. Districts .. 9.31 13.59 23.24 34.00 19.88 0.004

Punjab & Bahawalpur 10.66 14.31 31.16 28.46 15.38 0.002 .03

Sind & Khairpur 12.89 21.74 21.54 28.41 13.06 .08 2.27

1. Forestry and Fishery were classed in A.L.F.

of workers in that province than it does in West Pakistan.

Textile workers as a general rule, account for much larger numbers of craftsmen than any other group of skilled occupations. They amount to 41.4 per cent of the skilled manufacturing workers in East Bengal, 37.1 per cent in the Punjab, and 24.8 per cent in the rest of West Pakistan. The Cottage Industries Enquiry also show a great preponderance of textile enterprises and so does Table ll-C.2 which records the subsidiary occupations reported by agricultural workers. It is noticeable that most textile workers report their industrial status as "Independent workers" thus indicating that the textile industry is largely organized on a family basis. Industrialization in the form of textile mills does not appear to account for more than about one-third of the textile workers in East Bengal and one-fifth of those in the Punjab. This is a point which it might be worth while to examine with care to

ensure that the handworking element is guided into suitable products so that the development of textile mills does not create serious unemployment problems among the workers in textile handi­crafts.

Workers in wood, cane, etc. form the next largest groups in East Bengal but in the Punjab they are not as large as the leather workers. The third largest group throughout All-Pakistan is represented by metal working trades.

The number of females reported in the manu­facturing occupations is surprisingly low but a majority of those who have reported themselves are textile workers and in East Bengal another large contingent of them claimed to be wood workers which in the case of females WOuld mean cane workers and basket makers.

6.14 Education in the Labour Force.-A further innovation in the Census of 1951 is an attempt

114

to classify the working people according to their degree of education. This classification has been made only in respect of the non-Agricultural workers, but a comparison of the education figures for the non-Agricultural labour force in Table ll-A with those given for the total popula­tion in Table 9-B shows, as would be expected, that educated persons tend to gravitate away from agriculture. This is true not only of the persons who have attained sufficient educational qualifications to enter professions, offices, etc., but also applies to primary education.

Even so, the numbers of persons who have received a full primary education is very small in all occupations outside the professional and administrative fields. In East Bengal only 41.8 per cent of the sales-workers and shopkeepers have primary education or better, and 25.8 per cent of the skilled labourers. Similar figures for the Punjab are 47.9 and 19.4 per cent. One would expect a low proportion among the sales­workers since they include a large number of hawkers and pedlars who are likely to be little better educated than the landworkers, but the shortage of even primary education among skilled labourers in industry is a serious matter. Their skill is of course largely a matter of practice and experience in their particular trade but the advance of Pakistan's industrial development will un­doubtedly require a higher standard of education among skilled operatives specially in such trades as metal workers, printers and electrIcians. In fact to take advantage of modern practice in their trades matriculation standard would appear to be a minimum goal.

In Table ll-A the educated professions and trades are at the top of the list the lower half of which contains for the most part occupations which require less educated persons. A corollary of this is that the occupations stated in the lower half of this table are less accurately reported than those in the upper half, except possibly in such .::ategories as railway-workers, police, etc. The ligures probably give a reasonable general picture but should not be relied upon in great detail.

It is noticeable that the unskilled labourers are practically without education at all; that is probably why they are unable to describe their occupation or economic group.

6.15 Unemployed persons.-An attempt was made in the enumeration to collect information

regarding unemployed persons as residual data arising from question 12. This asked "What was your actual occupation in the month of January 1951"1 Persons who replied that they were not working throughout the whole of January 1951 were asked "Were you seeking employment"? In what occupation? How many months had you been unemployed and seeking work at the end of January?"

These enquiries were, however, unsuccessful. Only 1,31,484 agriculturists and other workers in the whole of Pakistan reported themselves as having been unemployed throughout the whole month of January, 1951. These figures are obviously far too small and do not represent reality: to use them even as a standard of measure­ment will lead to quite wrong conclusions.

The reasons tor the unreality of these responses, apart from the fact that they exclude all persons who did any work whatever during the whole month of January 1951, are firstly, that many enumerators appear to have failed altogether to record the answers to the question of unemploy­ment. Secondly, cultivators do not regard themselves as unemployed if their families own land and they are maintained by the general activities of the household. Among cultivators, therefore, only landless labourers are therefore likely to report themselves as unemployed. Thirdly. among non-agriculturists there was evidence of considerable reluctance to admit unemployment and in the case of independent workers on their own account, a category which represents a considerable proportion of skilled and unskilled labour, the whole conception of unemployment is indefinite. Moreover, persons s~eking work in Industry, business or service regard themselves, not as unemployed but as still engaged in the general work of their family particularly if the family owns or rents land. Lastly, the Census questions on unemployment were rather complicated and were probably properly handled by only the more intelligent and better trained enumerators. In view of these considerations the unemployment data has not been tabulated in detail, and such persons as were reported to be unemployed have been included in the unclassified category, but valuable experience has been gained. Now that the difficulties in the conception of unemployment have been loca­ted it should be possible to design a clear definition for the next Census.

6.16 Further research.-The Census tables in this volume cover a good deal of new ground and involve new conceptions. It is hoped that they will form "bench-marks" from which current statistics may be measured. The economic situation in Pakistan is changing very rapidly, however, and the census data on the distribution of man-power will no doubt in many ways be out­qf-date by the time this report is issued. Revision of the information by intercensal field enquiries might well prove of great value therefore, and it is strongly recommended that surveys in this field should be carried out more frequently than once every 10 years. It is intended to amplify some of the tables in this volume dealing with economic characteristics and in particular Tables ll-A and 12, by issuing figures for each district in a separate volume. These detailed tables will,

115

it is hoped, enable locally collected current statistics to be related to the Census figures. An important point is, therefore, to arrange that as far as possible the same basic ideas and classi­fications are used in current statistics as have been adopted for the census. With this aim in view, the census classifications were fully dis­cussed by inter-departmental committees in Karachi before they were adopted as a basis of Census enumeration and classification. They will undoubtedly need improvement in the light of changing circumstances and in view of the experience gained in the census. But the con­ceptions we have used are well-tried ideas based on world-wide practice and the recommendations of United Nations. They should, therefore, prove capable of adjustment to meet the changing needs of Pakistan from time to time.

TAJln No.

1 I-A 2 3 4 4-A

5 6 7 7-A 8 8-A

9 9-A. 9-B 10 10-A 10-B

11 ll-A Il-A It-B.l ll-B.2 12

13

14 15 19-A t9;B 19-C 19-D

PART II LIST OF TABLES

Population Cities of Pakistan Towns and Cities Variation Age and Marital Status Orphans

Birthplace Religions Mother Tounge Speech Literacy Language of Literacy

Pupils & Students Years of Education Educational Levels Non-Pakistanis Afghan Powindah~ . Pakistanis Abroa<r-. :

Labour Force

SUBll!CT

Occupations Non-Agricultural Labour Force Sec. 2-0ccupation of Civilian Labour Force-East Bengal Occupations of Agricultural Labour Force Subsidiary OCCllpations of Agricultural Labour Force Economic Group & Industrial of Non-Agricultural Civilian Labour Force

Economic Group & Occupations of Civilian Labour Force

Agricultural Labour Force & Cultivatiors Land Tenure Land Owners Muhajir's Origion Muhajir's Educational Levels Muhajirs in the Labour Force Economic Group & Occupation of Muha,iirs

PAOB No.

1-1 1-4 2-1 3-1 4-1

4-18

5-1 ~1

7-1 7-5 8-1 8:""5

9-1 9-6

9-20 10-1 10-3 10-9

11-1 11-7

11-9 A '11-10

11-13 12-1

13-1

14-1 15-1 19-1 19-4 19-6

19-10

TABLE l-ROPULATION

This Table presents an analysis of the distribution of population in urban and rural areas, area in square miles artd persons per square mile. The total, urban and rural population have also been shown by sex. Non-Pakistanis are included in this Table. Urban area consists of continuously built up localities with a population of 5,000 or over and all municipalitieslirrespective of population.

2. Complete lists of urban areas have been given in respective provincial reports. Table I-A, lists all the cities with a population of 100,000 and over.

3. The figures for area have been obtained from the Surveyor General of Pakistan except for East Bengal where ;lrea figures (exclusive of large water areas) have been obtained from the Director of Land Records East Bengal. The Area of Sind and Khairpur State wa,~ 54,186 Square Miles according to the last Census Report, now it is 56, 447 Square Miles. This change is due to the separation of Karachi Fedcral Capital Area from, and addition of Rana Area to the Province of Sind.

4. Changes since the last Census have also occured in the Partition affected provinces or East Bengal and the Punjab. Out of 77,442 square miles of undivided Bengal, an area of 49,259 square miles ",as included in the East Bengal, to which was added 4,882 square miles from the Sylhet District of Assam. Similarly out of a total area of 99,089 square miles of undivided Punjab 62,245 square miles are included in this Province. This is in addition to the area of Bahawatpur State. More details of these changes are given in the respective Provincial Reports.

5. The Census taken in the Frontier Regions of North West Frontier is comprised partly of Estimated figures. Out of 26,47,158 only 8,87,226 were enumerated while 17,59,932 were estimated. Further details are given i,n Volume 4 of the Report for NWFP.

6. This Table has been discmsed in Chapter 2 of the Report.

1-1

1-2

Provinces and States

TABLE 1-POPULATION

I Area Z

Sq. Mile I I

Number of Persons.

Total Population (1000's 3 I Persons ------------. per

Total i Males I Females ,Sq. Mile

I------------_-----------,--~I------I

1 Pakistan 1

2 Baluchistan and States Union

3 Districts 4 States Union

5 East Bengal 4

6 Federal Capital Area Karachi

7 N.W.F.P and Frontier Regions

8 Districts 9 Frontier Regions

10 Punjab and Bahawalpur State

11 I Districts 12 Bahawalpur State

13 Sind and Knairpur State

14 Districts 15 Khairpur State

3,64,737

1,34,002

7,58,42

11,74

4,02,09

6,44

3,56,33 208 , 5,30 8.8

54,456 6,22 3,50 2,72 11 79,546 5,52 2,94 2,58 6.9

54,501 4,20,63 2,20,39 2,00,24 777

812 11,26 6,46 4,80 J ,387

39,259 59,00 31,13 27,87 150

13,560 32,53 17,17 15,36 240 25,699 26,47 13,96 12,52 103

79,716 2,06,51 1,10,58 95,93 259

62,245 1,88,28 1,00,68 87,60 302 17,471 18,23 9,90 8,33 104

56,447 49,28 27,09 22,19 87

50,397 46,08 25,32 20,77 91 6,050 3,20 t.77 1.42 53

NOTES:-- 1. Excluding Jammu & Kashmir, Gilgit & Baltistan, Junagardh and Manavadar.

2. The source for area figures in Survey of Pakistan.

3. Total may slighty disagree with the sum of the components due to rounding off.

3 4

5

6

7

8 9

10

11 12

13

14 15

4. The density of East Bengal has been calculated excluding the large river area which leaves an area of 54,141 Sq. Miles.

2

3 4

5

6

7

8 9

10

11 12

13

14 15

TABLE 1-POPULATION

N:mlber of Persons.

Urban Population (1000's) 3 I Rural Population (1000's) 3 ,

I Total I Males Females I Total Males Females I

78,69 44,94 33,70 6,79,79 3,57,15 3,22,64

1,45 91 54 10,29 5,52 4,76

1,24 80 44 4,98 2,70 2,28 21 11 10 5,31 2,83 2,48

18,44 11,09 7,36 4,02,18 2,09,30 1,92,88

10,68 6,14 4,54 58 32 26

5,06 2,95 2,11 53,94 28,18 25,76

5,06 2,95 2,11 27,46 14,22 13,24 .. .. . . 26,47 13,96 12,52

35,99 19,96 16,02 1,70,52 90,62 79,90

34,04 18,87 15,17 1,54,24 81,81 72,42 1,95 1,09 85 16,29 8,81 7,48

7,00 3,87 3,13 42,28 23,22 19,06

6,78 3,75 3,03 39,30 21,57 17,74 22 13 9 2,98 1,65 1,33

1-3

2

3 4

5

6

7

8 9

10

11 12

13

14 15

1-4

TABLE l-A-CITIES OF PAKISTAN

This Table gives the list of cities with area in square miles, total population by sex and approximate number of persons per square mile. Cities 'are defined as urban areas with a population of 1,00,000 or over. Quetta, although not fulfilling this requisite, is treated as a city being the capital of the Province of Baluchistan.

2. Table I-A in provincial report' ~ives by districts a complete list of areas classed as Urban.

3. Persons claiming nationalities other ,than Pakistani are included in this Table.

4. This Table is discussed in Chapter~2 of Part I of the Report.

I

I-S

TABLE l-A-CrrffiS OF PAKISTAN

J

Capitals of Provinces and other Cities of 1,00,000 and over inhabitants

'Province / I Approxi- Population (1000's) Persons Name of matel

I F,mol"

per Sq. City J

I Area

I Mile

" Sq. Miles Total Males (approxi-I " I

mate) /

't Karachi 2 Federal Capital Area ..

" 36 10,09 5,72 4,37 28,000

Lahore 3 Punjab tProvincial Capital) .. 128 8,49 4,78 3,71 6,640

Dacca 4 East Bengal (Provincial Capital) .. 33 4,11 2,56 1,55 12,600

Chittagong 5 East Bengal .. 58 2,94 1,90 1,04 5,070

Hyderabad 3 Sind .. 24 2,42 1,33 1,09 10,100

Rawalpindil Punjab .. 18 2,37 1,44 93 13,200

Gujranwala Punjab .. 4.3 1,21 65 56 28;100

Multan 3 Punjab .. 13 1,90 1,04 86 14,600 I

Lyalpur Punjab .. 11 1,79 99 80 16,300

Peshawar 3 N.W.F.P (Provincial Capital) .. 9 1,52 90 62 17,000

Sialkot 3 Punjab .. 14 1,68 95 73 12,000

Quetta 3 Baluchistan (Provincial Capital) .. 17 84 55 29 5,000

NOTES: 1. The area figures refer to the official Municipal limits, plus cantonments, etc. and may include considerable non-built-up,.areas.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Includes Municipality ~nd Civil Cantonment.

Includes Cantonment

Includes Narayanganj Municipality and environs.

Includes environs of Chittagong.

~-l

TABLE 2-TOWNS AND CITIES

In this Table Cities and Towns are listed in order of size of population and are grouped in four classes I'iz:-

Class I -1,00,000 or over inhabitants.

" II -25,000 and under 1,00,000.

" III -10,000 and under 25,000.

" IV -5,000 and under 10,000.

These classes correspond with the classes recommended by the PopUlation Commission of United Nations, but differ from the classes used in previous censuses of India. In Pakistan, there are eleven cities in Class I, and 41 towns in class II. Similar particulars of which have been given separately. Detailed lists of towns in the other twa classes are given in. the respective provincial reports.

2. For Census purposes a town is defined as an urban area consisting of a continuous collection of houses inhabited by not less than 5,000 persons.

3. The population figures of cantonments have been amalgamated in this table with those of the cities and towns adjacent to which they are situated. Separate figures for cantonments have been shown in Table I-A.

4. The population figures include persons of Pakistani citizenship only and do not therefore agree with the numbers shown in Table I-A. They agree, howev.er, with Table 6.

5. Figures for Muslims shown in this Table include the number of Muhajirs which are also shown separately in the last 'column.

6. All cities and towns listed in Class I and Class II have municipalities except some which have cantonment boards in addition and are as such. Nowshera Kalan in NWFP has a Notified Area Committee and Parhatipur in East Bengal has Union Board. The source of the information regarding the form of local-self government authorized for each city and town is the appropriate department of the Province or State.

7. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 2 of Part I of the Census Report.

2-2

TABLE 2-TOWNS AND CmES

Section 1- Urban Areas by order of size of Population

Number of Persons.

Religions ------I,

Provinces Total! Other Muhajirs Muslim 2 I Caste Scheduled

I Re-

Hindu Caste ligion ---

Class f-l,OO,OIlO and over

Total Baluchistan & States Unio~'

38,95,892 36,84,929 77,288 53,354 80,321 16,64,021

East Bengal 6,94,282 5,85,344 69,744 33,939 5,255 89,946 Federal Capital Area,

Karachi 10,64,557 10,20,732 4,605 12,717 26,503 6,12,680 North-West Frontier

Province 1,51,435 1,49,549 Punjab & BahawaJpur

43 304 1,539 14,274

State 17,43,817 16,94,707 395 2,034 46,681 7,87,316 Sind & Khairpur State 2,41,801 2,34,597 2,501 4,360 343 1,59,805

Class Il-25,000 and Under 1,00,000

Total 18,74,501 16,64,069 1,37,354 52,329 20,749 5,75,282 Baluchistan & States Union 83,892 79,784 144 560 3,404 18,912 East Bengal 6,44,237 4,62,375 1,29,712 46,497 5,653 93,987 Federal Capital Area.

Karachi North-West Frontier

Province 2,54,174 2,51,502 84 1,153 1,435 18,655 Punjab & BahawaJpur

6,51,418 State 6,61,977 22 495 JO,042 3,27,692 Sind & Khairpur State 2,30,221 2,18,990 7,392 3,624 215 1,16,036

Class ill-IO,OOO and under 25,000

Total 11,14,443 9,75,289 93,933 34,335 10,886 3,85,655 Baluchistan & States Union 11,836 11,104 567 82 83 2,451 East Bengal 3,25,403 2,09,741 83,641 30,442 1,579 25,203 Federal Capital Area,

Karachi North-West Frontier

Province 22,337 22,337 Punjab & Bahawalpur

794 State 6,12,561 6,02,636 48 9,083 2,98,551 Sind & Khairpur State 1,42,306 1,29,471 9,677 3,017 141 59,450

Class IV-5,000 and under 10,000

Total 7,01,667 6,35,983 39,634 16,586 9,464 1,87,805 Baluchistan & States Union 19,080 18,642 197 58 183 736 East Bengal 1,30,004 84,339 Federal Capital Area,

Karachi

31,004 12,785 1,876 10,837

North-West Frontier Province 70,931 70,467 116 348 4,159

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 4,08,551 4,01,270 52 177 7,052 1,58,272

Sind & Khairpur State 73,101 61,265 8,381 3,450 5 13,801

NOTES:-I. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani.

2. Includes figures for Muhajirs which are also shown separately in the lqst column.

2-3

TABLE 2-TOW"lS AND CITIES

Section 2-Class J Towns with population 1,00,000 and over

Number of Persons

I Religions Province Total 1 ------------------1 in which I Population, M slims 2 <?aste Scheduled Other I Muhajirs

1 __ ~--_--___ lo_c_a_te_d _____ 1 u Hmdus / Castes ._R_e_lig_io_n_si ___ _

Town

Total 38,95,892 36,84,929 77,288 53,354 80,321 16,64,021

Karachi (Corporation) Karachi 10,64,557 10,20,732 4,605 12,717 26,503 6,12,680 Lahore (Corporation) Punjab 8,49,333 8,17,236 215 1,545 30,337 3,65,954 Dacca East Bengal 4,04,301 3,39,968 42,122 20,936 1,275 70,907 Chittagong Ea.t Bengal 2,89,981 2.45,376 27,622 13,003 3,980 19,039

Hyderabad Sind 2,41,801 2,34,597 2,501 4,360 343 1,59,805 Rawalpindi Punjab 2,36,877 2,33,842 20 92 2,923 88,553 Multan Punjab 1,90,122 1,89,480 3 73 566 93,586 Lyallpuf Punjab 1.79,127 1,73,459 9 27 5.632 1,24,347

Sialkot Punjab 1,67,506 1,61,312 137 297 5,760 54,176 Peshawar N.W.F.P. 1,51,435 1,49,549 43 304 1,539 14,274 Gujranwala Punjab 1,20,852 1,19,378 11 1,463 60,700

NOTEs:-1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani.

2. Includes figures for MUhajirs which are also shown separately in the last column.

2-4

TABLE 2-TOWNS AND CITIES

Section 3 Class IT Towns with Population 25,000 and under 1,00,000 Kumber of Persons.

Religions Province

Town in which I Total! M r " Caste Scheduled Other -I Muhajirs located Population , __ us 1m ~ . Hindus I Castes Religions

- -- - - - -- ~ --Total 18,74,501 16,64,069 1,37,354 52,329 20,749 5,75,282

Barisal East Bengal 89,278 64,799 15,820 5,725 2,934 2,114 Quetta city in-

cluding Cantt Baluchistan 83,892 79,784 144 560 3,404 18,912 Sargodha Punjab 78,447 76,834 1 1,612 54,030 Sukkur Sind 77,026 75,349 852 707 118 41,791 Jhang Maghiana Punjab 73,397 73,347 50 46,513 Kasur Punjab 63,086 60,598 2 314 2,172 20,022

Saidpur including Rly. Coly. East Punjab 61,018 58,068 1,688 1,118 144 39,850

Montgomery Punjab 50,185 48,907 1,278 31,633 Mardan N.W.F.P 48,827 48,500 9 126 192 2,073 Comillia East Bengal 47,195 32,328 12,257 2,474 136 707 Gujrat Punjab 46,971 46,575 396 9,738 Sheikharpur Sind 45,335 42,516 2,362 456 ) 16,087

Mymensingh East Bengal 44,527 29,088 12,245 2,889 305 5,938 Dera Ismail Khan N.W.F.P. 41,613 41,570 7 5 31 7,207 Bahawalpur Punjab 41,646 41,388 16 99 143 16,854 Khulna East Bengal 41,409 27,535 7,749 5,480 645 8,288 Nowshara Kalan

N.A.C. N.W,F.P. 41,351 40,456 17 517 361 612 Kohat N.W.F.P. 40,534 39,896 4 308 326 1,747

Mirpur Khas Sind 40,412 38,637 1,057 700 18 27,649 Rajshahi East Bengal 39,662 27,986 7,990 3,621 65 5,181 Chiniot Punjab 39,042 38,976 66 14,608 Jhelum Punjab 38,567 37,756 1 809 10,787 Khanewal Punjab 37,915 37,118 15 782 24,351 Brahmanbaria East Bengal 37,865 20,132 12,974 4,677 82 40

Siraganj East Bengal 37,545 27,662 6,401 3,475 7 618 Dera Ghazi Khan Punjab 35,909 35,887 22 14,510 Okara Punjab 35,350 34,772 2 9 '567 24,~71 Dinajpur East Bengal 34,271 22,923 8,071 2,880 397 9,855 Nawabshah Sind 34,201 32,607 390 1,135 69 18,742 Larkana Sind 33,247 29,881 2,731 (l26 'J 11,767

Wazirabad Punjab 33,027 32,657 370 10,802 Sylhet East Bengal 32,773 23,562 7,370 1,376 465 1,123 Parbatipur Union

Board East Bengal 32,410 30,529 480 1,349 52 20,336 Pabna East Bengal 31,924 20,311 9,804 1,749 60 931 Chand pur East Bengal 31,620 16,883 11,244 3,315 178 81R Rangpur East Bengal 30,501 20,502 6,510 3,443 46 4,769

Hafi7abad Punjab 30,082 29,394 57 631 16,071 Shiekhupura Punjab 29,717 28,752 965 16,150 Kamalia Punjab 28,636 28,457 179 16,752 Abbottabad KW.F.P. 27,602 27,4R8 112 3,319

Charsaddha N.W.F.P. 27,048 27,013 35 14 Bannu N.W.F.P. 27,199 26,579 46 1% 378 3,683 Jamalpur East Bengal 26,952 24,123 2,147 670 12 6\15 Faridpur East Bengal 25,287 15,944 6,962 2,256 125 2,724

NOTE:-l. Excluding persons claiming :-.lationalities other than Pakistani. 2. Includes figures for Muhajirs which are also shown separately in the last column.

TABLE 3-VARIATION

This Table shows the changes since 1901 by Provinces and States in the population of the area that now forms Pakistan. It shows 3 figures, two of these one be10w the other, represent first, the total population in the census year, and second shows the decennial variation of population in total number and the third in the next columns shows the increase or decrease expressed as a percentage of the population at the previous censuses.

2. The figures for the years 1901~ -1941 shown in this Table are taken from the Census Reports of the past decade but in view of the partition of the Indo­Pakistan sub:continent adjustments in population corresponding to the changes in the areas of East Bengal, Punjab, Sind and Karachi have been made. These changes are given in detail in the respective Provincial Reports and are sum­marised in the title sheets of Table 1.

3. This Table is discussed in the Chapter 2 of the Report.

3-1

3-2

TABLE 3-VARIATIQN

Decinial Changes in Population since-1901

Number of Persons.

I Total populationl and variation2 in Number and percent '/

Province and-State I 1901 1911 1921

I Number Per- Per-

Number cent Number cent

Pakistan 4,55,04,3793 5,09,36,588 5,43,62,875 54,32.2093 34,26,287

11.9 6.7 Baluchistan Including States Union 8,10,746 8,34,703 7,99,625

23,957 -35,078 3.0 -4.2

Districts 3,82,106 4,14,412 4,20,648 32,306 6,236

8.5 1.5 States Union 4,28,640 4,20,291 3,78,977

-8,349 -41,314 -1.9 -9.8

East Bengal 2,89,27,786 3,15,55,056 3,32,54,096\ 26,27,270 16,99,040

9.0 , 5.3 Federal Capital Area Karachi \ 1,36,297 1,86,771 2,44,162

50,474 57,391 37.0 30.7

N.W.F.P Including Frontier Regions 20,41,534 38,19,027 50,76,476

17,77,493 12,57,449 87.1 32.9

Districts 20,41,534 2i,96,933 22,51,340' 1,55,399 54,407

I 7.6 2.5 Frontier Regions (Note 3) 16,22,094 28,25,136

12,03,042 74.0

Punjab including Bahawalpur State ., 1,03,14,090 1,09,90,580 1,17,60,170 6,76,490 7,69,,530

95,9~~13 il,02,09,939 ,6.6 7.0

Districts 1,09,78,979 6,17,726 7,69,040

f 6.4 7.5 Bahawalpur State 7,20,877

\ 7,80,641 7,81,19,1

59,764 550 I 8.3 I 0.1

Sind Including Khairpur State 31,73,926 35,50,451 32,28,~46 \ 2,76,525 -3,22,105

8.4 -9.1 Districts '30,76,613 ~,26,663' 30,35,215 ,

,52,050 -2,91,448

~3,788 8.2 -8.8 Khairpur State 1,99,313 1,93,131

,?d .17, -30,657 12.3 '-13.7

\

NOTE: 1. Adjusted to apply to present boundaries wherevet; necessary \

2. Yariations are shown in Italics (-) minus sigq denotes Imcrease.

decrease: no sign denotes

3. \n 1901, the Frontier Regions of N.W.F,P were not covered by the Census 1901. totals nd 1911 variation for Pakistan exclude the population of these region.

I

TABLE 3-VARIATION

Decinlal Changes in Population since-1901

I {

3-3

Number of Persons.

Total populationl and variatiou2 in Number and percent

Province and State "- 1931 1941 1951 "- .-

J Per-Number I Per-

I Per-

Number cent cent Number cent . , I -~

Pakistan 5,91,46,241 ~9_'3?z- ," 7,58,42,165 47,83,366 11, '3,3 2 55,62,804

8.8 18.8 7.9 Baluchistan Including States 8,68,617 8,57 .. 835. 11,74,036 Union 68,992 -10,782 3,16,201

,.8.6 -1.2 36.9 Districts 4,63,508 '/5,01,631 ' 6,22,058 t

42,860 38,123 1,20,427 10.2 8.2 24.0

States Union 4,05,109 V 3,56,204" 5,51,978 26,132 -48,905 1,95,774

6.9 - -- ... 12.1 ,55.0 East Bengal 3,56,04,170 ( \... 4,19,97,297 4,20,62,6lO !

, 23,50,074 -01,93,121 65,313

3,00,779 7.0 17.9 0.1

Federal Capital Area Karachi ( 4,35,887' 11,26,417 '

56,617 1,35,108 6,90,530 23.2 44.9 158.4

N.W.F.P Including Frontier 46,84,364 54,15,666 58,99,905 Religions -3,92,112 7,31,302

15.6 4,84,239

( '(7,7 ' . 8.9 Districts 24,25,076 ./ 30,38,061 32,52,747'

1,7,3,736 6,12,991 2,14,680 7.7 25.0 7.1

Frontier Regions (Note 3) 22,59,288 "/23,77,599 26,47,158 -5,65,848 '1,18,311 2,69,559

20.0 5.2 11.0 Punjab including Bahawalpur State" ,38,74,837 1,71,67,768 2,06,51,140

21,14,667 32,92,931 34,83,372 }S.O ( .~ 23.7 120.3

Districts ,28,90,225 U...s8,26,5~ 1,88,28,015' 19,11,246 Z9;36;334 30,01,456

17.4 22.8 19.0 Bahawalpur State 9,84,612 ~ 13,41,209 18,23,125

2,03,412 3,56,597 4,81,916 \ 26.0 36.2 35.9 Sind Including Khairpur State " 38,13,474 44,04,908 49,28,057

5,85,128 5,91,434 5,23,149 18.1 15.5 /11.9

Districts 35,86,291 ../ ,/ 40t99,121 46,08,514 5,51,076 5,12,830 5,09,393

18.2 14.3 12.4 Khairpur State 2,27,183' v 3,05,787 _, 3,19,543

34,052 78,604 13,756 17.6 34.6 4.5

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS

This Table shows the distribution of population of each sex according to broad age-groups and marital status. It is repeated for each main religious group.

2. The data about age and marital status have been collected from the answers to question No. 2 of the enumeration slip which provided two columns headed 'Years' and 'Months' for age and one more column with letters "M", "S", "W" and "D" for the marital status. The age of infants under one year was to be recorded in the column headed 'Months' and of all others in completed years in the column headed 'Years'. The whole information about marital status is strictly in accordance with the replies given by the respondents to the simple question whether he/she was single, married, widowed or divorced; the in­formation about age has been partly supplied by the respondents who know their age and has partly been recorded by the emunerators after reminding the respon­dents about the dates of importants events of the locality and calculating their age according to the statements made by them.

3. Analysis has indicated that the reporting is not sufficiently accurate to justify the presentation of the data in small age-groups and the broad categories shown in this Table appear to b<l the smallest which can be regarded as reasonably reliable. In provinces of Sind and Baluchistan the data is reasonably reliable even in ten year age groups and hence the provincial reports for these provinces give the data in these age groups. In Karachi the data is reliable in five year age groups, which is given in part III of this volume.

4. Besides, the age-grouping shown in this table differs from that shown in the past Census Tables in as much as that the number of year at the end of each group has not been repeated at the b<!ginning of the next group.

5. Since the Table excludes non-Pakistanis, its figures may not tally with those in Table 1.

6. The question of accuracy and the analysis of the data is discussed in Chapter 2 of the Report.

4---1

4-2

TABI4E 4--AGE AND MARITAL STATUS PAKISTAN

Total popul:ttion according to Broad age groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Age Groups Population Married (in years)

Total Male Female 1- Male Female

All Religions

Total! 7,38,80,344 3,91,41,972 3,47,38,372 1,60,69,971 1,56,51,362

0-9 2,09,43,276 1,06,86,153 1,02,57,123 11,368 53,931 2

1(} -39 3,86,12,561 2,04,90,068 1,81,22,493 93,59,047 1,19,45,584 3

40-59 1,06,54,756 59,66,277 46,88,479 52,60,546 30,48,065 4

60 & Over 36,69,751 19,99,474 16,70,277 14,39,010 6,03,782 5

Muslims 2

Total 6,32,04,177 3,35,75,255 2,96,28,922 1,37,82,519 1,34,03,814 6

0-9 1,80,29,282 92,21,454 118,07,828 10,038 45,406 7

10-39 3,31,10,329 1,76,18,071 1,54,92,258 SI,03,73} 1,OJ ,69,370 8

40-59 89,76,618 50,46,240 39,30,37S 44,54,979 26,46,278 9

60 & Over 30,S7,948 16,89,490 I :l,9S,45S 12,13,769 5,42,760 10

Caste Hindus

Total 43,48,017 22,71,350 20,76,667 9,14,499 8,98,215 II

0-9 11,58,896 5,81,494 5,77,402 387 1,508 12

1 (}-39 22,33,018 11,68,947 10,64,071 4,73,258 6,94,727 13

40-59 7,07,685 3,87,330 3,20,355 3,42,611 1,75,498 14

60 & Ovt"r 2,48,418 1,33,579 1,14,839 98,233 26,482 15

Scheduled Castes

Total 54,22,081 28,17,816 26,04,265 11.74,460 1],73,528 16

0-9 15,05,333 7,55,796 7,49,537 924 6,95l 17

10-39 27,81,606 14,49,671 13,31,935 6,65,553 9,56,161 18

40-59 R,44,077 4.60,335 3,R3,742 3,98.751 1,84,213 1'J

60 & Over 2,91,065 1,52,014 1,39,051 1,09,232 26,203 20

Other Religions

Total 9,06,069 4,77,551 4,28,518 1,98,493 1,75,805 21

o-y 2,49,765 1,27,40g 1,22,356 19 66 22

10-39 4,87,608 2,53,37'J 2,34,229 J ,16,503 1,25,326 23

40--59 1.26,376 72,372 54,004 64,195 42,076 24

60 & Over 42,320 24,391 17,929 17,776 8,337 25

(I) Excludi~g pers~ns claiming Nationality other than Pakistani and the estimated population of FrontIer Reglons.

(2) Whole of,the enumerated population of Frontier Regions has been treated as Muslims.

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

TABLE IJ--.AGE AND MAlU'fAL STATUS PAKISTAN

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Statl!s

Number of Person~

Never Married

Male r_Femal:_

2,16,19,484 1,56,27,811

1,06,74,493 1,02,01,793

1,07,62,705 53,70,513

1,57,552 45,868

24,734 9,637

1,85,66,644 1,35,41,486

92,11,170 87,61,209

91,99,535 47,29,360

1,35,776 42,494

20,163 8,423

t2,68.433

5,81,100

6,75,674

9,525

2,134

15,21,996

7,54,833

7,54,327

10,627

2,209

2,62,411

1,27,390

1,33,169

1,624

228

8,67,955

5,75,843

2,90,785

918

409

9,92,426

7,42,454

2,47,873

1,442

657

2,25,944

],22,287

1,02,495

1,014

148

Widowed Divorced

_M_a_le ____ f_e_m_a_le_I __ Male Female

13,48,821

274

3,20,668

5,07,934

5,19,945

11,28,339

228

2,69,427

4,17,382

4,41,102

86,988

7

19,458

34,681

32,842

1,17,958

39

28,500

49,717

39,702

15,536

3.283

6,154

6,099

All Religions

33,20,074

1,176

7,20,812

15,52,360

10,45,726

Muslims

25,50,793

996

5,11,577

12,00,791

8,37,429

Caste Hindus

3,09,582

48

77,982

1,43,693

87,859

Scheduled Castes

4,35,007

129

1. 25,873

1,97,565

1,11,440

Other Religions

24,692

3

5,380

10,311

8,998

1,03,696

18

47,648

40,245

15,785

97,753

18

45.316

38,103

14,256

1,430

557

503

370

3,402

1,21,'1

1,240

871

1,111

424

33t}

288

1,39,125

223

85,584

42,186

11,132

1,32,829

217

Kl,951

40,815

9,R46

915

3

577

246

89

3,304

3

2,028

522

751

2,077

1,028

603

446

Age Groups (in years)

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Tob)l

-0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

4--4

TABLE 4--AGE AND MARITAL STATUS. Baluchistan including States Union

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Age Groups Population Married (In years)

Total Male Female Male Female

All Religions

Total 11,54,167 6,33,012 5,21,155 2,45,738 2,36,850

0-9 3,63,490 1,86,017 1,77,473 524 313 2

10-39 5,72,928 3,19,152 2,53,776 1,36,488 1,77,102 3

40--59 1,65,433 96,666 68,767 84,526 52,399 4

60 & Over 52,316 31,177 21,139 24,200 7,036 5

Muslims

Total 11,37,063 6,23,673 5,13,390 2,41,756 2,33,305 6

0-9 3,58,524 1,83,532 1,74,992 522 310 7

10-39 5,64,502 3,14,484 2,50,018 1,34,121 1,74,319 8

40-59 1,62,687 95,035 67,652 83,279 51,721 9

60 & Over 51,350 30,622 20,726 23,834 6,955 10

Caste Hindus

Total 11,729 6,276 5,972 2,972 2,639 11

0-9 3,199 1,573 1,626 2 3 12

10-39 5,710 3,110 2,600 1,733 2,056 13

40-59 2,118 1,239 879 975 517 14

60 & Over 702 354 348 262 63 15

Scheduled Gastes 16

Total 1,358 779 579 276 248 17

0--9 428 219 209 18

10-39 674 383 291 170 199 19

40-59 201 137 64 86 45 20

60 & Over 55 40 15 20 4

Other Religions

Total 4,017 2,284 1,733 734 658 21

0-9 1,339 693 646 22

10-39 2,042 1,175 868 464 528 23

40-59 427 255 172 186 116 24

60 & Ov,:;r 209 161 48 84 14 25 ,

4-5

TABLE 4--AGE AND MARITAL STATUS. Baluchisbln including Sbltes Uniqn

Total Population according to Broad ~ge GrQups and Martital StatulO

Number of Persol1s,

Never Married I Widowed

t-__ M_a_le~~~--F-e-m-a-le-I __ Male -~~le

1 2

3

5

7

~

,9

\0

11

12

13

l4 15

1,6

17

18

19

3,64,0~0

1,85,493

1,74,647

3,207

713

3,59,245

1,83,010

1,72,185

3,10;4

646

2,927

1,571

1,276

67

13

434

219

196

17

2

2,45,344

1,77,160

67,539

478

167

2,42,011

1,74,682

66,706

459

164

2!038

t,623

409

5

302

209

91

2

21 1,454 993

22 693 646

22,284

7,387

8,691

6,206

21,755

7,253

8,415

6,087

369

9')

193

77

67

15

34

18

93

All Religions

37,757

8,285

15,621

13,851

Muslims

36,878

8,147

15,206

13,525

Caste Hindus

771

132

356

283

Scheduled Castes

29

17

II

Other Religions

79

Divorced

Male Female

930

630

242

58

917

625

237

55

8

2

4

2

2

2

3

1,204

850

269

85

1.196

846

266

84

5

3

3

Age Groups (in years)

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

TQtaJ

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

o -9

23 690 333 20 5 10-39

22

4

5 l ______ ~1_92_= ______ 1_22 ________ 42_: ________ 4_2 ______ , _____________ 2 ____ 4_0_-_5_9 __ ~~1 _ .• 32 1 60 & Over. ~

4-6

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS East Bengal

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status Number of Persons.

Age Groups Population Married (In years)

Total Male Female Male Female

AIl Religions

Total 4,19,32,329 2,19,37,575 1,99,94,754 92,15,559 93,15,083

0--9 1,23,55,759 62,19,828 61,35,931 9,354 50,269 2

10--39 2,15,95,849 1,12,58,396 1,03,37,453 52,69,394 76,34,233 3

40--59 61,23,309 34,36,280 26,87,029 31,41,246 14.61,960 4

60 & Over 18,57.412 10,23,071 8,34,341 7,95,605 1,68,621 5

Muslims

Total 3,22,26,639 1,68,97,028 1,53,29,611 71,33,258 72,42,850 6

0-9 97,24,086 49,00,056 48,24,030 8,131 41,957 7

10--39 1,65,95,551 86,57,631 79,37,920 41,33,165 59,85,129 8

40--59 45,78,753 25,96,219 19,82,534 24,01,700 10,98,623 9

60 & Over 13,28,249 7,43,122 5,85,127 5,90,262 1,17,141 10

Caste Hindus

Total 41,87,353 21,81,766 20,05,587 8,79,289 8,66,516 11

0-9 11,15,247 5,59,055 5,56,192 349 1,442 12

10-39 21,52,895 11,23,351 10,29,544 4,52,771 6,70,455 13

40-59 6.80,884 3,71,372 3,09,512 3,31,222 1,69,032 14

60 & Over 2,38,327 1,27,988 1,10,339 94,947 25,587 15

Scheduled Castes

Total 50,52,250 26,19,040 24,33,210 11,00,056 11,01,199 16

0-9 13,82,958 6,93,229 6,89,729 863 6,818 17

10-39 25,97,407 13,48,705 ]2,48,702 6,19,609 9,00,047 18

40-59 7,97,512 3,34,310 3,63,202 3,76,636 1,70,621 19

60 & Over 2,74,373 1,42,796 1,31,577 1,02,948 23,713 20

Other Religions

Total 4,66,087 2,39,741 2,26,346 1,02,996 1,04,518 21

0-9 1,33,468 67,488 65,980 II 52 22

10-39 2,49,996 1,28,709 1,21,2117 63,849 78,602 23

40-59 66.16() 34,379 31,781 31,6K8 23,6R4 24

60 & Over 16,463 9,165 7,298 7,448 2,180 25

4-7

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS East Bengal

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Never Married Widowed Divorced I I Age Groups

Male Female Male Female Male Female (in years)

--Ali Religions

1,20,56,180 81,35,989 5,99,682 24,45,660 66,114 98,022 Tota]

2 62,10,199 60,84,332 257 1,108 18 222 0-9

3 57,9],035 20,44,537 1,64,270 5,85,659 33,697 73,024 10-39

4 47,456 5,406 2,24,283 11,98,469 23,295 21,194 40-59

5 7,490 1,714 2,10,872 6,60,424 9,104 3,582 60 & Over

Muslims

6 92,99,105 62,85,275 4,03,740 17,09,035 60,925 92,451 Total

7 48,91,696 47,80,928 211 929 18 216 0-9

8 43,74,377 15,00,670 1,18,495 3,82,528 31,594 69,593 10-39

9 29,363 3,018 1,43,678 8,60,891 21,478 20,002 40-59

10 3,669 659 1,41,356 4,64,687 7,835 2,640 60 & Over

Caste Hindus

II 12,20,187 8,38,209 80,883 2,99,983 1,407 879 Total

12 5,58,699 5,54,699 7 48 3 0-9

13 6,51,784 2,82,252 18,250 76,285 546 552 10-39

14 7,948 870 31,708 1,39,372 494 238 40-59

15 1,756 388 30,918 84,278 367 86 60 & Over

Scheduled Castes

16 14,06,090 9,09,012 1,09,576 4,19,795 3,318 3,204 Total

17 6,92,327 6,82,780 39 128 3 0-9

18 7,02,017 2,24,245 25,842 1,22,454 1,237 1,956 10-39

19 9,754 1,348 46,701 1,90,727 1,219 506 40-59

20 1,992 639 36,994 1,06,486 862 739 60 & Over

Other Religions

21 1,30,798 1,03,493 5,483 16,847 464 1,488 Total

22 67,477 65,925 3 0-9

23 62,857 37,370 1,683 4,392 320 923 10-39

20 391 170 2,196 7,479 104 448 40-59

25 73 28 1,604 4,973 40 117 61}& Over

4-8

Age Groups (in years)

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

::~v~ I

\

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Population r

Married

Total \

Male Female I Male I Female

All Religions

11,22,406 6,43,292 4,79,,114 2,61,201 2,09,927

2,99,567 1.,53,550 1,46,017 17 6

6,27,935 3,75,141 2,52,794 1,66,796 1,65,871

1,47,601 89,386 58,215 75,974 38,239

47,303 25,215 22,088 18,414 5,811

Muslims

10,77,694 6,18,561 4,59,133 2,51,480 2,02,300

2,88,054 1.47,59~ 1,40,459 12 6

6,03,718 3,61,734 2,41,984 1,6\~90 1,60;654

1,40,763 85,196 55,567 72,638 36,335

45,159 24,036 21,123 17,640 5,305

'Caste HindWl

4,641 2,859 1,782 1,231 510

1,092 545 547 5 -2,510 1,535 975 681 347

799 1 619 180 461 120

240 , I~ 80 84 43

Sch~Ured C~stes 13,412 7,015 ' 6,397 2,931 2,577

4,235 2,107 2,1~8 - -6,952 3,671 3,281 1,940 1,967

1,780 1,013 767 851 518

44~ 224 221 140 92

Other Religions \

~6,659 14,857 n,802 5,559 4,540

/ 6,186 3,303 2)83 - -\

14,755 8,201 6,5~ 2,985 2,903 I

4,259 2,558 1,701 2,024 1,266

1,459 795 664 550 371

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

4-9-

TABLI~ 4--AGE AND MARITAL STATUS Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Total Population, according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

i Number of Persons.

Never Married I Widowed Divorced l!Gm~ ! I M1lle Female Male_!

years) Male Female. Female

T ----Ali Religions

\ 3,56,050 2,25,176 24,886 \ 42,758 1,155 1,253 Total

2 1,53,533 1,46,005 6 0-9

3 1,98,894 78,233 8,656 7,896 795 794 LO-39

4 3,275' 646 9,860 19,002 277 328 40-59

5 348 292 6,370 15,854 83 131 60 & Over

Muslims

6 3,42,120 2,14,174 23,842 41,451 1,119 1,208 Total

7 1,47,~83 1,40,447 6 0-9

8 1,91,391 72,978 8,383 7,517 770 775 10-39

9 2,879 490 9,413 18,425 266 317 40-59

10 267 259 6,046 15,443 83 116 60 & Over

Caste Hindus

11 1,414 1,151 214 120 1 Total

12 540 547 0-9

13 807 600 47 I 28 10-39

14 54 3 104 56 1 40-59

15 13 63 36 6(} & Over

Scheduled Castes

l~ 3,764 3,300 291 507 29 13 Total

l~ 2,107 2,128 0--9

18 1,598 1,152 113 155 20 7 10--39

19 50 15 103 231 9 3 40-59

20 9 5 75 121 3 60 & Over

Other Religions

21 8,752 6,551 539 680 7 31 Total

22 3,303 2,883 0--9

23 5,098 3,503 113 136 5 12 10-39

24 292 138 240 290 2 7 40-;-59

25 59 27 186 254 12 60 & Over I

4-10

TABLE 4-AGlt AND MARITAl. STATVS North-WeIJt-Frealier Pro'rince

TeftIl Popalaflon acCOl'6tillg t.1iIreH Jt.ae GF..,.. aacl Marital Statu

Number of Persons

~6rO\1PS Population Marrie4 (in years)

Total Male Female Male Fel1lllle·

A:B Religiols

Total 32.22,172 17,00,331 15,21,841 6,68,051 6,22,101 1

0-9 9,51,513 4,88,989 4,62,524 2

10-39 17,07,983 9,11,724 7,96,2Sf)" 4.48,872 4,~2jH2 }

40-59 3,97,021 2,12,991 -1,84,030 1,77,581 1,63,940 4

60 &; O~ct 1,65,655 86,627 79,02& 41,592 46,749 .5

Mu.sIiaaI

Total 32,16,810 16,97,421 15,19,389 6,66,974 6Jll,7~ 6

0-9 9,49,947 4,88,205 4,61,742 7

10-39 17,05,175 9,10,ISO 7,94,995- 4,48,206' 4,11,2&1 &

40-59 3,96,263 2,12,543 1,83,720- 1,77,252 1,63,749 9

60 &; Over 1,65,425 86,493 78,932 41,511 46,119 10

Caate~dIr&

Total ~51 83 1)& 32 21 U.

0-9 39 21 18 12

10-39 93 45 48 16 20 II

40-59 14 1'2 2' 11 1 14

60 & Over 5 , 5 5 15

Total 1,645 SclaeRI~

855 790 ~72 329 16 I

0-9 507 244 263 17

10-39 813 434 379 165 242 18

40-59 256 133 123 SS SO 19

60 & Over 69 44 \ ~5 19 7 20

Other ReIigiaas

Total\. 3,566 1,972 1,594 773 596 21

0-9 1,020 519 50t 22

10--<-39 1,902 1,065 837 486 463 23

40--59 488 303 185 236 110 24

60 & Over 156 85 71 51 23 25

4-U

TABLE 4-AGE ~ MARITAL SI'nUS North-West Froutier Province

Total Populatiop accordiAg to-BroMAaeGroups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Never Married Widowed DiV~ Age Groups

~ Mal~_1 Female _ ! Male 1--Femal~1 Male I Female (in years)

I AU ReIrgioDS

9,50,067 8,45,591 78,714 2,842 3,499 707 Total f

2 4,88,989 4,62,524 0-9

3 4,51,108 3,80.247 9,241 .3.6-12 2,503 388 10-39

4 8,069 2.635 26,672 17,252 663 2iU 4O~

5 1.901 185 42,801 31,978 333 116 60 &. Over

M_1imM

6 9,48,405 8,44~ 78,551 52,647 3,491 6fX1 Total

7 4,88,205 4.61.742 Q.-.J.)

8 4,50.282 3.79.754 9'.190 3.568 2,503 386 10-39

9 8,038 2.610 26.594 17,.161 659 200 ~9

10 1.880 184 42,767 31,918 329 111 60 &. O\'er

Caste Hiudus

11 51 46 1 Total

12 21 18 0-9

13 29 28 10-39

14 40-59

15 60 &. Over

ScJleduled Castes

\-16 532 386 49 75 2 Total

P 244 263 0-9

18 256 119 13 18 10-39

19 18 4 26 39 40-59

20 14 10 18 60 &. Over

OtJJer ReUgions

21 1.079 869 114 119 6 10 Total

22 519 501 0-9

23 541 346 38 26 2 10-39

24 12 21 52 51 3 3 40-59

25 7 24 42 3 5 60 &. O~er

4-12

TABLE 4-AGE ANG MARITAL STATUS

Frontier Regions

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Age Groups I Population Married (in years) 1-

, Total Male Female _ _I Male Female

r--

All Religions 1

Total 8,87,226 4,71,045 4,16,181 2,06,553 2,06,752 1

0- 9 2,39,119 1,29,179 1,09,940 3 2

10--39 4,55,291 2,44,358 2,10,933 1,20,248 1,26,852 3

40-59 1,47,275 73,836 73,439 66,755 64,289 4

60 & Over 45,541 23,672 21,869 19,550 15,608 5

Note: 1. Population of Frontier Regions has been treated as Muslims.

2

3

4

5

.

4-13

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS

Frontier Regions

Total Populatio" according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Never Married I Widowed I

Divorced Age Groups I

1 __ Female :

I (in years)

Male , Male I Female Male Female , I . All Religions

2,52,173 1,90,011 11,848 18,745 471 673 Total

1,29,179 1,09,937 - - - - 0-- 9

1,19,562 78,102 4,383 5,774 165 205 10-39

3,076 1,766 3,821 7,065 184 319 40-59

356 206 3,644 5,906 122 149 60 & Over

4-14

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS. Punjab including Bahawalpur State

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Age Groups Population Married (Tn years)

Ma~_I Total Male Female Female

All Religions

Total 2,06,36,702 1,10,49,854 95,86,848 43,89,197 40,07,452

0-9 53,12,156 27)3,113 25,39,043 589 1,048 2

10-39 1,11,88,083 60,13,699 51,74,386 26,10,863 26,38,470 3

40-59, 29,18,955 16,15,039 13,03,916 13,52,052 10,46,235 4

60 & Over 12,17,508 6,48,005 5,69,503 4,25,693 3,21,699 5

Muslims

Total 2,02,00,794 1,08,14,816 93,85,978 42,95,081 39,37,082 6

0-9 51,95,867 27,12,994 24,82,873 578 1,017 7

10-39 1,09,53,441 58,91,471 50,61,970 25,59,037 25,92,434 8

40-59 28,60,355 15,77,780 12,82,575 13,20,028 10,28,363 9

60 & Over 11,91,131 6,32,571 5,58,560 4,15,438 3,15,268 10

Caste Hindus

Total 2,756 1,370 1,386 504 530 11

0-9 496 224 272 12

10-39 1,645 801 844 298 379 13

40-59 404 226 178 155 115 14

60 & Over 211 119 92 51 36 15

Scheduled Castes

Total 30,296 16,531 13,765 5,715 4,924 16

0-9 8,960 4,983 3,977 3 17 17

10-39 15,567 8,004 7,563 3,146 3,228 18

40-59 3,521 2,353 1,168 1,966 996 19

60 & Over 2,248 1,191 1,057 600 683 20

Other Religions

Total 4,02,856 2,17,137 1,85,719 87,897 64,916 21

0-9 1,06,833 54,912 5),921 8 14 22

10-39 2,17,430 1,13,421 1,04,009 48,382 42,429 23

40-59 54,675 34,680 19,995 29,903 16,761 24

60 & Over 23,918 14,124 9,794 9,604 5,712 25

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

22

13

14

15

1.6

i7

is 19

20

21

22

23

24

25

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS Punjab including Bahawalpur State

4-15

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Statps

Number of Persons.

Never Married I Widowed

I Divorced Age Groups

I (in years) Male I Female I Male Female Male I Female

All Religions

61,54.213 50,30,101 4.76,388 5,13,74R 30,056 35,547 Total

27,72,521 25,37,983 3 It - I 0-9

33,07,734 24,54,031 86,158 72,727 8,942 9,158 10---,.39

66,003 32,280 1,81,833 2,05,970 15,151 19,431 40-59

7,955 5,807 2,08,394 2,35,040 5,963 6,957 60 & Over

Muslims

60,24,415 49,07,807 4,65,896 5.06,117 29,424 34,972 Total

27,12,413 24,81,844 3 11 - 1 0-9

32,39,004 33,88,645 84,589 71,835 8,841 9,056 10-39

65,086 31,602 1,77,803 2,03,331 14,863 19.279 40-59

7,912 5,716 2,03,501 2,30,940 5,720 6,636 60& Over

Castes Hindu'!

723 724 143 127 - 5 Total

224 272 - - - - 0-9

494 449 9 14 - 2 10-39

3 2 68 59 - 2 40-59

2 1 66 54 - 1 60 & Over

Scheduled Castes

9,703 8,226 1,108 590 5 25 Total

4,980 3,960 - - - - 0-9

4,702 4.255 152 70 4 10 10-39

14 9 372 156 1 7 40-59

7 2 584 364 - 8 60 & Over

Other Religions

1,19,372 1.13,344 9,241 6,914 627 545 Total

54,904 51,907 - - - - 0-9 . 63,53J 60,682 1,408 808 97 90 1(} -39

900 667 3,590 2,424 287 143 40-59

34 88 4,243 3,682 243 312 60 & Over

"

4-16

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS.

Sind including Kbairpur State

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Population Married Age Groups

(in years) Total Male Female Male Female - ---- -,-

All Religions

Total 49,25,342 27,06,863 22,18,479 10,83,632 10,52,597

0-9 ]4,21,672 7,35,477 6,86,195 884 2,292 2

]0-39 24,64,492 13,67,600 ]0,96,892 6,06,386 7,91,044 3

40-59 7,55,162 4,42,079 13,13,083 3,62,406 2,21,003 4

60 & Over 2,84,016 1,61,707 1,22,309 ],13,956 38,258 5

Muslims

Total 44,57,951 24,52,711 20,05,240 9,87,417 9,59,770 6

0-9 12,73,685 6,59,893 6,13,792 795 2,113 7

10 -39 22,32,651 12,38,213 9,94,438 5,47,767 7,18,695 8

40-59 6,90,522 4,05,631 2,84,891 3,33,327 2,03,19R 9

60 & Over 2,61,093 1,48,974 1,12,119 1,05,528 35,764 10

Caste Hindus

Total 1,41,387 78,996 62,391 30,471 27,999 11

0-9 38,823 20,076 18,747 31 63 12

10-39 70,165 40,105 30,060 17,759 21,470 13

40-59 23,466 13,862 9,604 9,797 5,713 14

60 & Over 8,933 4,953 3,980 2,884 753 15

Sched,uled Castes

Total 3,23,120 1,73,596 1,49,524 65,210 64,251 16

0-9 1,08,245 55,014 53,231 58 116 17

10-39 1,60.}93 88,474 71,719 40,523 5(),478 18

40-59 40,807 22,389 18,418 19,124 11,953 19

60 & Over 13,875 7,719 6,156 5,505 1,704 20

Other Religions

Total 2,884 1,560 1,324 534 577 21

0-9 919 494 425 22

10-39 1,483 808 675 337 401 23

40-59 367 197 170 158 139 24

60 & Over 115 61 54 39 37 25

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS Sind including Kbairpur State

4-17

Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status

Number of Persons.

Never Married I Widowed /' Divorced Age Groups -----<----- ------1 (in years)

Male I_ Female __ M_a_le __ I_ Female __ M_a_le __ I __ Fe_m_a_l_e _' __ -__ -1

1 14,86,741

2 7,34,579

3 7,19,725

4 26,466

5 5,971

6 13,41,181

7 6,59,084

8 6,52,434

9 24,230

10 5,433

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

43,131

20,045

21,284

1,452

350

1,01,473

54,956

45,558

774

185

956

494

449

10

3

9,55,599

6,83,852

2,67,824

2,657

1,266

8,57,918

6,11,629

2,42,505

2,549

1,235

25,787

18,684

7,047

38

18

71,200

53,114

18,011

64

11

694

425

261

6

2

All Religions

1,35,019

14

40,573

52,774

41,658

1,22,707

14

37,134

47,658

37,901

5,379

1,053

2,608

1,718

6,867

2,365

2,481

2,021

66

21

27

18

2,08,564

51

36,859

88,981

82,673

Muslims

1,85,920

50

32,148

78,712

75,010

Caste Hindus

8,580

1,523

3,849

3,208

Scheduled Castes

14,011

1

3,175

6,395

4,440

Otber Religions

53

13

25

15

1,471

916

433

122

1,406

878

416

112

15

9

5

I

46

28

10

8

4

1

2

I

1,719

1,165

442

112

1,632

1,090

432

110

25

20

4

1

62

55

6

I

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0--9

10-39

40--59

60 & Over

Total

0-9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0--9

10-39

40-59

60 & Over

Total

0--9

10-39

40-59

60 & O'-er

4-18

TABLE 4-A-ORPHANS

This table gives information by religion, sex and Age about the children under 12 years of age whose father were reported to have died before February 1951.

This table is in two sections:-

Section 1 shows the number of orphans by Provinces and States and by religion.

Section 2 gives the same information by Age and sex seperately.

The information regarding orphans was collected while recording age data in reply to Census question 2. For children reported to be under 12 years the respondent was asked to state if the child's father was living.

The original slips were sorted in accordance with the marks so put on them and counted to produce the statistics shown in this table.

This Table has been discussed in chapter 3 of the Report.

4-19

TABLE ~ORPHANS.

Section I-Orphans by Religion and Sex.

Children under 11 years of age whose father. had died.

(Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the fiGures immediately ahove them).

Number of persons.

I Muslims Caste Scheduled

Province &. State Total1 -- --- -~ ~ --- Hindu~ Caste Others Total Muhajirs i Other

Pakistan 18.18,960 14.86.189 89,790 13,96,399 1,22,990 1,49,001 15,780 8,16,671 6,64,468 42,235 6,22,233 58,712 86,148 7,343

Baluchistan &. States 33,003 32,754 196 32,558 190 4 50 Union 13,887 13,778 92 13,686 86 4 19

Baluchistan 19,714 19.601 193 19,408 54 9 SO 8,262 8,214 90 8,124 25 4 19

States Union 13.289 13,153 3 13,150 136 5,625 5,564 2 5,562 61

East Bengal 13,96,664 10,82,443 22,237 10,60,206 1,19,754 1.82,139 12,328 6.21.553 4,78,033 10,045 4,67,988 57,268 IJO,651 5,601

Karachi F.C.A. 10,749 10,289 5,233 5,056 24 153 283 5,319 5,097 2,688 2,409 3 76 143

N.W.F.P. 69,680 69,566 658 68,908 40 74 32,685 32,627 310 32,317 20 38

Punjab &. Bahawalpur 2,03,568 2,00,161 55,091 1,45,070 15 393 2.999 97,191 95,461 26,165 69,296 7 194 1,529

Punjab 1,95,259 1,92,363 51,583 1,40,780 10 182 2,974 93,426 91.810 24,863 66.947 3 99 1,514

Bahawalpur 8,037 7,798 3,508 4,290 5 211 25 3,765 3,651 1,302 2,349 4 95 15

Sind &. Khairpur .. 1,05,296 90,976 6,375 84,601 3,007 11,267 46 46,036 39,472 2,935 36,537 1,348 5.203 13

Sind 98,410 84,211 6,270 77,941 2,934 11,219 46 43,139 36,621 2,885 33,736 /,318 5.187 13

Khairpur 6,886 6,765 105 6,660 73 48 2,897 2,851 50 2,801 JO 16

NOTE 1. Excludes children clainling nationalJties. other than Pakistani.

4--20

TABLE 4·A-ORPHANS.

Section 2-0rphans by Religion, S .. x and Age.

Children uDder 12 years of age whose fathers bad died

Number of persons.

Muslims Age Groups Total' Caste Scheduled Others

Non Hindus Castes Tot~i Muhajirs Muhajir

Male.

All ages 10,02,289 8,21,721 47,547 7,74,172 64,273 10,07,858 8,437

Under 1 23,584 20,048 ],448 18,600 1,548 1,566 422

1-4 1,55,921 1,27,272 8,965 1,18,307 10,733 15,841 2,073

5-9 4,53,955 3,70,980 19,604 3,51,376 28,344 51,103 3,528

10--11 3,68,831 3,03,421 17,532 2,85,889 23,648 39,348 2,414

Female.

All agas 8,16,671 6,64,468 42,241 6,22,227 58,717 86,143 7,343

Under I 23,130 19,687 1,472 18,215 l,b29 1,438 376

1--4 1,54,363 1,24,819 8,314 1.16,505 1l,214 16,449 1,881

5-9 4,05,484 3,29,168 17,749 3,11,419 28,265 45,033 3,018

l(}-ll 2,33,694 1,90,794 14,706 1,76,08& 17,609 23,223 2,068

NOTE 1, Exeludes children clainling nationalities. other tnan Paki~tani.

TABLE 5-BffiTHPLACE

This Table shows the popUlation (excluding non-Pakistanis) analysed according to Birthplace and place of enumeration. The Table is divided into 2 sections, i.e:

Section 1; Total population of Pakistan according to place of birth.

Section 2: Persons born in Indo-Pak. sub-continent beyond the areas in which the First Census of Pakistan was conducted.

2. Along the stub the names of places of birth are arranged in broad geo­graphical divisions, within each of which the different districts, Provinces and countries are listed in alphabetical order.

3. The data regarding birthplace were obtained in reply to Census Question No.3 which required a respondent to state his place of birth. If the person was born in the district of emumeration a tick was put in space No.3 on the emnumera­tion sluip; if born elsewhere in Pakistan or India, the name of the district of birth, and if born outside India and Pakistan, the name of the country was to be written in that space.

4. The original slips were sorted by hand in accordance with the replies noted on them and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this Table.

5. The various provinces and States of the sub-continent beyond the areas in which the First Census of Pakistan was cond ucted have been grouped for the purpose of section 2 in "Zones" as under:-

ZONES PROVINCES/STATES A~D AGE::-OClES

NORTH Uttar Pradesh (U.P. and States).

EAST Assam and States, Bihar and States, Orissa and States, West Bengal and States, and Nepal and Sikkim.

SOUTH Coorg, Madras and States, Mysore and Andeman and Nicobar Islands.

WEST Bombay and States, Baroda State, West Indian States and Agencies, Portuguese India. (This zone includes the States of Junagadll and M:l!lawadlu*)

CENTRAL Madhya Pradesh (C.P), Madhya Bharat (Central India States and Agencies), Bhopal State, and Hyderabad State. *

NORTH-WEST Punjab (I), Patiala and East Punjab States' Union, Ajmer, Delhi, Rajputana States and Agen;:ies, Jammu and Kashmir State.*

OTHER PARTS French India, Bhutan and any otller Indian State.

* Accession disputed.

6. Muhajirs are included in the figures appearing in this Table, but the numbers of Muhajirs amanating from each zone are also given separately in Table 19.

7. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 2 of the Census Report (Part I)

5-1

5-2

TABLE S-BmTH PLACE Section I-The total population of Pakistan according to province or country of Birth.

Total All Places

Pakistan

Place of birth

Baluchistan & States Union East Bengal Federal Capital, Area Karachi

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 2 Punjab & Bahawalpur State Sind & Khairpur State

Other places of Pak/India sub-continent

Other Part of Asia

Muslim Countries

Afghanistan Arabia 3 Indonesia 4 Iran' Iraq

Syria Trans Jordan, Lebnan & Palistian Turkey Other Yfuslim Countries

Other Countries in Asia

Burma Ceylon China Tibet Other countries

Non-Asiatic Countries

Muslims Countries Other Countries

----- -

Number of Persons.

Place of enumeration - - --- ---------

Baluchis-tan & East

Pakistan 1 States Bengal , Union

----.__)---- -7,29,93,118

6,53,87,182

11,57,771 4,10,71,827

3,19,040

32,23,R61 1,53,44,535

42,7\),14&

75,55,191

46,701

34,811

28,212 1,025

171 4,529

343

26 3

232 265

11,890

10,282 lXR 663

91 666

4,044

163 3,881

11,54,167

11,13,963

10,75,83R 469 127

12,398 22,680

2,251

28,810

11,309

11,210

9,323 26

1 1,820

16

10

14

99

47 14

3 35

85

85

4,19,32.329

4,10,75,18l

67· 4,IO,n5,863

",58.

1,768 6,954

171

8,48,539

8,199

286

82 65 25 93 15

1 5

7,913

7,815 2

32 10 54

410

5 405

Notes: 1. Excludes persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani. 2. Including States, Agencies and Tribal Areas. 3. Includes Saudi Arabia, Yeman, Oman, Aden and Bahrein. 4. Includes Sumatra, Java. Bemee and Sarawak. 5. Includes Kawait,

TABLE 5-BIRTH PLACE Section I-The total population of Pakistan according to province or country of Birth.

Number of Persons.

Place of enumeration

Place of birth Federal Punjab & Sind & Capital N.W.F.P. Bahawalpur Khairpur Area

, Karachi

Total All Places 1],22,406 32,22,172 2,06,36,702 49,25,342

Pakistan 1 4,60,237 31,53,715 1,52,33,620 43,50,466

Haluchi~tan & C;;tates Union 33,744 2,241 4,649 41,232 East Bengal 2,844 957 1,444 250 Federal Capital, Area Karachi 3,06,856 164 2,269 9,066

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 2 47,953 30,81,825 70,580 9,337 Punjab & Bahawalpur State 54,275 67,550 1,51,47,408 45,668 Sind & Khairpur State 14,565 978 7,270 42,44,913

Other places of Pak/India sub-continent 6,55,811 57,606 53,93,308 5,71,117

Other Part of Asia 4,724 10,546 8,192 3,731

Muslim Countries 3,145 10,125 6,339 3,706

Afghanistan 1,037 9,728 5,466 2,576 Arabia 3 745 26 to3 60 Indonesia 4 4 31 110 Iran 5 955 79 554 1,028 Iraq 211 16 60 25

Syria 16 Trans Jordan, Lebnan & Palistian 6 1 t Turkey 133 27 46 11 Other Muslim Countries 38 217 :i

Other Countries in Asia 1,579 421 1,853 25

Burma 1,237 133 1,033 I 7 Cevlon 121 2 48 I China 136 118 374 Tibet 23 2 21 Other countries 62 166 377

Non-Asiatic Countries 1,634 305 1,582 28

Muslims Countries 134 24 Other Countries 1,500 305 1,558 28

NOTES: ]. Excludes persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani. 2. Including States, Agencies and Tribal Areas. 3. Includes Saudi Arabia, Yeman, Oman, Aden and Bahrein. 4. Includes Sumatra, Java, Bernee and Sarawak. 5. Includes Kawait.

5--4

TABLE 5-BIRTH PLACE

Section-2 Persons born in Indo/Pakistan sub-continent beyond the areas in which the First Census

of Pakistan was conducted

Number of Persons.

ZoneJ in which Born Place of ------~----------- ---,

Enumeration Total 1 North East South West Central, North Other I West Places I ---------1

Pakistan 2 75,55,191 4,96,600 8.19,549 19.711 2.06.792 1,02,326 59,07,961 2,252

Baluchistan & States Union 28,810 7,144 395 224 619 2,739 17.586 83

Districts 28,373 7,003 393 211 623 2,715 17,345 83 States Union 437 141 2 13 16 24 241

East Bengal 8,48,539 37,771 7,95,143 3,013 2,925 4.932 4.576 179

Federal Capital Area. Karachi 6,55,811 2,00,861 13.755 1I,829 1,51,887 51,065 2,26,029 385

N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions I 57,606 18,662 924 567 595 2,212 34,639

.., I

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 53,93,308 1,14,416 6,477 1,511 5,711 19,924 62,44,090 1,179

Districts 49,69,520 1,09,114 6,189 1,477 4,092 18,381 48,29,094 1,179 Bahawalpur

State 4,23,788 5,302 2q4 34 1,619 1,543 4,14,996

Sind & Khairpur State 5.7],117 1,17,746 2,855 2,567 45,035 21,454 3,81,041 419

Districts 5,59,211 1,12,923 2,776 2,476 44,975 21,218 3,74,424 419 Khairpur

State 11,906 4,823 79 9[ 60 236 6,617

Notes: 1. Excludes non-Pakistanis.

2. Excluding persons in Frontier Regions (See both sheet)

3. For Provinces & States comprising Zones, See title sheet.

TABLE 6.-RELIGIONS.

This Table analyses the distribution of the population according to religions. The information in regard to religion was obtained in reply to Census Question No.5 for which 8 symbols were provided on the census slip, one of which had to be ringed round by the enumerator according to the reply of the respondent. The symbols were-(l) Muslim, (2) Caste Hindu, (3) Scheduled Castes, (4) Budhist. (5) Christian, (6) Parsi, (7) Tribal Religion and (8) Other Religion or no religion. The 8th symbol was ringed also for persons who did not report their religion. The original slips were sorted according to the marks placed round the above suymbols and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this Table.

2. It will be seen that no attempt has been made to obtain data regarding sects or sub-divisions of the main religious communities or to record the separate castes of Caste Hindus and members of the Scheduled Castes.

3. The Table is in two sections:

Section 1 gives totals of main religious groups, viz., Muslims. Caste Hindus, and Scheduled Castes, and the total of smaller religious groups for each district and municipality;

One Section which gives the number of persons in each Province in each of the smaller religious groups. The column headed "Others" includes persons who claimed to adhere to a religion not specified in the enumeration slip, or who have no religion or who refused to report their religion.

4. The population analysed in this Table excludes persons who claimed a nationality other than Pakistani.

5. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 2 of the Report.

6--1

6-2

TABLE 6.-RELIGJON

Section I.-Main Religious Groups

Thousand persons.

Caste Scheduled, Provinces and States I Total l Muslim I Hindu Caste 1 Christian Others

1- ---- ---, - ----PAKISTAN 2 7,56,36 6,49,59 43,49 54,21 5,41 3,66

Baluchistan and States 11,54 11,37 12 1 4

Districts 6,02 5,94 3 4

States 5,52 5,43 9

East Bengal 4,19,32 3,22,27 41,87 50,52 1,07 3,59

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 11,23 10,78 5 13 21 6

N.W.F.P. and Frontier Regions 58,65 58,58 2 4

Districts 32,23 32,17 2 4

Frontier Regions 26,42 26,41

Punjab and Bahawalpur State'. : 2,06,37 2,02,01 3 30 4,03

Districts 1,88,15 1,83,93 2 19 4,01

Bahawalpur State 18,22 18,08 11 2

Sind and KhairpuI State 49,25 44,58 1,41 3,23 2

Districts 46,06 41,49 1,34 3,20 2

Khairpur State 3,19 3,09 7 3

I.-Excluding 207 thousand persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani.

2.-The numbers represent the following proportions of the total population:-

Area Muslim Caste Hindu Scheduled Christian Others Caste

0/ 0, 0/ ?{. % /0 '0

(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (VI)

----_ -----Pakistan 85.9 5.7 7.2 0.7 0.5

West Pakistan 97.1 0.5 1.1 1.3

East Pakistan 76.8 10 12 0.3 0.9

Section 2-Analysis of smaller religious Groups

Provinces and State

Pakistan

Baluchistan and States Union

Districts States Union

East Bengal

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

N.W.F.P. and Frontier Regions

Districts Frontier Regions

Punjab and BahawaJpur State

Districts Bahawalpur State

Sind and Khairpur State

Districts Khairpur State

Buddhist

3,19,630

3,18,951

9

9

670

670

Parsi

5.356

115

5,018

195

195

28

28

6-3

Number of Persons.

Tribal

30.278

30,278

Others

11.792

80

80

10,236

1,214

215

15 200

35

35

12

12

7-1

TABLE 7-MOTHER TONGUE.

The information regarding Mother Tongue was obtained in reply to Census Question No.6. "What is your Mother Tongue?" 'Mother Tongue' was defined as the language spoken from the craddle and Enumerators were instructed that in the case of very young children who had not learned to speak and of deaf-and­dumb persons, it should be the language spoken by their parents. Where the mothers' language was different from the father's, the Mother Tongue was taken to be the language mostly used in the home.

2. The nine main languages of Pakistan printed on the Census Slip were Arabic, Urdu, Persian, Bengali, Pashto, Punjabi, English, Sindhi and Baluchi. The enumerator had to indicate Mother Tongue by ticking against one of them accordingly to the reply. There was a tenth blank column for the purpose of recording Mother Tongues other than those printed. The original slips were sorted in accordance with the marks put on them and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this Table.

3. The list of language has been arranged according to philological families. The Indo-European family, to which many of the languages of Pakistan belong, is sub-divided to show separately the particular branches which contain the chief mother tongues of Pakistani citizens. Within each family or branch of the Indo-European family the different languages are listed in alphabetical order. The classification of Mother Tongues are detailed in the schedule given on the next page.

4. The list of languages includes, in addition to the printed nine languages, most of the other languages which were entered into the 10th blank column. These languages are given separate lines in the table.

5. This Table gives an analysis of the total population of the Province, excluding foreigners.

6. The Table has been discussed in Chapter 4 of Part I of the Census Report.

7-2

CLASSIFICATION OF MOTHER TONGUES

MAIN HEADS

(a) Austric Family

1. SANTHALI & KHASI

(b) Dravidian Family

2. BPAHUI 3. SOUTH INDIAN LANGUAGES 4. TRIBAL DRAVIDIAN TONGUES

(c) Indo-European Family

Dardic Branch 5. KAFIR TONGUES 6. KASHMIR I 7. KHOWAR

B. KOHISTANI 9. SHINA

European Branch 10. ENGLISH·

Indo-Aryan Brancb 11. ASSAMESE 12. BENGALI· 13. GUJARATI 14. HINDI

15. MARATID 16. ORlYA 17. PUNJABI·

lB. RAJASTHANI

19. SINDHI·

20. URDU·

Iranian Branch 21. BALUCHI· 22. PERSIAN·

23. PUSHTU'"

(d) Semitic FamUy

24. ARABIC'"

(e) Tibeto-Chinese Family

25. ARAKANESE 26. BURMESE 27. OTHER ASSAM-BURMAN

TONGUES

<f) Various Central Asi~

28. TRIBAL TONGUES OF N.W.

(g) Unclassified

29. OTHER LANGUAGES.

--- _- -----.---- ----

CONTAINS SLIPS MARKED

Santhali, Khasi

Brahui Tamil, Malayalam, Telegu, Kanarese Oraon, Maltho, Odki.

Kalash (Black Kafirs), Bashgali (Red Kafirs) Kashmiri Khowar, Chitrali, Arandni, Dandarik, Dameli, Jadri, Biyar, MaIolo, Gididi, Kashkari. Kohistani, Gujari, Ajari, Torwati, Kalami. Shina

English

Assamese Bengali, Chittagonian, Sylheta, Chakma, Hajong. Gujarati Hindi, Hindustani(a), Bihari(a)-(a) if person is

Non-Muslim. Marathi, Thakri Oriya Punjabi, Multani, Lahanda, Bahawalpuri, Derawali

Jafirki, Khetrani, Dogra, Pahari ' Rajasthani, Maiwati, Marwari, Jaipuri, Ajmeri,

Bikaniri, Raj putani, Kathewadi, Bhili. Sindhi, Jattki, Seraiki, Lasi, Thareli, Dhatki,

Kacchi. Urdu, Hindustani (b), Bihari (b)-(b) if person is

Muslim.

Baluchi, Makrani, Makrani-kechi. Persian, Dehwani, Yargha, Badakshani, Lori­

chini. Pushtu, Afghani, Kabuli, Pathani

Arabic.

Arakanese, Maghi, Marang Burmese

Manipuri (Meithei), Lushai, Garo, Tripuri.

Wakik, Qazik, Turkey, Kirghiz, Hunzik.

------------- ----"'Languages for which a special column was provided on the Enumeration Slip.

7-3

TABLE 7-MOTHER TONGUES

Number of Persons.

Baluch­istan &

PakistanI' States Union

Federal Capital

I I 1 N.W.F.P. including Punjab & Sind &

Languages I East Bengal I Area I Karachi Frontier i Bahawalpur 1 Khairpur Regions State State

--~------- ------ ------I

Total 7,56,35,496 11,54.167 4,19,32,329 11,22,406 58,64,550 2,06.36,702 49,25,342

Austric Family

Santhali & Khasi

Dravidian F'amily

1,11,294 1,11.283

Brahui 2,18,556 1,95,745 South Indian

Languages 5,724 59 2,896

37 Tribal Dra-

vidian Tongues 94

Indo-European Family

Dardic Branch

Kafir Tongues Kashmiri Khowar Kohistani Shina

l?uropean Branch

English

2,943 2,551

94,599 66,804

100

1,2359

Indo-Aryan Branch

Assamese Bengali Gujrati Hindi Marathi Oriya

873 4,11,67,474

2,28,492 1,24,923

1,007 16,609

349

7

350 2.412

R70 566 4,11,60,310 234 2,836 42 1,23,356 18 216

16,592

11

351

2,609

57

41 761

12 131

7,983

3

3,199 1,27,555

644 773

17

2,902

94,587 65,647

125

900

345

90

1,441

1,019 100

1,050

2,208 208

13

22,460

70

439

291 97,659

523

(I) Excluding persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani but including 4,700 Non-Pakistanis who ~re Afghan Powindahs in Kharram and whose mother tongue is Pushtu.

(2) Sindhi includes the dealects Jattki (78,20) and Lassi (6,681).

7--4

TABLE 7-MOTHER TO~GUES

Number of Persons

Baluch- Federal N.W.F,P· I istan & Capital including Punjab & Sind & Languages PakIstan States East Bengal Area rrontier IBahawalpur Khairpur

Union Karachi Regions State State

I -Punjabi 2,08,42,524 76,922 7,121 99,535(3) 10,08,434 1,94,98,054 1,52,458 Rajasthani 78,009 5 992 6,696(4) 942 69,374 Sindhi 39,lJ4,23R 1,86,436(2) 3,736 J .57,466(5) 23 9,280 36,37,297 Urdu 24,57,444 19,521 2,68,280 5,(J),816 50,064 10,74,276 4,79,487

Iranian Btanch

Baluchi 9,43,049 3,94,023 97,50') 4 3,142 4,48,371 Persian 21,340 II,llS 946 2,48l 4,422 356 2,017 Pushtu 50,02,285 2,68,695 2,008 37,284 46,35,689t 6) 44,141 14,470

Semitic Family

Arabic 1,249 21 208 808 20 57 135

Tibet Chinese Family

Arakanese 73,849 73,848 1 Burmese 39,657 39,510 III 36 Other Assam-

Burman Tongues 1,11,860 1,11,820 6 34

Various Central Asian

Tribal Tongues ofN-W. 347 101 102 37 107

Unclassified

Other Langua-ges 15,241 56 2,951 10,444 1,388 218 184

Notes: (3) Includes 96 persons who reported Multani is their Mother Tongue.

(4) Includes 919 persons who reported Kattewadi as their Mother Tongue.

(5) Includes 5 persons who reported Lassi and 2 persons who reported Jattki as tceir Mother Tongue.

(6) Estimated population of Frontier Regions (17,55,152) is assumed to have reported PUSHTU as their Mother Tongue.

TABLE 7-A-SPEECH

This table shows the number of persons who commonly speak each of the main languages of Pakistan. Nine languages were selected for the purpose of this enquiry and these were printed on the Enumeration Slip. Tick marks were placed under each language by the Enumerator according to the replies he received to Census question No.7. This question followed the question on Mother-tongue and asked the respondent to report "Any other language you commonly speak".

2. Many respondents claimed to speak more than One language in addition to their Mother-tongue. Therefore no 'Total' column is provided in this table since the total number of speakers exceeds the total population. many persons appearing more than once in the figures.

3. The figures under each language include those who speak the language as their Mother-tongue plus those who speak it as an additional language. The standard of multi-lingualism in each language can therefore be assessed by com­paring the figures in this table with those in Table 7 Mother-tongues.

4. This table is in two sections: Section 1 gives the number of speakers of each language and section 2 expresses the figures as percentages of the total population. The total population figure used for this calculation excludes Non­Pakistanis but the difference which that causes in the percentages is negligible.

5. Certain miner languages or dialects, having been reported as Mother­tongues, are included in this table under the main languages in which they were classified in Table 7 i.e.

(a) Punjabi includes Khetrani. Jafirki and Derawali. (b) Persian includes Dehwari. (c) Sindhi includes Jattki. Sindhi and Lassi.

6. This table has been discussed in chapter 4 of the Report.

7-6

TABLE 7-A-SPEECII

Section- I-Numbers

Number! of persons who commonly spcnk the nine main languages of Pakistan

(includes both the persons who claimed the languages as their mother tongue (See Table 7) and those

reported it as additional language commonly spoken by them)

Number of Persons.

Province and State Arabic Baluchi Bengali English _-1_- ____________

Pakistan 65,043 10,75,999 4.12,91.989 13.77,567

Baluchistan & States Union 30 4,71,848 689 12,lJ41

Districts 19 1,64,576 675 1 1,80~ States Union 11 :'.07,272 14 1,137

East Bengal 41.218 429 4,12,80,220 5,50,206

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 2,371 1,03,182 5,070 97,506

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 6,276 309 1, 118 30,904

District 623 309 1,118 29,823 Frontier Regions 2 3,653 1,081

Punjab and Bahawalpur State 12,809 4,749 3,968 6,11,921

District 12,738 4,719 3,902 5,6\),419 Bahawalpur State 71 30 66 51,502

Sind and Khairpur State 2,339 4,95,482 924 74,089

Districts 2,309 4,83,967 884 71,878 Khairpur State 30 11,515 40 2,217

1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. Includes Afghan Powindha from Frontier Regions.

2. Besides these main languages 2,903 persons speaking 'Kafar Tongue' 87,126 'Khowi!r' and 77,003 'Kohistani'

7-7

TABLE 7-A-SPEECH

SeCtion I-Numbers

Number of persons who commonly speak the nine main languages of Pakistan

(includes both the persons who claimed the languages as their mother tongue (See Table 7) and those

reported it as additional language commonly spoken by them)

Number of Persons.

Persian Punjabi Pushtu Sindhi Urdu Province and State

-----2,27,275 2,14.66,815 35,89,626 43,59,287 54,19,131 Pakistan

24,448 84,309 2,84,758 2,32,746 84,682 Baluchistan & States Union

17,478 82,781 2,81,970 55.443 75,304 Districts 6,970 1,528 2,788 1,77,303 9,378 States Union

25,454 8,533 3,081 8,349 4,63,160 East Bengal

22,391 1,07,043 41,343 1,86,723 7,61,353 Federal Capital Area, Karachi

26,617 13,52,907 31,84,064 361 1,99,391 N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions

15,202 13,44,069 24,29,865 361 1,80,287 District 11,415 8,838 7.54,199 19,104 Frontier Regions

1,16,181 1,97,41,743 58,781 13,272 32,29,729 Punjab and Bahawalpur State

1,13,474 1,79,67,151 54,190 3,515 29,94,252 District 2,707 17,74,592 4,591 9,757 2,35,477 Bahawalpur State

12,184 1,72,280 17,599 39,17,836 6,80,816 Sind and Khairpur State

11,696 1,58,177 16,834 36,23,514 6,65,638 Districts 488 14,103 765 2,94,322 15,178 Khairpur State

7-8

TABLE 7.A-SPEECH

Section 2-Percentages

Number! of persons commonly speaking the nine main languages of Pakistan expressed

as a percentage of the total population in each geograpbical area.

Province and State ~ ~ ~ § ~ E ~ ~ '-' 6JJ ~ ~,.... ~ ..c ...., 1 "'0

~ § gf ~ 'g ,?, ~ :5 a:l a:l IJ.I .... 0.."" I 1--_______________ . ___ ,, ___ 1 __ 1 ______ 1 __ 1 ___ _

Pakistan

Baluchistan and States Union

Distnats States Union

East Bengal

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

N.W.F.P. and Frontier Regions ..

Districts Frontier Regions

Punjab and Bahawalpur State

Districts Bahawalpur State

Sind and Khairpur State

Districts Khairpur State

0.09

0.10

1.5 56.0

41.0

27.0 56.0

98.0

1.9 0.31 29.0 4.9 5.9 7.3

1.1

1.9 0.21

2.1 7.3 25.0 20.0 7.3

3.0 14.0 47.0 9.2 13.0 1.2 0.27 0.51 32.0 1.7

1.3 0.06 0.02 0.02 1.1

0.21 9.2 0.45 8.7 2.0 9.5 3.7 17.0 68.0

0.15 om 0.03 0.75 0.65 33.0 77.0 O.O[ 4.9

0.02 0.01 0.03 0.93 0.47 42.0 75.0 0.0[ 5.6 0.64 0.12 1.3 4.0 85.0 2.2

0.06 0.02 0.02

0.07 0.03 0.02

0.05 10.0 0.02

3.0 0.56 90.0 0.28 0.06 16.0

3.0 0.60 96.0 0.29 0.02 16.0 2.8 0.15 97.0 0.25 0.54 13.0

1.5 0.05 3.5 0.36 80.0 14.0

0.05 11.0 0.02 1.6 0.25 3.4 0.37 79.0 14.0 0.01 3.6 0.01 0.69 0.15 4.4 0.24 92.0 5.0

1. Exduding persons chiming Nationalities other than Pakistani, but includes Afghan Powindahs in Frontier Regions.

TABLE 8-LITERACY

This Table shows the size of the literate population (excluding persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani). Literacy was defined in this census as the ability to read any language in clear print. Those ab1e only to read the Holy Quran are literate. This definition differs from that used in the past censuses and care should be taken in making comparisions.

2. This Table is divided in three Sections:-

Section 1. Total number of literates and percentage Section 2. Literates by main Religions. Section 3. Percentages by main Religions.

Distribution is given by provinces and states. In provincial reports this tables shows the distribution by districts and cities.

3. Details of the literate population by the languages which they are able to read (or read and write) are given in table SA. Levels of education attained are shown in Table 9-B. The same information has separately been tabulated for Muhajirs in Table 19-B.

4. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 4 of the Report.

8-1

8-2

TABLE 8-LITERACY

Section-I-Number of literates by sex and their percentages

Number of Persons.

"'t:l CiO ,'-.0 0·- ~ 0, c ~~g

Population I iterate persons 2 I ~~.,g QJ~ ~ 0. 0."

Province and State l~ B-3 1 ~o

~ce~

I I~O g. .sooo '"1 ~ .-~Q

--- ,- .-l Q •

Male Female Male Female ; Male Female --_- ---- - ------~~ -_-

Pakistan 1 3,91.41,972 3,47.38,372 99.00,362 40,57,651 18.9 25.3 11.7

Baluchistan & States Union 6,33,012 5,21,155 86,979 31,466 10.3 13.7 6.0

Districts 3,39,244 2,63,344 (j(-},152 22,935 14.8 19.5 8.7 States Union 2,93,768 2,57,811 20,827 8,531 5.3 7.1 3.3

East Bengal 2,19,37,575 1,99,94,754 65,95,346 22,60,233 21.1 30.1 11.3

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 6,43,292 4,79,114 2,22,815 1,29,959 31.4 34.6 27.1

N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 21,71,376 1'),38,022 2,78,917 36,602 7.7 12.8 1.9

Districts 17,00,331 15,21,841 2,63,661 33,983 9.2 15.5 2.2 Frontier Regions 4,71,045 4,16,181 15,256 2,619 2.0 3.2 0.6

Punjab & BahawalpUf State 1,10,49,854 95,86,848 22,31,594 14,31,515 17.8 20.2 14.9

Districts 1,00,59,949 87,54,252 20,82,310 13,21,912 18.1 20.7 15.1 Bahawalpur State 9,89,9:)5 8,32,596 1,49,284 1,09,603 14.2 15.1 13.2

Sind & Khairpur State 27,06,863 22,18,479 4,84,711 1,67,876 13.2 17.9 7.6

Districts 25,29,632 20,76,302 4,56,376 1,60,086 13.4 18.0 7.7 Khairpur State 1,77,231 1,42,177 28,335 7,790 11.3 16.0 5.5

NOTES: 1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani.

2. Literate person was defined in the Census as "a persons who can read".

8-3

TABLE 8-LITERACY

Section-2-Number of literate persons by religions

(Figures in italics show the number of females who IJ.re included in the total ahove them)

Number of Persons.

Total Caste I Scheduled Other I' I l ____ ~rovin~ & State ___ I Literate l~Slim _ ~ind~_I_ Castes __ Religions

Pakistan 1,39,58,013 1,14,47,779 15,98,222 7,71,952 1,40,060 40,57,651 34,94,817 4,24,484 97.656 40,694

Baluchistan & States Union 1,18,445 1,16,131 1,220 63 1,031 31.466 31,041 104 6 315

Districts 89,087 87,499 514 43 1,031 22,935 22,568 46 6 315

States Union 29,358 28,632 706 20 8,581 8,473 58

Ea5t Bengal 288,55,579 64,25,790 15,71,755 7,64,791 93,243 2,60;233 17,17,502 4,21,196 96,428 25,107

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 3,52,774 3,40,019 1,573 1,036 10,146 1,29,959 1,25,640 491 498 3,330

N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 3,15,519 3,14,200 60 203 1,056 36,602 36,145 10 54 393

Districts 2,97,644 2,96,325 60 203 1,056 33,983 33,526 10 54 393

Frontier Regions 17,875 17,875 2,619 2,619

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 36,63,109 36,27,957 328 761 34,063 14,31,515 }4,19,944 91 104 11,376

Districts 34,04,222 33,69,221 228 736 43,037 13,21,912 13,10,401 45 ~6 11,370

Bahawalpur State 2,58,887 2,58,736 100 25 26 1,09,603 1,09,543 46 8 6

Sind & Khairpur State 6,52,587 6,23,682 23,286 5,098 521 1,67,876 1,64,545 2,592 566 173

Districts 6,16,462 6,88,420 22,499 5,043 500 1,60,086 1,56,793 2,567 564 162

Khairpur State 36,125 35,262 787 55 21 7,790 7,752 25 2 11

NOTE: 1. Includes 17,875 males & 2,619 females reported literate in Frontier Regions all of whom have been classed as Muslims.

0-4

TABLE 8--LlTERACY

Section-3-Percentages of literate by main religions

(Figures in Italics show the percentage of females who lire included in the toml percentage above them)

Total Province & State J Percentage Mll~lims Caste Scheduled Other

of Hindus Literacy

Castes : Religions

-- ---- - ---~ - - ------ ------ ------Pakistan 18.9 18.1 36.8 14.2 15.5

1l.7 /l.8 20.4 3.7 9.5

Baluchistan & States Union 10.3 10.2 10.4 4.6 25.7 6.0 6.0 2.() 1.0 /8.2

Districts 14.8 14.7 17.0 3.6 25.8 8.7 8.7 3.6 1.2 18.3

States Union 5.3 5.3 8.1 12.4 3.3 3.3 1.4

Fast Bengal 21.1 19.9 37.5 15.1 20.0 11.3 11.2 21.2 4.0 11.1

rederal Capital Area, Karachi 31.4 31.6 33.9 7.7 38.1 27./ 27.4 27.6 7.8 28.2

N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 7.7 5.4 7.6 12.3 26.2 1.9 2.4 14.7 6.8 24.7

Districts 9.2 9.2 39.7 12.3 29.6 2.2 2.2 14.7 6.8 24.7

Frontier Regions 2.0 2.0 0.6 0.6

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 17.8 18.0 11.9 2.S 8.5 14.9 15./ 6.6 2.6 U

Districts 18.1 18.3 13.6 4.0 8.5 /5.1 15.3 5.5 1.1 6.2

BahawalplIf State 14.2 14.3 9.3 0.2 1.3 13.2 13.3 8.1 0.2 0.7

Sind & Khttirpur State 13.2 14.0 16.5 1.6 18.1 7.6 8.2 4.2 0.4 13.1

Districts 13.4 14.2 16.8 1.6 18.8 7.7 8.4 4.3 0.4 13.2

Khairpllf State 11.3 11.4 10.8 1.8 9.5 5.5 5.6 0.8 11.8

TABLE 8 -A

LANGUAGES OF LITERACY.

This Tables shows the number of persons (excluding those claiming nationa­lities other than Pakistani) who are literate in any of the nine principal languages of Pakistan.

2. The numb~r of persons who are able to read and write each language, and those able to read only, are shown separately, In the column for Arabic is shown the number of persons who claimed ability to read in that language the Holy Quran only.

3. Persons literate in more than one language have been counted under each such language and for this reason figures in this Table do not agree with these in Table 8.

4. The data for this table were collected in response to Census Question No.8, which asked: "Can you read? write?" If yes, .. in what languages?" under the particular language 'P' was to be written for ability only to read, 'L' for read and write and 'Q' under Arabic for ability to read the Holy Quran only.

5. Ability to read meant that a person claimed to read clear print, and ability to write meant that a person claimed to be able to write a simple letter. The original slips were sorted in accordance with the records made on them and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this table.

6, This Table has been discussed in Chapter 4 of the Report.

8-5

8-6

TABLE 8. A-LANGUAGES OF LITERACY Literate persons able to read and write and those able to read only each of the main nine languages

of Pakistan (Number able to read and write is shown in ordinary type. Number able to read only in Italics)

Number of Persons.

Province, District & States Arabic Baluchi Bengali English , Persian

Pakistan 1,71,881 2,104 59,48,120 19,53,221 2,10,933 1,48,793 418 17,17,435 4,52,249 44,026

65,67,119*

Baluchistan including States Union 337 Ui9 15n 13,U8 9,504 244 145 72 975 2,967

88,080* I

Districts 296 97 141 12,745 7,377 235 61 58 744 1,634

64,204*

States Union 41 72 9 582 2J27 y 84 14 231 1,333

23,876*

East Bengal 1,42,739 261 59,44,866 13,21,868 45,9)7 1,48,788 163 17,15,864 3,88,053 21,000

23,11,364*

Federal Capital Area, Karachi " 773 1,520 2,382 95,833 17,194 889 97 1,2(15 2,781 768

2,45,341*

N.W.F.P. including Frontier 8,880 15 48,22() 25,038 Regions 4,551 1 4,746 4,804

2,39,900*

Districts 8,107 15 46,427 21,41i3 1,393 1 4,618 2,616

2,39,900"

Frontier Regions 773 ,_ 1,793 3,575 3,158 128 2,188

-*

Punjab induding Bahawalpur 17,810 364 4,29,896 1,02,827 State 42,959 251 51,992 13,273

23,00,122*

Districts 17,512 364 4,07,953 97,823 42,509 252 48,149 12,178

21,35,694*

Bahawalpur State 298 21,943 5,0)4 450

1,64,428* 3,843 1,095

Sind including Khairpur State " 1,342 151 343 44,076 10,463 1,362 13 41 3,702 1,2/4

4,16,912*

Districts 1,320 151 327 41,955 9,841 1,360 13 40 3,457 1.143

3,94,564*

Khairpur State 22 16 2,121 622 2 1 245 71

22,348*

"'The figures marked with asterisk only the Holy Quran.

show the number of persons claiming to able to read

8-1

TABLE 8. A-LANGUAGES OF LITERACY

Literate persons able to read and write and those able to read only each of the main nine languages of Pakistan

(Number able to read and write is shown in ordinary type. Number able to read only in Italics)

Number of Persons.

Punjabi

I Pushtu Sindhi Urdu Province, District & States

5~.904 22,776 -3.16.917 23,60,063 Pakistan 40,260 8.621 45,482 4,27,216

2,923 1,265 1.634 44,559 Baluchistan including States Union 421 423 768 5,400

2,791 1,212 875 39,941 Districts 377 386 278 3,372

132 53 759 4.618 States Union 44 37 490 2,028

2,193 1,197 812 3,08,301 East Bengal 525 470 290 1,72,814

5,056 1,264 15,236 2,06,827 Federal Capital Area, Karachi 618 157 1,270 II,127

7,106 16,692 1,76,692 N.W.F.P. including Frontier Regions 6,202 7,076 12,769

7,076 14,745 1,68,326 Districts 5,600 4,965 9,203

30 1,947 8,366 Frontier Regions 606 2,111 3,566

35,554 2,031 39 15,14,387 Punjab including Bahawalpur State 32,450 439 5 2,14,140

35,443 1,850 39 14,25,285 Districts 32,413 434 5 1,95,994

111 181 89,102 Bahawalpur State 37 5 18,146

1,072 327 2,99,196 1,09,297 Sind including Khairpur State 46 56 43,149 10,966

1,021 314 2,80,701 1,04,792 Districts 43 55 39,064 10,606

51 13 18,495 4,505 Khairpur State 3 1 4,085 360

TABLE 9-PUPILS AND STUDENTS

1. This table shows, for each province and state, the number of persons in two broad age-groups, wbo reported themselves in census, as regularly attending school or college. The analysis is by main religious groups and sex. The percentage which each figure in the table bears to the corresponding total popula­tion of its age, sex and religious group has been shown in italics below the res­pective figures.

2. Similar tables regarding school and college population were not produced in previous censuses of Indo-Pakistan sub-continent.

3. The data for the number of people still undergoing education was obtai,ned in reply the first part of census Questi on No. 10 which enquired whether the person was regularly attending school or college. The enumerators' leaflet ex­plained that a person should be treated as regularly attending school or college regardless of any temporary break in attendance such as sickness or holidays.

4. Since this census information is based on verbal statements by individuals or heads of families it is unlikely that it will agree either in general or in particular with the official records based on registers kept by heads of schools and colleges. The number of persons attending primary school on January 1951 according to the records of the Ministry of Education was 32,12,O()() as detailed by provinces and states in statement 4.H of Part I.

5. This TaWe is discussed in Chapter 4 of Pt. I of the Census Report.

9-1

9-2

TABLE g-PUPn..s AND STUDENTS

Persons in Broad Age group who, at the time of Census were attending school or college

(Figures in italics denote percentage of the population in the age, sex and Religions groups)

Number of Persons.

I

All Religions Age Groups

Total I Male I (in years) Female

J

All Pakistan

Total .. " .. 42,64,186 31,00,515 11,63,671 5.8 7.9 3.4

0-9 .. .. . . 16,00,614. 10,95,749 5,04,865 7.6 10.3 4.9

10 &. Over .. .. 26,63,572 20,04,766 6,58,806 5.1 7.1 2.7

Baluchistan and States Union

Total .. .. .. 18,276 15,007 3,269 1.6 2.4 0.6

0-9 .. .. . . 6,288 4,889 1,399 1.7 2.6 0.8

10 &. Over .. .. 11,988 10,118 1,870 1.5 2.3 0.5

Balucbistan

Total .. .. .. 14,485 11,405 3,080 2.4 3.4 1.2

0-9 .. .. .. 4,997 3,692 1,305 2.6 3.7 1.4

10" Over .. .. 9,488 7,713 1,775 2.3 3.2 1.0

Baluchistan State. Unions

Total .. .. 3,791 3,602 189 0.7 1.2 0.1

0-9 .. .. .. 1,291 1,197 94 0.7 1.4 0.1

I 10 & Over .. .. 2,500 2,405 95

0.7 1.2 0.1

East Bengal

Total .. .. .. 25,58,190 19,01,101 6,57089 6.1 8.7 3.3

J

0-9 .. .. .. 10,61,076 7,07'6)5 3,53,461 17.0 I 2.0 12.0

I I 10" Over .. .. 14,97._114 '. ll,93,4§6 3,03,628

5.1 " 7.6 2.2

Federal Capital Aha, Karatbi , \ Total

\: .. .. 1,12,579 63,764 48,815 0-9 .. .. 10.0 9.91 10.0

0 9 .. .. .. 43,095 25,694 \ 17,401 14.0 17.0 \ 12.0

10 & Over .. .. 69,484 38,070 31,414 8.4 7.8 9.4

I

Muslims

Total I Male

35,73,629 25,93,837 5.7 7.7

13,26,371 9,11,338 7.4 9.9

22,47,258 16,82,499 5.0 6.9

17,637 14,519 1.6 2.3

6,035 4,701 1.8 2.5

U,602 9,818 1.5 2.2

14,014 11,073 2.~ 3.3

4,783\ 3,541 2.5 3.6

9,231 7,532 2.3 3.2

3,623 3,446 0.7 1.2

1,252 1,160 0.4 ,1.3

2,3,71 0.6

2,286 1.1

19,03,323 1419,335 5.9 < 8.4-

7.90,~94 5,30,540 16.0 21.0 ,

11,06,429 8,88,~5 4.9 , .4

I 1,09,152 61,797

10.0 '10.0

42,255 25,075 15.0 17.0

66,897 36,722 8.5 7.8

r Female

9,79,792 3.3

4,15,033 4.7

5,64,759 2.7

3,lt8 0.6

1,334 0.8

1,784 0.5

2,941 1.1

1,242 1.3

1,699 1.0

177 0.1

92 0.1

85 0.1

4,83,988 3.2

2,66,354 ]J.O

2,17,634 2.1

47,355 10.0

17,180 12':)

30,175 9.5

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

2 7 8 2

2 9 o 3

3 1 2 3

3 3 4 3

3 3 5 6

9-3

TABLE 9-PUPILS ANO StUDENTS

Persons in broad Age gronp who, at the time of Census were attending school or coUege

Figures in italics denot~ percentage of the population in the age, sex and Religious groups)

Number of Persons.

Caste Hindu.

I I Scheduled Castes Other Re ligion.

Total I I Total .1 Male _i Female I Age Groups

Male Female Total Male I Female (in Years)

"- All Pakistan

I 4,05,141 2,85,988 1,19,153 ~.39,091 1,91,263 48,028 46,325 29,627 16,688 Tota 2 9.3 12.6 5.7 , 4.4 6.8 1.8 5.1 6.2 3.9

3 1,58,032 1,00,803 57,229 1,01,874 74\488 27,386 14,337 9,120 5,217 0---9 4 13.6 17.3 9.9 6.8 9.9 3.7 5.7 7.2 4.3

5 2,47,109 1,85,1~5 61,924 1,37,217 1,16,575 20,642 31,988 20,507 11,481 10 & Over 6 7.7 no 4.1 3.5 5.7 1.1 4.9 5.9 3.7

Baluchistan and States Union

7 265 235 30 23 23 351 230 121 Total 8 2.3 3.7 0.6 1.7 2.9 8.7 10.0 6.9

9 81 72 9 10 10 162 106 56 0---9 10 2.5 4.6 0.5 2.3 4.6 12.1 15.3 8.7

11 184 163 21 13 13 189 124 65 10 & Over 12 2.2 3.5 0.5 1.4 2.3 7.1 7.8 6.0

Baluchistan

13 lOS 87 18 15 15 351 230 121 Total 14 3.5 5.0 1.4 1.3 2.2 8.8 10.1 7.0

15 45 38 7 7 7 162 106 56 0---9 16 5.5 8.7 1.9 1.9 3.6 12.1 15.3 8.7

17 60 49 11 8 8 189 124 65 10 & Over 18 2.7 3.8 1.2 1.0 1.6 7.1 7.8 6.0

Baluchistan States Union

19 160 148 12 8 8 Total 20 1.8 3.2 0.3 5.0 8.1

21 36 34 2 3 3 0---9 22 1.5 3.0 0.1 7.1 11.1

23 124 114 10 5 5 10 & Over 24 2.0 3.3 0.3 4.2 7.5

East Bengal

25 3,95,553 2,77,993 1,17,560 2,35,315 1,87,671 47,644 23,999 16,102 17,897 Total 26 9.4 13.0 5.9 4.7 7.2 2.0 5.1 6.7 3.5

27 1,55,081 98,385 56,696 1,00,431 73148 27,283 8,670 5,542 3,128 0---9 28 27.0 34.0 20.0 14.0 20.0 7.8 13.0 17.0 10.0

29 2,40,472 1,79,608 60,846 1,34,884 1,14,523 20,361 15,329 10,560 4,769 10 & Over 30 7.8 11.0 4.2 3.7 5.9 1.2 4.6 6.5 3.0

\ Federal Capital Area, Karachi

31 571 304 267 257 139 118 2,599 1,524 1,075 Total 32' 11.0 11.0 15.0 1.9 2.0 1.8 9.8 10.0 9.1

3'3 231 162 69 63 42 21 546 415 131 0---9 34 21.0 30.0 13.0 1.4 2,0 1.0 8.8 13.0 4.5

35 340 142 198 194 97 97 2,053 1,109 944 10 & Over 36 9.6 6.1 16.0 2.1 2.0 2.3 10.0 9.6 10.6

TABLE 9-PUPILS AND STUDENTS

All-Pakistan

Persons in Broad age group who, at tbe time of Census were attending school or College

(Figures in Italics denote percentage of the population in the age, sex and Religious Groups)

Number of Person ••

All Religions Muslims Age Groups

I (in Years) Total Male Female Total Male Female

·I---~~

North-West Frontier Province

Total 1,3.8,371 1,20,5S0 17,791 1,37,987 1,20,327 17,660 37 4.3 7.1 1.2 4.3 7.1 1.2 38

(}-9 60,035 52,032 8,003 59,851 51,903 7,948 39 6.3 11.0 1.7 6.3 11.0 1.7 40

10 &: Over 78,336 68,548 9.788 78,136 68,424 9,712 41 3.5 5.7 0.9 3.5 5.7 0.9 42

Punjab and Babawalpur State

Total 12,25,367 8,11,692 4,13675 12,05,978 8,99,833 4,06,145 43 6.9 8.5 5.0 6.9 8.5 5.0 44

(}-9 3,56,290 2,41,464 1,14,826 3,51,446 2,38,461 1,12,985 45 14.1 18.2 9.6 14'2 18.3 9.7 46

10 &: Over 8,69,077 5,70,228 298,849 8,54,532 5,61,372 2,93,160 47 5.7 6.9 4.2 5.7 6.9 4.2 48

Punjab

Total 11,23,707 7,46,858 3,76,849 11,04,429 7,35,076 3,69,353 49 6.9 8.5 5.0 6.9 8.6 5.0 50

(}-9 3,39,952 2,31,332 1,08,620 3,35,116 2,28,335 1,06,781 51 14.6 18.8 9.8 14.7 18.9 9.9 52

10 &: Over 7,83,755 5,15,526 2,68,229 7,69,313 5,06,741 2,62,572 53 5.6 6.8 4.2 5.6 6.9 4.2 54

Bahawalpur State

T<>t .. 1 1,01,660 64,834 36,836 1,01,549 64,757 30,792 55 6.5 7.7 5'2 6.6 7.7 5.2 56

0-9 16.338 10,132 6,206 16,330 10,126 6,204 57 8.8 10.3 7.1 8.9 10.4 7.1 58

10 & Over 85,322 54,702 30,620 85,219 54,631 30,588 S9 6.2 7.3 4.9 6.3 7.4 4.9 60

Sind and Khairpur State

Total 2,11,403 1,881371 23,032 1,99,552 1,78,026 21,526 61 4.3 7.0 1.0 4.5 7.3 1.1 62

(}-9 73,830 64,055 9,775 69,890 60,658 9,232 63 5.2 8.7 1.4 5.5 9.2 1.5 64

to &: Over 1,37,573 1,24,316 13.257 1,29,662 1,17,368 12,294 65 3.9 6.3 0.9 4.1 6.5 0.9 66

Sind

Total 1,97,458 1,75,247 22,211 1,85,996 1,65,278 20,718 67 4.3 6.9 1.1 4.5 7.2 1.1 68

(}-9 69,233 59,799 9,434 65,419 56,521 8,898 69 5.2 8.7 1.5 5.6 9.3 1.6 70

10 &: Over 1,28,225 1,15,448 12,777 1,20,577 1,08,757 11,820 7! 3.9 63 0,9 4.1 6'1 0,9 7Z

Khairpur State

Total 13,945 13,124 821 13,556 12,748 808 73 4.4 7.4 0.6 4.4 7.4 0.6 74

(}-9 4,597 4,256 341 4,471 4,13, 334 75 4.6 8.2 0.7 4.6 8.2 0.7 76

10 &. Over 9,348 8,868 480 9,085 8,611 474 77 4.2 7.1 0.5 4.3 7.1 0.5 78

TABLE 9-PUJ'tLS AND STUDENTS

All-Pakistan

Persons in Broad age group wbo, at tbe time 01 Census were attending Scbool or College

(Figures in Italics denote percentage of the population in the age, sex and Religious Groups

Number of Persons

Caste Hindus Scheduled Castes Other ReligIOns ---~ -- --- Age Groups

Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male I Fema1e I (in Years) ------

North-West Frontier Province

37 13 6 7 72 S4 18 299 193 106 Total 38 8.6 7.2 IO.U 44 0.3 2.3 8.4 9.8 6.7

39 3 3 30 25 5 151 101 50 0-9 40 7.7 14.0 5.9 JO.O 1.9 15.0 I9U 10.0

41 10 3 7 42 29 13 148 92 56 10 & Over 42 89 4.8 14.0 3.7 4.7 2.5 5.8 0.3 5.1

Punjab and Bahawalpur State

43 144 96 48 386 318 68 18,859 11,445 7,414 Total 44 5.9 7.8 3.9 1.6 2.3 0.0 5.5 O·J 4.11

45 14 11 3 85 77 8 4,745 2,915 1.830 0-9 46 7.3 13.3 2.7 2.5 3.9 0.6 10.7 12.6 8.6

47 130 85 45 301 241 60 14,114 8,530 5,584 10 & Over 48 5.8 7.4 4.0 1.4 2.1 0.6 4.8 5.3 4.2

Punjab

49 78 55 23 367 302 6S 18,833 11,425 7,408 Total 50 5.2 7.2 3.1 2,4 3.2 0.9 5.6 6.2 4.8

51 14 11 3 83 75 8 4,739 2,911 1,828 0-9 52 13.5 19.3 6.4 4.1 6.6 0.9 10.7 12.6 8.6

53 64 44 20 284 227 57 14,094 8,514 5,580 10 & Over 54 4.6 6.2 2.9 2.1 2.3 0.9 4.8 5.3 4.2

Babawalpur State

55 66 41 25 19 16 3 26 20 6 Total 56 7.U 8.9 5.2 0.2 0.3 0.1 1.5 1.9 0.8

57 2 2 6 4 2 0-9 58 0.1 0.2 2.5 2.9 2.0

59 66 41 25 17 14 3 20 16 4 10 & Over 60 7.7 9.4 6.0 U.2 0.3 0.1 1.3 1.8 0.6

Sind and Khairpur State

61 8,595 7,354 1,242 3,038 2,858 180 218 133 85 Total 62 6.1 9.3 2.0 0.9 1.6 0.1 7.6 8.5 6,4

63 2,622 2,170 452 1,255 1,186 69 63 41 22 0-9 ,64 6.8 10.8 2.4 1.2 2.2 0.1 6.9 8.3 5.2

65 5,973 5,184 789 1,783 1,672 III 155 92 63 10 & Over 66 5.8 8.8 1.8 0.8 1.4 0.1 7.9 8.0 7.U

Sind

67 8,261 7,033 1,228 2,991 2,811 180 210 125 85 Total 68 6.2 9.4 2.1 0.9 1.6 0.1 7.9 8.7 6.9

69 2,508 2,063 445 1,244 1,175 69 62 40 22 0-9 70 6.8 7.8 2.5 1.2 2.2 0.1 7.3 8.11 5.5

71 5,753 4,970 783 1,747 1,636 111 148 85 63 10 & Over 72 5.9 8.9 1.9 0.11 1.4 0.1 11.2 8.7 7'6

Kbairpur State

73 334 321 13 47 47 8 8 Total 74 4.6 7.7 0.4 1.5 2.8 3.0 6.3

75 114 107 7 11 11 1 1 0-9 76 5.7 10,4 0.7 1.1 2.0 1.5 2.4

77 220 214 6 36 36 7 7 10 & Over 78 4.2 6.9 0.3 1.7 3.1 4.5 8.1

9-6

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION.

1. This table shows how many persons out of the total population (excluding non-Pakistanis) have received formal schooling and analyses them according to Religious Groups and sex and also according to the years spent in full time education. The data is divided into two age groups; under 10 years and 10 years and over.

2. Separate sections have been given for Pakistan as a whole and for Provinces and States. In provincial volumes the analysis is gi\'en for districts and cities.

3. The information for this Table was obtained from Census Question No. IOCb) which asked: "For how many years have you attended school or college T' The numbers include persons who are still undergoing education, for instance, children at school or college, who may have already received full time education for some years. The enumerator was instructed that this question was applied to those who had left school or college as well as to those still attending. He was also instructed that the reply should be recorded to the nearest whole number of years. The data so recorded were sor.ted mostly by hand using the original enumeration slips, but the slips for certain categories of persons were coded and sorted by punched card machines.

4. In some of the provinces the number of children in the lower age group who are shown as having received full time education is smaller than the number in that age group shown in Table 9 as currently attending school. This difference is due to children who have been at school for considerably less than one year having the answer "yes" recorded to question lO(a) "Are you regularly attending school or college", but having the answer "None" given against question 10Cb) in respect of the nearest whole number of years at school. The drive for literacy and primary education will have increased the number of such pupils and hence the difference in the figures.

5. The number of females included in each figure is shown in italics below it. In ~WFP the number of females in the higher age group, however, turned out to be inconsistent with the literacy figures, porbably due to mistakes in sorting, and it has therefore been adjusted and may be regarded only as an estimate.

6. This Table is discussed in Chapter 4 of the Report.

9-7 TAllLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATIO~

All Pakistan

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education (Figures in italics denot;: the number of females included in the total above)

Number of Persons

Years in full time education Age Group Total l Received

Population Schooling 1 4 5-6 7-10 Over 10

----------- -

All Religions

Total 2 7.29,93,118 1,02,94,704 56,20,677 24,33,28() 16,54,590 5,86,151 3,43,22,191 26,87,349 16,95,267 6,2],235 2,84,552 85,295

Under 10 2,07,04,157 15,48,202 13,57,235 1,76,964 14,009 1,01,47'/83 5,UI,lU2 4,43,773 53,061 4,268

10 & Over 5,22,88,961 87,46,41.)6 42,63,442 22,56,322 16,40,581 5,86,151 2,41,75,0013 21,86,247 J2,51,4c)4 5,69,174 2,80,284 85,295

Muslim

Total 6,23,16,951 81,80,438 45,05,535 19,04,674 13,03,901 4,66,328 2,92,12,741 21,08,417 13,63,539 4,96,183 2,34,891 73,804

Under 10 1,77,90,163 12,74,785 11,10,108 1,53,260 11,417 86,97,888 4,11,343 3,62,099 45,821 3,423

10 & Over 4,45,26,788 69,05,653 33,95,427 17,51,414 12,92,484 4,66,328 2,05,14,853 17,57,U74 10,01,440 4,50,362 2,31,468 73,804

Caste Hindus

Total 43,48,017 13,08,606 6,45,716 5,33,313 2,42,102 87,475 20,76,667 3,63,11 J 2,28,610 92,090 34,888 7,523

Under 10 11,58,896 1,58,218 1,42,406 14,311 1,501 5,77,402 58,246 52,598 5,008 640

10 & Over 31.89,121 11,50,3~8 5,03,310 3,19,002 2,40,601 87,475 14,99,265 3,04,865 1,76,012 87,082 34,248 7,523

Scheduled Castes

Total 54,22,081 6,88,847 4,08,417 1,66,358 89,211 24,861 24,04.265 1,17,655 81,558 25,523 8,744 1,830

Under 10 15,05,333 1,00,713 91,922 7,742 1,049 7,49,537 26,486 24,465 1,831 190

10 & Over 39,16,748 5,88,134 3,16,495 1,58,616 88,162 24,861 18,54,728 91,169 57,093 23,692 8,554 1,830

Other Religions

Total 9,06,069 1,16,813 61,009 28,941 19,376 7,487 4,28,530 38,166 21,560 8,439 6,029 2,138

Under 10 2,49,765 14,493 12,799 1,652 42 1,22,356 5,027 4,611 401 15

10 & Over 6,56,304 1,02,320 48,210 27,289 19,334 7,487 3,06,174 33,/39 16,949 8,038 6,014 2,138

NOTES: 1. Excluding persons claimmg Nationalities other than Pakistanis. 2. Excluding Frontier Regiuns.

9-8 TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Baluchistan and States Union

Persons in each educational age groul.l wbo have receind or are recei'l'ing full time Education

(Figures in italics denote the number of females iucluded in t!,e total above)

Number of Persons.

Years in full time education Age Group Total I Received ----- -------1 Population Schooling

1- -4 5-6 7---10 Over 10 ------ ____ ----------______ 1 ___ -

All Religions

Total 11,54,167 47.773 20,562 10.395 13,664 3,152 5,U,155 6,789 3,684 1,6:15 1,343 137

Under 10 3,63,490 6,567 6,035 515 17 1,77,473' 1,481 1,413 67 1

10 & Over 7,90,677 41,206 14,527 9,880 13,647 3,152 3,43,682 5,308 2,271 1,558 1,342 137

Muslims

Total If,37,063 46,517 19,884 10,188 13,394 3,051 5,13,390 6,426 3,536 1,575 1,214 101

Under 10 3,58,524 6,278 5,758 503 17 1,74,992 1,410 1,346 63 1

10 & Over 7,78,539 40,239 14,126 9,685 13,377 3,051 3,38,398 5,016 2,190 1,512 1,213 101

Caste Hindus

Total 11,729 481 335 96 46 4 5,453 50 37 8 3 2

Under 10 3,199 101 99 2 1,626 10 10

10 & Over 8.530 380 236 94 46 4 3,827 40 27 8 3 2

Scheduled Castes

Total ),358 39 26 7 3 3 579 1 1

Under 10 428 10 9 209

]0 & Over 930 29 17 6 3 3 370 1 1

Other Religions

Total 4,017 736 317 104 22] 94 1,733 312 111 42 125 34

Under 10 1,339 178 169 9 646 61 57 4

10 & Over 2,678 558 148 95 221 94 1,087 251 54 38 125 34

9-9

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Baluchistan

Person in each educaional age group who have received or are receiving full time Education (Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the total above)

Number of Persons.

Years in full time education Total Received

,

Age Group Population Schooling 1 4 5 --6 7-10 Over 10

All Religions

Total 6,02,588 40,674 15,894 9,288 12,647 2,845 2,63,344 6,475 3,461 1,569 1,310 135

Under 10 1,91962 5,211 4,733 461 17 92,784 1,358 1,298 59 1

10 & Over 4,10,626 35,463 11,161 8,827 12,630 2,845 1,70,560 5,117 2,163 1,510 1,309 135

Muslims

Total 5,94,368 39,715 15,432 9,145 12,394 2,744 2,59,823 6,127 3,326 1,521 1,181 99

Under 10 1,89.427 4,968 4,502 449 17 91,574 1,290 1,234 55 1

10 & Over 4,04,941 34,747 10,930 8,696 12,377 2,744 1,68,249 4,837 2,092 1,466 1,180 99

Caste Hindus

Total 3,022 192 127 32 29 4 1,285 35 24 6 3 2

Under 10 813 58 56 2 373 7 7

10 & Over 2,209 134 71 30 29 4 912 28 17 6 3 2

Scheduled Castes

Total 1,197 31 18 7 3 3 5ll 1 1

Under 10 386 7 6 194

10 & Over 811 24 12 6 3 3 318 1 1

Other Religions

Total 4.001 736 317 104 221 94 1,724 312 111 42 125 34

Under 10 1,336 178 169 9 643 61 57 -I

10 & Over 2,665 558 148 95 221 94 1,081 251 54 38 125 34

9-10

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Baluchistan States Union

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education (Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the total above)

Age Group

Total

Under 10

10 & Over

Total

Under 10

10 & Over

Total

Under 10

10 & Over

Total

Under 10

10 & Over

Total

Under 10

10 & Over

I I

Total Population

5,51,579 2,57,811

1,71,528 84,689

3,80,051 1,73,122

5,42,695 2,53,567

1,69,097 83,418

3,73,598 1,70,149

8,707 4,168

2,386 1,253 6,321 2,915

161 67

42 15

119 52

16 9

3 3

13 6

Number of Persons.

Years in full time education Received

I Schooling --------,_._--- --- ----

1---4 5-6 7-10 lOver 10 -,-------- -----------------

AU Religions

7,099 4,668 1,107 1,017 307 314 223 56 33 2

1,356 1,302 54 123 Il5 8

5,743 3,366 1,053 1,017 307 191 108 48 33 2

Muslims

6,802 4,452 1,043 1,000 307 299 210 54 33 2

1,310 1,256 54 120 112 8

5,492 3,196 989 1,000 307 179 98 46 33 2

Caste Hindus

289 208 64 17 15 13 2

43 43 3 3

246 165 64 17 12 10 2

Scheduled Castes

8 8

3 3

5 5

Other Religions

9-11

TABLE 9-A--YEARS OF EDUCAtION

East Bengal

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education (Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the total above)

Number of Persons.

Years in full time education Age Group Total Received

Population Schooling 1-= , 1-4 7-10 f Over 10

All Religions

Total 4,19,32,329 67,86,780 38,46,364 16,25,143 9,84,098 3,31,175 1,99,94,754 13,43,362 11,25,587 3,69,936 1,23,796 24,043

Under 10 1,23,55,759 10,42,260 9,24,799 1,03,736 13,725 61,35,931 3,48,413 3,14,14! 30,040 4,232

10 & Over 2,95,76,570 57,44,520 29,21,565 15,21,407 9,70,373 3,31,175 1,38,58,823 12,94,949 8,11,446 3,39,896 1,19,564 24,043

Muslims

Total 3,22,26,639 47,42,529 27,65,729 11,14,051 6,46,334 2,16,415 1,53,29,611 11,42,223 8,02,214 2,47,824 78,036 14,149

Under 10 97,24,086 7,78,725 6,86,557 81,021 11,147 48,24,030 2,61,089 2,34,665 23,037 3,387

10 & Over 2,25,02,553 39,63,804 20,79,172 10,33,030 6,35,187 2,16,415 1,05,05,581 8,81,134 5,67,549 2,24,787 74,649 14,149

Caste Hindus

Total 41,87,353 12,88,831 6,34,713 3,28,409 2,38,955 86,754 20,05,587 3,60,089 2,26,586 91,494 34,570 7,439

Under 10 11,15,247 1,55,349 1,39,677 14,184 1,488 5,56,192 57,755 52,123 4,992 640

10 & Over 30,72,106 11,33,482 4,95,036 3,14,225 2,37,467 86,754 14,49,395 3,02,334 1,74,463 86,502 33,930 7,439

Scheduled Castes

Total 50,52,250 6,83,290 4,04,080 1,65,658 88,797 24,755 24,33,210 116,909 80,945 25,437 8,709 1,818

Under 10 13,82,958 99,303 90,569 7,686 1,048 6,89,729 26,406 24,391 1,825 190

10 & Over 36,69,292 5,83,987 3,13,511 1,57,972 87,749 24,755 17,43,481 90,503 56,554 23,612 8,519 1,818

Other Religions

Total 4,66,087 72,130 41.842 17,025 10,012 3,251 2,26,346 24,141 15,842 5,181 2,481 637

Under 10 1,33,468 8,883 7,996 845 42 65,980 3,163 2,962 186 15

10 & Over 3,32,619 63,247 33,846 16,180 9,970 3,251 1,60,366 20,978 12.880 4,995 2,466 637

9-12

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education (Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the tolal above)

Number of Persons

I I I Years in full time education

Age Group Total I Received --------------------Population I Schooling

1-4 : 5 -6 I 7-10 Over 10

AIl Religions

Total 11,22,406 2,76,602 1,34,481 39,084 72,123 30,914 4,79,114 77,219 51,043 11,992 10,080 3,384

Under 10 2,99,567 41,449 40,120 1,315 14 1,46,017 18,948 18,447 498 3

10 & Over 8,22,839 2,35,153 9~,361 37,769 72,109 30,914 3,33,097 58,271 32,596 11,494 10,077 3,384

Muslims

Tl)tal 10,77,694 2,64,435 1,29,552 37,098 68,310 29,475 4,59,133 73,108 49,482 11,382 9,281 2,963

Under 10 2,8':,054 40.453 39,178 1,261 14 1,40,459 18,642 18,161 478 3

10 & Over 7,89,640 2,23,982 90,374 35,837 6g,296 29,475 3,18,674 54,466 31,321 10,904 9,278 2,963

Caste Hindus

10tal 4,641 1,550 812 257 353 128 1,782 377 226 72 66 13

Under 10 1,092 247 242 5 547 94 91 3

10 & O\'er 3,549 1,303 570 252 353 12M 1,235 283 135 69 66 13

Scheduled Castes

Total 13,412 919 888 23 7 1 6,397 368 359 7 2

Under 10 4,235 63 62 2,l28 19 19

10 & Over 9,177 856 826 22 7 4,269 349 340 7 2

Oilier Religions

Total 26,659 9,698 3,229 1,706 3,453 1,310 11,802 3,366 976 531 1,451 408

Under 10 6,186 686 638 48 2,883 193 176 17

IO & Over 20,473 9,012 2,591 1,658 3,453 1,310 8,919 3,173 800 514 1.451 408

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

N.W.F.P.·

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education (Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the total above)

9-13

Number of Persons

I Years in full time education Age Group Total Received - ,

Population Schooling I I I

1--4 5-6 7-10 Over 10 I 1 I

All Religions

Total 32,22,172 2,15,304 87,841 51,561 50,850 25,052 15,21,841 28,206 14,439 8,213 4,127 1,427

Under 10 9,51,513 26,448 21,839 4,565 44 -4,62,524 4,807 3,889 915 3

10 & Over 22,70,659 1,88,856 66,002 46,996 50,806 25,052 10,59,317 23,399 10,550 7,298 4,124 1,427

Muslims

Total 32,16,810 2,14,895 87,573 51,362 50,751 25,009 15,19,389 28,016 14,342 8,151 4,104 1,419

Under 10 9,49,947 26,331 21,731 4,556 44 -4,61,742 4,780 3,864 913 3

10 & Over 22,66,863 1,88,364 65,842 46,806 50,707 25,009 10,57,647 23,236 10,478 7,238 4,101 1,419

Caste IIiodus

Total 151 27 4 J2 6 5 68 7 3 4 - -

Under 10 39 1 1 - -- -18 - --

10 & Over 112 26 3 12 6 5 50 7 3 4 - -

Scheduled Castes

Total 1,645 U9 70 35 U 3 790 36 26 9 1 -

Under 10 507 27 22 5 - -263 3 3 -

10 & Over 1,138 92 48 30 11 3 527 33 23 9 1 -

Other Religions

Total 3,566 463 194 152 S2 35 1,594 147 68 49 22 8

Under 10 1,020 90 85 5 - -501 24 22 2

10 & Over 2,546 373 109 147 82 35 1,093 123 46 47 22 8

*Exc1udmg Frontier Regions

9-14

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Punjab and Bahawalpur State

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education

(Figures in italil's denote the number of females included in the total above)

Number of Persons.

Years in full time education Age Group Total Received

7 -l:-I~~er:-~ Population Schooling 1-4 5--6

------ ----_ All Religions

Total 2,06,36,702 25,88,870 12,96,435 6,38,356 4,75,423 1,78,656 95,86,848 8,84,191 4,65,509 :!,23,088 1,40,506 55,088

Under 10 53,12,156 3,60,482 2,95,848 64,634 25,39,043 1,18,087 96,845 21,242

10 & Over 1,53,24, <;46 22,::8,388 10,00,587 5,73,722 4,75,423 1,78,1156 70,47,805 7,66,104 3,68,664 2,01,846 1,40,506 55,088

Muslims

Total 2,02,00,794 25,54,591 12,80,762 6,28,218 4,69,778 1,75,833 93,85,978 11,74,015 4,60,944 2,20,437 1,38,585 54,049

Untler 10 51,95,867 3,55,790 2,91,923 63,867 24,82,87} 1,16,510 95,460 21,050

IO & Over 1,50,('4,927 21,98,801 9,88,839 5,64,351 4,69,778 1,75,833 69,03,105 7,57,505 3,65,484 1,99,387 1,38,585 54,049

Caste Hindus

Total 2,756 291 106 73 60 52 1,386 69 31 15 13 10

Under 10 496 16 13 3 272 5 5 52

10 & Over 2,260 275 93 70 60 10 1,114 64 26 15 lJ

Scheduled Castes

Total 30,296 660 332 187 101 40 13,765 75 38 19 11 7

L'uder JO 1:1,960 69 50 19 3,977 1 1

10 & Over 21,336 591 282 168 101 40 9,788 74 37 19 11 7

Other Religions

Total 4,02,856 33,328 15,235 9,878 5,484 2.731 1,85,131 10,032 4,496 2,617 1,897 10,22

Under 10 1,06,833 4,607 3,862 745 51,921 1,571 1,379 192

10 & Over 2,96,023 28,721 11,373 9,133 5,484 2.731 1,33,810 8,461 3, II 2,425 1,897 1,022

9-15

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Punjab

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education (Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the total above)

Number of Persons.

I I Years in full time education Age Group Total I Received

Pupulation Schooling 1-4 5-6 7-to Over 10

----.-- ---'

All Religions

Total 1,88,14,201 23,72,152 11,99,493 5,83,743 4,27,686 1,61,225 87,54,252 8,04,6IJ3 4,25,084 2,03,Oli2 1,26,8l3 49,624

Under 10 48,61,922 3,44,117 2,83,133 60,984 23,31,486 1,11,870 91,928 20,942

10 & Over 1,39,52,279 20,28,035 9,16,365 5,22,759 4,27,686 1,61,225 64,22,766 6,92,733 3,33,156 1,82,140 1,26,813 49,624

Muslims

Total [,83,93,038 23,38,003 11,83,869 5,73,648 4,22,072 1,58,414 85,59,907 7,94,464 4,20,534 2,00,441 1,24,902 48,587

Under 10 47,50,137 3,39,433 2,79,212 60,221 21,77,231 1,10,293 90,543 19,750

10 & Over 1,311,42,901 19,98,570 9,04,657 5,13,427 4,22,072 1,58,414 62,82,676 6,84,171 3,29,991 1,80,691 1,24,902 48,587

Caste Hindus

Total 1,680 203 70 47 41 45 820 41 19 9 5 8

Under 10 277 16 13 3 126 5 5

10 & O\'cr 1,403 187 57 44 41 45 694 36 14 9 5 8

Scheduled Castes

Total 18,701 6U 329 176 97 39, 8,661 68 36 16 9 7

Under 10 5,231 67 49 18 2,426 1 1

10 & Over 13,470 574 280 158 97 39 ~6,235 67 35 16 9 7

Other Religions

Total 4,00,782 33,305 15,230 9,872 5,476 2,727 1,84,876 10,030 4,495 2,616 1,897 1,022

Under 10 1,06,277 4,601 3,859 7-17 51,703 1,871 1,379 192

10 & Over 2,94,505 28,704 11,371 9,130 5,476 2,727 1,33,173 8,159 j 3,/16 2,424 1,897 1,022

9-16

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Bahawaipur State

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education

(Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the total above)

Number of Persons.

I Years in fun time education Age Group Total Received .-- -

Popalation I Scho('Iing I I 1--1

, 5-6 7--}0 Over 10 I I I

----'---_

All Religions

Total 18,22,501 2,16,718 96,937 54,613 47,737 17,431 8,32,596 79,588 40,425 20,006 13,693 5,464

Under ]0 4,50,234 16,365 ]2,715 3,650 - -2,07,557 6,217 4,917 1,300

10 & Over 13,72,267 2,00,353 84,222 50,963 47,737 17,431 6,25,039 73,371 35,508 18,706 13,693 5,464

Muslims

Total 18,07,756 2,16,588 96,893 54,570 47,71)6 17,419 8,26,071 79,551 40,410 19,996 13,683 5,462

Under 10 4,45,730 16,357 12,711 3,646 - -2,05,1)42 6,217 4,917 1,300

10 & Over 13,62,026 2,00,231 84,182 50,924 47,706 17,419 6,20,429 73,334 35,493 19,696 13,683 5,462

Caste Hindus

Total 1,076 88 36 26 19 7 566 28 12 6 8 2

Under IO 219 - - - - -146

10 & Over 857 88 36 26 19 7 420 28 12 6 8 2

Scheduled Castes

Total 11,595 19 3 11 4 5']04 7 2 3 2 1

-Under 10 3,729 2 1 1 - -

1,551 - - -10 & Over 7,866 17 2 10 4 1

3,553 7 2 3 2 -Other Religions

Total 2,074 23 5 6 8 4 855 2 1 1 - -

Under 10 556 6 3 3 - -218 - - -

10 & Over 1,5tll 17 2 3 8 4 637 2 1 I - -

I

I

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Sind and Khairpur State

Persons In each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education

(Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the total above)

9-17

Number of Persons.

I Years in full time education Age Group

I Total I

Received I Population Schooling I

I I 1-4 5-6 , 7-10 Over 10 I

All Religions

Total 49,25,342 3,79,375 2,34,994 68,747 58,432 17,202 22,18,479 47,582 35,005 7,381 3,980 1,216

Under 10 14,21,672 71,002 63,594 2,199 209 -6,86,195 9,366 9,038 299 29

10 & Over 35,03,670 3,08,373 1,66,400 66,548 58,223 17,202 15,32,284 38,216 25,967 7,082 3,951 1,216

Muslims

Total 44,57,951 3,57,671 2,22,035 63,757 55,334 16,545 20,05,240 44,629 33,021 6,814 3,671 1,123

Under 10 12,73,68~ 67,208 64,961 1,052 195 -6,13,792 8,912 8,603 280 29

10 & Over 31,84,266 2,90,463 1,57,074 61,705 55,139 16,545 13,91,448 35,717 24,418 6,534 3,642 1,123

Caste Hindus

Total 1,41,387 17,426 9,746 4,466 2,682 532 62,391 2,519 1,727 497 236 59

Under 10 38,823 2,504 2,374 117 13 -18,747 382 369 13 -

10 & Over 1,02,564 14,922 7,372 4,349 2,669 532 43,644 2,137 1,358 484 236 59

Scheduled Castes

Total 3,23,120 3,820 3,021 448 292 59 1,49,524 266 190 51 20 5

Under 10 1,08,245 1,241 1,210 30 1 -53,231 57 51 6 -

10 & Over 2,14,875 2,579 1,811 418 291 59 96,293 209 139 45 20 5

Other Religions

Total .2,884 458 192 76 124 66 1,324 168 67 19 53 29

Under 10 919 4',1 49 - - -425 15 15

10 & Over 1,965 409 143 76 124 66 899 153 52 19 53 29

9-18

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION

Sind

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education

(Figures in italics denote tbe number uf females included in the total above)

Number of Persons.

\ I Received

,

Age Group I Total I Years in full time education

I Population __ !_ Schooling ,--,-- --,

I 1-4 5-6 7-10 Over 10 ------ -------~

All Religions

Total 46,05,934 3,57,577 2,21,745 64,554 54,997 16,281 20,76,302 45,533 33,523 7,034 3,782 1,194

Under 10 13,22,990 66,409 64,432 1,788 189 6,39,247 9,125 8,824 274 27

10 & Over 32,82,944 2,91,168 1,57,313 6'J,766 54,808 16,281 14,37,055 36,408 24,699 6,76U 3,755 1,194

Muslims

Total 41,49,146 3,36,507 2,09,174 59,724 51,972 15,637 18,67,701 42,604 31,559 6,469 3,474 1,102

Under 10 11,78,092 62,737 60,902 1,658 177 5,68,325 8,678 8,396 255 27

10 & Over 29,71,054 2,73,770 1,48,272 58,066 51,795 15,fi37 12,99,376 33,926 23,163 6,214 3,447 1,[U2

Caste Hindus

Total 1,34,101 16,858 9,396 4,316 2,623 523 59,249 2,499 1,709 495 236 59

Under 10 36,809 2,390 2,279 100 11 17,765 375 362 13

10 & Over 97,292 14,438 7,117 4,216 2,612 523 41,484 2,12-/ 1,347 482 236 59

Scheduled Castes

Total 3,20,024 3,763 2,983 439 283 58 1,48,121 266 190 51 20 5

Under 10 1,07,237 1,23..J. 1,203 30 52,757 57 51 6

10 & Over 2,12,787 2,534 1,785 409 282 58 95,364 209 139 45 20 5

Other Religions

Total 2,663 444 i87 75 119 63 1,231 164 65 19 52 28

Under 10 852 48 48 400 15 15

10 &_Over l,8Il 396 139 75 119 63 831 149 50 19 52 28

9-19

TABLE 9·A~YEARS OF EDUCATION

Khairpur State

Persons in each educational age group who have received or are receiving full time Education

(Figures in italics denute the number uf females included in the total above)

Number of Persons.

Years in full time education Age Group Total Received

Population Schooling l \ Over 10 1--4 5-6 7-10 ----

AU Religions

Total 3,19,408 21,793 1.3,249 4,193 3,435 921 1,42,177 2,049 1,482 347 198 22

Under 10 98,682 4,593 4,162 411 20 46,948 241 214 25 2

10 & Over 2,20,726 17,205 9,087 3,782 3,415 921 95,229 1,808 1,268 322 196 22

Muslims

Total 3,08,805 21,164 12,861 4,033 3,362 908 1,37,539 2,025 1,462 345 197 21

Under 10 95,593 4,471 4,059 394 18 45,467 234 207 25 2

10 & Over 2,13,212 16,693 8,802 3,639 3,344 908 92,072 1,791 1,255 320 195 21

Caste Hindus

Total 7,286 568 350 150 59 9 3,141 20 18 2

Under 10 2,014 114 95 17 2 982 7 7

10 & Over 5,272 454 255 133 57 9 2,160 13 11 2

Scheduled Castes

Total 3,096 52 33 9 9 1 1,403

Under 10 1,008 7 7 474

10 & Over 2,088 45 26 9 9 929

Other Religions

Total 221 14 5 1 5 3 93 4 2 1 1

Under 10 67 25

JO & Over 154 13 4 5 3 68 4 2 1 1

TABLE 9-B-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS.

This table analyses literate persons as shown in Table 8, according to the educational grades claimed by them. The population analysed in this table is that of all literate persons excluding those who claimed nationality other than Pakistani.

2. The analysis is made for the Provinces and States. The Provincial Tables give details for each district as a whole, showing separately the figures for cities and cantonments.

3. The figures shown in ordinary type are the totals of both sexes; separate figures for females are shown in italics below each.

4. 'MUHAJIRS' are included in the figures of this Table and are also shown separately in Table 19-B.

5. The information on grades of education was obtained in reply to the third part of Census Question 10, for which 5 symbols were provided on the census slip. The symbols were -'P' (those completed primary schooling), 'M' (those passed Middle Examination), 'E' (those passed Entrance/Matriculation Examina­tion), 'D' (those obtained University first degree), and 'H' (those who obtained Higher/Post-Graduate Degree). Whichever of these symbols was applicable, was ringed round by the enumerator according to the respondent's reply. The original slips were sorted in accordance with the marks placed round the highest grade symbol and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this Table.

6. The total number of literate persons was derived from the replies to Question 8: "Can you read 'I write?" The slips of persons who claimed to be able to read (whether or not they were also able to write) were counted to obtain the literacy data. They include persons whose only claim to literacy is their statement that they can read the Holy Quran in Arabic.

7. Persons who claim to be able to read but who made no claim to have passed a Primary or any higher educational grade, are classed as having 'no formal attainments' .

8. This Table is dillcussed in Chapter 4 of the Report.

9-20

9-21

TABLE g.B EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Section I-AU Religions

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in educational institutions

(Figures in italics sbow the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons.

Total t Without 2 ! Primary Province and State Literates Formal School

I attainments

Pakistan 1,39,58,013 73,75,649 42,56,109 40,57,651 27,96,025 9,67,937

Baluchistan & States Union 1,18,445 80,882 20,055 31,466 27,444 2,635

Districts 89,087 55,013 17,624 22,935 19,057 2,526

States Union 29,358 25,869 2,431 8,531 8,387 109

East Bengal 88,55,579 43,73,015 30,01,886 22,60,233 14,74,284 6,62,221

F.C.C. Karachi 3,52,774 1,59,063 97,558 1,29,959 73,389 47,853

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 3,15,519 1,15,432 1,22,366 36,602 15,995 13,521

Districts 2,97,644 1,07,286 1,15,714 33,983 13,968 13,043

Frontier Regions 17,875 8,146 6,652 2,619 2,027 478

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 36,63,109 21,11,711 9,36,646 14,31,515 10,51,387 2,30,341

Districts 34,04,222 19,43,534 8,77,208 13,21,9]2 9,67,805 2,13,255

Bahawalpur State 2,58,887 1,68,177 59,438 1,09,603 83,582 1,70,82

Sind & Khairpur State 6,52,587 5,35,546 77,598 ],67,876 1,53,526 11,366

Districts 6,16,462 5,05,773 73,449 1,60,086 1,46,122 11,096

Khairpur State 36,125 29,773 4,149 7,790 7,404 270

Notes: 1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani.

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 2~

25 26

27 28

29 30

2. Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in this classed as having no formal attainments.

table are

9-22

TABLE 9-B EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Section l-·AJI ReJigions

l"itcrutc persons analysed according to tbe grades to which they claim to have progressed in educational institutions

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons.

Middle Matricula- Degree Higher School tion Degree Province & State

---- -- ------._-- --- -- __ ,_ 1 16,95,209 5,21,856 85,988 22,546 Pakistan 2 2,38.823 47,151 6,102 1,613

3 10,197 6,078 940 293 Baluchistan & States Union 4 954 348 70 15

5 9,464 5,822 887 277 District~ 6 928 340 69 15

7 733 256 53 16 States Union 8 26 8 1 9

9 11,48,919 2,82,158 41,484 8,117 Eust Bengal 10 1,12.706 9,582 1,270 170

11 44,981 37,960 9,903 3,309 F.C.A. Karachi 12 6,042 2,050 458 167

13 48,840 23,273 4,350 1,258 N.W.F.P. & Frontic! i{\)gions 14 4,928 1,746 314 98

15 47,042 22,191 4,153 1,258 Distrkt~ 16 4,863 1,702 309 98

17 1,798 1,082 197 Frontier Regions 18 65 44 5

19 4,19,840 1,59,792 26,553 8,567 Punjab & Bahawalpur State 20 1,12,057 32,713 3,868 1,149

21 3,97,260 1,52,372 25,52~ 8,3l0 DistriCh 22 1,05,196 30,866 3,665 1,121

23 22,580 7,420 1,025 247 Bahawalpur State 24 6,861 1,847 203 28

25 23,088 12,595 2,75ll 1,002 Sind & Khuirpur State 26 2,136 712 122 14

27 21,739 11,963 2,594 944 Districb 28 2,050 689 115 14

29 1,349 632 164 58 Khairpur Stale 30 86 23 7

9-23

TABLE 9-B EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Section 2-Muslims

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in educational institutions

(J.!';glJl"$!S i,n italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons.

Total l Without2 I Primary Province and Stale Literates j F~rmal School

attamments ------------ ------ - ------------------~------

Pakistan 1,14,47,783 63,79,323 32,80,618 1 34,94,820 25,27,576 7,28,931 2

Baluchistan & States Union 1,16,131 79,717 19.513 3 31,041 27,291 2,551 4

Districts 87,499 54,383 17,252 5 22,568 18,953 2,451 6

States Union 28,632 25,334 2,261 7 8,473 8,338 100 8

East Bengal 64,25,790 34,20,173 20,45,853 9 17,17,502 12,16,149 4,28,691 10

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 3,40,019 1,54,319 94,921 11 1,25,640 70,827 46,879 12

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 3,14,204 1,15,043 1,21,948 13 36,148 15,865 13,409 14

Districts 2,96,329 1,0:5,897 1,15,296 15 33,529 13,838 12,931 16

Frontier Region3 17,875 8,146 6,652 17 2,619 2,027 478 18

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 36,27,957 20,98,387 9,24,343 19 14,19,944 10,46,770 2,20,406 20

Districts 33,69,22,[ 19,30,322 8,6~,932 2t 13,10,401 9,63,236 2,09,330 22

Bahawalpur State 2,58,736 1,68,065 59,411 23 1,09,543 83,534 17,076 24

Sind & Khairpur State 6,23,682 5,lt.6:H 74,040 25 1,64,545 1,50,674 10,995 26

Districts 5,88,420 4,82,518 70,094 27 1,56,793 1,43,300 10,728 28

Khairpur State 35,262 29,166 3,946 2-) 7,752 7,374 267 30

NOTES: 1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani.

2. Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in this table are classed as having no formal attainments.

3. These figures also include a few non-Muslims who are less than l,O()O and 20 Muhajirs.

9-24

TABLE 9.B-EDVC~'NONAL LEVELS

Section 2-Muslims

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in

educational institution

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons.

Middle Matricula- Higher School tion Degree Degree Province & State

1 12,73,943 4,24,435 69,770 19,694 Pakistan 1 2 1,90,637 41,311 4,907 1,458

3 9,912 5,821 887 281 Baluchistan & States Union 4 869 270 50 10

5 9,195 5,570 834 265 Districts 6 843 262 49 10

7 717 251 53 States Union 8 26 8 1

9 7,36,424 1,90.712 26,910 5,718 East Bengal, 10 67,267 4,822 477 96

11 42,846 35,433 9,389 3,111 Federal Capital Area, Karachi 12 5,529 1,848 396 161

13 48,622 23,079 4,297 1,215 N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions ]4 4,859 1,635 292 88

15 46,824 21,997 4,100 1,215 Districts 16 4,794 1,591 287 88

17 1,798 1,082 197 Frontier Region 3

18 65 44 5

19 4,13,992 1,57,217 25,626 8,392 Punjab & Bahawalpur State 20 1,10,045 32,056 3,578 1,089

21 3,91,423 1,49,798 24,601 8,145 Districts 22 1,03,189 30,210 3,375 1,061

23 22,569 7,419 1,025 247 Bahawalplir State 24 6,856 1,846 203 28

25 22,147 12,173 2,661 977 Sind & Khairpur State 26 2,068 680 114 14

27 20,834 11,556 2,498 920 Districts 28 1,985 659 107 14

29 1,313 617 163 57 KhairpUf State 30 83 21 7

9-25

'fABLE 9-B EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Section 3-Caste Hindus

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in

educational institutions

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons

Total! Province and State Literates

Pakistan 15,98,222 4,24,484

Baluchistan & States Union 1,220 104

Districts 514 46

States Union 706 58

East Bengal 15,71,755 4,21,196

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 1,573 491

N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 60 10

Districts 60 10

Frontier Regions

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 328 91

Districts 228 45

Bahawalpur State 100 46

Sind & Khairpur State 23,286 2,592

Districts 22,499 2,567

Khairpur State 787 25

Without2

Formal attainments

5,92,890 1,97,972

851 82

324 33

527 49

5,71,957 1,95,214

865 368

28 3

28 3

181 72

86 27

95 45

19,008 2,233

18,460 2,211

548 22

NOTES: 1. Excluding persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani.

2. Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in classed as having no formal attainments.

Primary School

6,09,501 1,83,637

275 20

116 1J

159 9

6,05,726 1,83,206

330 86

10 3

10 3

89 13

85 12

4 1

3,071 309

2,877 307

194 2

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17

18 19

20 21

22 23

24 25

26 27

28 29

this table are

!h-26 TABLE 9. B-EDUCA'UONAL LEVELS

Section 3-Caste Hindus

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in

institution educational

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons.

Middle Matricula- Higher School tion Degree Degree Province & State

------

1 3,05,185 75,648 12,804 2,194 Pakistan 1

2 37,993 4,129 696 57

3 65 24 5 Baluchistan & States Union 4 1 1

5 50 19 5 Districts 6 1 1

7 15 5 States Union 8

9 3,04,144 75,064 12,717 2,147 East Bengal 10 37,932 4,095 692 57

11 160 186 5 27 Federal Capital Area, Karachi 12 18 19

13 13 8 1 N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 14 3 1

15 13 8 1 Districts 16 3 1

17 Frontier Regions

18 37 14 6 Punjab & Bahawalpur State 19 3 2 1

20 36 14 6 Districts 21 3 2 1

22 Bahawalpur State 23

24 766 352 70 19 Sind & Khairpur State 25 36 11 3

26 735 340 69 18 Districts 27 35 11 3

28 31 12 1 Khairpur State 2':1 J

9-2'7

TABtE 9-B-EDtJCATIONAL LEVELS

Section 4-Schedule Castes

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in educational institutions

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons.

Total! Without2 Primary Province and State Literates Formal School

attainments

Pakistan 7,71,952 3,41,925 3,18,839 ] 97,656 51,270 41,045 2

Baluchistan & States Union 63 36 25 3 ) 6 6 4

Districts 43 28 14 5 6 6 G

States Union 20 8 11 7 8

East Bengal 7,64,79] 3,36,383 3,17,710 9 96,428 50,453 40,81l 10

Federal Capital Area, Karachi ],036 449 373 11 498 201 159 12

N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 203 73 77 13 54 11 22 14

Districts 203 73 77 IS 54 11 22 16

Frontier Regions 17

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 761 409 245 18 104 63 24 19

Districts 736 396 234 20 96 60 20 21

Bahawalpur State 25 13 11 22 8 3 4 23

Sind & Khairpur State 5,098 4,575 409 24 566 536 29 25

Districts 5,043 4,527 403 26 564 534 29 27

Khairpur State 55 48 6 28 2 2 29

NOTES: 1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani 2. Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in this table

are classed as having no formal attainments

9-28

TABLE 9-B-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Section 4-Scheduled Castes

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in

educational institutions

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons.

Middle , Matricula- Higher School tion Degree Degree Province & State

-- -----

1 95,990 13,615 1,405 178 Pakistan 2 4,971 331 32 7

3 Baluchistan & States Union 4

5 Districts 6

7 States Union 8

9 95,662 13,473 1,390 173 East Bengal 10 4,894 241 25 4

11 115 89 5 5 Federal, Capital Area, Karachi 12 59 72 4 3

13 36 14 3 N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 14 7 11 3

15 36 14 3 Districts 16 7 11 3

17 Frontier Regions

18 80 25 2 Punjab & Bahawalpur State 19 10 7

20 79 25 2 Districts 21 9 7

22 1 Bahawalpur State 23 1

24 96 13 5 Sind & Khairpur State 25 1

26 95 13 5 Districts 27 1

28 Khairpuf State 29

9-29

TABLE 9-B-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Section 5- Other Religions

Literate per~ons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in

educational institution

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of Persons.

Without-'-Province and State Total 1 Formal Primary

Literates I attainments School ----- ~ ---- ---

Pakistan 1,40,056 61,511 47,151 1 40,691 19,207 14,324 2

Baluchistan & States Union 1,031 278 242 3 315 65 64 4

Districts 1,031 278 242 5 315 65 64 6

States Union 7 8

East Bengal 93,243 44,502 32,597 9 25,107 12,468 9,513 10

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 10,146 3,430 1,934 11 3,330 1,993 729 12

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 1,052 288 331 13 390 116 87 14

Districts 1,052 288 331 15 400 116 87 16

Frontier Regions 17

Punjab & Bahawalpur States3 34,063 12,734 1l,969 18 11,376 4,482 3,898 19

Districts 34,037 12,730 11,957 20 11,370 4,482 3,897 21

Bahawalpur State 26 4 12 22 6 1 23

Sind & Khairpur State 521 279 78 24 173 83 33 25

Districts 500 268 75 26 162 77 32 27

Khairpur State 21 11 3 28 11 6 1 29

NorE:»: 1. Excluding persons claiming Natlonalities other than Pakistani. 2. Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in this table

are classed as having no formal attainments. 3. Almost all are christians.

9-30

TABLE 9.B--EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Section 5---0ther Religions

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in

educational institution

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above the m)

Number of Persons.

Middle Matricula- Higher School tion Degree Degree Province & State

1 20,747 8,108 2,009 480 Pakistan 2 5,222 1,380 467 91

3 219 232 48 12 Baluchistan & States Union 4 84 77 20 5

5 219 232 48 12 Districts 6 84 77 20 5

7 States Union 8 9 12,689 2,909 467 79 East Bengal

10 2,613 424 76 13

11 1,860 2,252 504 166 Federal Capital Area, Karachi 12 436 111 58 3

13 169 172 49 43 N.W.F.P .. & Frontier Regions 14 59 99 19 10

15 169 172 49 43 Districts 16 59 99 19 10

17 Frontier Regions

18 5.731 2,536 919 174 Punjab & Bahawalpur State 3 19 1,999 648 289 60

20 5,722 2,535 919 174 Districts 21 1,995 647 289 60

22 9 1 Bahawalpur State 23 4 1

24 79 57 22 6 Sind & Khairpuf State 25 31 21 5

26 75 54 22 6 Districts. 27 29 19 5

28 4 3 Khairpur State 29 2 2

10-1

TABLE to-NON-PAKISTANIS

This table gives details of those persons who reported themselves as non­Pakistanis, apart from Afghan Powindahs (members of the seasonal and nomadic parties). This information was given in reply to Census Question No.4 which asked" Are you a Pakistani; if not, what is your Nationality"?

2. Information regarding Afghan Powindahs enumerated in Pakistan is tabulated in table No. 10-A.

3. The persons included in this Table are excluded from all other Census tables with the exception of:-

Table 1 and i-A: Population and Area. Table 3: Variations in last 50 years.

4. The figures in this table for nationals of Afghanistan include all persons who claimed that nationality but who did not report themselves as " Powindahs". The enumeration records of other Non-Pakistanis were poor and are perhaps incomplete. The reports received ~re probably correctly classified as "European and American countries".

5. This table has been discussetl in chapter 2 of the Report.

10-2

TABLE lO-NON-PAKISTANIS

Enumerated persons who did not claim to be 'Pakistanis

Number of Persons.

I Enumerated in:-Enumerated

as

I Total Baluchistan I N.W.F.P. j Punjab

Nationals of & States I East I Karachi Frontier & Baha wal- Sind & Union I~~gal &Regions I pur Khairpur I I ,--

Ail Countries 1,36,879 654 1,30,253 3,955 795 795 427

Afghanistan 2,260 96 773 461 747 163 20

Iran 2,023 378 95 1,420 - 109 21

Other Muslim Coun-tries 418 32 82 217 - 74 13

India 1,27,831 85 1,26,392 722 - 288 344

Burma 2,679 10 2,576 63 - 28 2

Other Non-Muslim 867 16 61 688 - 88 14 Asiatic Countries

European& American Countries (a)

748 35 246 364 48 43 12

Other Countries 53 2 28 20 - 2 1

(a) Known to be incompletely enumerated please see Title Sheet.

TABLE lO-A-AFGHAN POWINDAHS.

Powindahs are Afghan nationals who come over to Pakistan every year to pass the winter. This Table presents an analysis of the total population of Afghan Powindahs in by sex, age and occupations. It is in two sections:-

Section 1: It shows sex breakdown in age-groups of 'under 12 years' and '12 years and over'; and

Section 2: It shows a further analysis of '12 years and over' into sex and occupations.

2. The information tabulated in this Table was obtained from replies to the third and fourth parts of Census Question No.4 on Nationality, which asked: "If an Afghan, are you a Powindah 1 If so, where is your party settled this winter 1" Enumerators were instructed, in case a respondent did not know whether he was a Powindah or not, to treat, as Powindahs all such Afghans as had been staying temporarily in Pakistan for the preceding winter. The symbol 'PA' was ringed on the slip in such casess, which were sorted to produce the required statistics.

3. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 2 of the Report.

10-3

10--4

TABLE IO-A-AFGHAN POWINDAHS

Section I-Afghan Powindabs under 12 years, and 12 years and Over

Number of Persons.

Pakistan

Province and State of Enumeration

Baluchistan including States Union

Districts States Union

East Bengal

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

N.W.F.P & Frontier Regions

Punjab & Bahawalpur State

Districts Bahawalpur State

Sind & Khairpur State

Districts

Khairpur State

Persons ----------------

Total

69,790

19,215

18,819 396

28

56

34,560

13,643

13,083 560

2,288

2,156

132

Under 12

Years

23,613

7,689

7,549 140

11,643

4,095

4,061 34

186

184

2

12 Years and Over

46,177

11,526

11,270 256

28

56

22,917

9,548

9,022 526

2,102

1,972

130

2

3 4

5

6

7

8

9 10

11

12

13

10-5

TABLE 10-A-AFGHAN POWINDAHS

Section I-Afghan Powindhas under 12 years, and 12 years and over

Number of Persons.

Male Female Province and State

I Under 12 Years Under 112 Years' of Enumeration Total

I 12 Years and Total 12 Years I and I

Over Over I I --- -

38,851 12,142 26,709 30,939 11,471 19,468 Pakistan

2 10,172 3,734 6,438 9,043 3,955 5,088 Baluchistan including States Union

3 9,942 3,665 6,277 8,877 3,884 4,993 Districts 4 230 69 161 166 71 95 States Union

5 27 27 East Bengal

6 56 56 Federal Capital Area, Karachi

7 18,293 6,006 12,287 16,267 5,637 10,630 N.W.F.P & Frontier Regions

8 8,183 2,268 5,915 5,460 1,827 3,633 Punjab & Bahawalpur State

9 7,658 2,240 5,418 5,425 1,821 3,604 Districts 10 525 28 497 35 6 29 Bahawalpur State

11 2,120 134 1,986 168 52 116 Sind & Khairpur State

12 1,995 132 1,863 161 52 109 Districts 13 125 2 123 7 7 Khairpur State

TABLE IO-A-AFGHAN POWINDAHS

Section 2-Afghan Powindabs under 12 years and over, by Occupation and Sex (P=Persons M=Male F=Female)

I 1 I 'I Federal I I Punjab Sind Pakis- Balu- East Capital N.W. and and

Occupation I tan chistan I' Bengal Area F.P. Baha- Khair-

I Karachi I walpur pur

_____ 1___ 1 ______ 1 State __ State

Total

Herdsmen & Dairymen

Wood Cutters

Charcoal Burners

Agricultural Labour

Fruit Merchant

Cloth Sellers

Money Lending

Hide Sellers

Miscellaneous Unspecified retail Trade

Mullahs

Religious Students

Physicians & Herbsellers

Midwife

Drumbeater

P 46,177 11,526 28 56 22,917 9,548 2,102 M 26,709 6,438 27 56 12,287 5,915 1,986 F 19,468 5,088 1 10,630 3,633 116

P M F

P M F

P M F

P M F

.. P M F

P M F

.• P M F

., P M F

6,133 5,815

318

142 139

3

7 5 2

224 204 20

I I

5 5

15 15

1 I

P 7,724 M 7,292 F 432

P M F

P M F

.. P M F

p M F

•• P M F

145 145

79 79

19 19

1 1

3,269 3,254

15

15 15

759 755

4

37 37

1 1

5 5

12 12

8 8

1 1

4 4

7 7

2,645 2,368

277

65 63 2

209 190

19

3 3

1 1

3,794 3,567

227

100 100

56 56

4 4

II7 91 26

18 17

1

7 5 2

11 10 1

2,782 2,583

199

6 6

23 23

6 6

1 1

102 102

44 44

4 4

377 375

2

2 2

10-7

TABLE 10-A-AFGHAN POWINDAHS-(Contd)

Section 2-Afghan Powindahs under 12 years alld over, by Occupation and Sex (P =Persons M Male=F =Female)

Number of persons.

I

; Punjab I i Sind Federal

Occupation I Pakis- I Balu- I East Capital I N.W. and I and I tan I chistan Bengal Area F.P. I Baha- Khair-

I iKaraChi I walpur I pur State State

Singers p 7 M 7 7 F

Motor Drivers P 6 1 5 M 6 1 5 F

Camelmen p 141 96 11 34 M 140 95 11 34 F 1 1

Donkeymen p 57 25 32 M 57 25 32 F

Goldsmiths p 10 3 5 2 M 10 3 5 2 F

Blacksmiths p 4 2 2 M 4 2 2 F

Weavers P 31 3 28 M 30 3 27 F 1 1

Tailors p 29 23 4 M 29 23 4 F

Dyers .. P M F

Shoemakers p 33 2 10 21 M 32 2 10 20 F 1 1

Masons P 20 6 14 M 20 6 14 F

Bricklayers p 56 27 29 M 56 27 29 F

Carpenters p 9 9 M 9 9 F

Watchmakers p 3 3 M 3 3 F

TABLE IO-B-PAKISTANIS ABROAD

This Table shows the persons who were claimed as citizens and normal residents of Pakistan in the Census, but who were at that time away out of Pakistan. Reports of such persons were made through the High Commissioners, Am­bassadors, Consulates etc. of Pakistan and they were also made by the heads of the households in Pakistan from which the persons were absent. In the sorting stage any duplications involved in this double reporting were eliminated.

2. The figures cannot be regarded as complete since Pakistanis abroad who had no household at Home would be missed unless they were known to the Pakistan Diplomatic Mission in the country of sojourn. Moreover, it is unlikely that the heads of households remembered to report all absent members.

3. This Table was prepared centrally in Karachi by punched-card machine methods using the self-enumeration reports received through the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Commonwealth Relations together with copies made in hand sorting centre of the enumeration slips of persons reported as absent abroad. The original enumeration slips were included in the normal hand sorting, and were applicable in the machine sorting also, and therefore, these absent persons are included in all census tables as part of the population of their normal place of residence in Pakistan.

10--9

10-10

TABLE 10-B PAKISTANIS ABROAD

Pakistanis reported by their households, or by Embassies and High Commissioners abroad, as being away out of Pakistan at the time of Census

(Figures in Italics are Females included in the figures immediately above them)

Countries of Sojourn ----' Place of i---MUShffiS Countries Enumeration Total Non-Muslims Countrie. Asia Field of Activity --------

Afghanis- ' I tan Iran Others Burma Ceylon India U.S.S.R. Other --------- ----,-------_ ------------Section I-Place of enumeration

Total 6,124 219 924 1,153 2,049 45 372 38 146 1 583 . 47 44 206 67 1J 80 23 6 2

Baluchistan 692 61 394 98 22 42 3 27 7 14 4 2 4

East Bengal 3,129 24 301 435 1,897 22 67 5 57 16 22 10 6

Karachi Federal Area 17 7

8

N.W.F.P. 9 10

Puniab & 42 Bahawalpur 294 19 37 9 6 8 24 11

18 7 4 1 12

Sind 16 2 13 1 14

Persons Enumerated in 1,976 115 187 583 143 17 340 38 13 15 Embassies, etc. 480 40 7 176 56 11 80 23 4 16

Section 2-Field 01 activity

Total 6,124 219 924 1,153 2,049 45 372 38 146 17 583 47 44 206 67 JJ 8U 23 6 18

Self-supporting persons engage in Service of 896 53 48 159 37 9 114 12 13 19 Govt: of' 2 20 Pakistan

Commerce & 1,859 71 620 406 392 11 87 68 21 Industries 22

Study 118 4 8 13 16 23 16 8 24

Other Activities 2,544 34 192 341 1,533 5 60 53 25 14 14 26

Aged 12 Years & 350 35 29 122 35 9 51 12 7 27 Over 304 30 23 III 28 6 43 12 4 28

Aged Under 12 .. 357 26 31 117 39 11 44 14 5 29 Years Dependents 247 17 21 95 25 5 29 11 2 30

10-11

TABLE IO-B-PAKISTANIS ABROAD

Pakistanis reported by their housebolds, or by Embassies and High Commissioners abroad, as being away at the time 01 Census

out 01 Pakistab

(Figures iu italics are Females iucluded ia the figures immediately ahove them

Countries of Sojourn Place of

Europe America Astralia I Africa Enumeration

I I Others Field of Activity

France Holand Italy UK USA Canada

Section I-Place of enomeration

1 37 10 60 S72 317 6S 53 64 Total 2 13 3 21 17 31 2 12

3 40 23 12 Baluchistan 4

5 6 14 185 93 4 24 57 East Bengal 6 7 2

Karachi Federal 7 9 6 2 Area 8

9 N.W.F.P. 10

Punjab & 11 62 39 40 5 Bahawalpur 12 4 2

13 8 4 2 Sind 14 1

Persons 15 31 10 46 268 152 9 24 Enumerated in 16 13 3 2] 5 27 2 12 Embassies. etc.

Section 2-Field 01 activity

17 37 10 60 572 317 6S 53 64 Total 18 13 3 21 17 31 2 12

19 18 S 21 314 63 8 22 Self-supporting 20 2 persons engage

in Service of Government of Pakistan

21 2 7 69 92 7 8 19 Coonmerce &: 22 Industries

23 2 42 29 2 Study 24 3 5

2S 129 98 44 5 45 Other Activities 26

27 9 1 8 7 15 9 Aged 12 Years &: 28 8 1 8 6 15 fI Over

29 6 4 18 II 20 4 7 Aged Under 12 30 5 2 13 6 11 1 4 Year,Dependents

11-1

TABLE ll-LABOUR -FORCE.

1. This table classifies the total population, excluding Non-Pakistanis into broad categories of Economic Status.

2. All persons aged 12 years and over were asked "Are you usually self­supporting or partly self supporting or are you seeking work?" Person who answered "Yes" to any part of this question, were then asked to state their Occupation and the Economic Group in which they were engaged in the previous month. From their answers they have been c1as~ed as belonging to the Agricul­tural or Non-Agricultural Labour Force or as not being in the Civilian Labour

'

Force. Persons who answered "No" to all three parts of thc main question were classed as Dependents as were all children under 12 years of age.

3. The Agricultural Labour rorce includes all persons who reported their usual main occupation as "cultivators" or who stated that in January 1951 they were engaged or seeking work in cultIVation, stockraising, hunting and game propagation, or some other occupation acssociated with the agricultural industry but not generally those engaged in forestry or t~,hing. It should be noted that the Census definition of a cultivator was a "Til1~r of the Soil" which term meant a persons who himself works on the land or who employes Olhers to do so under

• his direct personal supervision.

4. The :Non-Agricultural Civilian Labour Force includes all self-supporting persons who during January 1951 were engaged in Public Services (except the Armed Forces), personal services trade, commerce, transportation or any industry other than agriculture, but including forestry and fishery. It also includes persons seeking work in any non-Agricultural occupation.

5. Persons not in the Civilian Labour Force include the members of the Defence Services and also the several classes of self-supporting persons who are regarded as economically inactive. The latter consist of two main categories, first those persons of private means who have not indicated that they follow any of the professions or occupations which would class them in the labour force. This group includes retired persons and pensioners, students (if they have stated that they are self-supporting or partly so) and those landowners who have not claimed to be cultivators or to be engaged in service: or industry, Secondly, the economically inactive category includes the inmates of hospitals, asylums and jails, if they have not stated in occupation which enables them to be classed in the Labour Force, and what may be called "Social Parasites" namely persons who have described themselves as beggars, vargrants, prostitutes, etc.

6. Dependants mclude all children under 12 years of age and all other persons who did not claim to be self-supporting, partly so, or seeking work. The female element of this group therefore contains the large number of women engaged in house-hold duties, but it does not contain those who described themseh es as helpers in the trade, profession, or other gainful work of the family or household. Similarly, this group includes all students, old people invalids, etc., living with or supported by their families or friends if such persons have not claimed to be wholy or partly supporting themselves by some definite occupation, not to be seeking to do so.

7. It is believed that the number of Male children reported as under 12years of age is somewhat inflated and this may have increased the figures for male dependants at the expense of the Labour Force. The data should therefore be used with reasonable caution. The probable effect, if expressed as a percentage of the male Labour Force IS not likely to exceed 3 per cent.

8. Muhajirs are included in the figures appearing in this table, but are also given separately in Table 19-C.

9. This Table has been d;scusscd in Chapler 6 of Part T.

11-2

TABLE ll-LABOUR FORCE

Section I-The total population according to Economic Status

Province & State

Pakistan 1

Baluchistan & States Union

Districts States Union

East Bengal

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 1

Districts Frontier Regions 1

Punjab & Bahawalpur State

Districts Bahawalpur State

Sind & Khairpur State

Districts Khairpur State

Number of Persons.

Self-supporting

Total Civilian Labour Forc~-I- Not iJ;- - j ---------- Civilian Dependent

Non Labour Agricul- Agricul- Force

tural tural ,------ ---------1

AU Persons

7,30,80,344 1,71,27,887 55,70,853 4,23,993 5,07,57,6U

11,54,167

6,02,588 5,51,579

2,60,320

1,22,788 1,37,532

4,19,32,329 1,07,15,467

11,22,406 4,944

41,09,398

32,22,172 8,87,226

2,06,36,702

1,88,14,201 18,22,501

49,25,342

46,05,934 3,19,408

8,84,084

6,59,024 2,25,060

40,76,825

36,65,610 4,11,215

11,86,247

11,06,047 80,200

93,744

62,487 31,257

21,70,873

3,73,796

3,92,811

3,11,815 80,996

20,81,687

19,42,847 1,38,840

4,57,942

4.35,926 22,016

17,151

16,202 949

7,82,952

4,01,111 3,81,841

1,27,947 2,89,18,042

16,229 7,27,437

51,412 27,81,091

51,412 21,99,921 5,81,170

1,79,328 1,42,98,862

1,65,449 1,30,40,295 13,879 12,58,567

31,926 32,49,227

29,792 30,34,169 2,134 2,15,058

NOTE: 1. Excluding the estimated population of Frontier Regions. The total population of Frontier Regions excluding Non-Pakistanis is 26,42 thousands, out of which OOly 8.87,2.l6 have been enumerated and the rest estimated. Details for Labour Force are given for the enumerated pO,Julatinn ollh.

11--3

TABLE 11- -LABOUR FORCE

Section I-The total population according to Economic Status

Number of Persons.

Self-supporting ----------_._---,

Civilian Labour Force Not in I

1-------- --I Civilian Dependents Non I Labour I

Agricul- Agricul- Force

Province & State Total

tural tural ---'----

Male

Pakistan 3,91,41,972 1,61,10,974 52,71,218 3,60,254 1,73,99,526

Baluchistan & States Union 6,33,012 2,58,616 89,128 17,027 2,68,241 2

Districts 3,39,244 1,22,358 61,435 16,122 1,39,329 3 States Union 2,93,768 1,36,258 27,693 905 • 1,28,912 4

East Bengal 2,19,37,575 98,99,006 19,88,074 69,508 99,80,987 5

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 6,43,292 4,736 3,63,209 15,905 2,59,442 6

N.W.F.P. & Frontier Regions 21,71,376 8,15,334 3,36,899 50,677 9,68,466 7

Districts 17,00,331 5,90,274 2,80,023 50,677 7,79,357 8 Frontier Regions 4,71,045 2,25,060 56,876 1,89,109 9

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 1,10,49,854 39,75,074 20,44,471 1,75,559 48,54,750 10

Districts 1,00,59,949 35,64,029 19,05,705 1,61,684 44,28,531 11 Bahawalpur State 9,89,905 4,11,045 1,38,766 13,875 4,26,219 12

Sind & Khairpur State 27,06,863 11,58,208 4,49,437 31,578 10,67,640 13

Districts 25,29,632 10,78,386 4,27,558 29,450 9,94,238 14 Khairpur State 1,77,231 79,822 21,879 2,128 73,402 15

11-4

'fABLE ll-LABOUR FORCE

Section i-The total population according to Economic Status

Number of Persons.

Self-supporting ----

Total Civilian Labour Force , Not in I Dependents Province & Slate

Civilian I Non-Agri- Labour

Agricultural \ cultural Force I ----,

Female

3,47,38,372 10,16,913 2,?~,635 63,739 3,33,58,085 Pakistan

2 5,21,155 1,704 4,616 124 5,14,711 Baluchistan & Slates Union

3 2,63,344 430 1,052 80 2,61,782 Districts 4 2,57,811 1,274 3,564 44 2,52,929 States Union

5 1,99,94,754 8,16,461 1,82,799 58,439 1,89,37,055 East Bengal

I) 4,79,114 208 10,<;87 324 4,67,9~5 Federal Ca[lital Area, Karachi

7 19,38,022 68,750 55,912 735 18,12,625 N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions

8 15,21,841 68.750 31,792 735 14,20,564 Districts 9 4,16,181 24,120 3,92,061 Frontier Regions

10 95,86,848 1,01,751 37,216 3,769 94,44,112 Punjab & Bahawalpur State

11 87,54,252 1,01,581 37,142 3,765 86,11,764 Districts 12. 8,32,596 170 74 4 8,32,348 B,ihawalpur State

13 22,18,479 28,039 8,505 34 21,81,587 Sind & Khairpur State

14 20,76,302 27,661 8,368 342 20.~9,931 Districts IS 1,42,177 378 137 6 14t.656 Khairpur State

11-5

TABLE U-LABOUR FORCE

Section-2-Percentage of the total population according to Economic Status

I Percentage

Total Popula- Labour Force I

Province & State tion I

Other I (1000 's) Total

I Agri- Non- , Self i Depen-

cultural Agri- I support- I dents cultural mg i -

Male

Pakistan 1 7,38,80 52.9 21.8 7.1 0.5 23.6

Baluchistan & States Union 11,54 54.9 22.4 7.7 1.4 23.2 2

Districts 6,02 56.3 20.3 10.1 2.7 23.1 3 States Union 5,52 53.2 24.6 4.9 0.2 23.4 4

East Bengal 4,19,32 52.3 23.6 4.7 0.2 23.8 5

Federal Capital Area, 11,22 57.3 0.4 32.4 1.4 23.1 6 Karachi

N.-W.F.P. & Frontier 1 41,09 52.8 19.8 8.2 1.2 23.6 7 Regions

Districts 32,22 52.8 18.3 8.7 1.6 24.2 8 Frontier Regions 8,87 53.1 25.4 6.4 21.3 !)

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 2,06,37 53.6 19.4 9.9 0.9 23.5 10

Districts 1,88,15 53.5 18.9 10.1 0.9 23.5 11 Bahawalpur State 18,22 54.3 22.6 7.7 0.8 23.4 12

Sind & Khairpur State 49,25 55.0 23.6 9.1 0.6 2l.7 13

Districts 46,06 54.9 23.4 9.3 0.6 21.6 14 Khairpur State 3,19 55.5 25.0 6.9 0.6 23.0 15

NOTB. t. See foot note in Section 1.

ll---<i

TABLE ll-LABOUR FORCE

Section 2 -Percentage of the total population according to Economic Status

Number of Persons.

Percentage -)

Labour Force I

ID-""'" Total 1----- Other self Province & State Agricultural I Non- I supporting

Agricultural I 1-----

Female

47.1 1.4 0.4 0.08 45.2 Pakistan

2 45.1 0.1 0.4 44.6 Baluchistan & States Union

3 43.7 0.2 43.4 Districts 4 46.8 0.2 0.5 45.9 States Union

5 47.7 1.9 0.4 0.1 45.2 East Bengal

6 42.7 1.0 41.7 Federal Capital Area, Karachi

7 47.2 1.7 1.4 0.03 44.1 N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions

8 47.2 2.1 1.0 0.03 44.1 Districts 9 46.9 2.7 44.2 Frontier Regions

10 46.4 0.5 0.2 0.02 45.8 Punjab & Bahawalpur State

11 46.5 0.5 0.2 0.02 45.8 Districts 12 45.7 45.7 Bahawalpur State

13 45.0 0.6 0.2 44.3 Sind & Khairpur State

14 45.1 0.6 0.2 44.3 Districts IS 44.5 44.4 Khairpur State

'-

TABLE ll-A -OCCUPATIONS OF NON-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE.

This Table shows the composition by detailed occupations and certain occupational sub-groups of the sections of the Civilian Labour Force classed as Non-Agricultural Labour in Table 11. All non-Pakistani citizens and children under 12 years of age are excluded.

2. Persons following each occupation are further analysed by sex, indus­trial status, age-groups and educational levels. The age-groups chosen are related to the different phases of a persons' working life. Figures are given for each district and state.

3. The information regarding occupations is based upon the replies obtained to Census Question "No. 12 whi<..:h asked: "What was your actual main occupa­tion in January, 1951? If you were unemployed throughout January 1951, were you seeking employment, and if so, in what occupation". The enumerator was instructed to write a brief description of the occupation indicating what kind of worker the respondent was or what kind of work he diJ 01' sought. The res­pondents were instructed to distinguish clearly between the idea of 'occupation' which meant the kind of work done and the idea of 'Economic Group', which meant the kind of service in which the occupation is followed.

4. The descriptions se recorded were coded in accordance withthe "Classification Code of occupations of the Civilian Labour Force" issued as an Annexure to Part II of the Code of Census Procedure. Slips which were endorsed as "Mazdoor (Labourer)" or "Mulazimat/Naukri (Service)" were counted under 'Unskilled labourers' unless the enumeration slip contained some more informa­tion on other questions which enabled the respondent to be more accurately classified.

5. Information regarding Industrial Status was obtained in answer to Census Question No. 14 which asked: "In your main occupation, do you employ others'? Or are you an employee'? Or are you an independent workers Or an Unpaid family help'?" Symbols for each of these categones were provided on the slips and the enumerators placed a ring round the appropriate symbol. The enumerators were instructed not to class a person as Employer merely by virtue of his employing domestic servants but only if he employed others in his profession or business. An independent workers was defined as a person who is his own master in his trade or business but employes no paid help. An unpaid family help was defind as a person who claimed to be self-supporting or partly so by virtue of assistance rendered directly in the operation of a trade or business of another member of the family, but who received no separate payment in cash or kind. Unemployed persons are included in this table under the "Occupations" in which they were seeking work.

6. In East Bengal table ll-B industrial status of some of the persons shown against Governmental etc. under sub-group Administrative (officers) was shown to be employers and Independent workers. This is an obvious mistake and has been corrected in this table by inclusion of all these persons under "Employees".

7. The data regarding age and Educational Status were obtained from replies to Census Questions No.2 and 10, a description of each of which appears in the title-sheets of the tables in the Age and Literacy series respectively.

8. For every person in the Non-Agricultural Labour Force, the data on the enumeration slip were transferred to punched cards and sorted by machines.

9. An analysis of the information on occupation contained in this table is given in fuller details in Census volume No.7.

10. The Table has been discussed in Chapter 6 of the Report.

11-7

11--8

TABLE ll-A-OCCUPATION OF THE NON-AGRlCUL'rtJRAL LAIIOUR FORCE

Self-supporting persons' engaged in activities other than Cultivation and Animal Husbandry, according to their Occupation in January, 1951.

Number of Persons_

Persons 2 Industrial Status

Males Females -----------------------

Occupational Groups ~ ~

I

----:-- ----------,---NOD Agricultural Labour Force 54,89,857 52,14,3422,75,51547,004 18,41,307 32,52,28573,746 93171,375 1,80,89522,314

Professional & Technical _, 2,24,275 2,13,774 10,501 1,579 96,123 1,14,222 1,850 28 5,542 4,772 159 2

.. Engineers, Architects, etc. 3,384 Transport Managers, Pilots etc. Professors & Teachers Religious Workers

878 78,410 59,273 40,897 Physicians & Surgeons

Nurses & other Health Workers Artists, Writers, & Entertainers Judges, Lawyers, etc. Chemists & Metalurgists

11,201 1,976 6,390

642 Other ProfeSSions

Administrative Business Executives Governmental. etc. Office Workers

21,242

" 5,12,952 62,305

., 5,664

.• 4,44,983

10,27,813

13,167

3,383 876

73,807 58,866 40,473

7,204 1,858 6,385

642 20,280

5,10,123 62,141 5,621

4,42,361

9,98,084

12,602

I 2

4,603 407 406

3,997 lIS

5

962

60 7

350 166 530

59 23

160 5

219

2,829 5,249 164 4,264 43

2,622 985

29,729 22,282

565 70

2,564 702

63,523 8,644 7,023

4,233 824

1,234 314

7,062

4,40,079 17,232 5,621

4,17,226

1,68,253

7,810

733 102

9,683 49,415 32,576

2,707 1,008 4,972

320 12,646

26 -3

251 641 344

11 3,379 I 71 6 255

205 9 1,550 3 11

19 1 3

353 275

62,762 2,033 12 2,523 40,227 418 10 62

43 22,53.5 1,615 2 2,418

7,80,377 27,172 270 2,265

4,601 121 12

Sales Workers & Shopkeepers

Forestry Workers3

Fishermen] 2,02,817 1,92,319 10,498 1,028 16,359 1,68,001 6,93 I 42 556

8,467 7,742 Mine and Quarry Workers

Transport Operative,

Road

1,90,797 1,90,380

Railway,. Sea & River Air

90,786 29,051 70,445

515

Manufacturing Workers (Skilled) 12,29,606 Metal Workers .• 2,10,092 Textile Workers .. 4,49,459 Wood Workers •• .. 2,03,856 Coke, Cement, Bnck.&Workers 6,467 Glass & Ceramic Workers .• 1,00,921 Chemical, Paint & Oil Mill

Worker:s .. Leather Workers .. Paper Mill Workers Printing Trade Operatives BuIlding Trade Operatives Electrical Workers Other Skilled production

Workers .. Pro-

17,029 1,52,019

4,429 6,575

47,338 8,132

23,289

90,749 28,854 70,271

506

11,54,599 2,09,204 4,07,688 1,84,509

6,357 92,275

16,816 1,50,112

4,359 6,574

47,089 8,123

21,493 Food, Drink & Tobacco

cessing Workers Unskilled Labourers

1,03,832 91,488 12,29,858 11,59,429

725 15

417 1,276

37 431 197 118 174 7Z5

9 2

75,007 9,869 888 1,694

41,771 4,048 19,347 1,95Y

110 35 8,646 441

213 186 1,907 984

70 50 I 56

249 256 9 64

1,796 96

12,344 1,262 70,429 2,396

6,380

96,934

40,654 26,158 29,635

487

2,34,961 56,279 71,346 26,968

2,398 12,245

4,732 28,363 2,337 4,875

13,830 5,466

6,122

23,506 2,51,932

Domestic Servants 3,53,690 3,03129 50,561 651 2,88,676

Other Service Workers 2,98,861 2,87,319 11,542 1,163 1,22,855

Police, Fire, &c. ServiCe54

Unclassified ••

90,782

2,940

90,740

2,614

1. Persons under 12 years. of age are excluded.

42 141

326 23

2. Excluding the population of Frontier Regions of N. W.F.

86,530

909

1,334 13 543

90,586 1,584 6 142

49,139 2,371

30,060 16

525 207 2 851 2

1 1

22 58 54 8

8,87,69422,075 156 4,919 1,47,072 4,159 - 113 3,22,240 10,054 104 2,490 1,52,726 2,856 17 1,440

3,816 108 - 9 77,074 2,515 33 373

11,606 1,19,642

1,899 1,582

32,661 2,414

14,962

292 1,123

73 61

342 179

313

61 296

7 1

85 8

30

64,171 2,549 54 937 8,98,978 6,123 93 9,257

12,419 1,353 24435,989

1,61,680 1,621 24 8,636

3,911 158

1,519 163

39

15

1 2

1,167 335 145

2,352 99

4

667

283 90

193

26,052

526

8,983

182

247

14 135 98

58,049 774

32,170 15,990

86 5708

152 1,609

52

163 1

1,344

10,431 59,337

46

86 8

19

11 2

9

1,142

3 4 5 6 7

8 9

10 11 12

13 14 15 16

17

26 18

917 19

20

22 21

22 2 23

20 24 25

11,883 1

7,007 1,894

15 2,532

2 11

421

922 1,742

26 27 28 29 30 31

32 33 34 35 36 37

38

~9 40

9,000 5,328 41

2,740 142 42

2

291

43

19 44

3. Forestry workers and Fishermen in N. W.F.P. are classed under Agncultura ILabour Force and are hence excluded fr¢.m this Table in respect of that Province.

4. In Federal Capital Area, Karachi the figures for Pollee Fire etc. are included in "Other Servke \Vorkers' and hence the figures against Police Fire etc. are exclusive of those in Karachi. '

5. ~~:-:tO~~o'!J!~~e~2-14 years in N.W.F.P. were included in 15 -19 years as they together form one group 12-19 years in

2

4

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23 24 25

26

27 28 29 30 31 32

33 34 35 36 37 38

39

40

41

42

43

44

11-9

TABLE ll-A OCCUPATION OF THE J:'/ON-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

Self-supporting persons engaged in activities other than Cultivation and Animal Husbandry, according to tbeir Occupation in January 1951.

Number of Persons.

Educational Level 1-------- ---

Age Groups -- -- - ----------Male Female Both Sexes

--,---- -----------------~ .; ~ b C i>l, () 0 I 0

1 0 J "I 1 :1 0' ~ S"i g :g I '~ I t1. '" J. '" "d """ _, "d "'" I 'J:: I ,~ 1'::<1 ~ N :::: ~ M C"( :::: II:I~ 0 ~ I ~;.. J; - ---- ----- '-_-- --------- -------·I;--I;f---1,87,006 5,71,965 6,93,035 32,17,2905,44,99610,217 26,765 31,8701,73,30833,355 39,26,7667,30,6294,84,707 2,83,900 6~s1',

5" 2

21

26,642 5,990

7-1 578

86

937 11,183

2,574 5,676

307 3,792

516 1,094

135 317

4 641

19 173

1,45,527

2,416

35,<'i9

313

63

53,482 8,205

36,329 14,286

28,636 7,738

4,809

1,244

785

141

4,475 1,265

367 83

JJ 693 2,116 6,314 1,345

2

11 210 1,081 2,870 431

4

20 22

33 63

291

284

74

25

294 722 2,241 735

3 40 59

4

12

66,506 36,510 55,112 42,254 23,893

546 269 369 / 939 1,26~i, 143 210' 237 157 131

10,177 7,559 26,772 22,71811,184

28,978 17,252 10,148 2,219 676

8,762 7,253 12,832 8,442 3,590

5,743 1,540 2,273 1,439 206

883

14

13

246

9

15

293 295 259

16 2,523 3,828

43 291 280

32 1,423 3,102 13,Q43 2,680 12 133 188 562 67 11,153 2,210 2,235 3,245 2,399

69,059 59,897 1,73,783 1,79,73530,478

15,246 12,888 15,674 13,799 4,698

2,530 23,863 85,273 3,60,515 37,942 22 422 632 1,592 161

95 2,068 9,950

15 499

2,435 21,780 74,824

32,405 1,01,500 1,29,113

1,153 1,392

1,205 20,097 22,661

140

419

319

34 66

879 1,187

15,988 29,093

8,828 14,766

1,787 4,386 5,342 9,750

31 191

46,729 1,39,734 1,55,851

8,095 20,658 4,707

189 2,802

728

7,189 104 75

1,187 93

902

24,632 50,647 22,285

790 10,438 2,043

19,077 464 788

5,147 810

2,b03

29,447 53,040 24,379

1,185 11,757 2,194

19,951 650

1,400 6,966 1,665 3,217

5,466 13,082 14,121

65,063 1,63,008 1,23,395

21,133 43,454 44,644

11,683 38,542 41,784

59 4,392 17,619

117 283 310

41,887 8,141 16

4,628 479

24

4

101

37

22

3,14,000 29,322 21 405 604 1,454 138

6,26,627 1,08,439 1,011 2,235 5,590 17,651 3,242

8,929 1,127

1,27,263 21,093

4,938

1,33,903

61,110

21,294 51,247

252

598

10,977

5,726

1,353 3,866

32

21i 40

8 1,137 1,303

134

31

3

16 11

1

57

79

30 48

I

6,84,448 1,27,837 1,922 7,665 8,581

1,25,631 2,39,723 1,12,014

3,426 55,130 9,508

86,071 2,742 3,870

28,949 5,060

12,324

21,3Y9 43,620 21,124

767 12,148

2,343

17,824 399 441

4,840 485

2,447

33 1,585

161

111 4,320 1,643

14 51 1,011

8 43

71 339 14

8 16

5 154

144 4,589 2,084

10 1,214

19

279 4 1

39

198

429 70

7,012 1,038

444

272

34

131 100

7

48,319

460 26,927 13,124

b5 5,285

120

904 49

165 9

1,211

90

32

20 12

8,520

140 4,350 2,335

21 1,085

23

314 3

21

228

78 262 123 1,401 3,800

33,735 46,747 1,57,9861,64,53521,980

6,28,189 2,23,150 1.25,856 43,549 7,069

1l,638 903

1,80,102 17,246

7,573

1,41,850

70,983

17,262 53,489

116

588

34,371

14,034

6,608 13,556

173

9,78,731 1,82,862

1,55,253 39,393 3,38,655 80,108 1,74,401 22,774

5,514 734 85,328 1l,117 14,101 2,085

1,38,475 ll,047 3,022 995 2,945 1,759

38,484 6,839 4,673 1,882

17 ,820 4,129

416

5,055

245

11,633

5,018

3,431 3,103

81

62,243

13,846 29,415

5,594 137

4,326 702

2,282 361

1,545 1,746 1,097 1,142

158

396

44

2,835

725

1,707 290 113

5,129

1,490 1,139

877 25

139 73

176 45

299 241 439 186

54

18

17

108

26

43 7 32

641

110 142 210

7 11 8

39 6

27 28 41 12

50,97G 7,843 391 808 839 8,600 1,706 84,680 14,467 4,207 411 67

24

87

6,76,4951,31,468 3,123 7,417 5,830 43,75210,307 11,58,274 59,811 10,287

1,67,973 25,925 3,357 5,309 5,,66 30,748 5,981

1,65,156 30,154 340 857 1,597 7,931 817

63,087 5,583

1,453 451 7

2

29

9

31

26

218 41

3,07,575 37,801

2,42,037 39,941

48,536 22,665

2,019 417

7,159

14,048

14,388

275

1,462

1,068

1,890

4,793

176

946

400

53

11-9-A

TABLE ll-A OCCUPATIONS OF CIVILIAN LABOUR FORGE

Section 2-East Bengal (1)

Persons in the Civilian Labour Force by religion and according to theU" occupation in January, 1951

Muslims Caste Hindus Occupational Groups Total

Males Females Males Females -----,

Total Civilian Labour Force •. 1,28,86,340 90,36,151 6,87,602 11,91.917 1,25,403

Agricultural Labour Force " 1,07,15,467 78,34,715 5,90,700 7,43,783 92,720 2

Cultivators etc. '. 1,06,90,162 78,24,222 5,86,855 7,37,698 91,759 3 Herdsmen and ni~rYrnen 25,305 10,493 3,845 6,085 961 4

Non-Agri~ultural Labour Force 21,70,873 12,01,436 96,902 4,48,134 32,683 5 Professional and Technical 1,21,522 59,174 2413 44,824 1,471 6

Engineers & Architects etc 1,185 841 216 7 Transport Managers, Ptlots etc. 578 508 12 8 Professors and Teachers " 45,758 29.266 1,156 11,242 891 9 Religious workers 26,235 10,286 13,811 51 10 Physician & Surgeons .. 28,400 10,538 22 14,646 14 11 Nurses &. Other Health Workers 6,089 1,998 1,006 1,007 450 12 Artists, Writers & Entertainers 339 225 19 70 4 13 Judges9 Lawer etc. . . 4,236 1,746 2,342 14 Chemists & Metallurgists 81 48 29 15 Other Profession .. 8,621 3,718 210 1,449 61 16

Administrative 2,08,001 1,34,952 346 59,289 145 17

Busine:o;s Executive 12,791 9,532 34 2,725 11 18 Governmental etc. officer~' 1,986 1,657 18 160 19 Office workers 1,93,224 1,23,763 294 56,404 134 20

Sales workers and Shopkeepers 5,02,331 2,78,496 6,475 1,57,124 4,908 21

Forestry workers 10,881 3,626 392 906 58 22

Fishermen 1,84,535 48,891 1,688 7,558 1,075 23

Mine & Quarry workers 1.008 719 205 24

Transport Operatives 1,15,480 98,565 159 6,013 75 25

Road 32,040 25,020 2,631 26 Railway 16,157 14,198 55 1,117 70 27 Sea & River 67,178 59,281 104 2,245 5 28 Air 105 66 20 29

Manufacturing workers (skilled) 4,30,148 2,00,264 30,643 1,06,605 15,679 30

Metal workers 68,402 25,087 33,840 31 Textile workers 1,78,013 1,09,921 18,749 28,817 6,782 32 Wood workers 93,846 30,797 10,482 J6,497 2,577 33 Coke, Cement, Brick etc. ·~akers 3,030 2,023 5 608 86 34 Glass. Ceramic workers .. 36,216 3,406 1,078 21,682 5,923 35 Chemical, Paint & Oil Mill workers : : 6,188 5,129 592 36 Leather workers 16,535 3,689 787 37 Paper Mill workers 2,772 2,083 3 161 56 38 Printing trade operatives 2,868 2,008 717 39 BUilding trade operatives 13,164 12,068 529 40 Electrical workers .. 2,954 1,646 3 1,098 41 Other skilled production workers 6,159 2,407 333 1,277 2SS 42

Food, Drink & Tobacco processing workers 63,234 29,065 7,265 15,939 1,720 43

Unskilled Labourers 3,07,685 2,21,689 25,259 14,362 2,313 44

Domestic servants 1.27,006 69,620 20,809 13,235 4,478 45

Other service workers 59,712 25,123 1,330 18,299 714 46

Police, Fire etc. services 37,130 29,788 3,384 47

Unclassified 2,200 1,464 122 391 47 48

Note: I-Occupational distribution by main religions has been shown only for East Bengal, as the;', figures of religious groupS otber than Musilm are small in other provinces.

- (Continuea on back page)

11-9 B

TABLE lI-A OCCUPATIONS OF CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE

Section 2-East l3engl\l-(Colltd.}

Persons in the Civilian Labour Force by religion and according to their occupation in January, 1951.

Scheduled Castes Other Religions

Males Females Males Females Occnpational Groups

15,28,554 1,65,348 1,30,458 20,907 Total Civilian Labour Foree

2 12,07,178 1,16,781 1.13,330 16.260 Agricultural Labour Force

3 12,04,694 1,15,572 1,13.161 16.201 Cultivators etc. 4 2.484 1,209 169 59 Herdsmen and Diarymen

S 3,21,376 48,567 17.128 4,647 NDn-Agricultural Labour Force

6 10.863 976 1,430 371 Professional and Technical

7 59 69 Engineers 8< Architects etc. 8 48 10 Transport Managers. Pilost etc. 9 2.3$3 188 460 202 Professors and Teachers

10 1,703 30 318 36 Religious workers 11 2.721 430 29 Physician & Surgeons 12 881 588 56 103 NUrses ell; Other Health Workers 13 15 6 Artists, Writers & Entertainers 14 129 19 ]udgcsf Lawer etc. 15 4 Chemists & Metallurgists 16 2.950 1iO 62 Other Profession

17 10,660 111 2,434 64 Administrative

18 383 5 95 6 Business Executive 19 97 54 Governmental etc. officers 20 10.180 106 2,285 58 Office workers

21 38,913 13,241 2,921 253 Sales workers and Shopkeepers

22 5,7J2 11 77 93 Forestry workers

23 I,J5,768 7,299 2,081 175 Fishermen

24 54 29 Mine & Quarry workers

25 10,027 78 561 2 Transport Operatives

26 4,154 235 Road 27 583 34 99 Railway 28 5,272 44 227 Sea & River 29 IS Air

30 62,400 9,462 2,005 3,090 Manufacturing workers (skilled)

31 9,082 393 Metal workers 32 5,737 4,417 755 2,835 Textile workers 33 29.541 3,183 534 235 Wood workers 34 289 9 10 Coke. Cement, Brick etc. makers 35 3,297 789 34 7 Glass. Cerarruc workers 36 448 19 Chemical, Paint & Oil Mill workers 37 11,956 103 Leather workers 38 451 16 Paper Mill workers 39 106 37 Printing trade operatives 40 544 23 Building trade operatives 41 171 2 34 Electrical workers 42 178 1.049 47 13 Other skilled production workers

43 6801 2,212 166 66 Food. Drink & Tobacco processing workers

44 33,629 8,484 1,821 128 Unskilled Labourers

45 10,253 5,103 3,151 3'7 Domestic servants

46 12,578 1,527 95 46 Other service workers

47 3.606 352 Police, Fire etc. service

48 112 57 5 2 Unclassified

TABLE 11-B-SECTION 1: OCCUPATlONS OF THE AGRICULTURAL LABOCR FORCE

1. This Table divides the Agricultural Labour Force as shown in Table 11, into cultivators, Animal Husbandmen, and other Agriculturi;t.

2. The data for cultivators has been further analysed by land tenure in table No. 14.

3. The number of cultivators was obtained by Census Question ll-A which asked "what is usually your m:.in occupation (kind of work)? If the resPQndents claimed to be a "Tiller of the Suil" the enumerator put a ring round the symbol printed on the slip. The total of all such slips has been included in the figure for Cullhators.

4. The numbers of Animal Husbandmen and other agriculturists were obtained by Census Question No. 13 which asked "in what kind iof IndLlstry business or service did you work in January (1951)"? Enumerators were instructed to write out the respondents' answer. A summarized list of the groups into which economic activities were to be split was printed on the instruction sheet provided (in this own language) to every enumerator. The first items in this list were "AGRICULTURE split into cultivation, stock raising Forestry, etc". The slips of persons who had not declared themselves to be "Tiller of the soil" in Question ItA were placed in the Agricultural or Non-Agricultural Sections of the Labour Force according to the answers given to Question 13. Forestry and Fishery were included in the Non-Agricultural industries.

5. The occupations of the persons in the Agricultural Labour Force, other than "Tillers of the soil" were elicited by Census Question No. 12 which asked "what was your actual main occupation in January (1951)" The answers were coded in accordance with the "Classification Code of Occupations for the Civilian Labour Force" (Census 51 publication No. 11-A) any slip coded for sub·group 4.1 (Cultivators and Agricultural land workers) were added to the total of Cul­tivators given by the answers to Question ll-A. Slips coded in sub-group 4.4 (Dairy Farmers and Workers in Animal Husbandry) were counted to give the total of that column in this Table. All other slips of the Agricultural Labour Force except Forestery and Fishery workers coded in Sub-group 4 are included in the heading "Other and Unclassified". Through some mistake of sorting Forestry and Fishery workers in NWFP have been classed as Agricultural and are hence included in this table.

6. Slips of Cultivators who reported in answer to Question 12 that they were unemployed throughout January 1951 account for the last column in this table. Very few cultivators would have done no work at all during a period as long as a whole month. Moreover cultivators generally regard themselves as employed for throughout the year, and therefore the figures are unrealistically low as a report on unemployment.

7. Section 2 of this Table shows the subsidiary occupations followed by some members of the Agricultural Labour Force.

8. This Table has been discussed in Chapter-6 of the Report.

11-10

11-11

TABLE 11. B-OCCUPATIONS OF AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

Section 1-Persons1 engaged in Agricultural activities occording to their main occupation in Jannary 1951.

(Figures in italics denote Females included in the figures immediately above them)

Number of Persons.

Total 2 I Cultivators Herdsmen Orchard Province & State ,AgriCUitUreal/ and Agri- and and

! Labour cultural Animal I Nursary I Force Labourers Breeders

, workers I ___

Pakistan 1,69,02,827 1,64,41,924 2,06,848 11,658 1 10,16,913 9,72,262 9,399 220 2

Baluchistan & States Union 2,60,320 2,28,525 30,863 (3) 3 1,704 1,186 514 4

Districts 1,22,788 1,09,683 12,696 5 430 381 49 6

States Union 1,37,532 1,18,842 18,167 7 1,274 805 465 8

East Bengal 1,07,15,467 1,05,56,123 19,951 381 9 8,16,461 7,82,616 5,266 58 lO

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 4,944 3,893 941 (3) 11 208 159 41 12

N.W.F.P.4 6,59,024 6,45,911 5,443 13 68,750 68,353 43 14

Punjab & Bahawalpur State 40,76,825 38,85,464 1,16,677 9,537 15 1,01,751 92,444 3,470 157 16

Districts 36,65,610 34,90,010 1,04,159 9,218 17 1,01,581 92,331 3,415 157 18

Bahawalpur State 4,11,215 3,95,454 12,518 319 19 170 113 55 20

Sind & Khairpur State 11,86,247 11,22,008 32,973 1,740 21 28,039 27,504 65 5 22

Districts 11,06,047 10,47,102 30,932 1,584 23 27,661 27,132 60 .5 24

Khairpur State 80,200 74,906 2,041 156 25 378 372 5 26

NOTES: 1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistanis. 2. See Table 11. 3. Including Dairy Formers. 4. Excluding Frontier Regions 5. Including 716 Forestry workers and 375 Fishermen.

11-12

TABLE tJ·B-OCCUPATIONS OF AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

Section I-Persons engaged in Agricultural activities according to their main occupation in January 1951.

(Figures in italics denote Females included in the figures immediately above them)

Mails

1 20.798 2 1,031

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

1,661 390

628 20

15 17,688 16 611

17 15,938 18 611

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

1,750

821 10

821 10

Tea Planta­tion

Labour­refS

Diary Formers

and

I Poultery Workers ___ I

60,173 19,514

60,173 19,514

21,917 1,807

5,354 808

473

15.725 992

15,475 990

250 2

365 7

365 7

Number of Persons.

I ' I Silk I Other

Hunters Bee 'Worm and : Un-

I and Keepers II Workers I UncI as i- : employed

Trappers fled I ' ,-------;--------'-

108

lQ8

108

5,702 510

638 431

5,064 79

5,064 79

40 13

33 13

7

7

2,175 12

912 4

389

523 4

110 8

1.153(5)

1,31,484 12,145

20

20

71,153 7,365

5,416 433

26,663 3,998

25,739 3,998

924

28,232 448

25,135 447

3,097 1

TABLE ll-B-Section 2-SUBSIDIARY OCCUPATIONS OF AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE.

Of the 1,69,02,827 persons forming the Agricultural Labour Force of Pakistan 16,96,754 were recorded as following subsidiary occupations of a non­agricultural nature. This Table shows numbers engaged in such occupation in each Province which were collected from answers in response to the second part of the Census Question No. 11, which asked:

"Have you any subsidiary means of livelihood: if so, what"?

2. This table has been discussed in Chapter 6 of the Report.

11-13

11- 14

TABLE ll-B-NO~-AGRJCULTURAL OCC{;PATIONS OF THE AGRICULTURAL

LABOUR FORCE

Section 2-Subsidiary Occupations

~umber of Persons.

Baluchistan, GROUP Class of Occupation Pakistan 1 and I East

I States Bengal 2

I I Union

---~----_ -- - _1 _____

TOTAL

SCIENCE & ART

CLERICAL & OFFICE

TRADE & COM-

MERCE

I PRIMARY PRO-DUCTION

TRANS-PORT

MANU-FACTURE

& CRAFTS

NOTES:

16,96,754 10,749 14,21,356

School teachers & Private tutors 47,815 45 47,667 2 Imams, Moazzins & Religious Workers 21,034 635 15,012 3 Hakim, Apothecaries, Mid-wives & other 2<},872 34 27,062 4

health workers

Lawyers & Legal Assistants 2,050 2,032 5 Musicians & entertainers 3,451 3.437 6 Workers in Sciences & Arts n.e.c. 1 7

Clerks & Moharrirs 1,34,747 1,657 1,31,530 8 Pe.ms, Daftaries & Chowkidars 44,885 705 41,577 9

Shop-keepers & hawkers 5,45,254 1,542 5,01,608 10 Contractors 76 11 Money-lenders & brokers 20 12 Trade & Commercial workers n.e.c. 3,955 710 3,245 13

Wood-cutters, charcoal burners & lumber men 7,424 1,034 4,026 14 Collectors of gums, herbs & other forest 547 547 15

products Fisherman 73,015 85 67,735 16 Mines & quarry workers 14 14 17 Primary production workers n.e.c. 654 654 18

Drivers of power-driven vehicles 3,829 89 3,516 19 Drivers of animals & animal-drawn vehicles 12,631 33 4,669 20 Boatsmen & Launchmen 23,184 23,166 21 Transport workers n.e.c. 397 397 22

Blacksmiths & mechanics 20,793 34 8,483 23 Jewellers, gold & Silver smiths 8,774 4 6,862 24 Weavers & Spinners 1,01,239 62 62,733 25 Textile dyers & printers 1,020 168 26 Tailors & other workers on textile materials 32,808 118 21,204 27

1. Excludes Federal Capital Area, Karachi, for which figures are not available. 2. Numbers of Pemales in the Agricultural Labour Force pursuing non-agricultural

subsidiary occupations are nearly negligible in all provinces except East Bengal figures for which are abvailable in the Provincial Report for that Province.'

3. Excludes figures for Frontier Regions.

11-15

TABLE -H-B-NON-AGRICULTURAL OCCUPATIONS OF THE AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

Section 2-Subsidiary Occupations

Number of Persons.

North-WesP PUqjab &: Sind & ' Class of Occupation Frontier I Bahawal- Khairpur GROUP

Province pur State State , ------1-

27,530 2,01,205 35,914 Total

2 17 86 SCIFNC~ School teachers & Private tutors 3 1,568 3,796 23 & Imams, Moazzins & Religious Workers 4 87 2,591 98 ART Hakim. Apothecaries, Mid-wives & other

health workers

5 17 Lawyers & Legal Assistants 6 13 Musicians & entertainers 7 Workers in Science & Arts lI.e.c.

8 550 10 CLERICAL Clerks & Moharrirs 9 3 2,176 424 & OFFICE Peons, Daftaries & Chowkidars

10 5,529 27,057 9,518 TRADE & Shop-keepers & hawkers 11 76 COM- Contractors 12 20 MERCE Money-lenders & brokers 13 Trade & Commercia! workers It.c.C.

14 2,364 PRIMARY Wood-cutters, charcoal burners & lumber men 15 - PRODUC- Collectors of gums, herbs & other forest

TION products 16 51 3,899 1,245 Fisherman 17 Mines & quarry workers 18 Primary production workers fI.e.c.

19 210 14 TRANS- Drivers of power-driven vehicles 20 730 7,007 192 PORT Drivers of animals & animal-drawn vehicles 21 4 14 Boatsmen & Launchmen 22 Transport workers /I.e.c.

23 758 11,060 458 MANU- Blacksmiths & mechanics 24 15 1,835 58 FACTURE Jewellers, gold Silver smiths 25 209 37,746 489 & Weavers & Spinners 26 10 690 152 CRAFTS Textile dyers & printers 27 179 10,940 367 Tailors & other workers on textile materials

11-16

TABLE ll-B-:"'WN-AGRICULTURAL OCCUPATIONS OF THE AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE-(contd.)

Section !-Subsidiary Occupations

Number of Persons.

I Baluchis- I

GROUP Class of Occupation Pakistan tan and East Bengal States Union , ---_--

Jute & cotton ginning workers 34 I Carpenters & sawyers 62,228 89 46,343 2 Bamboo, Cane & Basket workers 16,587 2 16,564 3 Pottery & China-ware workers 9,211 18 5,399 4 Boot & Shoe-workers & leather workers 23,960 30 2,523 5 Masons, Building & Construction Workers .. 2,795 79 2,033 6 Painters & Decorators 43 7 Brick-makers 19 8 Rope-makers 181 9 Manufacturing workers & Craftsmen II.e.C • •• 1,418 284 310 10

FOOD Grain & Flour-millers, rice,-huskers etc. 1,367 3 1,361 II PROCESS- Gur & Sugar makers 11,956 11,956 12

TNG Sweet & confectionery makers 1,543 1,542 13 Butchers 5,496 31 434 14 Biri makers 3,951 3,842 15 Skilled workers in oil mill (not minerals) 69 16 Food etc. Processing workers n.e.c. 13,928 20 12,915 17

GENERAL 3,13,199 LABOURERS

1,819 2,91,962 18

SERV[CE Cooks & domestic services 41,202 85 13,657 19 Watermen (Bhistis) 198 6 95 10 Barbers 14,334 33 13,154 21 Washermen (Dhobis) 10,721 6 2,548 22 Service workers n.e.c. 26,829 1,231 1,347 23

OTHER & UNCLASSIFlED

15,996 209 15,036 24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18

19 20 21 22 23

24

11-17

TABLE ll-B-NON-AGRICULTURAL OCCUPATIONS OF THE AGRICULTURAL

LABOUR FORCE-(contd.)

North-West Frontier Province

2 2,835

151 310 504

3

1 99

71

4,323

3,297 67

484 24

4,674

751

Section 2-Subsidiary Occupations

Number of Persons.

Punjab & I Sind & I Bahawalpur I Khairpur GROUP I Class of Occupation

State __ S_ta_te __ : _______ ! ___ . ____________ -I

11,224

3,183 18,610

824

4,910

922

22,685

8,109 19,577

32 1,740

21 460

2,487 174 43 19

181

22 109 79

FOOD PROCESS­

ING

15,095 GENERAL LABOURERS

1,478 SERVICE 30

663 34

Jute & cotton ginning workers Carpenters & sawyers Bamboo, Cane & Basket workers Pottery & China-ware workers Boot & Shoe-workers & leather workers Masons, Building & construction workers Painters & Decorators Brick-makers Rope-makers Manufacturing workers & Craftsmen n.e.c.

Grain & Flom-millers, rice-huskers etc. Gur & Sugar makers Sweet & confectionery makers Butchers Biri makers Skilled workers in oil mills (not minerals) Food etc. Processing workers n.e.c.

Cooks & domestic servants Watermen (Bhishtis) Barbers Washermen (Dhobis) Service workers n.e.c.

OTHER & UNCLASSIFIED

12-1

\

TABLE 12--ECONOMIC GROUPS AND INDUSTRIAL STATUS OF NON-AGRICULTURAL CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE.

This Table analyses the Non-Agricultural Section of Civilian Labour Force as shown in Table 11. It gives figures by sex of persons engaged in each Economic Division-and cross-classified them according to Industrial Status. As in the case of other Labour Force Tables the figures in this Table exclude Non-Pakistanis and children under 12 years of age.

2. The totals in this Table, agree with those shown in Table ll-A which analysis the same population according to Occupations.

3. The information regarding Economic Groups was obtained in response to Census Question No. 13 which asked, "In what kind of Industry, business or service did you work in January 1951"1 Th~ information reported was coded according to the Standard Industrial Classification Code (Pakistan) issued as Aooendix 'F' to the Code of Census Procedure Part II. This Code had been used as a basis for instruction of enumerators who were to explain to respondents that thev should report the industry etc., in which they had been engaged at any time or mainly during the whole month of January, 1951.

4. If a person did not work during that month, he was asked whether he had been seeking employment and if so, he was classed as 'Unemployed'. But the response to this question was not complete and therefore separate figures have not been given for the unemployed.

5. Data regarding Industrml Status were obtained in reply to Census Question No. 15 (see Title-Sheet of Table II-A). The Industrial Status of some of the persons shown against Economie Group "GOVERNMENTAL, MUNICI­PAL ETC. SERVICES" is given to be employers and independent workers in table 12 in the Provincial Volume for East Bengal, and has obviously been shown in this All Pakistan Table as well. This is either due to mistake of classi­fication in Economic Group or in Industrial Status or both. As the total number of employees etc. is to cross tally with that in Table "Occupation o~ Non­Agricultural Labour Force" this 'lias b*,n left as it is in this table.

6. The data on'the enumiration s4Ps of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force were coded numerically and ~orted by,puncht1l card machines in Karachi and Dacca.

7. The Census question regarding\the economic group in which persons were engaged appears to have been poorly j.mderstood in many cases by respondents and also by enumerators. The classificat~n in accordance with the official code was therefore difficult. In these circumstances, many minor inconsistencies were detected during the compilation of the tabl~. These have been rectified as far as possible with reference to the occupatioual types shown in Table ll-A. The resulting data cannot therefore be regarded as being accurate in detail but it is believed to give a reasonably reliable view 6f the over-all distribution of the Labour Force. The rectification of mistakes meptioned above could not however be carried out in respect of the table 12 for East Bengal printed in volume 3 and the data for that province included in this table.

,

I

TABLE 12-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND INDUSTRIAL STATUS OF THE

NON-AGRICULTURAL CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE

12-2

Self-supporting persons aged 12 years and over according to the main Economic Division in which

they were working a~d their industrial status (class of worker) in January 1951.

(Figures in italics denote the number of Females included in the figures immediately above them)

Number of Persons.

Industrial Status Total

Main Economic Divisions workers

I EmPlo,,,,! Em~:'" i Indepen- Unpaid dent Family

Workers Helpers i---~

Total all Divisions .. 54,89,857 47,935 19,12,682 34,33,180 96,060 2,75,515 931 71,375 1,80,895 22,314

Forestry .. 14,398 90 2,900 11,338 70 579 1 7 571 -

Fishery .. 2,07,469 1,235 16,319 1,82,977 6,938 10,765 40 417 9,630 678

Mining .. 11,152 80 7,724 3,282 66 752 2 492 257 1

Manufacturing .. 14,19,429 14,286 2,73,630 10,92,838 38,675 1,13,786 298 9,934 89,960 13,594

Building, Construction & 2,06,480 1,595 45,919 1,56,168 2,798 Utilities 3,080 45 356 2,564 115

Trade & Commerce .. 11,50,683 21,367 2,25,350 8,78,952 25,OI,t 21,881 234 2,339 18,215 1,093

Transport, Shipping & Port 3,01,753 1,762 1,57,925 1,39,249 2,817 Services 1,341 66 495 700 80

Post & Te~ecommunications ., (2,281 38 10,632 1,489 122 62 2 39 18 3

Education .. 82,294 718 68,859 11,793 924 4,626 10 3,945 641 30

Medical Services .. 56,812 630 14,962 40,513 707 7,687 15 1,821 5,769 82

Governme,ntal, Municipal etc. 4,50,000 9GO 4,22,497 24,464 2,088 Services .. 6,292 2 3,270 2,678 342

Domestic & Personal Services 6,61,776 2,499 4,57,451 1,93,207 8,619 63,400 164 41,383 16,030 5,823

Religion, Art, Public Infor- 73,284 281 13,281 59,024 698 mation & etc. 2,046 7 505 1,501 33

Other and Unclassified .. 8,42,037 2,394 1,95,233 6,37,886 6,524 including unemployed 39,218 45 6,372 32,361 440

1. Excludes (a) Defence Service (b) Economically inactive persons.

13-1

TABLE 13-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF' CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE.

1. This table cross-classifies the persons engaged in different Economic Activities with the broad classification of their occupations. The Population analysed is the whole of the Civilian Labour Force as shown in table 11.

2. The classification into Economic Division is based on the Standard Industrial Classification, i.e., the classification according to the main industries and services, issued as an appendix to the Census Code of procedure, as already stated in the title sheet of table 12.

3. The occupational classification is a simplified re-arrangement of the main Groups of Occupational classification as shown in table ll-A, Agricultural and Fishery workers have been placed in the same column but are naturally in separate Economic Divisions. The group 'Administrative' has been split into two broad classes instead of three by combining the Business and Governmental Executives while showing the clerical workers seprarately. The skilled operatives in this table include 'Mine and Quarry workers, Transport Operatives, Manufacturing workers, and Food Drink and Tobacco Processing 'workers.'

4. The sources of information for this table is the same as described for table II, ll-A and 12, so far as they concern the Industry and Occupations.

5. Females are included in each class, but are shown separately in the figures in italics immediately below.

6. The Census question regarding the economic group in which persons were engaged appears to have been poorly understood in many cases by respondents and also by enumerators. The classification in accordance with the official code was therefore difficult. In t~ese circumstances, many minor inconsis­tencies were detected during the' compilation of the table. These have been rectified as far as possible with" reference to the occupational types shown in Table ll-A. The resulting data cannot therefor~ be regarded as being accurate in detail but it is believed to give a reasonably reliable view of the over-all distri­butiqn of the Labour Force. The rectification of mistakes mentioned above could' not however be carried out in respect of the table 13 East Bengal printed in volume 3 and the data for that province included in this table.

7. A fuller discussion of the whole table is given in chapter 6 of the report Part I.

13-2

TABLE 13-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE

Sell-supporting persons aged 12 years and Qver according tQ the main Economic Division and tbe main types of Occupations in

which engaged in January 1951

(Figures in italics denote the number of Females included in the figures immediately ahove them)

Types of Occupations ---

Main Economic Technical Adminis- I I I --1-Division Total and trative

I Clerical Sales AgriCUI-j Skilled I Un- I Service

Workers Profess- & Mana- & Office Workers tural & Operatives. skilled Work- Others

I ional gerial I Workers F~hery Labourers ~~I __ v -"T"---- - ----.

Total all Division 2,23,92,684 2,24,275 67,969 4,44,983 10,27,813 1,71,18,811 15,32,702 12,29,858 7,43,333 2,840 12,92,428 10,501 201 2,622 29,729 10,27,976 88,493 70,429 62,145 326

Cultivation 1,65,35,017 - - - - 1,65,35,017 - - - -9,83,211 9,83,21/

Animal Husbandry 2,28,695 - - - - 2,28,695 -- - - -11,205 11,205

Other Agriculture 1,38,024 22,497

- - - - 1,38,024 - - - -22,497

Forestry 15,114 370 68 250 48 13,849 356 157 16 -579 1 - - - 565 13 - - -Fishery 2,07,844 414 90 141 2,465 2,02.329 879 1,179 325 22

10,7.65 15 - - 147 10,498 64 13 28 -Mining 11,152 153 70 461 274 - 8,643 1,283 262 6

752 10 2 1 5 - 726 I 6 1

Manufacturing 14,19,429 7,908 8,096 21,987 8,594 - 12,00,768 1,55,608 16,358 110 1,13,786 137 54 206 770 - 83,421 28,875 314 9

Building, Construe- 2,06,480 2,595 5,670 2,188 1,412 - 52,659 1,38,708 3,232 61 tion &Utility 3,080 20 10 2 3 355 2,578 112 -

Trade & Commerce 11,50,683 5,232 38,997 30,130 9,88,978 - 22,364 44,640 20,163 179 21,881 126 58 371 19,560 1,231 439 80 16

Transport, Shipping 3,01,753 2,230 1,551 22,279 926 - 1,92,539 63,966 18,178 84 1ft:. Port Services 1,341 42 12 41 10 710 274 249 !J

Post and Telecommu- 12,281 165 234 9,120 38 - 2,006 306 390 22 nications 62 1 - 20 1 39 1 - -

Education 82,294 74,158 617 4,226 538 - 863 490 1,311 91 4,626 3,808 3 191 206 195 13 209 1

Medical Services 56,812 48,033 293 1,985 4,163 - 520 398 1,398 22 7,687 3,810 3 38 3,487 148 15 185 J

Governmental, Muni- 4,50,009 6,310 5,311 3,03,701 4,560 - 17,434 11,419 1,01,20R 66 cipal etc. Services 6,292 356 46 1,372 2,424 242 111 1,741 -

Domestic & Personal 6,61,776 1,797 5,440 9,444 1,954 - 12,433 1,22,774 5,07,864 70 Services 63,400 348 17 35 226 865 5,847 56,054 8

Religion, Art & Public 73,284 65,185 111 2,712 349 - 1,744 2,164 970 49 information etc. 2,046 1,551 - 30 208 124 114 19 -

Other &. Unclassified 8,42,037 9,725 1,421 36,359 13,514 739 19,494 6,86,766 71,65J 2,203 (including Unemployed) 39,218 276 2 315 2,682 - 360 32,148 3,141 287

NOTE 1. Excludes Defence Services

TABLE 14-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE Ai'lD

CULTIVATORS' LAND TE~URE.

This Table shows by provinces, states, and by sex the Agricultural Labour Force according to occupation and also divides the cultivators according to their agricultural status. The total number of persons dealt with in this Table is the same as in the box-head of ALF in Table 11. In provincial reports for West Pakistan provinces, this table gives details by districts and by sub-divisions in East Bengal. In East Bengal report this table also gives the breakdown by main religions, which has been reporoduced for the whole of the prOVInce of East Bengal in SC<:tion 2 of this table.

2. The information about the agricultural status of the cultivators was ob­tained by providing question 14 headed "C", "A" and "B". The Enumerators had instructions to ask the question and record answers of the respondents who had Shown their occupation to be tillers.

Do you own all or any of the land you till '!

Do you pay rent in kind or cash for any of the land you till?

Do you work as labourer for another Person who ttlls land?

If 'Yes', ring "C"

If 'Yes', ring "A"

If 'Yes', ring "Bn

3. The persons "A" shown owning part and renting part land tilled are those who had cloth "C" ringed and the persons shown renting and also working for hire had both "A" and "B" ringed.

4. A 'Cultivator' (Tiller of the Soil) was defined in the Enumerators' Ins­truction as a person who himself works on the land or who employs other to do so under his direct personal supervision.

S. Persons engaged in 'Forestry and 'Fishery' arc classed in the Non­Agricultural Labour Force and are shown in Tables ll-A and 12 except in N.W,F.P., where the occupations are included in the other Agricultural workers columns.

6. This Table excludes persons of a nationality other than Pakistani and also all children under 12 years of age.

7. This Table has been discussed in Chapter-6 of Part I of the Census RepOrt.

14 1

14-2

TABLE 14--AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE AND CULTIVATORS LAND TENURE

Section l-The Agricultural Labour Force! according to their Status and Cultivators by land tenure

(FiguTes in italics denote Females included in figures immediately aoove them)

Province or State

Number of Persons.

I I Cultivators owning or Renting Land 1-----

Total 2 : I Agricultural I Labour Total

Force

--- - - - -----Owning all land

tilled

Owning Part and

renting part land tilled

----- ------------------------------- -, - _---

Pakistan

Baluchistan & States Union

Districts

States Union

East Bengal

Federal Capital Area, KarachP

N.W.F.P.

Punjab & Bahawalpur State

Districts

Bahawalpur State

Sind & Khairpur State

Districts

Khairpur State

1,69,02,827 1,48,58,813 62,73,792 51,17,213 1 10,16,913 8,62,922 4,72,878 2,1)1,201 2

2,60,320 2,00,255 1,21,680 29,456 3 1,704 1,lJ6 792 104 4

1,22,788 1,01,797 58,191 11.946 5 430 374 208 53 6

1,37,532 9R,458 63,489 17,510 7 1,274 742 584 5J 8

1,07,15,467 91,09,991 37,43,082 43,34,889 9 8,16,461 6,82,027 3,63,431 2,46,592 10

4,944 3,863 107 137 II 208 138 10 25 12

6,59,024 6,05,213 3,64,843 68,750 64,687 46,070

40,76,825 38,22,726 18,64,816 1,01,751 90,094 58,863

36,65,610 34,34,253 16,87,448 1,01,581 89,981 59,770

4,11,215 3,88,473 1,77,368 170 113 93

11,86,247 11,16,765 1,79,264 28,039 24,860 2,712

11,06,047 10,39,795 1,54,914 27,661 24,807 2,711

80,200 76,970 24,350 378 53 1

62,368 13 2,628 14

5,99,971 15 11,078 16

5,41,046 17 11,058 18

58,925 19 20 20

90,392 21 774 22

79,228 23 774 24

11,164 25 26

NOTES: 1. Excludes persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani.

2. Excludes children under 12 years of age.

3. 615 persons claimed cattle forming, animal breeding and dairy and poultry farming as subsidiary occupation.

14-3

'tABLE 14-AGIUCULTURAL LABOUR FORCE Al'ID CULTIVATORS LAND TENURE

Section I-The Agricultural Labour Force l according to their Status and cultivators by land tcnure

(Figures in Italics denote Females included in figures immediately above, them)

Number of Persons.

Cultivators owning or Renting Land

------ -- Landless Other I

Renting Renting i Agriculture I Herdsmen agricultural Pruvince and State all land and also , Labour etc. workers

tilled working I Force for hire

I __ 1 ____ 1_------- __ ------1 28,08,749 6,59,059 16,49,524 2,28,698 1,65,792 Pakistan 2 98,021 30,822 1,16,291 11,205 26,495

3 47,840 1,279 28,270 30,863 932 Baluchistan & Statcl> 4 218 2 7U 514 4 Union

5 31,060 600 7,886 12,696 409 Districts 6 113 7 49

7 16,780 679 20,384 18,167 523 States UllIon 8 105 2 63 465 4

9 6,21,299 4,10,721 15,13,629 25,305 66,542 East Bengal 10 47,401 24,603 1,07,581 6,074 20,779

11 3,348 271 30 941 110 F.e.A., Karachi 12 74 29 21 41 8

13 1,72,501 5,501 34,531 5,91,) 13,361 N.W.F.P. 14 15,080 909 3,2::1 43 797

15 11,30,192 2,27,747 42,124 1,32,402 79,573 Punjab &. B.lhlWalpur 16 14,231 4,922 2,307 4,462 4,888 St'lt<:

17 9,97,281 2,08,478 38,364 1,19,634 73,359 Districts 18 14,231 4,922 2,307 4,405 4,888

19 1,32,911 19,269 3,760 12,768 6,214 BJ.haw,tlpur Sta te 20 57

21 8,33,569 13,540 30,940 33,268 5,27+ Sin:! & Kh.tirpur State 22 21,017 357 3,089 71 19

23 7,92,727 12,926 30,031 31,227 4,994 Districts 24 20,965 357 2,769 66 19

25 40,842 614 909 2,041 280 Khairpur Stat.! 26 52 320 5

14-4

TABLE 14-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

Section 2~Agricultural Status by Religion-East Bengal

Tge agricultural labour force according to religion and agricultural Status

(Figures in Italics denote females included in figures immediately above)

Number of persons.

I Total l Cultivators Landless Herdsmen Other

Religious Group Agricultural Owning or Agricultural and Agricul-Labour Renting Labourer Dairymen turals Force Land Workers ,

I

Total2 1,07,15,467 91,09,991 15,13,629 25,305 66,542 8,16,461 6,82,027 1,07,581 6,074 20,779

Muslims .. 84,25,415 71,70,810 12,19,257 14,338 21,010 5,90,700 5,17,544 65,856 3,845 3,455

Caste Hindus .. 8,36,503 7,39,143 78,145 7,046 12,169 92,720 76,679 10,977 961 4,103

Scheduled Castes " 13,23,959 10,86,980 2,00,519 3,693 32,767 1,16,781 74,814 27,640 1,209 13,118

Other Religions .. 1,29,590 1,13,058 15,708 228 596 16,260 12,990 3,}0,8 59 103

TABLE 14-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

Section 3-Cultivators by Landtenure and by Religion-East Bengal

Cultivators in each Religious Group who own or rent land tilled by them personally or under their direct Supervision

(Figures in Italics denote females included in figures immediately above)

Number of persons.

-Owning Pt.

Cult\vatiorsf Owning aU & Renting Renting Religious Groups Owning or land tilled

ToIM' j P(.ofLand All! land

~ Renting Land I

Tilled

,

Total2 ,

91,09,991 37,43,082 43,34,889 ., 6,82,027 3,63,431 2,46,5rJ2

\ Muslims ,. 71,70,810 29,05,343 34,66,021

5,17;544 12,78,821 1,89,206

Caste Hindus .. 7,39,143 ~177,224 2,82,633 76,679 13,818 23,765

I

Scheduled Castes .. 10,86,980 4,0~171 5,41,105 74,814 3 896 27,304 ,

Other Religions .. 1,13,058 52,344 45,130 12,990 4,896 6,317

;

NO*ES: 1. Excludes persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. 2. Excludes children under 12 years of age.

~iIled

. 6,21,299

47,401

4,74,547 32,989

55,175 6,541

82,727 6,677

8,850 1,194

Renting & also Work-ing for Hire

4,10:121 24,603

3,24,899 16,528

24,111 2,555

54,977 4,937

6,734 583

TABLE IS-LANDOWNERS

1. In this table the persons over 12 years of age who reported themselves as owners of land have been classified according to broad categories of economic activities.

2. The information in this table was obtained from the following Census Questions:

(a) Question 11 asked "what is usually your main occupation"? If the person was a 'tiller of the soil', the enumerator put a ring round the appropriate symbol and the person was asked Question 14.

(b) All persons 12 years old and over who reported that they were self­supporting or partly so were asked the Special Question: "Do you receive rent in cash or kind for the land you own but which is tilled by others?" If the answer were 'YES', the enumerator put a ring round the appropriate symbol.

(c) Question 13: asked "In what kind of industry or service did you work in January?" The answers to this question were used to classify landowners into Agriculturists, persons in Non-Agricultural activities and members of the Defence services. Those who answered 'NONE' to this question, and who had not reported in answer to Question 12 that they were seeking employment have been classified as "Econo­mically Inactive".

(d) Question 14: asked all persons who claimed to be cultivators (see Q.11 above) whether they owned land and if their reply was 'YES' they have been included in the total of this table. The above question were addressed to all persons aged 12 years and over who claimed to be fully or partly self-supporting or claimed to be seeking work.

3. Due to incomplete classification at the sorting stage, the detailed data for East Bengal and Baluchistan is not available in this table according to the full scheme of the classes.

4. This table discussed in Chapter 6 of Part I of the Census Report.

15-1

15-2

TABLE IS.-LANDOWNERS

Economic Activities of persons owning Land

Number of Persons.

Pakistan East i Federal

Main Economic Group in which working

I

Baluchistan ' & States Union , Bengal I

Capital Area

, Karachi ----

Total Landowners 1,16,48,846 1,76,117 81,50,196 2,129

Agricultural Activities anG Fishery 1,14,37,826 1,66,066 80,87,137 45 2

Defence Services 25,608 5,446 289 185 3

Industry, Commerce. Professions & Services 1,30,188 4)177 48,644 1,709 4 ofwhich:-

Industry * * ... 331 5

Trade & Commerce ... .. .. 276 6

Transport, Shipping etc. .. * * 23 7

Government Service ... ... '" 456 8

Other Services & Professions .. ... ... 623 9

Economically inactive 55,224 128 14.126 190 10

NOTES: I. Settled Districts only.

... Separate Figures not available.

I Punjab I N.-W.F.P. I &

Bahawalpur I I State

----------4,47,313 25,75,059

4,28,358 24,85,360

10,668 8,992

8,062 64,723

3,746 21,429

3,576 22,392

92 4,679

381 5,638

267 10,585

225 15,984

15-3

TABLE IS.-LANDOWNERS

Economic Activities of persons owning Land

Number of Persons.

I

Sind &

Khairpur State

2,98,032

2,70,860

28

2,573

1,039

938

92

354

150

24.571

Main Economic Group in which working

Total Landowners

Agricultural Activities and Fishery

Defence Services

Industry, Commerce, Professions & Services of which:-

Industry

Trade & Commerce

Transport, Shipping etc.

Government Service

Other Services & Professions

Economically inactive

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

T~LE 19-A MUHAJIRS' ORIGIN.

This Table is similar to Table 5 section 2 but is confined to an analysis of the population of Muhajirs only and shows from which zone~ of the sub-continent, outside the areas in which the First Census of Pakistan was conducted, the Muhajirs came. In comparing this table with Table 5 it should be remembered that these zones of origin of Muhajirs frequently differ from the places of their birth.

2. For Census purposes a Muhajir was defined as a person who had entered Pakistan as a result of Partition or for fear of disturbances connected therewith.

3. The information contained in this table was obtained from the replies to Census Question No. '} of the enumeration slip requiring the respondents to state whether they claimed to be Muhajirs, and, if so, to state the Province or State from which they .;ame.

4. The various Provinces and States of the sub-continent beyond the areas in which the First Census of Pakistan was conducted, have been grouped for the purposes of this Table in "Zones" as follows :--

ZONES PROYINCES(STATES AND AGENCIES.

NORTH Uttar Pradesh (U.P. and States)

EAST Assam and States, Bihar and States, Orissa and States, West Bengal and States, Nepal and Sikkim.

SOUTH Coorg, Madras and States, Mysore and Andeman and Nicobar.

WEST Bombay and States, Baroda State, West Indian States and Agencies and Portuguese India. (This zone includes the States of Junagadh and Manavadar*)

CENTRAL Madhya Pradesh (C.P.) Madhya Bharat (Central India States and Agencies). Bhopal State, and Hyderabad State*.

NORTH-WEST Punjab (I), Patiala and East Punjab States' Union, Ajmer, Delhi and Rajputana States and Agencies. Jammu & Kashmir State*.

OTHER PARTS French India, Bhutan and any other Indian State.

* Accession disputed.

5. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 2 of (he Census Report (part I).

19-1

19-2

TABLE 19-A-MUHAJIRS ORIGIN

Persons enumerated in Pakistan who reported them self as Muhajirs,l according to their previous

places of residence.

Number of Persons.

Zone of origin

Place of Enumeration --1-----

Total

1------ ----------,----- --' North _1 __ ~:__1 South

Pakistan

Baluchistan & States Union

Districts States Union

East Bengal

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions

Districts Frontier Regions

Punjab & Bahawalpur State

Districts Bahawalpur State

Sind & Khairpur State

Districts Khairpur State

72,26,584 4,64,218

27,988 6,331

27,610 6,204 378 127

6,99,079 20,773

6,16,906 1,97,560

51,126 17,114

51,126 17,114

52,81,194 1.05,541

49,08,328 1,00,724 3,72,866 4,817

5,50,291 1,16,899

5,40,278 1,12,299 10,013 4,600

7,01,317

276

276

6,70,735

19,874

546

546

5,566

5,238 328

4,320

4,248 72

18,010

297 2

285 3 12 4

982 5

11,107 6

57 7

57 8 9

822 10

789 11 33 12

4,745 13

4,743 14 2 15

NOTES: 1. Muhajirs are defined as persdns who entered Pakistan on account of partition or for fear of disturbances connected therewith.

19-3

TABLE 19-A-MUHAJIRS ORIGIN

Persons enumerated in Pakistan who reported themself as Muhajirs, according to their previous

places of residence.

Number of persons.

Zone of origin I ------, North Other

I Place of Enumeration

West Central West Places

1,60,374 95,181 57,85,096 2,388 Pakistan

2 1,538 3,011 16,501 34 Baluchistan & States Union

3 1,519 2,986 16,306 34 Districts 4 19 25 195 States Union

5 1,855 2,697 2,009 28 East Bengal

6 1,19,158 49,579 2,17,649 1,979 Federal Capital Area, Karachi

7 355 1,673 31,375 6 N.-W.F.P. & Frontier Regions

8 355 1,673 31,375 6 Districts 9 Frontier Regions

10 5,404 17,175 51,46,686 Punjab & Bahawalpur State

11 3,447 15,667 47,82,463 Districts 12 1,957 1,508 3,64,223 Bahawalpur State

13 32,064 21,046 3,70,876 341 Sind & Khairpur State

14 31,988 20,799 3,65,860 341 Districts IS 76 . 247 5,016 Khairpur State

19-4

TABLE 19·B-MUHAJIRS· EDUCATIONAL LEVELS.

This Table is a separate analysis of the literate MUHAJIRS included in Table 9-B and follows the same pattern. The data for this Table also were collec­ted in like manner.

2. A MUHAJIR was defined as a person who moved into Pakistan as a result of Partition or for fear of disturbances connected therewith, no matter from where, when or for how long a stay.

3. This Table is discussed in Chapter 4 of the Report.

19-5

TABLE 19-B-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS OF MLHAnRS

Literate Muhairs analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in

educational institutions

(Figures in Italics show the number of Females included in the total above them)

Number of Persons.

Without I

Province and State Total Formal I Primary Middle Matri- Degree Higher Literates I attain- School School culation Degree

ments

P.lkishn 17,56,738 9,43,249 4,53,303 2,19.405 1.10,126 23.356 7,299 6,99,495 49.179 1.37.932 51,768 15,883 2,096 637

Baluchistan & States 16,449 6,629 4,225 2,821 2,205 414 155 Union 5,495 3,625 1,240 457 143 22 8

Districts 16,172 6,542 4,172 2,764 2,152 398 144 5,395 3,573 1,207 445 140 22 8

States Union 277 87 53 57 53 16 11 100 52 33 12 3

East Bengal 1,78,159 74,463 55,718 31,040 13,774 2,688 476 46,046 26,357 14,763 4,151 6118 67 20

Federal Capital Area, 2,38,622 94,078 78,998 29,133 26,737 7,251 2,425 Karachi 85,901 48,530 33,456 2,901 803 171 40

N.W.F.P. and Frontier 18,151 4,455 5,326 4,028 2,907 1,138 297 Regions 3,942 1,511 1,402 667 284 55 23

Districts 18,151 4,455 5,326 4,028 2,907 1,138 297 3,942 1,511 1,402 667 284 55 23

Frontier Regions

Punjab & Bahawalpur 11,75,988 6,74,577 2,87,840 1,41,536 58,230 10,431 3,374 State 5,ll,104 3,69,868 83,339 42,191 13,469 1,702 535

Districts 11,04,488 6,29,685 2,70,513 1,34,745 56,073 10,148 3,32-l 4,81,052 3,46,408 79,001 40,4511 13,O_'il 1,6/1 523

Bahawalpur State 71,500 44,892 17,327 6,791 2,157 283 50 30,052 23,460 4,338 1,733 418 91 12

Sind & Khairpur State 1,29,369 89,047 21,196 10,847 6,273 1,434 572 47,007 41,188 3,732 1,401 496 79 11

Districts 1,25,146 85,724 20,904 10,483 6,102 1,381 552 47,192 39,643 5,640 1,344 480 74 11

Khairpur State 4,223 3,323 292 364 171 53 20 1,815 1,645 92 57 16 5

NOTE: 1. Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in this table are classed as having no formal attainments.

19 -6

TABLE 19-C-MUHAJIRS LABOUR FORCE

This Table show the total Muhajir population according to economic status. Muhajirs have been treated as part of the normal population and included in the figures for Table 11. This is a separate Table showing the numbers of Muhajirs in each category of Table 11.

2. Labour Force, Agricultural and Non-Agricultural, dependents and other terms have the same sense as explained in the title sheet of Table 11 and the same methods were used in collecting the information.

J. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 6 of the Report.

19-7

TABLE 19-C-MUHAJmS IN THE LABOUR FORCE

The total Muhajir population according to Economic Status

Province & State

--

PaJdstan

Baluchistan & States Union

Districts States Union

East Bengal

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

North-West Frontier Province2 ••

Punjab & Bahawalpur State

Districts Bahawalpur State

Sind & Khairpur State

Districts Khairpur State

Self-supporting

Civilian Labour Force ratal 1

Agricul-tural

AIl Persons

72,26,584 13,01,324

27,988 1,251

27,610 1,241 378 10

6,99,079 1,09,386

6,16,906 1,790

51,126 7,838

52,81,194 11,22,782

49,08,328 10,42,301 3,72,866 80,481

5,50,291 58,277

5,40,278 57,215 10,013 1,062

Non Agricul­

tural

11,08,998

8,943

8,797 146

1,00,918

2,17,733

7,693

6,43,591

5,92,622 50,969

1,30,120

1,28,279 1,841

Number of Persons.

Nat in3 Dependents Civilian Labour Force

64,915 47,51,347

3,010 14,784

3,005 14,567 5 217

3,266 4,85,509

5,369 3,92,014

4,360 31,235

45,438 34,69,383

43,218 32,30,187 2,220 2,39,196

3,472 3,58,422

3,259 3,51,525 213 6,897

NOTES: J. Excludes pl?rsons who reported their Nationality other than Pakistani. 2. Includes only the settled districts in respect of N.-W.F.P. 3. Includes Defence Services

19-8

TABLE 19-C ·MUHAJJRS IN THE LABOUR FORCE

The total Muhajir population according to Economic Status

Number of persons.

Self-supporting I ----

j\j"t in --1 Dependents Province &. State Total Civilian Labour For~..: -_--_ ---- ClVIli.m

Non- L"JOl.r Agricultuml Agricultural FOlce '

-- - -- -____ 1 ___ -

Male

Pakistan 31),21,678 12,66,410 10,94,1~9 o3,8SS 14,97,21 t

Baluchistan & States Umon .' 17,885 1,250 S,!;7\) 2,988 4,837 2

Districts 17,652 1,240 8,731 2,983 4,698 3 States Cnio!l 233 10 139 5 7j 4

East Hengal 3,82,393 J,06,335 98,115 2,777 1,75,166 5

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 3,50,569 1,74<) 2,13,994 5,287 1,29,539 6

North-West t mntier 30,046 7,6')7 7,:'96 4,359 10,3')4 7

Punjab & HahJwaljJt1f State 2iU4,2H8 10,91,490 6,36,559 44,999 1U,71,23+ 8

Dlstncts ., 26,40,730 10,11,815 5,8:1, )l)J 41.,779 1,001,346 9 Bahawalpur State 2,03,558 80,481 30.Y69 2,220 69,8811 10

Sind & Khalrpur State 2,96,497 57,883 1,29,065 3,445 1,06,104 11

Districts 2,91,1711 56,821 1,27,224 3,235 1,03,898 12 Khalrpur State 5,319 1,062 1,841 210 2,206

113

19-9

TABLE 19-C-MUHAJIRS IN THE LABOIJR FORCE

The total Muhajirs Population according to Economic Status

~umber of persons.

Self-supporting - --- ------

Civilian Labour Force ,

Total --- -- ;'\ot in Dependents Province & State ~on Civilian

Agricul- Agricul- Labour turJ.1 tural Force

----Fe:nale

33,04,906 34.914 14,799 1,060 32,."4,133 Pakistan

2 10,103 73 22 10,037 Baluchistan & States Union

3 9,958 66 22 9,869 Districts 4 145 7 138 States Union

5 3,16,686 3,051 2,803 489 3,10,343 East Bengal

6 2,66,337 41 3,739 82 2,62,475 Federal Capital Area, Karachi

7 21,080 141 97 20,841 North-West Frontier

8 24,36,906 31,286 7,032 439 23,98,149 Punjab & Bahawalpur State

9 22,67,598 31,286 7,032 439 22,28,841 Districts 10 1,69,308 1,69,303 Bahawalpur State

11 2,53,794 394 1,055 27 2,52,318 Sind & Khairpur State

12 2,49,100 394 1,055 24 2,47,627 Districts 13 4,694 3 4,691 Khairpur State

19-10

TABLE 19-D.

This Table is exactly the same as Table 13 but is confined to the analysis of Muhajirs population only.

2. The persons dealt with in this Table are also included in Table 13.

3. Accuracy of classification of occupation according to the Economic groups has been discussed in the title sheet of 13 and the same apply equally to this table also.

4. This table has been discussed in chapter 6 of the report.

19-11

TABLE 19·D-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF MUHAJIRS

AIl·Pakistan

Self.suppor(ine Muhaiirs' aged 12 years and over according to the main Economic Division. and tbe main type. of

Occupation in which engaged in January 1951

«Figures in Italics del/ote the number of Females included in the figures total above them)

Number of person •.

Types of Occupation --------------------------------

Main Economic Total '";j~ J, ~ tid r! ~ ~ ~C • '2b v~ Division Workers u~"; -.-I ~;;':a -; ~ Q III 0 :;j- t,) u "0 e til I _ ~ (J U :; 'S 0 Q ,S';j 'C oe-=< I ~~ .~ e~.!a4 ~ 0 ~:;::I '>~ oS .gil:; ~ ~ e:8 ~ 50 S I ~~ bi,Sji; S :>!O"'::' ~2 :;~ 0 ~o"Ij i <-o"Ij 0 ~ I I < o"Ij~ til ;:>,:3 til

--------------------i---,----Total All Division .. 23,63,185' 28,264 24,016 1,06,604 2,25,291 13,04,074 2,95,0852,25,123 1,54,495 233

49,010 971 28 356 991 34,950 2,283 3,46U 5,958 13

Cultivation 12,50,271 12,50,271 33,756 33,756

Animal Husbandry 41,501 41,501 1,082 1,082

Other Agriculture 9,552 76

9,552 76

Forestry •• 1,156 25 1,130 II 11

Fishery' 2,277 6 25 658 1,581 28 2 25

Mining .. 800 19 9 37 27 562 119 26 1 I

Manufacturing 2,61,454 1,612 2,516 3,297 2,864 - 2,35,617 13,174 2,365 9 2,898 2 3 5 8 2,()51 818 10 1

Building, Construction 20,871 414 1,407 472 81 11,383 6,932 179 3 & Utilities 93 5 66 21 1

Trade & Commerce 2,55,633 578 15,201 7,866 2,15,804 6,177 5,823 4,152 32 1,108 3 8 18 939 58 72 10

Transport, Shipping & 52,827 356 448 6,180 203 31,390 9,536 4,694 20 Port Services 77 1 I 12 6 15 32 10

Post & Telecommunications 3,325 36 55 2,668 6 411 87 59 3 7 5 1 1

Education 9,078 8,057 139 560 45 37 41 195 4 551 531 I 10 6 1 2

Medical Services 7,929 7,122 69 398 59 42 66 172 336 312 4 14 6

Governmental. Municipal 96,608 1,717 1,699 72,940 396 2,328 1,865 15,652 11 etc. Services & Legal 3.JS 17 3 258 7 10 7 33 Profession

Domestic & personal 1,29,096 356 2,008 1,638 1,733 2,424 15,119 1,05,812 6 Services 5,985 9 6 5 4 15 473 5,473

Religion, Art & Public 7,752 6,328 32 251 12 745 292 92 information etc. 112 58 1 2 51

Other & Unclassified 2,13,055 1,662 430 10,241 3,403 39 3,966 1,72,068 21,097 143 (including unemployed) 2,554 38 38 3 14 2,036 413 12

I. Excluding Defence Services

2. Economic group & occupational classification is not available for 47,137 Muhajirs classed as N.A.L.P. in Table 19.C F.e.A. Karachi and therefore the figures does not tally with the coresponding figures III Table 19·C.

3. Includes forestry workers in respect of Punjab.

TABLBNo.

1 3 4 4-A 5

6 7 7-A 8 8-A

9 9-A 9-B 100A 11 ll-A

12 13 14 IS

I9-B I9-C 19-D

PART m

FEDERAL CAPITAL AREA, KARACHI

List of Tables

Explanatory Notes .. Population Variations Age & Marital Status Orphans

SUBJECT

Birth place & place of origion of Muhajir's

Religion Mother Tongue Speech Literacy Languages of Literacy

Pupils and Students .. Years of Education Educational Levels Afghan Powindahs Labour Force Occupations of Non-Agrioultural Labour Force

Economic Groups & Industrial Status of Non-Agricultural Labour Force Economic Groups and Occupation of Civilian Labour Force Agricultural Labour Force and Cultivators Land Tenure LandOwners

Educational levels of Muhajir's Muhajir's in Labour Force Economic Groups and Occupations of Muhajir's

PAGE No.

III-I IU-3 Ill-S 1II- 6 1II-12 IU-14

III-IS 1lI-16 III-I 7 Ill-I 8 III-20

I11-22 1II-24 1II-26 III-27 1II-28 1II-29

1II-31 111-32 1I1-33 III-33

1II-34 111-3S 1II-36

lH-l

PART III-FEDERAL CAPITAL AREA KARACHI.

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Brief explanatory notes regarding various statistical tables that follow are given below:-

Table I-Population.-This Table presents an analysis by localities the distribution of popUlation and persons p~r sq. mile, The population has also been shown by sex. Non-Pakistanies are included in this Table.

Table 3-Variation.-This Table shows de­cennial changes in population since 1901. The population analysed is the total population in­cluding persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani.

Table 4-Age and Marital Status. -This Table analyses the total population (Excluding non-

Pakistani) by basic age-groups, mam religions, sex and marital status.

Table 4-A-Orphans.-This Table gives infor­mation by religion, sex and age about the children under 12 years of age whose fathers were reported to have died before February 1951.

Table 5-Birthplace.-This Table shows the population (excluding Non-Pakistanies) analysed according to Birth place and placc of Enumeration.

The various Provinces and States of the sub­continent beyond the areas in which first Census of Pakistan was conducted have been grouped for the purpose of this Table in Zones as under.

Zones State/Province. and Agoncieo.

Uttor Pradesh tU.P. and States). North East Assam and Assam States; Bihar and Bihar States; Onssa and State; W~st Bengal and State and Nepal

and Sikkim. South West

Coorg, Madras and State.; Mysco and Andeman and Nico-Islands. Bombay and States; Baroda State; West Indian States and Agencies; Portugese India. (This zone includes the States of Junagadh and Manavadar·)·

Central Madhya Pradesh (C.P.); Madhya Bharat (Central India States and Agencies); Bhopal State; and Hyderabad State".

North-West Punjab (I) and Patlala. and East Punjab S'tates' Union; Ajmer; Dehli; and Rajputana States and Agencies; Jammu and Kashmir·,

Other Parts Flench India; Bhutan and any other Indian State.

• Accession disputed

Table 6-Religion.-This Table analyses by localities the distribution of population according to main religions.

Table 7-Mother Tongue.-'Mother Tongue' was defined as "The language spoken from the cradle". Enumerators were instructed that in the case of very young children and of deaf and dumb persons, it should be the language spoken by their parents.

Table 7-A -8peech.-This Table shows the number of persons who commonly speak each of the main languages of Pakistan: Many respondents claimed to speak more than one language in addition to their mother-tongue. Therefore no "Total" column is provided in this table since the total number of speakers exceeds the total population, many persons appearing

more than once in the figures.

Table 8-Literacy. ~ This Table shows the size of the literate population (excluding persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani) and their percentage to the total population.

Table 8-A-Languages of Literacy.-This Table shows the number of persons (excluding those claiming nationalities other than Pakistani) in each district who are litcrate in any of the nine principal languages of Pakistan. In the column for Arabic is shown the number of persons who claimed ability to read in that language the Holy Quran only.

Table 9-~Pupils and Students.-This Table shows for each locality the number of persons who reported themselves in the Census, as re­gularly attending school or college.

Table 9-A-Years of Education.-This Table shows how many persons out of the total popula­tion (excludij,g Non-Pakistanis) have received or are receiving formal schooling and analysis them according to sex and also according to number of years spent in full time education.

Table 9-S-Educational levels.-This Table analyses literate persons according to the educa­tional grades claimed by them as shown in Table 8. The population analysed in this Table is that of all literate persons excluding those who claimed nationalities other than Pakistani.

Table lO-A-Afghan'; Powlndahs.-This Table presents an analysis of Afghan Powindahs by occupations.

Table ll-Labour Force.-This Table classifies the tota\ population excluding Non-Pakistani into broaq categories of Economic Status. Dependents include all children under 12 years of age and all other persons who did not claim to be self-supporting partly so, or seeking work.

Table l1-A-Occupations of Non-Agricultural Labour Force.-This Table shows the com­position by detailed occupations and certain occupational sub-groups of the sections of the Civilian Labour Force classed as Non-Agricultural Labour in Table 11. All non-Pakistani citizens and children under 12 years of age are excluded.

Table lZ-Economic Groups and Industrial Status of Non-Agricultural Civilian Labour Force. This Table analyses the Non-Agricultural section of Civilian Labour Force as shown in Table 11. It gives figures by sex of persons engaged in each Economic Division and cross-classifies them according to Industrial Status. The figures in this Table exclude Non-Pakistanis and children under 12 years. The totals in this Table, includ­ing the figures for unemployed, agree with those shown in the analysis in Table ll-A of the same population according to occupations.

Table 13--Economic Groups and occupations of Civilian Labour Force.-This Table cross­classifies the persons engaged in different Econo­mic Activities with the broad classification of their occupations. The population analysed is the whole of the Civilian Labour Force as shown in Table 11.

1II-2

Table 14-Agricultural Labour Force.-The Agricultural Labour Force, shown in Table I I is further analysed in this Table by different categories of Agriculturists and by land tenure classes of cultivators. A cultivator (tiller of soil) was defined in the enumerators' instructions as a person who himself works on the land or he employes other to do so under his direct personal supervision. This Table also excludes persons having a Nationality other than Pakistani and also children under 12 years of age.

Table 15-Landowners.-This Table deals with persons who reported that they owned land, and analyses them in broad categories according to their economic activities.

Table 19-B-Muhajirs Educational Levels.­This Table is a separate analysis of the literate Muhajirs included in Table 9-B and follows the same pattern. A 'Muhajir' was defined as a person who moved into Pakistan as a result of Partition or for fear of disturbances connected therewith.

Table 19-C-Muhajirs Labour Force.-This Table shows the total Muhajir population accord­ing to economic status. Muhajirs have been treated as part of the normal population and included in the figures for Table 11.

Table 19-D-Economic Groups and occupa­tions of Mubajirs in Civilian Labollr .Force.­This Table is exatly the same as Table 13 but is confined to the analysis of Muhajir population only. The persons dealt with in this Table are also included in Table 13.

NOTE:-l. Tables I-A, 2 and Il-B are un-necessary for Federal Capital Area, Karachi and for this reason they have been dropped.

2. Figures of Table 10 for Federal Capital Area, Karachi have been considered un-reliable and for this reason this Table has also been dropped.

3. For Federal Capital Area, Karachi figures of Table 19-A have been amalgumated with Table 5.

III-3

TABLE I-POPULATION

Federal Capital Area Karachi

Distribution of urban and rural population by sex and person per sq. mile.

Number of Persons.

I Area Total Popu\ationl Persons Locality Sq. Mile

i

per Total Males I Females Sq. Mile

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 2 812 11,26,417 6,46,001 4,80,416 1,387

Municipal Corporation 32 9,05.781 5,13,764 3,92,017 28,306 2

Cantonment Area (Civil) 4 1,03,657 58,471 45,186 25.914 3

Other Cantonments 194 59,021 42,289 16,732 304 4

Rest of Karachi Taluka 583 57,958 31,477 26,481 99 5

NOTE:-l. Includes persons claiming nationality other than Pakistani.

2. The Federal Capital area is all classed as urban except "rest of Karachi Taluka," which is classed as rural.

IlI-4

TABU 1-POPULATION

Federal Capital Area Karachi

Distribution of urban and rural population by sex and persons per sq. mUe.

Number of Persons.

Urban Population Rural Population -_------

Total I Males Females I. 1--

-----1--- ---- -______ , __ T_o_t_al __ ; __ ~ll~1 Fl'ma~:~ __

10,68,459 6,14,524 4,53,935 57,958 31,477 26,481

2 9,05,781 5,13,764 3,92,017

3 1,03,657 58,471 <l5,186

4 59,021 42,289 16,732

5 57,958 31,477 26,481

III-5

Locality 1901

Number I

F.C.A. Karachi 1,36,297

TABLE-·3-VARIATION

Federal Capital Area Karachi

Decimal changes in Population Since---1901

Total! population and variation in Number & percent

I 1911 I 1921 : 1931 I 1941 : 1951

,Number % I Number % I Number % ! Numbrr % i Number 0' /0 --

1,86,771 37.0 50,474 2,44,162 307

57,391 . 3,00,779 23 2

56,617 . 4,35,887 44 9 1,35,108 .

11,26,417 1584 6,90,530 .

NOTE: I. Includes persons claiming nationality other than Pakistani.

I1I-6

TABLE 4--AG~ ANI) MARITAL STATUS.

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Total Population1 according to Basic Age Groups and Marital Status.

Number of Persons.

Age Group Population I Married (in years) Total --

Male , Female , Male I Female J--~--,-___ : ______ I ---

All Religions

Total ., 11,22,406 6,43,292 4,79,114 2,61,201 2,09,927

0-4 .. 1,60,411 81,657 78,754 8 5 5-9 .. 1,39,156 71,893 67,263 9 1

10 -14 ., 1,28,308 69,206) 59,102 1,031 4,760 (10-11) ., (51,695) (27,645) (24,050) (3) (8) (12-14) ., (76,613) (41,561) (35,052) (1,028) (4,752)

15-19 .. 1,12,333 60,435 51,898 6,463 33,214 20-24 ., 1,28,524 79,510 49,014 35,349 43,700 25-29 ., 1,13,344 72,161 41,183 46,486 38,270 30-34 ., 84,139 54,485 29,654 44,016 26,717

35-39 .. 61,287 39,344 21,943 33,451 19,210 40-44 ., 55,966 34,678 21,288 29,373 15,810 45-49 ., 36,390 22,741 13,649 19,751 9,666 SO-54 ., 38,328 23,025 15,303 19,504 8,014 55-59 ., 16,917 8,942 7,975 7,346 4,749

60~-69 ., 31,101 16,945 14,156 12,918 4,298 70 & Over .. 16,202 8,270 7,932 5,496 1,513

Muslims

Total .' 10,77,694 6,18,561 4,59,133 2,51,480 2,02,300

0-4 ., 1,54,249 78,441 75,808 4 5 5-9 ., 1,33,805 69,154 64,651 8 1

10-14 ., 1,23,089 66,577 56,512 990 4,666 (10-11) ., (49,767) {26,629 (23,138) (3) (8) (12-14) ., (73,322) (39,948) (33,374) (987) (4,658)

15-19 ., 1,08,468 58,440 50,028 6,182 32,599 20-24 ., 1,23,821 76,932 46,889 34,377 42,417 25-29 ., 1,08,867 69,489 39,378 44,946 36,945 30-34 ., 80,803 52,546 28,257 42,500 25,647

35-39 .. 58,670 37,750 20,920 32,195 18,380 40-44 .. 53,572 33,210 20,362 28,194 15,109 45-49 .. 34,598 21,638 12,960 18,858 9,140 50-54 .. 36,466 21,893 14,573 18,607 7,531 55-59 .. 16,127 8,455 7,672 6,979 4,555

I 60-69 .. 29,722 16,113 13,609 12,338 4,038 70 & Over .. 15,437 1,923 7,514 5,302 1,267

NOTE:-l. Excludes persons claiming Nationality other than Pakistani.

2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

10

11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18

19 20

21 22 23

24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31 32

3 3

3 4

2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

10

11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18

19 20.

21 22 23

24 25 26 27

28 29 3D 3t 32

33 34

III-7

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS.

Federal Capital Mea, Karachi

Total Population according to Basic Age GrouJls and Marit'll Status.

Number of P<:rsons.

I I Never Married I Widowed Divorced Age Group

! Female _I. --Male Male I Female Male I

----1----Female (in years) ---------

All Religions.

3,56,050 2,25,176 24,886 42,758 1,155 1,253 Total

81,649 78,749 - - - - 0-4 71,884 67,256 - 6 - - 5-9

68,101 53,465 72 849 2 28 10- -14 (27.642) (24,0.42) - - - - (10-11) (40.,459) (29,423) (72) (849) (2) (28) (12-14)

53,732 18,147 204 370 36 167 15--19 42,522 4,265 1,458 871 181 178 20---24 23,30.4 1,50.9 2,138 1,249 233 155 25-29 7,722 593 2,548 2,193 199 151 30- 34

3,513 254 2,236 2,364 144 115 35-39 2,30.6 338 2,893 5,0.30. 106 110. 40.-44

729 123 2,179 3,794 82 66 45-49 20.3 111 3,257 7,0.68 61 110 50.--54

37 74 1,531 3,110. 28 42 55-59

190 189 3,788 9,580 49 89 60.-69 158 10.3 2,582 6,274 34 42 70 & Over

Muslims.

3,42,120 2,14,174 23,842 41,451 1,119 1,208 Total

78,437 75,80.3 - - - - 0.-5 69,146 64.644 - 6 -_ - 5-9

65,514 50,971 71 841 2 28 10---14 (26,626) (23,130.) ~ - - - (10.-1 t) (38,888) (27,841) (71) ~847) (2) (28) (12-14)

52,037 16,90.6 191 3'59 30. 164 i5~19 40.,958 3,447 1,422 851 175 174 1~24 22,234 1,075 2,0.79 1,204 230. 154 25~29 7,317 40.'3 2,475 2,0.62 194 145 30-34.

3,271 176 2,145 2,154 139 110 j5~39 2,129 276 2,783 4,872 104 10.5 40-44

625 82 2,0.71 3,G73 78 65 45--49 125 76 3.103 6,858 58 t08 5~54 - 56 1,450. 3;1)21 26 39 55.....!~9

138 164 3,588 9.324 49 83 60---69 129 95 2,458 6,119 34 33 70 & Over

111-8

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS.

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Total Population according to Basic Age Groups and Marital Status.

Number of Persons.

Age Group P':>jJulati:>n Mirried (in years) I ToUI 1----- -, - . - -- --------- .. _--

I Male Female 1 Male 1 Female --.- ----------.-----1-------..-----1-- --------.. ~-

Caste Hindu

Total 4,641 2,859 1,782 1,231 510 35

0--4 532 256 276 4 36 5-9 560 289 271 1 37

10-14 598 286 312 8 13 38 (to-l1) (166) (93) (73) 39 (12-14) (432) (193) (239) (8) (13) 40

15-19 393 193 200 37 39 41 20-24 442 310 132 J28 51 42 25-29 406 2M 142 157 89 43 30-34 407 282 125 204 95 44

35-39 264 200 64 147 6f) 45 40--44 250 202 48 140 40 46 45 -49 191 146 45 111 34 47 5u-54 266 205 61 162 33 48 55-59 92 66 26 48 . 13 49

60--69 163 107 56 62 33 50 70 & Over 77 53 24 22 10 51

Scheduled Caste

Total 13,412 7,015 6,397 2,931. 2,S77 52

0-4 2,306 1,165 1,141 53 5-9 1,929 942 987 54

10-14 1,504 754 750 20 45 55 tlO-ll) (704) . (362) (342) 56 (12-14) (800) (39;) (408) (20) (45) 57

15--,-19 ., 1,115 581 534 143' 286 58 20 -24 1,380 692 688 431 S4Q 59 25-29 1.235 693 542 539 47-7 60 30-34 1,029: 57O:" 459 489 368 61

''35 -3.9 689 381 308 318 . 245 62 40-44 752 457 295 ' 402 204 63 45-49 410 221' 189 181 • 132 64 50-54 462 " 253 209 2LJ'j:' 13":' 65 55-59 ., 156, 82 74 61 50 66

60-69 293 153 14) 10.+ S3 67 70 & Over 147 66 81 36 39 68

35

36 37

38 39 40

41 42 43 44

'45 46 47 48 49

50 51

52

53 54

55 56 57

58 59 60 61

62 63 64 65 66

67 68

lH-9

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS.

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Total Populatian acc('rding to Basic Age Groups and Marital Status.

Number of Persons.

I Never Married I Widowed Divorced I Age Group

,..-- ---_., ---,_. ------- ------_--- -- --_._-_,--Male I Female I Male Female I Male ' Female I (in years)

t-.--~-'---------- -,---- - --------------- ---

1,414

252 288

278 (93)

(185)

155 175 97 64

38 28 12 12 2

6 7

3,764

1,165 942

734 (362) (372)

426 240 123 49

24 25 14 8 3

6 3

1,151

276 271

299 (73)

(226)

158 78 46 19

3,300

1,141 987

704 (342) (362)

244 13S

51 12

6 8 4 3

4 J

214

1 7

10 14

15 34 23 31 16

39 24

291

7 IS 27 2.7

37 2& 22 36 17

48 27

Caste Hindu

120

3 3 7

11

4 7

10 27 12

22 14

Scheduled Caste

507

(1)

3 6

13 78

54 82 51 73 23

82 39

29

5 6 2 5

2 2 3 3 1

13

3 1

1 2

Total

0-4 5-9

10-14 (la-II) (12-14)

15-19 20-24 25--29 30-34

35- 3':) 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59

60-69 70 & Over

Total

0-4 5-9

10-14 (lO-H) (12-14)

15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34

35-39 4J-44 45-49 50-54 55--59

63-69 70 & Over

III-I0

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS.

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Total Population according to Basic Age Groups and Marital Status.

Number of Persons.

Age Group Population I Married (in years) Total . --------- _-----------

Male I Female I Male I Female -------------------------- - - ----------- ------

Other Religion

Total 26,659 14,857 11,802 5,559 4,540 69

0-4 3,324 1,795 1,529 70 5-9 2,862 1,508 1,354 71

10-14 3,117 1,589 1,528 13 36 72 (10-11) (1,058) (561) (497) 73 (12-14) (2,059) (1,028) (1,031) (13) (36) 74

15--19 2,357 1,221 1,[36 101 290 75 20-24 2,881 1,576 1,305 413 686 76 25-29 2,836 1,715 1,121 844 759 77 30-34 1,900 1,087 813 823 607 78

35-39 1,664 1,013 651 791 525 79 40---44 1,392 809 583 637 457 80 45-49 1,191 736 455 600 360 81 50 -54 1,134 674 460 529 318 82 55-59 542 339 203 258 131 83

60-69 918 567 351 414 174 d4 70 & Over 541 228 313 136 197 85

III-II

TABLE 4-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS.

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Total Population according to Basic Age Groups and Marital Status.

Number of Persons.

Never Married Widowed I Divorced Age Group f-.----------- -- I (in years)

Male ! Female I Male I Female Male Female ---

Other Religions

6<) 8,752 6,551 539 680 7 61 Total

70 1,795 1.529 0-4 71 1,508 1,154 5-9

72 1,575 1,491 10 -14 73 (561) (497) (10-11) 74 (1,014) (994) (1) (1) (12-14)

75 1,114 839 5 5 2 15-19 76 1,149 60S 14 II 3 20-24 77 848 337 22 25 25-29 78' 232 159 32 42 5 30 -34

79 180 72 39 52 3 2 35-39 80 124 54 48 69 3 4::>-44 81 78 36 57 58 1 45-49 82 58 31 87 110 1 SO-54 83 32 17 48 53 2 55-59

84 40 20 113 152 5 60-69 85 19 7 73 102 7 70 & Over

III-12

TABLE 4-A-ORPHANS

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Section I-Children under 12 years of age whose fathers had died.!

Number of Persons.

I Muslims I Caste Schedule I

Other Locality I Total ,---- Hindu Castes : Religions

Orphans: Total Muhajirs Others I I __

Ail Persons

Federal Capital Area 10,749 10,289 5,233 5,056 24 153 283 Karachi

Municipal Corporation 9,628 9,229 4,719 4,510 17 131 251

Civil Cantonment 340 310 119 191 7 16 7

Other Cantonments 225 197 127 70 4 24

Rest of Karachi Taluka 556 553 268 285 2 1

Male

Federal Capital Area .. 5,430 5,192 2,545 2,647 21 77 140 Karachi

Municipal Corporation 4,981 4,776 2,361 2,415 14 64 127

Civil Cantonment 229 207 69 138 7 11 4

Other Cantonments 102 92 71 21 2 8

Rest of Karachi Taluka 118 117 44 73

Female

Federal Capital Arca .. 5,319 5,097 2,688 2,409 3 76 143 Karachi

Municipal Corporation 4,647 4,453 2,358 2,095 3 67 124

Civil Cantonment 111 103 50 53 5 3

Other Cantonments 123 105 56 49 2 16

Rest of Karachi Taluka 438 436 224 212 2

NOTE:-l. Excludes children claiming Nationality other than Pakistani.

UI-I3

TABLE 4~A-ORPHANS

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Section 2-Children under 12 years of age whose fathers had died. l

Number of Persons.

I ' I I Total I Muslims I

Locality , Orphans I--- - . ---I Caste I Schedule I Other 1-________ :I _____ T~_ta_l 1_ M_l_lh_aJ_·jr_s _l_O_th_e_rs _,_H_i_nd~_C_a_st_es _!Relig~ons

All Ages and Sex

All Ages

Under 1 year

1-4

5-9

10-11

All Ages

Under 1 year

1-4

5-9

10-11

10,749

5,430

217

1,861

2,118

1,234

5,319

274

1,591

2,322

1,132

10,289

5,192

199

1,800

2,020

1,173

5,097

259

1,526

2,212

1,100

5,233

Male

2,539

71

954

918

596

Female

2,694

106

867

1,116

605

5,056

2,653

128

846

1,102

577

2,403

153

659

1,096

495

24

16

7

8

8

7

1

NOTE: -1. Excludes children claiming nationality other than Pakistani.

153

82

4

14

42

22

71

5

17

35

14

283

140

14

46

49

31

143

10

48

68

17

l1I-14

TABLE 5-0ffiTHPLACES AND PLACES OF ORIGIN OF MUHA.TIRS 1

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Persons enumerated in the Karachi Federal Capital Area according to their places of birth, and for

Muhajirs, the places in which they formerly resided

Number of Persons.

Places of Birth (Muhajir's places of former residence)

Total all Places

Pakistan

Baluchistan or States Union East Bengal .. Karachi Federal Capital Area N.-W.F.P. or Frontier Regions Punjab or Bahawalpur State Sind or Khairpur State

Other places of Pak/India Sub-continent 2

Northern Zone Eastern Zone Southern Zone Western Zone Central Zone ~.-West Zone Other parts

Muslim Countries in other parts of Asia

Afghanistan . . . . . . Saudi Arabia, Yeman, Oman, Aden or Bahrein Indonesia, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, or Sarwak Jran or Kowait Iraq Syria " .. .. Transjordan, Lebanon or Palestine Turkey .. Other Asiatic Muslim Countries

Other Countries in Asia

Burma Ceylon China Tibet Elsewhere in Asia

Non-Asiatic Muslim Countries

Other Countries

I All enumerated persons

11,22,4063

4,60,237

33,744 2.844

3,06,856 47,953 54,275 14,565

6,55,811

2,00,861 13,755 11,829

1,51,887 51,065

2,26,029 385

3,145

1,037 745

4 955 211

16 6

133 38

1,579

1,237 121 136 23 62

134

1,500

Persons4

claiming to be Muhajirs

6,16,906

6,16,906

1,97,560 19,874 11,107

J,19,158 49,579

2,17,649 1,979

NOTES: 1. A 'Muhajir' was defined, for census purposes, as a person who had entered Pakistan on account of Partition or for fear of disturbances connected therewith.

2. For list of States etc., included in each zone, see Titles-Sheet. J. Excludes persons claiming a nationality other than Pakistani. 4. 'Muhajirs' are included in the totals given in the previous column, but are shown

separately in this column according to the zones of the sub-continent in which they resided previously to entering Pakistan. This column replaces and is comparable with table 19-A in Part II of this book.

I1I-lS TABLE 6---RELIGION

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Number of Persons.

Locality Total l Muslim Caste I Scheduled I Christian I Parsi Others Hindu 1_ Caste: J ___

Federal Capital Area, 11,22,406 10,77,694 4,641 13,412 20,427 5,018 1,214 Karachi

Karachi Municipal .. 9,03,046 8,68,120 4,013 10,960 14,611 4,349 993 Corporation Area.

Karachi Civil Canton- 1,03,370 99,398 384 845 2,101 634 8 ment

Othl:f Cantonments .. 58,041 53,214 208 812 3,596 16 195

Restof KarachiTaluka 57,949 56,962 36 795 119 19 18

1. Excludes 4,011 persons claiming Nationality other than Pakistani.

III-16

TABLE 7-MOTHER TONGUES

Federal Capital Area, Karachi Number of Persons.

Languages Number of Persons

Total l

Austric Family

Santhali and Khasi

Dravidian Family

Brahui South Indian Languages Tribal Dravidian Tongues

Indo-European Family

Dardic Branch

Kafir Tongues Kashmiri Khowar

Kohistani

European Branch

English

lndo-Arvan Branch Assamese Bengali Gujrati Hindi Marathi Oriya Punjabi2

Rajastha1ll' Sindhi4

Urdu

Iranian Branch

Baluchi Persian Pushtu

Semitic Family

Arabic

Tibeto-Chinese Family

Arakanese Burmese Other Assam-Burman Tongues

Various Central ASIan

Tribal Tongues of N.W.

Unclassified

Other Languages

11,22,406

11

351 2,609

57

41 761 12

131

7,983

3 3,199

1,27,555 644 773

17 99,535 6,696

1,57,466 5,65,816

97,509 2,481

37,284

808

1 III

6

102

10,444

NOTes: I. Excludes persons claiming nationality other than Pakistani. 2. Includes 96 persons who reported Multani as their mother tongue. 3. Includes 919 persons who reported Kattewadi as their mother tongue. 4. Includes 5 persons who reported Lari and 2 persons who reported Jattki as their

mother tongue.

1II- -17

TABLE 7-A-SPEECH

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Include!> both the persons who claim each language as their Mother Tongue (See Table 7) and thOlie who reported it as, another language commonly spoken by them.

Arabic

Baluchi

Bengali

English

Persian

Punjabi

Pushtu

Sindhi

Urdu

I

Language

Number of Persons.

Persons commonly speaking nine main languages of Pakistan --_-- --------

Numbers1 Percentagcs2

2,371 .2

1,03,182 9.2

5,070 .5

97,506 8.7

22,391 2.0

1,07,043 9.5

41,343 3.7

1,86,723 16.6

7,61,353 67.8

NOTE:- 1. Excludes persons claiming nationality other than Pakistani.

2. Total Population=100%

III--18

TABLE 8-LITERACY

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Section I-Religion

Figures inItalics show the numbers of Females who are included in the total above them)

Number of Persons

I Literate persons

I Population 1

Muslims I I -----

Federal Area Caste I Scheduled Other I Total Hindus Castes I Religions

, I Federal Capital Area, 11,22,406 3,52,774 3,40,019 1,573 1,036 10,146

Karachi 4,79,114 1,29,959 1,25,640 491 498 3,330

Municipal Corporation 9,03,046 2,84,521 2,74,008 1,377 719 8,417 3,90,956 1,06,882 1,03,216 419 356 2,891

Cantonment Area (Civil) 1,03,370 36,361 35,219 146 202 794 45,063 12,918 12,572 55 97 194

Other Cantonments 58,041 20,689 19,614 44 101 930 16,614 5,550 5,252 15 40 243

Rest of Karachi Taluka .. 57,949 11,203 11,178 6 14 5 26,481 4,609 4,600 2 5 2

Note:-l. Excludes persons claiming nationality other than Pakistani.

TABLE 8-LITERACY

Federal Capital Area, Karacbi

Section 2-Percentages

(Figures in Italics are the comparable percentages for FEMALES)

i

1II-19

I I Literates % of Total population in the • I , LIterates %

Federal Area Religious Groups

of Total Population Muslims Caste I Scheduled I Other

Hindus Castes J Religions

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 31.4 55.0 55.0 14.8 68.3 27.1 27.4 27.6 7.8 28.2

Municipal Corporation 31.5 55.6 56.2 12.9 76.2 27.3 27.5 26.8 6.6 32.4

Cantonment Area (Civil) 35.2 62.8 62.1 40.4 53.0 28.7 29.0 36.9 28.1 15.3

Other Cantonments 35.6 50.9 28.9 20.9 41.5 33.4 35.8 26.8 12.2 15.5

Rest of Karachi Taluka 19.3 36.2 25.0 3.2 5.0 17.4 18.4 16.7 1.4 3.6

JII-20

TABLE 8-A-LANGUAGES OF LITERACY

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Literate persons able to read and write aDd those able to read only, each of the

nine main languages of Pakist:m. I

(Number able to read and write is shown in ordinary type. ~umber able to read

only is shown in Italics)

Number of Persons.

Federal Area

I Arabic

I Baluchi Bengali English I Persian

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 773 1,520 2,382 95,833 17,194 1 889 97 1,205 2,781 768 2

2,45,341*

Municipal Corporation 660 1,264 1,636 81,480 13,826 3 870 63 1,176 2,502 666 4

2,06,425*

Cantonment Area (Civil) 52 103 375 7,201 1,702 5 9 19 16 142 53 6

20,022*

Other Cantonments 42 111 235 3,580 894 7 6 8 7 75 28 8

9,915*

Rest of Karachi Taluka 19 42 136 3,572 772 9 4 7 6 62 21 10

8,979*

NOTE: 1. Excludes persons claiming Nationality other than Pakistani.

* (Figures marked with a star are those who can read only the Holy Quran)

I 2

3 4

5, 6

7 8

9 10

TABLE 8-A-LANGUAGES OF LITERACY

Federal Capital Area, Karaclli

~rate persons able to read and write and those able to read only, each of the

nine main languages of Pakistan.

(Number able to read and write is shown in ordinary type. ;'\lumber able to read

only is shown in Italics)

III -21

Number of Persons.

Punjabi I Pushtu Sindhi Urdu Gujrati Federal Area

5,056 1,264 15,236 2,06,821 31,302 Federal Capital Area, Karachi 618 157 1,270 11,127 956

3,887 1,039 12,311 1,70,718 30,292 Municipal Corporation 276 136 702 9,638 943

603 121 1,532 18,001 362 Cantonment Area (Civil) 175 10 311 750 7

284 52 670 10,489 485 Other Cantonments 105 8 126 378 4

282 58 723 7,619 163 Rest of Karachi Taluka 62 8 131 361 2

II1-22

'fABLE 9-PUPILS AND S'fUDENTS

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Persons in each educational age group who, at the time of Census were attending School or Colleges

(Figures in Italics denote percentage of the population in the Age, Sex and Religious groups)

Number of Persons.

Age Group All Religions. Muslim (in Years)

Total I I

Male Female Total Male I Female .-------

Total 1,12,579 63,764 48,815 1,09,152 61,797 47,355 10 9.9 10 10 10 10 2

0---9 43,095 25,694 17,401 42,255 25,075 17,180 3 14 17 12 15 17 12 4

10---11 20,563 12,918 7,645 19,903 12,528 7,375 5 40 47 32 40 47 32 6

12 -19 34,477 11,578 22,899 32,714 10,712 22,002 7 18 11 26 18 11 26 8

20---24 4,848 4,552 396 4,760 4,392 368 9 3.8 5.5 0.81 3.8 5.7 0.78 10

25 & Over 9,596 9,122 474 9,520 9,090 430 11 2.1 3.2 0.27 2.2 3.4 U.26 12

NOTE: I. Excludes persons reporting their Nationality other than Pakistani.

1Il -23

TABLE 9~PUPILS AND STt:DENTS

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Persons in each educational age group who, at the time of Ce!lsus were attending School or Colleges

(Figures in Italics denote percentage of the population in the Age, Sex and Religious groups)

Number of Persons.

I 2

3 4

5 6

1'. 8

9 10

11 12

Caste Hindu Scheduled Caste Other Religions

-Total I--:a~e I ~emale -Total I---:ale I-~e~ale I Tota~· __ 1- __ 1 __

Male Female

Age Group (in Years)

571 12

231 21

126 76

194 24

15 3.4

5 0.24

304 11

162 30

75 81

52 14

10 3.2

5 0.33

267 19

69 13

51 70

142 32

5 3.8

257 1.9

63 1.4

32 4.6

145 7.6

13 0.9

4 0.08

139 2.0

42 2.0

20 5.5

63 6.5

10 1.4

4 0.14

118 2.8

21 0.99

12 3.5

82 8.7

3 0.44

2,599 1,524 1,075 Total 9.8 10 9.1

546 415 131 8.8 13 4.5

502 295 207 10-11 47 53 42

1,424 751 673 12-19 33 33 31

60 40 20 20 -24 2.1 2.5 1.5

67 0.55

23 0.32

44 25 & Over 0.89

111-24

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF' EDUCATlO~

Federal Capital Area, Karachi.

Persons of each roucational age group who haye received full time education.

(Figures in italics show the number of females included in the total above them.)

Number of Persons,

Age Group Total Receivedl Years in full time education (in years) Population S;:hooling ---_-- ------ ---_- ~ -------

1 to 52 5 to 6 7 to I\) Over 10 ---- --- ----- ---- ----- ... -----1------ ____ ..... _

All Religions

Total 11,22,406 2,76,602 1,3t,481 39,OR~ 72,123 30,914 4,79,114 77,219 51,043 //,992 10,800 3,384

0-9 2,99.567 41,449 40,12 J 1.315 14 1,45,017 18,94'3 18,447 498 3

10--11 51,695 19,698 15,425 3,505 708 24,050 9,044 7,583 1,212 249

12 -19 1,88,9~6 65,%9 28,HM 1:3,931 21,911 ~,263 86,950 21,142 10,347 4,492 5,442 861

2)-2t 1,28,524 44,3J2 14,59J 7,856 13,425 8,431 49,014 11,433 4,769 2,334 3,349 981

25-5~ 3,89,454 95,361 51,5H 13,162 31,9~R 1(;,517 1,43,020 15,127 9,214 3/)37 1,445 1,431

55 & Ov(!r 64,220 11,823 3,948 2,055 4,117 1,703 30,063 1,525 683 419 312 111

Muslims

Total 10,77,69~ 2,6l,435 1,29,552 37,098 68,310 29,475 4,59,133 73,1r)8 49,482 11,382 9,281 2,963

0-9 2,88,054 4::1,453 39,17R 1,261 14 1,40,459 18,642 18,161 478 3

10-11 49,767 18,9\)1 14,866 3,362 673 23,138 8,711 7,352 1,120 239

12-19 l,81,79J 62,532 27,261 10,188 21,014 4,069 83,40! 20,120 9,948 4,328 5,049 795

20-24 1,13,821 42,87d 14,178 7,671 12,827 8,202 46,889 1U,829 4,637 2,249 3,033 910

25 --54 3,72,976 88,1l85 30,305 12,692 30,132 15,756 1,36,450 13,528 8,772 2,851 720 1,185

55 & Over 61,286 10,780 3,764 1,924 3,050 1,448 28,795 1,278 612 356 237 73

NOTES: 1. Includes all persons who have attended or who are now attending school or college.

2. Excludes persons With less than six muuths Schooling,

III-25

TABLE 9-A-YEAR8 OF EDUCATION

Federal Capital Area, Karachi.

Persons of each educational age group who haTe received full time education.

(Figures in italics show the number of females included in the total above them.)

Number of Persons.

I ! Age Group I Total Received Years in full time education (in years) Population I Schooling ---- -- _----

, 1 to 5 1 5 to 6 i 7 to 10 , Over 10 --_--_._---_. ,----

Caste Hindu

Total .. 4,64J 1,550 812 257 353 128 1,782 377 226 72 66 13

0--9 .. 1,092 247 242 5 - -547 94 91 3 - -

10-11 .. 166 96 59 35 2 -73 32 18 14 - -

12- 19 .. 825 309 141 52 90 26

20--24 439 127 62 28 34 3 .. 442 222 108 39 35 40 132 31 14 8 9 - -

25-54 .. 1,784 610 234 107 215 54 485 74 28 15 21 10

55 & Over .. 332 66 28 19 1 I 8 106 19 13 4 2 -

Scheduled Castes

Total .. 13,412 919 888 23 7 J 6,397 368 359 7 2 -

0- -9 .. 4.235 63 62 I - -2.128 19 19 - - -

10-11 .. 704 32 30 2 - -342 Jl 10 J - -

12-19 .. 1,915 277 261 13 3 -942 96 43 3 - -

20- -24 .. 1,380 195 190 3 2 -688 58 55 2 1 -

25-54 .. 4,577 311 305 3 2 I 2,002 174 172 1 J - -

55 & Over .. 601 41 40 I - -295 10 10 - - -

Other Religions

Total .. 26,659 9,698 3,229 1,706 3,453 1,310 11,802 3,366 976 531 1,451 408

0-9 " 6.186 686 638 48 - -2,883 193 176 17 - -

10--11 " 1,058 669 470 166 33 -497 290 203 77 10 -

12--19 .. 4,416 2.851 1.201 678 804 168 2,167 799 244 133 359 63

20-24 .. 2,881 1,007 114 143 561 189 1,305 515 63 75 306 71

25-54 ., 10,117 3,555 690 560 1,599 706 4,083 1,351 242 170 703 236

55 & Over .. 2,001 930 116 111 456 247 867 218 48 59 73 38

JIl 26

TABLE 9-B EDUCATIONAL LEVELS

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

(Figures in italics denote the number of females immediately above them)

Number of Persons.

Without 1 '

Religions II Total Formal Primary Midddle I Matric Degree I Higher

I Literates Attain- I Degree

1 _________ l ____ t_m_en_t_s_I. ____ l ________ ' ____ > _____ _

All Religions

Muslims

Caste Hindus

Scheduled Castes

Other Religi1)ns

3,52,774 1,59,063 97,558 1,29,959 73,389 47,853

3.40,019 1,54,319 94,921 1,25,640 70,827 46,879

1,573 865 330 491 368 86

1,036 449 373 498 201 159

10,146 3,430 1,934 3,330 1,993 729

44,981 6,042

42,846 5,529

160 18

115 59

I,RS0 436

37,960 2,050

35.433 1,848

186 19

89 72

2,252 111

9,903 458

9,389 396

5

5 4

504 58

3,309 167

3,111 161

27

5 3

166 3

Note: I-Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in this table are classed as having no formal attainments.

TABLE lO-A-AFGHAN POWINDAHS

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Afghan Powindahs by Occupation and Sex

Occupation

Total l

Fruit Merchant

Miscellaneous Unspecified retaB Tralle

Physician & Harbseller

Motor Driver

Shoemaker

Domestic Service

Miscelaneous Labour

NOTa: 1. All are MALES of 12 years of age or older.

56

4

7

10

7

26

IU--27

Number of Persons.

Number

---------

1II-28

TABLE 11 LABOUR FORCE

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

The total Population according to Economic Status 1

Number of Persons.

___ Self Supporting 1 __ D_e_p_en_de_n_ts_--I

Civilian Labour Force I Not in 21 Federal Area Total -- Civilian Under

tural ,

12 years & Over I Agricul- Non- I Labour 12 years I

! tural I Agricul- I Force

! _____________ ! _____ , _____ I.__ _ ___ I ____ , __ • __

All Persons

Federal Capital Area, Karachi •. 11,22,406 4,944 3,73,796 16,229 3,51,262

Male

Total .. 6,43,292 4.736 3,63,209 15,905 1,8],195

Municipal Corporation .. 5,12,090 600 3,05,837 651 1,45,034

Cantonment Area (Civil) .. 58,307 12 33,460 20 17,014

Other Cantonments .. 41,427 29 9,430 15,163 8,680

Rest of Karachi Taluka " 31,468 4,095 14,482 71 10,467

Female

Total .. 4.79,114 208 10,587 324 1,70,067

Municipal Corporation .. 3,90,956 13 9,225 25 1,37,870

Cantonment Area (Civil) .. 45,063 1 1,061 6 15,911

Other Cantonments .. 16,614 3 97 280 6,196

Rest of Karachi Taluka .. 26,481 191 204 13 10,090 •

NOTES:-(l) Excludes persons who reported Nationality other than Pakistani.

(2) Includes Defence Services.

3,76,175

78.247

59,968

7.801

8,125

2,353

2,97,928

2,43,823

28.084

10,Q38

15,983

1II- 29

TABLE ll·A-OCCUPATION OF THE NON-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Self-supporting persons engaged in activities other than Cultivation and Animal Husbandry, according to their Occupation in January 1951

Number of Persons.

Persons' Industrial Status ---- ,----,-----------J

____ M_aIe 1 ____ Fema~ __ _

Occupational Groups C; OJ u H S ~ ~ Cd ~ g-

t------___ , __ r __ , _____ . __ ~_._j_I __ I __ Non-Agricultural Labour

Force

Professional and Technical

Engineer, Architects, etc. Transport Managers,

Pilots etc.

Professors & Teachers Religious Workers Physicians & Surgeons Nurses & Other Health

workers Artists, Writers, &

Entertainers Judges, Lawyers, etc. Chemists & Metallurgists Other Professions

Administrative

Business Executives Governmental, etc. Office Workers

Sales Workers and Shopkeeper

Forestry Workers

Fisbermen

Mine aud Quarry Workers

Transport Operatives

Road Railway Sea and River Air

Manufacturing Workers (Skilled)

Metal Workers Textile Workers Wood Workers Coke, Cement, Brick &

Workers Glass & Ceramic Workers Chemical, Paint & oil

mill Workers

Leather Workers Paper Mill Workers Printing Trade Operatives Building Trade Operatives Electrical Workers Other Skilled production

Workers

Food, Drink Tobacco processing workers

Unskilled Labourers

Domestic Servants

Other Service Workers and Police, Fire and Services

Unclassified

3,73,796 3,63,209 10,587 1,041 281,483

10,449

1,119 36

2,995 918

1,427 1,123

294

498 112

1,927

75,330

7,209 1,344

66,777

70,831

1,929

4,000

252

16,185

13,808 1,301

866 210

58,032

17,298 14,054 7,412

102

475 579

4,919 1,041 1,624 7,102 2,033 1,393

6,141

70,596

30,366

29,410

275

8,999

1,119 36

2,167 899

1,283 789

289

497 112

1,808

74,038

7,169 1,332

65,537

70,216

1,929

3,963

244

16,168

13,801 1,300

865 202

57,456

17,278 13,599 7,398

102

470 575

4,891 1,038 1,623 7,062 2,030 1,390

6,097

68,992

26,166

28,666

275

1,450 100 7,392

986 29

7 2

828 20 1,834 730 780 691

19 2 144 46 334 5

5 4 240

378

119 11 82

1,642

1,292 686 69,842

4,284 1,332

64,226

40 686 12

1,240

615 98 38,284

37

8

17

7 I I 8

576

20 455

14

5 4

28 3 1

40 3 3

44

1,604

4,200

744

2

9

1

1,803

3,109

233

32 13,133

16 10,966 9 1,270 5 708 2 189

50 43,520

6 13,337 5 9,978 5 5,065

,3

6 12 1

10

7

97

298 483

4,030 769

1,507 4,886 1,885 1,185

4,738

16 50,625

3 25,563

37 23,017

224

Note: 1, Persons under 12 years of age are excluded.

80,310

1,498

126 5

313 158 457

93

45

116 30

155

3,507

2,197

1,310

31,668

124

841

10

2,985

2,800 21

152 10

13,809

3,900 3,592 2,320

5

171 91

852 268 109

2,163 143 195

1,348

18,343

598

5,533

48

375

9

9

3

2

166

4

20

19

77

35 24 8

6 1 I 1 1

4

2

79

3

31 10,038 515

8 1,378

2 S08 I 14 2 123 2 316

116

4 1,268

64

18 4

19 16

5

2

20

4 31 5 12

1,225 15

10 500 103

2

3S

8

15

6 I 1 7

523

16 411

13

4 3

27 3 1

39 3 3

41

1,564

2

53

4 44

1

3

40

5 4,074 121

2 632 109

3

2

3 4

5 6 7 8

9

10 11 12

13

14 15 16

17

18

19

20

21

22 23 24 25

26

27 28 29 30

31 32

33 34 35 36 37 38

39

40

41

42

43

2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 o ,I '2

3

4 S 6

,7 18

19

20

21

22 23 24 25

26

27 28 29 30 31 32

33 34 35 36 37 38

39

40

41

42

43

IH-30

TABLE U-A-OCCUPATION OF THE NON-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

Federal Capital Arell, Karllchi

Self-supportin: persons engal:ed in aetivities other than Cultivation and Anlmal Husbandry, according to their Occupation in JPDuary 1951

Number of Persons,

Age Groups ; Educational Level I

Moles 1 Females I Both Sel(es r----r-,--,-.. --,---:--I-.. -I----:-;;-----I--I-----

.. '" "" '" !I <» <» 1 '<t I v ~ ;e~ i:' ~ " " - - " or, 0 - ,- I N I '" I 0 I ~~ e 1 '1J ';:: ~ r\ ~! ~ I J o'Ij I ~ l I J ~ I o'Ij .9 ~ I ';:: ~ I i I ~ - I ~ n N VI 1- 1- N IN, ..., I Voj p,

_______ 1 __ , __ 1_..., __ , __ . __ ' ______ i_..., __ ~_I ___ L __ .l __ I- __ 12,698 42,256 64,324 2,19,961 23,970 545 1,238 1,647 6,016 1,141 2,27,414 68,594 35,065 30,79S 11,928

4 389 971 6,484 1,151 26 176 308 861 79 2,624 1,228 1,880 2,258 2,4S11 2 60 215 763 79 - - - - - 208 102 IS5 347 307 - - 6 30 -- - - - - - 12 2 3 10 9 - 59 204 1,679 225 10 112 199 476 31 337 287 764 930 677 1 20 47 570 261 - 1 2 12 4 510 220 107 42 39 - - 11 996 276 1 13 20 102 8 267 168 259 294 439 - 82 138 506 63 4 23 64 212 31 325 184 346 180 88 1 10 49 216 13 - - - 5 - 54 21 3J 76 1I2

-r - - 434 63 - - - I - - 7 14 46 431 - 2 16 72 22 - - - - - 3 7 10 32 60 - 156 285 1,218 149 Il 27 23 53 5 908 230 191 301 297 1,139 6.427 14,017 48,919 3,536 22 192 337 689 S2 23,597 11,760 12,2S6 21,071 6,646

- - 672 5,724 773 1 1 4 28 6 2.671 1,581 971 1,201 779 - 12 88 1,166 66 - 1 1 10 - 48 211 25 207 8S3 1,139 6,415 13,257 42,029 2,697 21 190 332 651 46 20,878 9,968 ll,254 19,663 5,014 1,362 7,187 10,986 43,657 7,024 14 47 62 383 109 37,540 19,321 8,247 4,466 1,257 - - 269 1,543 117 - - - - - 1,707 113 41 44 24

162 389 374 2,584 454 - - 30 7 - 3,761 174 38 9 18 7 30 24 157 26 - - 1 6 1 207 24 10 4 7

125 1,508 2,787 11,080 668 - 3 1 13 - 11,692 3,036 1,035 335 87 101 1,343 2,452 9,374 531 - 3 - 4 - 10,081 2,766 82~ 108 24 2 47 179 1,010 62 - - - 1 - 864 132 143 138 24 22 101 114 559 69 - - - 1 - 693 120 33 13 7 - 17 42 137 6 - - 1 7 - 54 18 30 76 32

2,115 7,145 10,047 34,554 3,S95 34 82 80 314 66 39,168 12,806 4,475 1,204 379 663 2.121 3,240 10,167 1,087 - 1 3 13 3 10,819 4,298 1,641 492 48 526 1,550 2,316 8,241 966 29 68 65 238 55 9,375 3,497 974 162 46 273 882 1,146 4,603 494 I 3 1 7 2 5,523 1,375 280 57 177 3 12 15 69 3 - - - - - 67 23 8 I J 17 63 88 271 )1 1 - 1 2 I 332 104 34 4 I 4 93 96 341 41 - - - 3 1 370 158 41 8 2 319 832 943 2,593 204 - 5 7 16 - 3,996 687 178 32 26 63 138 149 645 43 - 1 - 2 - 784 174 67 14 2 26 317 345 854 81 - - I - - 527 560 418 100 19 161 676 1,021 4,689 515 3 4 2 27 4 5,518 1,138 349 76 21 26 247 481 1.225 51 - - - 3 - 928 474 384 220 27 34 214 207 856 79 - - - 3 - 929 318 101 38 7

- 226 1,079 4,326 466 1 5 6 28 4 4,660 1,223 211 33 14 3,370 8,489 10,302 42,741 4,09J) 122 199 175 915 193 64,725 4,975 793 82 21 2,454 4,437 3,926 13.345 2,004 268 364 478 2,541 549 24,412 4,706 1,007 168 13

1,950 6,002 9,517 lQ,430 767 58 170 169 259 88 13,141 9,205 5,052 1,084 928 10 27 25 141 72 - - - - - 180 23 20 37 15

III- -31

TABLE 12-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND INDUSTRIAL STATUS OF THE

NON-AGRICULTURAL CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Self-supporting persons 1 aged 12 years and over according to the main Economic Division in which

they were working and their industrial status (class of worker) in January 195!.

(Figures in italics denote the number of Females included in the figures immediately above Them.)

Number of Persons.

I Industrial Status

Main Economic Division Total ----Workers I Employers

Independ- I Unpaid rmPIOyeeS' dent I Family

j~OrkeTS_ Helpers

Total All Division 3,73,796 1,072 2,91,521 80,825 378 10,587 31 10,038 515 J

Forestry 1,929 2 1,803 124

Fishery 4,010 9 3,154 843 4 37 35 2

Mining 330 301 28 11 11

Manufacturing 54,144 70 38,987 15,007 80 578 526 52

Building, Construction & 11,781 15 6,813 4,951 2 utilities 42 41 1

Trade & Commerce 89,431 684 52,868 35,711 168 946 14 631 299 2

Transport, Shipping & Port 24,107 34 20,744 3,309 20 SerVIces 60 2 52 6

Post & Telecommunications 1.702 1,702 21 21

Education 3,860 22 3,507 331 1,030 2 1,010 18

Medical Services 3,126 55 1,910 1,161 573 4 449 120

Governmental, Municipal etc. 66,014 66,014 Services 1,477 1,477

Domestic & Personal Services 46,984 153 38,297 8,460 74 3,890 7 3,873 10

Religion, Art, Public Informa- 2.821 4 1,803 1,005 9 tion & etc. 74 1 69 4

Other and Unclassified 63,557 23 53,618 9,895 21 including unemployed 1,848 1 1,843 3 1

Note:-l. Excludes (a) Defence Services (b) Economically inactive persons.

111-32

TABU:-13 ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Sell-supporting persons aged 12 years and over according to the main Economic Division and the main types of Occupations in which engaged in January 1951.

(Figures in italics denote tbe number of Females included in the figures immediately above them.)

Number of Pehons.

f\lain '&onOml\! Oivblon

Total All Division

Cultivation

Animal Husbandry

Other Agnouiture

Fore!!ttry

Flsherv

I\linrng

Manufactuflng

Building~ Cono,t ru...:tLoo & ElectricIty. Water Ua, eto.

Trade &. Commerce

Transport. Shippillg &. Port Services

Post and Telecommumcations

Lducation

Medl...:al Services

Government"l, Municipal, etc. Services

Domestic and Personal Servict;s

Religion, "'rt &. Public Information etc.

Other &. Ullclasslfieu (illcluulllg Uncmpio) cd)

10tal' Workers

3,78,740 10,449 8,553 66,777 70,831 10,873 80,610 70,596 59,776 275 10,7lJ5 1,451) 52 1,240 615 245 645 1,604 4,944

3,893 159

941 41

110 8

1,9;:9

4,010 37

330 11

11 2

5 8 18

54,144 816 485 9,435 481 578 11 4 lJ7 1

11,781 314 1,011 153 37 42 2 2

89,431 76& 2,742 6,674 69,451 946 18 18 222 6U1

24,107 139 187 3,034 131 60 3 2 20 3

1,702 16 23 1,173 2 21 Y

3,860 2,999 28 235 42 1,030 828 1 47 8

3,126 2,550 22 154 573 478

()6,014 1,477

46,984 3,890

2,821 74

63.557 1,848

864 1,082 39,853 24 12 6(j1

31~ 2,517 1,664 67 13

1,299 16

353

11 59

440 4,335 2U4

12

112 1

537 1

8

3,893 159

941 41

100 8

1,929

4,000 37

3

252 8

6

25 10 1

39,811 1,889 1,212 422 2

4,135 883 244 35 3

4,735 1,473 3,543 68 5 14

15,189 3,364 2,075 15 14 3

219 198 50 12

165 59 327 3 143

89 7

90 208 88

7,128 6,551 10,409 16 38 785

2,252 9,682 30,010 5 399 3,405

1,064 50

82 4

298 4

15

4

4S

18

21

5

15

3

59l! 46,294 11,390 147 4 1,141 499

Note: 1. El>cluues (al Delence Scrvice~ (b) bconomically inecllvc per>()ns.

1lI-33

TABLE 14-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE AND CULTIVATORS

LAND TE~~URE.

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

The Agricultural Labour Force according to Agricultural Status and Cultivators

by Land Tennure.·

Number of Persons.

Agricultural Labour Force 1 Total Male Female

~ --------~ ------Total Agricultural Labour Force .. 4,944 4,736 208

Cultivators owning or renting land2 •• 3,863 3,725 138

Owning all land tilled .. 107 97 10

Owning part & Renting part land tIlled 137 112 25

Renting all land tilled .. 3,348 3,274 74

Renting & also working for hire 271 242 29

Landless Agricultural Labourers 2 30 9 21

Herdsmen and Dairymen 941 900 41

Other Agricultural Workers 110 102 8

NOTES;- I. Excludes persons claimll1g 1'.ationalities other than Pakistani.

2. 615 persons claimed cattle farming, animal breading and dairy and poultry farming as subsidiary occupation.

TABLE-IS LANDOWNERS

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

Economic Acthities 0( persons owning Land

Number of Persons.

Main Economic Groups in which working Total' -----------,-~:fining, ---. ----- Other 1---

Land Agricul- I Manu· Trade Trans· Govern· Services I Econo-Owners I tural Defence Fores- Fishery fatur- & port, I ment & I mically

I Activi- ServIces try ling, Com- Shipp- I ServIce Profess- inactive 1 I ties .Build- merce ing etc. ; Ions !

__ - __ 1 ___ , _________ ~~~ ______________ _

Federal Capital Area, 2, t 29 Karachi

331 276 23 185 2 456 43 623 190

Note: I-Excludes penons claiming nationality other than Pakistani.

lU-34

TABLE 19-B-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS OF MUHAJIRS

Federal Capital Area, Karacbi

(Figures in italics denote the number of females included in the figures immediately above them)

Number of Persons.

Area

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

i Total Literates

Without formal : Primary Middle I Matrie I Degree I Higher

Degree attain- I i ments I

1,-----.--- -- --- ------ --.--------

2,38,622 85,901

94,078 48,530

78,998 33,456

29,133 2,901

26,737 803

7,251 171

2,425 40

JIT-35

TABLE 19-C -MUHAJIRS IN THE LABOUR FORCE

Federal Capital Area, Karachi

The Total Muhajir population according to Economic Status. 1

Number of Persons.

Self Supporting Dependents I I

-_ ---Civilian Labour Force Not in2

Area , Total ,

Civilian ' Under 12 I 12 Years , Agricul- Non- I Labour , Years ,& Over

I tural Agricul- , Force

tural _-_ ~-- I -All Persons

Federal Capital Area, Karachi 6,16,906 1,790 2,17,733 5,369 1,54,758 2,37,256

Male

Total ... 3,50,569 1,749 2,13,994 5,287 79,652 49,887

Municipal Corporation .. 2,85,247 230 1,77,811 141 64,688 42,377

Cantonment Area (Civil) .. 47,995 4 29,450 4 12,007 6,530

Other Cantonments .. 14,611 8 6,359 5,133 2,532 579

Rest of Karachi Taluka .. 2,716 1,507 374 9 425 401

Females

Total ,. 2,66,337 41 3,739 82 75,106 1,87,369

Municipal Corporation .. 2,20,010 4 3,207 4 62,206 1,54,589

Cantonment Area (Civil) ., 37,501 - 458 3 10,665 26,375

Other Cantonments " 7,316 - 7 73 1,853 5,383

Rest of Karachi Taluka .. 1,510 37 67 2 382 1,022

NOTES:- (I) Excludes persons who reported Nationality other than Pakistani.

(2) Includes Defence Services, and also self supporting persons, not economically active, such as retired persons, student institutional inmates, etc.

nt-36

TABLE 19-D-ECONOMIC AND OCCUPA'ttON OF MUHAJIRS

Federal Capital Area. Karachi

Self-supporting Mubaiirs 1 aged 12 years and over according to the main Economic Division and tbe main types of occupations in whicb engaged in JanulU'Y 1951

(FigtJres in Italics denote tbe number of Female. included in the figure. immediately above tbem)

Number of Persons.

Type of Occupations

Main Economic Division Total I old] Ie] 1\ a(l~ 1--,,- ~ ~ ~ 1--,,-1 -g ~ --.,----

Muhajirs ta.2 I~~~ C;O l}tl titt '2.=: ae' 8t ~ Workers 'a~ :!3~~1 ,~~ .r~ I '3~~ I Ee ~g 1 H oS -",'" a'~" il8 I ",0 u,~g "'... 'A L:_0 0 g£ ~ ~ i \ UlE ~ '5,11<.,. '" go,;5.:3 "'~

f-< 0 -< I 1------------' 1--,---------------- I

.. 1,72,386 6,231 4,907 32,991 38,242 3,519 34,534 16,791 35,098 3,077 443 21 198 224 42 358 325 1,466

Total All Divi.ion 2

Cultivation

Animal Husbandry

Otber Agriculture

Forestry

Fishery

Mining

1,551 41

239

885 1

844

81

Manufacturing 20,781 221

Building Construction & • • 3,727 Utilities 21

Trade & Commerce 48,168 300

Transport, Shipping & Port 9,516 Service 32

Post & Telecommunication 1,041 6

5

379

98

267

83 1

211 1

605 1

1,488 8

81 1

8

4

303 3

62

4,016 14

1,915 10

843 5

Education 1,660 1,453 12 1

118 7 275 260

Medical Services 1,738 1,597 4 70 1 132 127

Governmental, Municipal, etc. 27,218 services 189

Domestic & Personal Services 23,746

Religion, Art & Public Information etc.

Other & Unclassified (including Unemployed)

1. Excludes Defence Services.

1,209

1,349 56

29,842 594

592 768 19,773 lU 3 129

202 1,445 515 761

628 6

919 32

8 16

276 5,356 28

12

363 1

24

36,455 215

81 2

2

28 .5

10

86

365

8

808 1

1,551 41

239

885 1

844

47

19,002 214

2,646 19

3,072 53

5,978 2

136 1

17 J

17

9

200 2

268 1

605 4

926 14

20

7

317

22

2,242 6

443 2

21

23 1

36 4

692 1,445 3,851 10 7 30

1,118 4,885 15.214 4 75 1,116

668 50

2 19

1,141 8,421 12,907 4 222 307

37

6

2

23

9

3

2

11

2

14

2. The Economic Group and occupational classification is nol available for 47,137 Muhajirs out of 2,19,733 classed as the Non-Agricultural Labour Force in Table 19-C.

2

3

P"K 4

6

B

1 N.me

M 5 W

c A

E

~-l­W''-j c»", I /~~,",.c..~:"''''~<.L:..::~~A ___ _ L- '--­

eifel!!:

B

C"" .... 51-No.9 (8.g''''')

CENSUS OF PAKISTAN 1951.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ENUMERATORS.

1. Remember what you heard at the class of instruc­tion.

2. Read the notes on the back of this paper carefully and be ready to explain them to respondents who have any difficulty in choosing their answers. .

1. Fill in the Location Code at the foot of each shp at home before you start enumeration. .

6. Do not write in the shaded spaces on the shp:these are use in the Census Office.

5. Write clearly in INk. Make symbols definite and firm.

QUESTIONS HOW TO WRITE ANSWERS ----

PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS

House Number Write in box. Have you been enume- If not ask question 'a'.

rated already? If yes carry out enumeration

in full. If not ask ques­tion 'b'.

a. Is this your present REGULAR resi­dence or lodging place?

b. Will you be BACK If no, or doubtful, carry out in your normal resi- enumeration. dence before 28 February?

If yes, do not make out a slip but carefully warn the per­son that it is his/her duty to see that a slip is made out at his/her normal resi­dence.

1. NAME? Write it out. if a tribesman, put name of

tribe or tribal section in brackets after the name.

RELATION to Head Write under KIN of Household? I--Head.2-Wife

- • 3-Son or Daughter 4- -Father or Mother 5- -Other relations X-No relation

SEX? In bottom comer Ring round M for Male: F for Female-

2. AGE in years? Write number of years com pleted on 28 February 1951

for infants under 1 year Wr!te in box, age in months. for children up.der 12 If No put Ring round age fig-

year5 Is FATHER ure. Living? If Yes put v' after age figure.

MARRIED? Ring round M SINGLE? (i.e. never

married) WIDOWED? DIVORCED?

S :: :: w

D

3. Were you BORN in If 'yes' put V this DISTRICT?

If not WHERE? Other places in Pakistan or Bharat write name of DISTRICT

Elsewhere write name of COUNTRY only.

2

QUESTIONS HOW TO WRITE ANSWERS

4. Are you a PAKIS- If 'yes' Ring PAK TANl? for Pakistanis on visits out

of Pakistan, write country being visited, e.g. 'IN U.K.

If not: What is your Write it out NATiONALITY?

If an Afghan: Are you If yes put "PA" aPOWINDAH?

If so: Where is your Write place in respondent's party settled this words. winter?

5. RELIGION?

For Hindus: Are you a Caste Hindu or do you belong to Sche­duled Caste?

Ring round the appropriate Number. (Note that num­ber 7 applies in Chittagong Hill Tracts only).

6. MOTHER TONG UE? Put v' underlanguage spoken from the cradle.

-------------------------------7. AllY ather language Put V under languages you commonly spoken SPEAK? .

8. Can you READ? If 'No' put big X over all WRITE? spaces on this line.

IN what languages? If 'Yes' put under language P for Reads L for Reads and writes.

Under Arabic Q for Reads Holy Quran only

9. Are you a MUHA- If 'No' put X JIR?

If yes: From which PROVINCE or STATE?

10. EDUCATION

Write it out, but if the place is seen to be the same as the person's birth place it may be indicated by put­ing figure 3.

(a) Are you regularly If yes ring round S. attending School or College?

(b) For how mallY years have you attended School or College?

(c) How far has your education pro-gressed?

Write figures under years. If respondent has never at­tended School put X un­der Years.

Completed Primary School: Ring round P Passed Middle School Exam: " " M Passed Matriculation (Entrance) Exam:" .. E Obtained University Degree: " " D Obtained Higher (Post-Graduate)

Degr.ee " " H

3

QUESTIONS HOW TO WRITE ANSWERS

FOR PERSONS UN- Draw big X through spaces DER 12 YEARS l1A to 16. OF AGE THIS COMPLETES THE QUESTION

EUMINA TING QUESTION:-

Are you usually self­supporting or partly self-supporting or are you seeking work?

l1A. What is USUAL­LY your main OC­CUPATlON (Kind of work)? (For Mu­hajirs: What WAS your main occupa-

tion) ?

If No' put)a big X over the whole space from 11 A to 15. This then completes the questions except for women to whom 16 applies

If 'Yes' ask all the questions.

If a 'Tiller of the Soil' Ring T. Otherwise, wire it out. If no work IS (or was) us­usually done put X.

lIB. Have you any Write it out. SUBSIDIAR Y means of livelihood, if so what'!

SPECIAL QUESTION:

Do you receive rent in If 'yes' Ring Z in space 14. cash or kind for land you own bllt which is tilled by the others.

12. What was your ac- If same as llA putv tual main occupation If, not, write it out. in JANUARY 1951?

If unemployed throu- If unemployed, put X and ghout January 1951. ask question A.

A. Were you SEEK­ING employment?

B. In what occupation?

C. How many months had you been unem­ployed and seeking work at the end of January?

13. ECONOMIC GROUP

If 'No' put another X: if 'Yes' ask question Band C

If same as ItA put Vafter the X otherwise write it out after the X.

Put number of months after the above.

Example: 'XV3' means the person was unemployed throughout January, was seeking work in his usual main occupation and had been unemployed since November 1950 i.e. for the 3 months ending January 31, 1951.

In what kind of Write it out. industry, husiness or ser-vice did you work in January?

14. AGRICCLTURAL For persons marked T in STATUS question llA.

Do you own all or any If 'yes' Ring C of the land you till?

4

QUESTIONS HOW TO WRITE ANSWERS

Do you pay rent in cash or kind for any of the land YOll till?

If 'yes' Ring A

Do you work as a labourer for another person who tills land?

15. INDUSTRIAL STATUS

In your main occupa-tion.

" B

For persons NOT marked T in question ItA.

Do you employ others ? if 'yes' Ring EO Or are you an employee?" " " E Or are you an independ-

ent worker? Or an unpaid family

help?

16. For WOMEN who are or ha\e been MARRIED

a. During her whole life

" " " I " " " F

How many years has Write under WED total num-she been married al- ber of yeaTS. together?

How many children have Write under CH'RN total been born alive to her number of children. altogether?

b. During the last 12 months -

Hall' many children have Write under BORN, number been born alive to of children born during the her? year ended 28 February

1951.

Are they all living?

What was the age in months of any of them who died?

ABSENTEES:

If 'yes' put V und<;;r LIVED for each Child stilI living.

Write under LIVED number of month during which the child lived.

If more than one child is given under BORN, show them separately under LIVED thus:

v - V 6 means that out of three Children born in this year two are now living and one died at 6 months

Are any persons who If 'yes' ask question A and B usually live in your household ABSENT?

B. Will the person be If 'yes' to both qut:Stions ask

A. Did the person leave} before 7 February ?

away until after 28 question C. February?

C. Is the person staying If 'yes' no further action INSIDE Pakistan? needed.

If ''Ko' to either A, B or C make out a slip for the absent person on replies given by a responsible member of the household who should sign the slip.

Table No.

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

4

" 4

4

4-A

4-A

Page No.

1-2

1-2

1-2

1-3

1-3

1-3

1-3

1-3

1-3

1-3

1-3

1-3

1-3

2-1

2-1

2-2

2-2

2-2

2-2

2-3

2-3

2-3

3-2

4-4

4-4

4-14

4-15

4-19

4-20

CORRIGENDA

Line No.

9

10

14

6

6

7

9

10

11

12

14

14

Para 3 Line 3

Para 6 Line 2

.. I

In class &: 1,00,000 &; Over Line 1

Against F.C.A. Karaclli.

In cIa .. II 25,0~ to I,OJ,O)) Ib, I

Against East Beng~l.

Against Karachi.

Foot Note

Correction Required

----------------------------------In the col. headed "Female" "Under Total Populationd" tbe

correct figure is 1,251 instead of 1,252.

In the col. beaded "Male" under "Total Population" the correct figure is 1,10,59 instead of 1,10,58.

In col. headed "Total" under "Total Population" the correct figure is 4,609 instead of 4,608.

In the col. headed "Total" under Urban population the correct figure is 78, 63 instead of 78,69.

In the col. headed "Male" under "Urban Population" the correct figure is 615 instead of 614.

In the col. headed "Male."," under "Rural Population" the correct figure is 31 instead of 32.

In the col. headed "Total" under "Rural Population" the correct figure is 5393 instead of 5,394.

In the col. headed "Female" under "Rural Population" the correct figure is 1,251 instead of 1,252.

[n the col. headed "Males" under "Urban Population" the correct figure is 1,997 instead of 1,996.

In the col. headed "Females" under "'Rural Population" the correct figure is 72,53 instead of 72,42.

In the col. headed "Female" under "Rural Population" the correct figure is 747 instead of 748.

In the col. headed "Total" under "Rural population" the correct figure is 3,931 instead of 3,930.

In the col. headed "Female" under URural Population" the correct figure is 1,773 instead of 1,774.

Delete the line ·'separate ....... .in Table I-A"

Read the sentance "All cities .. ... . and are discribed as such"

In the col headed "Total" the correct figure is 38,95,792 instead of 38. 95,892. and in the coL of uScheduled Caste" the correct figure is 53,254 instead of 53,354.

In the col. headed UTotal" the correct figure is 10,64,457 instead of 10,65,557 and in the col. of "Scheduled Caste" the correct figure is 12.617 instead of 12,717.

In tn: col. headed "Mahajirs" th.: correct figure is 5,85,282 instead of 5,75,282.

In the same col. the correct figure is 1,03, 87 instead of 93,987.

In the col. headed. "Total" the corre;:t fiture is 38,95.792 instead of 38.95.892 and in the col. of "Scheduled Caste" the correct figure is 53,254 in.,tead of 53,354.

In the col. headed "Total Population" the correct figure is 10,64, 457 in,tead of 10.64.557.

Add Foot Note 3. In Karachi, Lahore, Hyderabad, Rawa1pmdi, Multan, Sialkot and Peshawar the cantonments are also includod.

Against Punjab &: Bahawalpur State In 1921 in the col. headed "Number" the figure for variation (in italics) the correct figure is 7,69,590 instead of 7,69,530.

In "Muslim" Against 60 & over.

In "Other Religion.;" Against 10-39

In "All Religions" Aglimt IJ-H.

In "All Religions" A~ainst 1~-3~.

Against "Pakistan"

Against "All agc3" Male

In tho col. head"" "FEMALE" Under "Populatton" the correct figure is 20,728 imtead of 20,726.

In th:. col. head;!d "Femlle" u1:br "Pop.llation" the correct figure i, 867 in3tead of 868.

In the col h;ajed "Mdc" u d.er "P.J;J-:ltatioa" the correct figure is 60,13,697 instead of 60,13,699.

In the coL headed "Femlte" under "Nevl!r Muried" the correct figure is 23,88,645 instead of 33,88,645.

In the Col. "Schedule Ca,te" the carroet figure is 1,94,OJI instead of 1,49,O(}I.

In the c,l. head,d "Sched~led Caste" the correct figure is 1,07.858 instead of 10.07.858.

Table No.

P<IlIe No.

Line No. Correction Required

-5---s:::3-A-g-run-' -s-t -T-ibe-t -in-o-t-h-er-co-un-tn-' .-s- -I-In-th-.-co-l.-h-ea-d-ed -"S-in-d-an-d-K-ha,-' rp-u-r -St;." write 1 instead of-=:­of Asia.

(;

6

8

9

9

9

9-A

9-A

9-A

9-A

9-A

9-A

9-A

9-A

9-A

9-A

9-B

5--4

6-3

8-3

9-3

9-3

9-4

9. 5

9-7

9-7

9-7

9-11

9-14

9-16

9-18

9-18

9-22

9-B 9-22

11 1I-2

II '11-4

ll-A 0--8

ll-A !I-8

ll-A 0-8

II-A. 11-9

ll-A 11-9

ll-A 11-9

11-·8 11-11

ll-B 11-17

12 12-1

Againit "Districts" of Punjab.

Against Baluchistan and States Union

Against Baluchistan Districts

Again.t "East Bengal"

Against "Total"

In the col. heajed "East" the correct figure is 6,183 instead of 6,189.

Write 1 under "Buddhist" 11< 79 under "Parsi" and delete 80 under UOthers".

Write 1 under "Buddhist" & 79 under "Pars," and delete 80 under "Others".

In the col. beaded "Total t iterate" the correct figure is 88,55,579 instead of 2,88,579 and tho figure for female as 22,60,233 instead of 2,60,233.

In the col. ht:aded "Male" under hScbcduJed Castes" the correct figure is 1,91,063 instead of 1,91,263.

Against "East Bengal" "10 & Over" In the col. headed "Female" under "Caste Hindus" the correct figure is 60,804 instead of 60,846.

In Ilahawalpur Stale Agains! "'fotal",

Against Punjab & Ilahawalpur State "0-9",

Again.t All Religious "Under 10".

Against Caste Hindus "Total"

Against Schedule Caste "Total"

Against All Religions "T"tal".

Against MU&lim "Under 10"

Muslim Against "Total"

Against Other Religions "10 &. Over" ..

Against Muslim "10 &. Over",

Against Q!ste Hindus.

A&ainst Scheduled Cast. "Tot.I".

. . -8

Against "Pakistan".

Against "Sind 11< Khairpur State".

4

1

41

16

18

30 !Ill

24

16

Govt. MuniClpal etc., Service •.

In the "Religions" females the correct of figure is 36,826 instead of 36,836 and 10 the col ... Muslun" females the correct figure is

36,792 insteau of 30,792.

In the col. headed '~Cate Hindus" under "Totaf' the percentage is 7.5 instead of 7.3.

In the col. heaJed "Received Schooling" the correct figure is 15,48,2.08 instead of 15,48,202..

In the col. beaded "5 -6" the correct figure is 3,33,313 instead of 5,33,313.

In tbe COl. headed "Total Population" the correct figure of female is 2,04,265 instead of 24,04,265.

In the col. headed "Received Schooling" the correct figure is 16,43,362 instead of 13,43,362.

In the col. headed "Total Population" the correct figure is 2,88,054 instead of 2,89,054,

In the cot headed "Received SChooling" the correct figure is. 2,14,695 instead of 2,14,895.

In the col. beaded "1·4" the correct figure Is 3,117 instead of 3,11.

In the COl. headed "5-6" the correct figure is 18,696 instead of 19.696.

In the col. headed "Received Schooling" the correct figure is 14.468 instead of 14,438.

In the col. headed "1·4" the correct figure i. 2,988 instead of 2,983.

In the col. headed "Middle School" the correct figure i. 16,95,865 instead of 16,95.209 •

In the col, headed "Higher Degree" delet 9.

In the col. headed "Total" the correct figure is 7.38.80,344 instead of 1,30.80,344.

In the col. headed "Not in Civilian Labour Force" the correct figure is 348 instead of 34.

In the col. headed "Independent Workers "male the COtTC:<:t figure is 162 instead of ]02 and in "Unpaid Family help" ntaI .. the correct figure is 5 instead of 3.

In the col. headed "rotal" the figure is 40,819 instead 0[40,897.9

In the col. headed "Independent" the correct figure i. 12,44 inst~d of 12,419.

In the col. headed "Below Primary" the correct figure is 53,758 instead of 33,135.

In the col. headed "Below Pnmary" the correct figure is 11.6363 instead of 11,638.

In the col. headed "M.tddle School" the correct figure i. 17 instead 131.

In the col. headed "Orchard &. Nurses" write 5 instead of-.

In the col. beaded "Sind & Khatrpur" the correct figure is 69 instead of 79.

In the col. headed "Total" the correct figure tS 4,50,009 instead of 4,50,000.

Table No.

13

14

14

14

15

.9-8

19-C

19-C

Page No.

13-2

14-1

14-:

14-2

15-3

19-5

19-8

19-8

Chapter Para 6.10 6 page 111

Line No.

Other & Unclassified.

8

3 para line I & 2.

16

Box head K-W.F.P

Against Sind & Khairpur State

2

10

9

Chapter page 114 2nd para of right hand col. 6

S:Orrection Required

In the col. headed "Agncultural & Fishery" the Correct figure is 897 instead of 890.

Write after Section 2" & 3".

Delete hA" in the first line & write both lQstead of cloth in the second.

In the col. headed "OWIng .11 land tilled" the correct figure is 59,863 instead of 58,863.

Write "(::'<ote I)" in the box head.

In the col headc:d "without formal attainments" the correct figure is 41,288 instead of 41,188.

In the col. headed "Dependents" the figure is 4,777 instead of 4,837.

In the col. headed "Non-Agricultural" the correct figure is 50,969 instedd 30,969.

Wnte 0.6 instead of 0 06

Insert 34,914 between "and" and "other Workers" the whole sentence will be read as follows: "only 1,31,484 Agricultural and 34914 other Worker; in whole of Pakistan---- - --January, 1951.

PART m FEDERAL CAPITAL AREA KARACHI

5 m-14 StUb.

8 IU-19 Against Cantonment Civil.

It- A 1lI -21 10

II-A m-29 21

13 IlI-32 Agricultural & Fishery workers.

\9-D 1II- 36 "Total All Division"

Write "and" instead of "ort' in Pakistan Provinces.

In Sj~8 ~~i~~e~15~.~~other Religions" the correct percentage is

In the col. headed "Pushtu" the correct figure is 3 instead of S.

In the col. headed "Independent" male the correct figure is 2983 instead of 2,985. •

In the col. headed HAgricultural &. FisheryH the correct figure is 110 instead of 100.

In the col. headed "Other" the correct figure is 73 instead of 37.

Db,OOCCi' .In. "re- Ten Million t D,OO,t1Q(1 - I en Lal: h - Que ~

1.h1,OCo ·Q-docI .. kh-lOCThollsWl'

Printed at the Civil & Military Press, Karachi-1O-8-55-3,OOO

LIST OF AGENTS IN PAKISTAN AND ABROAD FROM WHOM GOVER.."iMENT OF PAKISTAN PUBLlCATIONS ARE AVAILABLE.

--:0:--

I-INLAND

I. Provincial Government Book Depots:­North West Frontier Provmc8

Manager, Government PrintIng and StationelY, N.W.F.P., Peshawar

Sind:-

Superintendent, Sind GO\ernment Bool.. Depot and Records Office, Karachi, Sadar.

Punjab.-

Superintendent, Government Printing Punjab, Lahore.

&st Bengal:-

Deputy Controller, Stationery. form. and Publicattons, Government of Pakistan Press Building, TeJgaon, Dacca.

1. Private Book-s.n ... :-

KC11'achi:-

Messrs Pioneer Paper and Stationery House, I, Avan Lodge, Opp. Dow Medical College, Bunder Road, Karachi.

Messrs Aero Stores, 170, Napier Road. Karachi. Messrs Ferozsons, Bunder Road. KarachI. Messrs Kitabistan, Ltd., 18, Hotel Metropole, Victoria Road,

Karachi. Messrs Windsor Book Stall, Elphrnstone Street, Karachi. Messrs Burhani Paper Mart, Campbell Street, P.O. Box.

No. 26, Karachi.

Messrs Pakistan Law House, Opp. Small Cause, Court, Wadhomal Odharam Road, Karach •.

Messrs The Bookland, Bunder Road, Karachi. Messrs Grenich Agencies, 510, Elphinstone Street, Karachi. Messrs Firdous Stationers, Opp. New Mamon Mosque,

Bunder Road, 85, Liaqat Market, Karachi. Messrs Pakistan Co-operative Book Society, Electric House,

University Street, Karachi. Mr. B.A. Chishti, Stationers, Shop No. 40. Opp Mumcipal

Tower, Ali Dina Mohammad Ali Road, P.O. Box No. 293 Karachi.

Sind:-

Messrs Educational Book Depot, Stahoners and Book-sellers, School Road, Hyderabad, Sind.

Messrs Gu1 Book Depot, Neemjee Slope, Sukkur Messrs The New Allies Stores, Jail Road, Noar Tower,

Hyderabad, Sind. Messrs Ameer Brothers, Hirabad, Hyderahad (Sind).

Pu1!iab:-

Messrs DantSbrnand & Co., Karldtana Bazar, Lyallpur. Messrs Ferozons, The Mall, Lahore. Messrs The Punjab Religious Book Society, 4.narkali, Lahore. Messrs Nawa~i.Waqt. Publications. Ltd., Lahore. Messrs Manzoor & Co. (Pakistan), Ltd., 6, The Mall, Lahore. Messrs A.M. John & Co., Kutehery Road, P.B. No. 297,

Lahore.

Messrs The Publishers United Ltd, 176, Anarkali, Lahore. Messrs International Agency, Gujar Basti, Lyallpur. Messrs Mirza Book Agency, 20 Mayo Road, Lahore. Messrs All Palcistan Legal Decision, 35, Nabha Road, Lahore. Messrs Shah &. Sons, Book-sellers & Publishers, Sialkot-Ctty.

Mr. K.A Baker, Prop. Baker Electnc Press, Publishers and Law Book-Sellers, Baker Lodge, Sialkot Cantt.

Messrs The Editor, Punjab Marketing Weekly, Mumtaz House, Khawia Dil Mohd. Road, Lahore.

Messrs Hamid Noorani & Co., 59 Fleming Road, P.O. Box. !'Io. 473, Lahore.

Messrs Premier Book House, 4/5 Katchery Road Near Anarkali, Lahore.

Messfs The London Book Co., Rawalpindi. Messrs Malik & Sons, Commercial Bldg. Railway ltd. Sialkot

City.

Ba/uchistan:-

Messrs Aligarh Hook Stall, Mission R0ad, Quetta.

North West Frontier Pro.mee:-

Messrs Perolon., 35, The Mall, Peshawar.

&st Bengal:-

Messrs The Paktstan Co-operative Book Socioty, Ltd .. Chittagong.

Messrs Kohinoor Library, Ander-kill., Chittagong. Messrs The Pakistan Co-operative Book Soci~ty, Ltd., Pioneer

Bank Building, Silhet. Messrs Sikandari News Agency, Office of the Fashion Houae,

Raja G.C. Road, Sylhet, E.P. Messrs Hurhani Paper Mart, 11 BangIa Bazar, Dacca. B.P. Mr. Qazi Khurshed Mustafa, 23, Rajani Chaudhry Road,

Gandana Dacca, E.P. Messrs Abdul Qadir & Brothers, Old Jessor Road, Khulna,

E.P. Messrs The Roushan Book Stall, Thana Road, Bogra, E.P. Messrs Dacca Law Report, Manager, Santi Nagar, Ramna,

Dacca. Dacca Chamber of Commerce, 107, Kaliprashanna Ghosh

Street, Dacca.

n.-FOREIGN

The Ambassador of Pakistan Kabul, C/o. Post Master, Peshawar.

The High Commissioner for Pakistan m Australia, Dalton House, 115, Pitt Street.. Sydney, Australia.

The Ambassador of Pakistan, Rander House, Phayree Street, Rangoon Burmah.

The High Commissioner for Pakistan, 499, Wilbord Street, Ottawa, Canada.

The Embassy of Pakistan, Pakistan House, II, Sharia Hotel Laban, Garden City, Cairo, Egypt.

The High Commissioner for Pakistan, 8, B, Harding. Avenue, New Delhi.

The Embassy of Pakistan 15, Dialan Tanku Umar, Diakarta, The Embassy of Pakistan, Khiaban Takhte Jamshed Kashi

No. 276, Tehran, Iran. The Embassy of Pakistan, Wazirya Baghdad, Iraq. The Legation of Pakistan, Jedda, Saudi Arabia. The Minister of Pakistan Abu Roumanch, Domascus. The Ambassador of Pakistan, 41/Karanfil Sokaka, Yanishelllr

Ankara, Turkey. The High Commissioner for Pakistan 34/36, Lowndes Square,

London, S.W.!. The Ambassador of Pakistan, 220 I R Street, North-West

Washington D.C., U.S.A. The Embassy of Pakistan, 17, Sadovekudrinskava Street,

Moscow, U.S.S.R. The Ambassador of Pakistan, 18, Rue Loard Byron, Paris

France. The Embassy of Pakistan, PHen 1813, No.3. The Hague,

Netherlands The Ministel of PaklStan, IS, Via Guisenpe, Man(!i1i, Rome,

Italy.